10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Jan 2026
    1. Masculinisme : Synthèse du Péril Sexiste et de ses Enjeux

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse analyse le phénomène du masculinisme, identifié comme une idéologie politique et sociale structurée, dont la propagation est considérablement amplifiée par les plateformes numériques.

      Défini comme la "mise en pratique concrète de l'antiféminisme", le masculinisme ne se limite pas à des propos sexistes isolés mais constitue un mouvement organisé visant à faire régresser les droits des femmes et des minorités de genre.

      La discussion met en lumière une menace grandissante, illustrée par de multiples tentatives d'attentats déjouées en France ces dernières années, qualifiant ce phénomène de "terrorisme masculiniste".

      Le débat oppose deux visions principales : d'une part, celle qui considère le masculinisme comme une dérive sectaire dangereuse et en pleine expansion, s'appuyant sur des données chiffrées issues du Haut Conseil à l'Égalité ; d'autre part, une perspective plus nuancée qui alerte sur le caractère flou du terme, le risque de généralisation abusive et la nécessité de comprendre les angoisses et les pressions sociales qui pèsent sur certains hommes.

      Face à ce péril, les solutions proposées s'articulent autour d'un double axe : un volet répressif incluant la formation des forces de l'ordre et la régulation des contenus en ligne, et un volet préventif centré sur l'éducation à la vie affective et sexuelle dès l'école.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Définition et Caractéristiques du Masculinisme

      Une Idéologie Antiféministe Structurée

      Le masculinisme est présenté non pas comme une opinion personnelle mais comme un mouvement politique et social organisé.

      Il est défini par Pauline Ferrari, auditionnée au Sénat, comme "un mouvement social et politique de mise en pratique concrète de l'antiféminisme".

      Il se distingue du sexisme ordinaire par son intention active de "faire régresser les droits des femmes et des minorités de genre, pour tenter de les humilier, pour tenter de les silencier".

      Historiquement, le terme "masculinisme" est presque aussi ancien que celui de "féminisme" et apparaît dès le XIXe siècle comme une réaction directe aux avancées des droits des femmes.

      Céline Piques rappelle que des mouvements masculinistes plus structurés, tels que ceux revendiquant les "droits des pères", ont émergé dans les années 1980, accusant la justice d'être partiale envers les femmes.

      Le Concept de "Sexisme Hostile"

      Le rapport du Haut Conseil à l'Égalité (HCE) distingue deux types de sexisme :

      Le sexisme paternaliste : Moins ouvertement violent, il infériorise les femmes en considérant que l'égalité est atteinte et que chacun doit conserver son rôle traditionnel (sphère domestique pour les femmes, professionnelle pour les hommes).

      Le sexisme hostile : Un sexisme virulent qui légitime la violence contre les femmes et les enfants et réaffirme la suprématie masculine. Le masculinisme est classé dans cette catégorie.

      Typologie des Mouvements Masculinistes

      Le masculinisme est décrit comme une "nébuleuse" regroupant diverses communautés, souvent actives en ligne :

      Les Incels ("célibataires involontaires") : Hommes qui se considèrent célibataires contre leur gré et en rendent les femmes responsables. Ils sont souvent décrits comme étant en détresse psychique et personnelle.

      Les MGTOW ("Men Going Their Own Way") : Prônent le retrait total des relations avec les femmes.

      Les "Mâles Alpha" : Influencés par des coachs en séduction, ils promeuvent un modèle de domination. Leurs techniques sont décrites comme des stratégies de coercition et de mise sous emprise, qualifiées de "stratégie de l'agresseur" par les associations féministes.

      L'influenceur Andrew Tate, poursuivi pour proxénétisme et trafic d'êtres humains, est cité comme un exemple emblématique de ce mouvement.

      2. La Perception Sociétale et les Chiffres Clés

      Le rapport du HCE sur l'état du sexisme en France révèle des chiffres jugés "sidérants" qui témoignent d'une réaction à l'avancée du féminisme, notamment depuis le mouvement #MeToo.

      | Indicateur | Pourcentage d'hommes | Pourcentage de femmes | | --- | --- | --- | | Le féminisme menace la place et le rôle des hommes | 39 % | 25 % | | Les féministes veulent que les femmes aient plus de pouvoir que les hommes | 60 % | \- | | Les féministes ont des demandes exagérées envers les hommes | 60 % | \- | | La justice est plus favorable aux femmes qu'aux hommes | 64 % | \- |

      Ces chiffres sont interprétés comme le reflet d'une "position très victimaire" des masculinistes, qui perçoivent une prise de pouvoir des femmes alors que les féministes revendiquent l'égalité d'accès au pouvoir.

      La Culture du Viol et la Notion de Consentement

      Le rapport met en évidence une mauvaise compréhension de l'autonomie sexuelle des femmes :

      24 % des hommes considèrent normal qu'une femme accepte un rapport sexuel par devoir ou pour faire plaisir.

      15 % des hommes estiment qu'une femme agressée sexuellement peut être en partie responsable.

      26 % des hommes avouent avoir déjà douté du consentement de leur partenaire, bien que 93 % affirment savoir que "non c'est non".

      Ces données illustrent la persistance de l'idée d'un "privilège des hommes à accéder au corps des femmes librement".

      3. L'Amplification par les Plateformes Numériques

      Les réseaux sociaux jouent un rôle crucial dans la croissance et la radicalisation des mouvements masculinistes.

      Propagation rapide : Il ne faudrait que 27 minutes sur une plateforme comme TikTok pour qu'un jeune s'intéressant à des contenus anodins (ex: conseils de drague) soit redirigé par les algorithmes vers des contenus masculinistes.

      Cyberharcèlement ciblé : Les femmes, en particulier les personnalités politiques (comme Sandrine Rousseau) ou les joueuses de jeux vidéo utilisant un pseudo féminin, subissent un cyberharcèlement d'une violence qu'un homme ne subirait pas pour les mêmes propos ou actions.

      Création de communautés : Des documentaires montrent l'existence de communautés en ligne regroupant 2000 à 3000 hommes.

      4. La Dangerosité et le Passage à l'Acte Violent

      Le discours masculiniste est directement lié à des actes de violence extrême, qualifiés de "terrorisme masculiniste".

      Tentatives d'Attentats en France

      Au cours des 14 derniers mois, trois arrestations majeures ont eu lieu en France en lien avec la mouvance masculiniste, toutes concernant des jeunes hommes de 17 à 26 ans :

      Juin 2023 (Saint-Étienne) : Un lycéen de 18 ans, se proclamant masculiniste, est arrêté près de son lycée. Il portait deux couteaux et une liste de prénoms de quatre filles de sa classe. Le Parquet National Antiterroriste (PNAT) s'est saisi de l'affaire.

      2024-2025 (Bordeaux et Ancenis) : Deux jeunes hommes appartenant au groupe des Incels sont arrêtés après des signalements sur la plateforme Pharos, suspectés de vouloir tuer des femmes.

      Attentats Internationaux

      Plusieurs tueries de masse ont été commises par des hommes se réclamant explicitement du masculinisme ou de la communauté Incel :

      1989 (Montréal, Canada) : Marc Lépine tue 14 femmes à l'École Polytechnique, après avoir séparé les hommes des femmes. Dans sa lettre de suicide, il accuse les féministes de lui avoir "gâché la vie".

      2014 (Isla Vista, États-Unis) : Elliot Rodger tue plusieurs personnes après avoir publié un manifeste de 140 pages et une vidéo appelant à tuer les femmes. Il est devenu une figure de référence pour les Incels.

      2021 (Plymouth, Royaume-Uni) : Un jeune homme de 23 ans tue cinq personnes, dont sa mère, avant de se suicider.

      5. Points de Débat et Perspectives Nuancées

      Le débat a également fait émerger des critiques et des mises en garde contre une approche trop univoque du phénomène.

      La Question de la Définition et de la Généralisation

      Peggy Sastre et Jean-Sébastien Ferjou soulignent que le terme "masculinisme" est "flou", "nébuleux" et "mal circonscrit".

      Ils mettent en garde contre le risque d'amalgamer des discours violents avec des critiques légitimes de certaines formes de féminisme.

      La question "le féminisme menace-t-il les hommes ?" serait trop simpliste, la réponse pouvant varier selon que l'on se réfère à Élisabeth Badinter ou à Sandrine Rousseau.

      La Réalité de la "Masculinité Toxique"

      Une étude menée en Nouvelle-Zélande sur plus de 15 800 hommes est citée pour nuancer l'idée d'une toxicité généralisée du masculin :

      • Seulement 3 % des hommes y sont décrits comme "véritablement hostiles et agressifs".

      8 % ont une attitude "bienveillante mais paternaliste".

      89 % (35 % "totalement non toxiques" et 54 % avec des préjugés "modérés") ne relèvent pas de la masculinité destructrice.

      L'étude suggère que les hommes les plus "toxiques" ne sont pas les plus affirmés dans leur masculinité, mais plutôt les hommes fragilisés par le chômage, l'isolement social ou le manque d'éducation.

      Les Pressions Sociales sur les Jeunes Hommes

      Un argument avancé est que les discours masculinistes trouvent un écho car ils résonnent avec des réalités vécues par les jeunes hommes.

      Il existerait une "injonction contradictoire" entre un discours sociétal d'égalité et des comportements sociaux (notamment sur les sites de rencontre) où les femmes continueraient de privilégier les hommes "plus beaux, plus forts et plus riches".

      6. Stratégies de Lutte et de Prévention

      Face à cette menace, deux axes d'action principaux sont envisagés.

      Volet Répressif et Judiciaire

      Formation des forces de l'ordre : Il est jugé nécessaire de former davantage les policiers et les magistrats à la détection du contrôle coercitif, une technique enseignée par les influenceurs masculinistes.

      Bien que cette formation commence, elle n'intègre pas encore systématiquement l'analyse de l'idéologie sous-jacente.

      Surveillance et régulation : La plateforme gouvernementale Pharos est active dans la détection des menaces, mais ses moyens sont jugés insuffisants.

      Une régulation plus stricte du numérique est demandée pour obtenir le retrait des contenus faisant l'apologie de crimes (comme le viol) ou constituant des provocations à la haine, en accord avec les limites de la liberté d'expression.

      Volet Préventif et Éducatif

      Éducation à l'école : L'éducation à la vie affective, relationnelle et sexuelle est considérée comme un levier central de prévention.

      La loi prévoyant trois séances par an dans toutes les classes n'est toujours pas pleinement appliquée.

      Cibler les causes : Il est suggéré de s'attaquer aux racines du mal-être qui rendent les jeunes hommes vulnérables à ces idéologies, notamment en aidant ceux qui sont isolés ou en manque d'éducation, plutôt que d'adopter des discours qui pourraient aliéner la majorité des hommes.

    1. and this decline was largely limited to those without a four-year college degree (Case and Deaton 2021). The LE gap between those with and without a Bachelor’s degree is now bigger than the gap between Blacks and whites, meaning that “Black people with a BA are currently closer to White people with a BA than to Black people without a BA”

      The fact there is a difference between having a bachelors degree and not having one in relation to LE is very surprising, along with this the fact that the difference within and between difference races is also interesting.

    1. Introduce default limit of 5.0 m/s² with payload and 10.0 m/s²

      Ça va driver le robot inutilement pour des scenarios où le box rate requis est faible.

    2. • Other configs: Uses default 300 m/s² (relies on user-specified acceleration limits, which are capped in the URCap UI)

      Note: pour changer les UIs, on va changer la valeur par défaut à 5 m/s2 avec payload et 10 m/s2 sans payload.

    3. Suggested: Increase to 10.0 m/s² to support 7.0 m/s² max acceleration for AX20-30 and new PE20 platforms once torque limits are enabled

      Pourquoi pas 7 m/s2? Est-ce qu'on a un palletizer qu'on veut permettre au-dessus de 7m/s2 avec payload? Sinon, peut-être que java pourrait changer la valeur de validation en fonction du palletizer, à voir.

    4. Suggested

      Je ne suis pas certain que c'est possible considérant qu'on ne peut pas valider que c'est configurer comme il faut dans les safety settings. On ne connaît pas le payload à ce moment là.

  2. milenio-nudos.github.io milenio-nudos.github.io
    1. latent mean scores of General and Specialized DSE country distribution are explored

      como no trabajamos con las medias latentes, creo que es suficiente con dar la explicación en la parte de resultados, como ya lo está. Aquí mencionaría explícitamente lo que sí mostraremos

    1. Los investigadores descubrieron que aquellos que asistían a los pequeños obtuvieron mejores resultados en las pruebas de memoria y fluidez verbal que los que no lo hacían

      Básicamente se establece que las actividades intergeneracionales permiten múltiples beneficios al adulto mayor porque se estimula no solamente la actividad física, sino también la mental. Además del componente emocional que es muy importante.

    2. Otras acciones como cocinar, recoger a los menores de la escuela y estar disponible cuando se necesita se relacionaron positivamente con la fluidez verbal.

      Esto se relaciona mucho con las neurociencias y particularmente con la neuroplasticidad, porque diversos estudios han demostrado que la actividad continua, ejercicio físico, buena alimentación y constante estimulación mental permite que las células cerebrales hagan nuevas conexiones.

    3. su participación en actividades específicas de ocio con los pequeños o la ayuda con los deberes ya se asocia positivamente a un mejor funcionamiento cognitivo, especialmente en relación con la memoria episódica y la fluidez verbal.

      Esto me recuerda de un estudio sobre la longevidad en distintas poblaciones a lo largo del mundo (Japón, Italia, California), que hablaba de la importancia de familias multigeneracionales con miembros mayores activos y respetados en la vida cotidiana.

    1. Little do many think what is the savageness and brutishness of this barbarous enemy, Ay, even those that seem to profess more than others among them, when the English have fallen into their hands.

      Again, this usage of "savages" and "barbarous enemy" implies the animalistic imagery associated with the Native American community. They're viewed as less than by the puritan community.

    1. Le Rôle du Pair-Aidant Famille Professionnel en Psychiatrie : Un Maillon Essentiel

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse analyse le rôle émergent et crucial du Pair-Aidant Famille Professionnel (PAF) dans le paysage de la santé mentale.

      Basé sur les témoignages d'un psychiatre chef de pôle et d'un PAF, il met en lumière comment cette fonction constitue le "maillon manquant" entre les familles des usagers, les patients eux-mêmes et les équipes soignantes.

      Le PAF, recruté pour son savoir expérientiel de la maladie d'un proche et sa connaissance du système de soins, crée un nouvel espace de dialogue et d'alliance.

      Les interventions du PAF, illustrées par des cas concrets, visent principalement à accueillir la souffrance des familles, à rompre leur isolement, à leur redonner espoir et à renforcer leur pouvoir d'agir.

      En partageant leur propre vécu, les PAF établissent une connexion unique qui facilite la communication et la compréhension.

      Leur action a un double impact : elle favorise le rétablissement des familles et, par ricochet, celui des patients en les impliquant davantage dans le parcours de soin.

      De plus, les PAF jouent un rôle d'acculturation auprès des équipes soignantes, les informant et les transformant pour "faire bouger les lignes".

      Malgré leur importance démontrée, un enjeu majeur demeure la reconnaissance de leur statut professionnel, un défi déjà rencontré par les médiateurs de santé-pairs.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Introduction : Le Constat d'un "Maillon Manquant"

      L'initiative d'intégrer des Pairs-Aidants Famille Professionnels (PAF) est née d'un constat simple mais fondamental, observé dès 2019 lors de groupes de parole pour les familles.

      Le Dr Alain Cantero, psychiatre et chef de pôle en banlieue parisienne, souligne le "désarroi" des familles face à la maladie de leur proche.

      Cette détresse est souvent aggravée par une incompréhension, voire une hostilité, envers les services de psychiatrie et les soignants.

      De leur côté, les professionnels de santé, bien que centrés sur le soin au patient, peuvent être "maladrois", donner l'impression de rejeter les familles ou de ne pas les écouter.

      Ce décalage crée une rupture dans le triptyque essentiel patient-famille-soignant.

      Le PAF a été identifié comme le "maillon manquant" capable de combler ce fossé, en intervenant spécifiquement entre les familles et les équipes soignantes.

      2. Le Pair-Aidant Famille Professionnel (PAF) : Définition et Missions

      Le PAF n'est pas un soignant au sens traditionnel, mais un professionnel dont la légitimité et la compétence reposent sur un savoir expérientiel unique.

      Profil et Compétences Clés

      Les PAF sont recrutés sur la base de compétences spécifiques qui les distinguent des autres acteurs du soin :

      L'expérience vécue de la maladie mentale d'un proche : Ils partagent un vécu commun avec les familles qu'ils accompagnent, ce qui leur confère un "impact plus fort" que le simple témoignage.

      La connaissance des services de psychiatrie : Ils comprennent le fonctionnement interne du système de soins, ses logiques et parfois ses complexités.

      Une distance suffisante : Ayant cheminé dans leur propre parcours, ils peuvent aborder les situations avec recul.

      Une posture non conflictuelle avec la psychiatrie : L'un de leurs atouts majeurs est de "ne pas être fâché avec la psychiatrie", ce qui leur permet de faire le pont efficacement.

      Une formation qualifiante : Les PAF suivent des formations spécifiques (DU, formations avec le Québec, etc.) pour professionnaliser leur pratique.

      Missions Fondamentales

      Le rôle du PAF s'articule autour de trois axes principaux :

      | Axe d'intervention | Description | | --- | --- | | Créer une alliance | Le PAF travaille à établir un lien de confiance essentiel entre le patient, sa famille et l'équipe soignante, créant ainsi un "nouvel espace de dialogue". | | Soutenir les familles | Leur mission centrale est de favoriser le rétablissement des familles en les aidant à surmonter leur souffrance, rompre l'isolement, redonner l'espoir et la confiance. | | Acculturer les équipes | Par leur présence et leurs retours, les PAF "forment, informent et transforment" les équipes soignantes, contribuant à faire évoluer les pratiques et les mentalités. |

      3. L'Intervention du PAF en Pratique : Études de Cas

      Pascal Machelot, PAF, illustre son travail à travers deux situations concrètes, montrant la diversité et la profondeur de ses interventions.

      Cas 1 : Josette, face à une première hospitalisation (Intra-hospitalier)

      Contexte : Josette est la mère de Julie (45 ans), hospitalisée pour la première fois suite à des épisodes délirants.

      Un entretien familial avec le psychiatre a été "houleux", laissant Josette en colère, confuse et avec le sentiment de ne pas avoir été écoutée.

      Actions du PAF :

      1. Accueillir les émotions : La première entrevue est dédiée à l'accueil de la "très grande colère" et du sentiment de culpabilité de Josette, sans aucun jugement.    

      1. Partage d'expérience : Face à la colère montante, le PAF partage son propre souvenir de colère et de désarroi vécu 20 ans plus tôt dans une situation similaire. Ce partage expérientiel désamorce la tension et crée un lien.  

      3. Informer et expliquer : Il répond aux questions pratiques de Josette sur le fonctionnement du service (mixité, politique des portes ouvertes), clarifiant des aspects anxiogènes pour elle.  

      4. Fournir des outils : Sans se substituer au médecin, il utilise des outils de psychoéducation imagés (comme Bipic ou BREF) pour expliquer des concepts comme le modèle vulnérabilité-stress.  

      5. Aider à la compréhension : Il aide Josette à comprendre pourquoi sa fille, lors d'une permission, a préféré rentrer chez elle plutôt que d'assister à une grande fête d'anniversaire, en expliquant la perspective de la personne malade.  

      6. Orienter vers des ressources : Il propose à Josette de suivre le programme de psychoéducation BREF et l'oriente vers le réseau associatif pour l'aider à prendre de la distance et à trouver d'autres soutiens.

      Cas 2 : Lucie, face à la maladie chronique et l'addiction (CMP)

      Contexte : Lucie est la mère de Catherine (35 ans), suivie en Centre Médico-Psychologique (CMP) pour dépression et forte addiction à l'alcool.

      Lucie est "très très triste", submergée par le désespoir et la culpabilité, et ne se sent pas prête à rejoindre un groupe de parole.

      Actions du PAF :

      1. Écouter le désespoir : Le premier rendez-vous individuel consiste à accueillir son "immense désespoir", sa tristesse et sa culpabilité liée au fait d'avoir élevé sa fille seule.  

      2. Renforcer les compétences parentales : Le PAF travaille avec Lucie pour lui rappeler les "choses extraordinaires" qu'elle a faites pour sa fille, compétences qu'elle a oubliées à cause de la souffrance actuelle.  

      3. Assurer une présence dans la crise : Lorsque Catherine est hospitalisée en réanimation, le PAF maintient un contact discret mais régulier ("en pointillé") par SMS pour réconforter Lucie, qui est très isolée.  

      4. Partager des angoisses communes : Le PAF partage son expérience de la peur de perdre un proche et de la difficulté à ne pas "mettre son enfant sous cloche" après une tentative de suicide, ce qui aide Lucie à gérer sa propre angoisse.  

      5. Transmettre des outils de gestion du stress : Ils échangent sur des stratégies concrètes pour gérer l'angoisse (respiration, marche).  

      6. Favoriser la prise de conscience et le soin de soi : Il aide Lucie à réfléchir à sa relation avec sa fille pour favoriser l'autonomie de cette dernière, et surtout à prendre soin d'elle-même, car elle ne "vit pas".  

      7. Créer des ponts vers le collectif : Le PAF invite Lucie à une représentation théâtrale d'un atelier d'écriture pour aidants, dans le but de la "raccrocher vers d'autres parents" et de l'amener progressivement vers le groupe. Cette expérience a permis d'aborder la notion de rétablissement pour la famille.

      4. Impacts et Perspectives

      Le Rétablissement des Familles et l'Empowerment

      L'action du PAF est directement centrée sur le rétablissement des familles. Les objectifs sont clairs :

      Rompre l'isolement en créant un lien individuel puis en facilitant l'accès à des groupes ou des associations.

      Redonner l'espoir en montrant qu'une évolution positive est possible.

      Favoriser le pouvoir d'agir ("empowerment") en renforçant les compétences, en donnant des outils et en aidant les familles à devenir actrices du parcours de soin.

      Synergies et collaborations

      Le rôle du PAF ne se conçoit pas de manière isolée. Il s'intègre dans un écosystème de soin en pleine évolution :

      Pair-aidance croisée : Des collaborations sont mises en place avec les médiatrices de santé-pair (personnes rétablies d'un trouble psychique), permettant une intervention conjointe auprès du patient et de sa famille.

      Open Dialogue : Les PAF, tout comme les médiateurs de santé-pair, sont formés à cette approche qui favorise le dialogue en situation de crise en incluant la famille et le réseau social.

      L'Enjeu du Statut Professionnel

      Un défi majeur demeure la reconnaissance institutionnelle et statutaire de ce métier.

      Le Dr Cantero rappelle que les médiateurs de santé-pairs, dont la fonction existe depuis 2012, n'ont toujours pas de statut officiel au niveau hospitalier en 2024.

      Il exprime l'espoir que l'intégration des PAF soit plus rapide, soulignant l'urgence de pérenniser ce métier en devenir qui transforme en profondeur la psychiatrie.

    1. La Pair-aidance Familiale en Psychiatrie de l'Enfant et de l'Adolescent : Analyse et Retours d'Expérience

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse analyse le concept et la mise en œuvre de la pair-aidance familiale en psychiatrie de l'enfant et de l'adolescent, en se basant sur le retour d'expérience d'une professionnelle au sein de la Maison de l'Enfant et de la Famille (MEF) à Créteil.

      L'approche centrale est "écosystémique", visant à décentrer la problématique de l'enfant pour considérer l'ensemble de son environnement (famille, école, institutions).

      La paire-aidante familiale agit comme une "traductrice" et une facilitatrice, établissant un pont entre les familles et les équipes soignantes.

      Son rôle est de soutenir les parents, de favoriser leur participation active au processus décisionnel et de veiller à ce que l'enfant soit au centre des soins, en développant son "assentiment" de manière progressive.

      Cette pratique, qui reconnaît et valorise le savoir expérientiel des familles, a des impacts significatifs : elle renforce l'autonomie et les compétences parentales, améliore la communication, et fait évoluer les représentations et les pratiques des professionnels de santé, menant à une collaboration plus efficace et à une meilleure compréhension des réalités familiales.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Contexte et Cadre d'Intervention : La Maison de l'Enfant et de la Famille (MEF)

      La Maison de l'Enfant et de la Famille, ouverte en janvier 2023 à Créteil, sert de cadre à cette expérience de pair-aidance.

      Elle présente des caractéristiques fondamentales qui façonnent son approche :

      Localisation Stratégique : Située à l'extérieur de l'enceinte hospitalière, elle offre un environnement perçu comme plus accessible et moins stigmatisant, ce qui facilite la venue des familles.

      Mission Intégrée : La MEF réunit plusieurs services de pédopsychiatrie et combine les savoirs thérapeutiques et expérientiels au service du soin, de l'enseignement et de la recherche.

      Partenariat Étendu : L'établissement collabore non seulement avec des soignants (pédopsychiatres, orthophonistes), mais aussi avec des associations, des chercheurs et la municipalité pour offrir un accès global à la santé, incluant les loisirs et les aides sociales.

      2. Le Modèle de Soin : L'Approche Écosystémique

      L'intervention de la MEF repose sur une approche écosystémique, qui consiste à analyser la situation de l'enfant en considérant l'ensemble des systèmes qui l'entourent.

      Diagnostic de Situation : Plutôt que de se focaliser uniquement sur l'enfant, l'objectif est de réaliser un "diagnostic de situation" pour faire travailler toutes les parties prenantes (famille, école, institutions) et sortir d'une problématique individualisée.

      Principes Directeurs :

      Penser l'enfant dans son environnement et considérer l'influence de tous les systèmes sur son bien-être.    ◦ Consolider les mécanismes de résilience en se centrant sur les compétences des systèmes plutôt que sur leurs dysfonctionnements.   

      Favoriser l'accès à une bonne santé globale, où le soin n'est qu'une des composantes.  

      Rétablir un langage commun entre les différents acteurs (parents, enseignants, soignants). La paire-aidante se décrit comme une "traductrice" pour aider les familles à naviguer dans les différents jargons professionnels.

      3. Le Rôle de l'Enfant et des Parents dans le Processus Décisionnel

      L'implication de la famille est un pilier de l'approche, justifiée par les stratégies nationales (2023-2027) et les droits de l'enfant (Charte européenne des enfants hospitalisés, Convention de l'UNICEF).

      3.1. La Participation de l'Enfant : Du Consentement à l'Assentiment

      Bien que légalement le consentement aux soins soit donné par les parents, un concept clé est développé pour l'enfant : l'assentiment.

      Définition : L'assentiment est un processus dynamique et évolutif visant à rendre l'enfant pleinement acteur de sa santé et de son parcours de soin, en adaptant l'information à son âge et à sa capacité de compréhension.

      Objectif : L'opinion de l'enfant doit être recherchée, obtenue et prise en compte.

      L'objectif est de construire progressivement son autonomie et sa capacité décisionnelle, afin que la responsabilité ne lui "tombe pas dessus" à sa majorité.

      Conditions de Réussite : La participation de l'enfant dépend de l'attitude des adultes (soignants et famille), qui doivent créer un "environnement capacitant" où il se sent légitime et libre de s'exprimer.

      3.2. Le Rôle Clé des Parents comme "Premiers Alliés du Soin"

      Les parents sont considérés comme des acteurs essentiels du modèle de décision partagée.

      Nécessité de Soutien : Pour participer activement, les parents doivent être suffisamment informés, responsabilisés et soutenus.

      Rôle Évolutif : Leurs responsabilités et leur degré de contrôle sur le processus de soin diminuent à mesure que l'enfant grandit. Cet accompagnement vers l'autonomie de l'adolescent doit être préparé en amont.

      Facteurs d'Influence : Le niveau de participation des parents varie selon leur vécu, leur milieu culturel, leur niveau d'éducation et leur "littératie en santé".

      Il est primordial de prendre en compte ces facteurs pour comprendre leurs décisions et leurs craintes éventuelles.

      Positionnement : Bien que leur rôle soit crucial, il est rappelé que l'enfant doit rester au centre du processus, être informé directement et inclus dans les discussions.

      4. La Spécificité de la Pair-aidance Familiale en Pédopsychiatrie

      La distinction entre l'usager et l'aidant, claire en psychiatrie adulte, est plus complexe en pédopsychiatrie où l'enfant et la famille sont difficilement dissociables.

      Une Entité Familiale : La pratique s'inscrit dans une vision systémique où la "famille" (au sens large, incluant les structures non biologiques et les enfants confiés à l'Aide Sociale à l'Enfance) représente à la fois l'usager (l'enfant) et l'usager indirect (le parent).

      Profils des Pairs-aidants : Plusieurs profils sont possibles et à explorer en fonction des besoins du service.

      1. Parent d'un enfant actuellement concerné (le cas de l'intervenante).   

      2. Adulte anciennement concerné dans sa propre enfance.   

      3. Personne ayant vécu les deux situations. L'exemple du comité de vigilance des anciens enfants placés illustre la pertinence du second profil pour défendre les droits des enfants actuellement en institution.

      5. Missions et Pratiques de la Paire-aidante Familiale

      La paire-aidante ne remplace aucun professionnel existant mais "rajoute quelque chose de supplémentaire". Ses missions sont variées et adaptatives :

      Disponibilité et Soutien Direct : Assurer une présence physique et à distance (téléphone, mail, SMS), que ce soit à l'hôpital, au domicile des familles ou dans un lieu neutre.

      Accompagnement Institutionnel : Assister les familles lors des réunions de suivi de scolarité, des moments souvent vécus difficilement, pour les aider à comprendre les décisions et à se sentir soutenues.

      Information et Droits : Aider à la compréhension et à l'obtention des droits.

      Interface avec l'Équipe : Participer aux réunions d'équipe (synthèses) pour y faire valoir la parole et la perspective des familles.

      Médiation et Communication : Rediscuter d'un soin ou d'un diagnostic avec les familles, sans jugement, et faire le lien avec le médecin si elles le souhaitent. Adapter les documents d'information selon leurs retours.

      Animation et Réseautage : Animer des groupes de parole et établir des liens avec les partenaires locaux (ex: Conseil Local de Santé Mentale - CLSM, municipalités) pour porter la voix des familles.

      6. Impacts et Bénéfices de la Pair-aidance Familiale

      L'intégration d'une paire-aidante familiale génère des bénéfices concrets et mesurables, tant pour les familles que pour les équipes soignantes.

      | Bénéfices pour les Familles | Bénéfices pour les Équipes Soignantes | | --- | --- | | Soutien et Déstigmatisation : Partage des craintes, aide à la déstigmatisation (ex: peur du regard des autres), sentiment d'être soutenu et de pouvoir se confier. | Meilleure Compréhension : Meilleure perception des freins des familles, dépassant la simple notion de "déni" pour explorer d'autres explications. | | Empowerment et Compétences : Reconnaissance du savoir expérientiel, développement des compétences parentales et de l'autonomie. | Communication Améliorée : Les familles expriment mieux leurs besoins, ce qui facilite l'interdisciplinarité et l'ajustement des soins. | | Accès aux Ressources : Meilleure information sur les droits, les ressources existantes et le réseau associatif. | Connaissance du Terrain : Accès à une connaissance fine des dispositifs associatifs et municipaux, que les équipes n'ont pas toujours le temps d'explorer. | | Rétablissement des Liens : Soutien pour renouer le dialogue avec l'école. | Évolution des Pratiques : Ouverture au savoir expérientiel, encouragement aux bonnes pratiques et changement des représentations sur les familles. | | Source d'Espoir : La présence d'une paire-aidante qui travaille est un modèle positif, montrant qu'un retour à une vie active est possible. | Prise de Conscience Professionnelle : Réflexion sur le langage utilisé et l'impact des propos sur les familles. |

      7. Citations Clés : La Voix des Professionnels

      Les retours des membres de l'équipe soignante illustrent l'impact transformateur de cette collaboration :

      • "Je ne pensais pas que c'était si compliqué. Quand je vois tout ce que tu as à faire, je comprends mieux l'épuisement de certains parents de mes patients."

      • "Depuis que tu es présente aux synthèses, je ne parle plus de la même manière des patients. Je me rends compte que je n'étais pas toujours le plus adapté dans mes propos."

    1. Les Comportements-Défis : Synthèse du Webinaire iMIND #14

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les points clés du webinaire iMIND #14, consacré à la gestion des comportements-défis par la mutualisation des compétences professionnelles et familiales.

      Les intervenantes, la Professeure Caroline de Maigret (psychiatre) et Sophie Biet (parente et administratrice associative), ont souligné que les comportements-défis ne sont pas des actes de défiance, mais une forme de communication atypique dont il est crucial de comprendre la fonction.

      L'approche préconisée repose sur une évaluation pluridisciplinaire rigoureuse, débutant systématiquement par un examen médical complet pour écarter une cause somatique, notamment la douleur.

      La réaction de l'environnement est un facteur déterminant : un même comportement peut devenir un "défi" ou non selon la tolérance et la réponse apportées.

      Les familles, souvent isolées et en souffrance, sont des partenaires de soin essentiels et des experts de leur proche, dont l'expérience est une ressource inestimable.

      La collaboration entre professionnels et familles doit s'articuler autour de la confiance, de l'humilité et d'une posture de "détective" pour formuler et tester des hypothèses sans interprétations hâtives.

      Enfin, des stratégies pratiques, telles que la priorisation des comportements à traiter, le remplacement par des compétences adaptées et la remise en question des habitudes institutionnelles ou familiales, sont fondamentales pour améliorer la qualité de vie de la personne et de son entourage.

      1. Définition et Nature des Comportements-Défis

      Le terme "comportement-défi" est une adaptation de l'anglais "challenging behavior".

      Il ne traduit pas une volonté de la personne de défier son entourage, mais plutôt le défi que ce comportement représente pour les familles et les professionnels.

      Fréquence : Ils concernent 10 à 15 % des personnes présentant un trouble du développement intellectuel (TDI) à un moment de leur parcours.

      Définition (2017) : Un comportement-défi est défini par la réaction de l'entourage et ses conséquences :

      Restrictives : La personne ne peut plus accéder à ses activités ou à des services ordinaires.  

      Répulsives : L'entourage ne parvient plus à s'occuper de la personne.  

      Exclusives : En l'absence d'intervention, la personne est exclue des dispositifs d'accompagnement.

      Impact : Ces comportements mettent en danger la sécurité physique de la personne et d'autrui, et engagent son "pronostic social", c'est-à-dire sa capacité à accéder aux soins, aux loisirs et à une vie sociale ordinaire.

      Manifestations : La panoplie des comportements-défis est large et ne se limite pas à l'agressivité. Elle inclut :

      ◦ Hétéro-agressivité (coups, cris).  

      ◦ Auto-mutilation (souvent, la personne se fait du mal à elle-même avant d'en faire à autrui).  

      ◦ Destruction de matériel.  

      ◦ Perturbations antisociales et nuisances.  

      ◦ Troubles alimentaires graves.   

      ◦ Stéréotypies ou autostimulations excessives.

      2. Le Comportement comme Mode de Communication : L'Approche Fonctionnelle

      L'idée centrale est qu'un comportement-défi n'est jamais gratuit. Il est choisi par la personne car il représente un moyen simple et efficace d'obtenir une fonction.

      Aucun comportement ne se maintient s'il n'est pas renforcé, consciemment ou non, par l'environnement.

      L'objectif est donc d'identifier cette fonction pour proposer une réponse plus adaptée.

      | Fonctions Principales | Description | | --- | --- | | Obtenir quelque chose | Le comportement vise à acquérir un élément positif : attention de l'entourage, renforcement sensoriel, un objet, de la nourriture, ou la possibilité de faire un choix (autodétermination). | | Éviter quelque chose | Le comportement vise à échapper à un processus désagréable : douleur physique, émotions négatives, tâches déplaisantes ou exigeantes. |

      Un même comportement peut avoir plusieurs fonctions (ex: l'hétéro-agressivité pour échapper à une tâche ou pour attirer l'attention), et inversement, plusieurs comportements peuvent servir la même fonction (ex: s'auto-mutiler, agresser ou jeter un objet pour refuser une activité).

      3. L'Importance Cruciale de l'Évaluation Pluridisciplinaire

      Pour comprendre la fonction d'un comportement, une évaluation rigoureuse, pluriprofessionnelle et standardisée est indispensable.

      Elle doit être menée "à froid", c'est-à-dire également lorsque la personne va bien, pour établir une base de référence.

      3.1. L'Examen Médical Soigneux

      C'est la toute première étape. De nombreux comportements-défis, surtout ceux d'apparition aiguë, sont liés à une cause médicale non détectée :

      Douleur : Problèmes bucco-dentaires, troubles sévères du transit (fécalome), etc.

      Outils : L'utilisation de grilles d'évaluation de la douleur, simples et accessibles à tous (y compris les non-médecins), est fortement recommandée pour les personnes non-communicantes.

      3.2. L'Évaluation Fonctionnelle et Cognitive

      Lorsque la cause médicale est écartée, une analyse approfondie est nécessaire pour dresser un "profil" de la personne.

      Communication : Évaluer l'écart entre les capacités de compréhension (souvent supérieures) et d'expression.

      Le manque d'outils de communication adaptés (les pictogrammes ne conviennent pas à tout le monde) génère une frustration majeure.

      Fonctions exécutives : Des difficultés à planifier, s'organiser, hiérarchiser et gérer les transitions peuvent provoquer des réactions fortes.

      La réponse de l'entourage est souvent "l'hypostimulation", alors que la personne a surtout besoin d'aide pour passer d'une activité à l'autre.

      Profil sensoriel : Identifier les particularités (hypo ou hyper-sensibilité) et les besoins d'autostimulation.

      Autodétermination : Le comportement-défi peut être la seule manière pour une personne de manifester son envie de faire des choix, surtout dans des environnements institutionnels où tout est décidé pour elle.

      3.3. L'Évaluation de l'Environnement

      L'évaluation ne se centre pas uniquement sur la personne, mais aussi sur son environnement, car la réaction de ce dernier conditionne le maintien ou l'aggravation du comportement.

      Outils standardisés : Des grilles comme la grille FAST permettent d'évaluer de manière objective la réponse de l'entourage (familial ou professionnel) et d'identifier les renforçateurs involontaires.

      Qualité de l'environnement : Un environnement instable (turnover important dans le secteur médico-social, manque de personnel) peut faire émerger des comportements-défis qui n'auraient pas apparu dans un contexte plus stable.

      4. La Place Centrale des Familles : Partenaires et Experts

      Les familles sont les "premières partenaires du soin". Leur implication est indispensable, mais elles sont souvent en grande difficulté.

      4.1. Les Défis des Familles

      Isolement social : Disparition des temps de partage, renoncement aux sorties et à la vie sociale.

      Le pronostic social de toute la famille peut être engagé.

      Sentiment d'incompétence : Les parents peuvent développer un sentiment d'échec, de la colère (parfois contre eux-mêmes) et se sentir dévalorisés.

      Protection de la fratrie : La gestion de l'impact sur les frères et sœurs est un enjeu majeur et sensible.

      4.2. L'Expérience Parentale comme Ressource

      Sophie Biet insiste sur le fait que l'expérience des parents est une ressource précieuse, citant Eric Schopler, concepteur de l'approche TEACCH :

      "Contrairement aux chercheurs, ses parents ne pouvaient pas laisser de côté des questions pour lesquelles aucune méthodologie n'avait été établie.

      Contrairement aux cliniciens, ils ne pouvaient pas transférer l'enfant ailleurs parce qu'il n'était pas formé pour gérer de tels problèmes.

      Et c'est parce qu'ils ont poursuivi leurs études malgré leurs échecs, leurs frustrations et leurs défaites qu'ils sont devenus de si bons enseignants."

      5. Stratégies Pratiques et Postures d'Accompagnement

      La collaboration entre familles et professionnels doit reposer sur une posture partagée.

      5.1. Les Trois Piliers de la Posture

      Sophie Biet identifie trois mots-clés essentiels :

      1. Confiance : Elle se construit en ne réduisant pas la personne à ses comportements et en impliquant régulièrement la famille dans le suivi (pas seulement "entre deux portes").

      2. Détective : Adopter une démarche pragmatique, poser des hypothèses et les vérifier sans interprétations hâtives ("il est frustré", "il ne veut pas").

      3. Humilité : Accepter que, même en mettant tout en œuvre, on n'y arrive pas toujours.

      5.2. Exemples de Stratégies Concrètes

      Prioriser : Il est impossible de tout traiter en même temps. Il faut choisir, en concertation avec la famille, le comportement le plus impactant à travailler en premier (ex: laisser de côté le déchirement de t-shirts pour se concentrer sur des jeux avec les selles).

      Remplacer, ne pas juste supprimer : Lorsqu'un comportement est diminué, il faut le remplacer par un autre, plus adapté, qui remplit la même fonction. (Ex: remplacer le fait de tordre des lunettes par la mise à disposition de fil de fer et de trombones pour créer des formes, transformant le comportement en activité créative).

      Adapter ses propres réactions : Réfléchir à ses propres déclencheurs. (Ex: remplacer le mot "non", qui peut être anxiogène, par le mot "stop").

      Accepter certaines manies : Tolérer des comportements atypiques qui agissent positivement sur l'anxiété et ne sont pas socialement invalidants. (Ex: accepter qu'une personne enlève ses chaussures dans un magasin).

      Remettre en question les habitudes : S'interroger sur les routines qui peuvent être source de tension. (Ex: dans un foyer, les repas collectifs étaient source de conflits.

      La mise en place de repas individuels à des heures choisies a non seulement supprimé les problèmes mais a aussi favorisé l'autonomie et les invitations mutuelles).

      6. Enjeux Spécifiques et Perspectives

      La session de questions-réponses a permis de souligner plusieurs points importants.

      Autisme sans TDI : Le concept de comportement-défi s'applique aussi aux personnes autistes sans trouble du développement intellectuel.

      Des conduites suicidaires à répétition ou des scarifications peuvent relever de cette problématique, qui est largement sous-estimée et mal évaluée en psychiatrie générale adulte et infanto-juvénile.

      La frontière avec le "normal" : La distinction entre un comportement d'enfant et un comportement-défi est parfois floue. C'est la réaction de l'environnement (rejet, exclusion scolaire) et la persistance qui le qualifient comme "défi".

      Formation : Il existe un manque de programmes de formation validés, tant pour les professionnels que pour les familles.

      L'approche la plus efficace reste une évaluation fine et un accompagnement personnalisé plutôt qu'un programme global.

      Pour les professionnels, des initiatives de formation commencent à se développer, comme celle mise en place à Lyon.

    1. Synthèse du Projet de Diplôme Universitaire de Pair-Aidance Familiale

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document présente une analyse détaillée du nouveau Diplôme Universitaire (DU) de pair-aidance familiale en neuro-développement et en santé mentale, tel que présenté par le Dr Mélanie Dautrey du Pôle HU-ADIS, CH le Vinatier.

      Le projet vise à professionnaliser le rôle des familles aidantes en s'inspirant du succès de la pair-aidance usager, un modèle qui a démontré une grande efficacité dans l'amélioration des parcours de soins.

      L'objectif central est de former et de rémunérer des pair-aidants familiaux pour qu'ils puissent mettre leur savoir expérientiel au service d'autres familles, notamment celles dont les proches ne peuvent s'auto-représenter (troubles du développement intellectuel sévère, psychiatrie du sujet âgé, jeunes enfants).

      Cette initiative répond directement aux stratégies nationales de soutien aux aidants et d'inclusion, en valorisant la parole des familles et en leur donnant les moyens d'agir.

      Les diplômés auront pour mission d'informer, d'orienter, de co-construire les modalités de soins, de co-animer des programmes de psychoéducation et de lutter contre la stigmatisation.

      La formation, d'une durée de 140 heures, est conçue pour être accessible et met l'accent sur les compétences relationnelles et la connaissance du réseau de soins et d'accompagnement.

      La finalité est la création de postes rémunérés, conférant aux pair-aidants familiaux une légitimité et une place à part entière au sein des équipes soignantes et médico-sociales, une démarche dont l'efficacité est soutenue par la recherche scientifique.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Genèse et Justification du Projet

      La création de ce diplôme universitaire repose sur un double constat : l'efficacité prouvée de la pair-aidance et un besoin non satisfait pour une large frange des usagers et de leurs familles.

      L'Inspiration de la Pair-Aidance Usager

      Le point de départ du projet est le succès du déploiement de la pair-aidance usager au sein de l'hôpital. Ce modèle, où des personnes rétablies d'un trouble partagent leur expérience, a démontré une "très grande efficacité" pour :

      • Améliorer le vécu du parcours en psychiatrie pour les usagers.

      • Faciliter une meilleure compréhension de leur situation.

      • Adapter le discours entre soignants et usagers, rendant les soins plus efficaces.

      Le Manque Identifié et le Rôle Pivot des Familles

      Un manque important a été identifié pour les usagers qui ne peuvent accéder à cette forme de pair-aidance, notamment les personnes ayant un trouble du développement intellectuel important ou étant non-verbales.

      Pour ces populations, ainsi que pour les jeunes enfants, les adolescents ou les sujets âgés en psychiatrie, les familles sont les "piliers habituels" et les "principales ressources" d'information et de soutien.

      Le projet propose donc d'adapter le modèle de la pair-aidance aux familles pour combler ce vide.

      La Nécessité Pratique de Professionnaliser

      Un besoin concret a également motivé cette démarche : le développement de programmes de psychoéducation familiale, comme le programme BREF. L'efficacité de ces programmes est conditionnée par la participation d'une famille témoin lors de certaines séances, participation jugée "indispensable".

      Cependant, solliciter continuellement des familles sur la base du bénévolat est devenu "gênant" et a limité l'expansion de ces programmes.

      La création d'un panel de pair-aidants familiaux formés et rémunérés est la solution pour garantir la pérennité et le déploiement de ces outils thérapeutiques essentiels.

      2. Alignement avec les Stratégies Nationales

      Le DU s'inscrit pleinement dans les recommandations et les orientations des politiques publiques actuelles, notamment en matière de soutien aux aidants et d'inclusion.

      Stratégie Nationale de Soutien aux Aidants (2020-2022)

      Le programme répond à plusieurs des 17 mesures de cette stratégie nationale :

      Formation et Information : Les premières mesures de la stratégie insistent sur le besoin pour les aidants de bénéficier d'informations claires et de formations adaptées.

      Santé des Aidants : Une attention particulière est portée à la santé physique et psychique des aidants.

      Le projet souligne qu'un pair-aidant familial, de par son vécu, est mieux placé ("dit par les bonnes personnes") qu'un professionnel de santé pour aborder ces sujets sensibles et faire passer des messages de prévention de manière efficace et sans être "mal perçu".

      Stratégie Nationale pour l'Autisme et l'Inclusion

      Le projet valorise la parole des familles, reconnue comme un moteur de changement social.

      Le bilan 2022 de la stratégie autisme montre que des avancées concrètes (formation de la police, procédures d'alerte disparition) ont été obtenues grâce aux "demandes directes des familles".

      En professionnalisant leur savoir expérientiel, le DU vise à renforcer ce "pouvoir des familles" pour faire évoluer les dispositifs et réussir l'inclusion en ville en toute sécurité.

      3. Rôles et Missions du Pair-Aidant Familial Diplômé

      Le diplôme a pour but de former des professionnels capables d'assumer plusieurs missions clés au sein du système de santé et médico-social.

      Informer et Orienter : Fournir aux familles des informations cruciales sur leurs droits (congés, mesures de répit, etc.) et les orienter vers les structures et ressources existantes.

      Améliorer l'Accueil et Co-construire les Soins : En se basant sur leur expérience, les pair-aidants pourront travailler avec les équipes soignantes pour améliorer les modalités d'accueil des familles dans les unités et co-construire de nouvelles approches de soins, notamment la psychoéducation.

      Faciliter la Compréhension du Diagnostic : Intervenir pour réexpliquer des termes médicaux, permettre des temps de pause et de réflexion lors des annonces diagnostiques, assurant ainsi que l'information soit non seulement délivrée mais réellement comprise par les familles.

      Lutter contre la Stigmatisation : En partageant leur expérience et en augmentant la visibilité des familles dans l'espace public, ils contribueront à changer les regards et à encourager l'adaptation des structures sociales.

      Le pouvoir des associations familiales est cité comme le principal levier ayant fait progresser l'inclusion jusqu'à présent.

      4. Modalités du Programme de Formation

      Le programme a été conçu en collaboration avec de nombreuses associations pour être le plus accessible et pertinent possible.

      | Caractéristique | Détails | | --- | --- | | Volume Horaire | Environ 140 heures de formation au total. | | Format Pédagogique | Un format mixte, répondant à une demande des associations pour ne pas gêner la vie personnelle des participants. | | | \- Présentiel : 2 sessions de 3 jours axées sur la "simulation relationnelle" pour la conduite d'entretiens. | | | \- Distanciel : 3 sessions de 3 jours en visioconférence. | | Contenus Clés | \- Une journée de formation pour dispenser le programme de psychoéducation BREF. | | | \- Des visites de lieux ressources associatifs et institutionnels. | | | \- Une semaine de stage pratique. | | Philosophie | Assurer que les diplômés aient une "connaissance énorme de tout le réseau". La majorité des intervenants ne sont pas des hospitaliers mais des acteurs de la "cité" (associations, droit commun, etc.). |

      Partenaires Associatifs et Institutionnels du Projet :

      • Argos 2021 (troubles bipolaires)

      • Autisme Ambition et Avenir

      • Unafam (maladies psychiques)

      • Connexion Familiale (troubles de la personnalité borderline)

      • Génération 22 (microdélétion 22q11)

      • Métropole Aidante (représentant 165 000 aidants sur la métropole)

      • Association Esper (pair-aidance usager)

      5. La Professionnalisation : Un Enjeu Central

      La question de la rémunération et du statut professionnel est au cœur du projet et a été soulignée comme un élément non négociable.

      Du Bénévolat à la Rémunération

      L'objectif est clair : cette formation doit déboucher sur une rémunération.

      Le recours systématique au bénévolat a atteint ses limites ("le bénévolat c'est limite très clairement") et a freiné le développement d'initiatives comme les programmes de psychoéducation.

      Légitimité et Efficacité Prouvée

      La rémunération est perçue comme un facteur essentiel de légitimité. Une personne rémunérée au même titre que les autres professionnels d'une équipe "a sa place de manière aussi plus légitime de fête".

      De plus, l'efficacité de la pair-aidance n'est pas une simple "constatation au doigt mouillé" ; elle a été démontrée par de nombreuses recherches et méta-analyses qui prouvent qu'elle "améliore significativement la qualité des soins".

      Perspectives de Création de Postes

      L'ambition finale est de "s'acheminer vers la création de poste de père et donc familiaux". Ce mouvement est déjà enclenché, avec l'exemple de Bénédicte Chenu qui occupe un poste de pair-aidante familiale au GHU de Paris.

      Le secteur médico-social est également très intéressé, percevant la nécessité du savoir expérientiel pour améliorer les liens avec les familles. Ce diplôme est donc un outil pour "prétendre à l'ouverture de poste" et essaimer ce modèle.

  3. stylo.ecrituresnumeriques.ca stylo.ecrituresnumeriques.ca
    1. JJM : mon compte Hypothes est en cours de création, je ne peux pas – pour le moment – mettre d’annotation. J’essaye de prendre stylo

      C'est bon. Par contre je ne comprends pas pourquoi c'est en (1) mais ça va finir par rentrer !

    1. La plupart des aides pour les travaux de rénovation énergétique sont cumulables et sans condition de revenu. L’objectif est d’encourager un maximum de personnes à améliorer la performance énergétique de leur logement. Si vous souhaitez profiter d’une pompe à chaleur réversible (double utilisation de chauffage et de climatisation) et d’un plus grand nombre d’aides financières, vous pouvez toujours vous rediriger vers une pompe à chaleur air-eau.

      Réduire

    2. On considère la PAC air-air comme une solution de chauffage écoresponsable, qui permet d’améliorer la performance énergétique d’une maison. Par conséquent, il est possible d’obtenir des aides pour financer une partie du prix de l’appareil et de son installation. Sachez cependant que du fait de sa réversibilité, la PAC air-air n’est pas considérée comme le système de chauffage le plus écologique, notamment en comparaison à d’autres modèles de pompes à chaleur. Par conséquent, son installation n’est pas éligible à toutes les aides.

      Condenser l'idée en un paragraphe

    3. Ce fluide caloporteur, qui permet le fonctionnement de la PAC air-air, peut être dangereux pour l’environnement à l’état de gaz et doit donc être manipulé par un spécialiste. Pour cette raison, il est vivement déconseillé de procéder à l’installation de votre pompe à chaleur air-air vous-même. Dans tous les cas, sa mise en service doit être réalisée par un chauffagiste qui détient une attestation de capacité pour la manipulation des fluides frigorifiques.

      Condenser

    4. L’installation d’une pompe à chaleur air-air nécessite bel et bien l’intervention d’un professionnel. Cet expert vous permettra de profiter au mieux de la performance de votre appareil, mais il pourra aussi et surtout manipuler le fluide frigorigène contenu dans le circuit fermé des PAC air-air.

      Condenser

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work presents an interesting circuit dissection of the neural system allowing a ctenophore to keep its balance and orientation in its aquatic environment by using a fascinating structure called the statocyst. By combining serial-section electron microscopy with behavioral recordings, the authors found a population of neurons that exists as a syncytium and could associate these neurons with specific functions related to controlling the beating of cilia located in the statocyst. The type A ANN neurons participate in arresting cilia beating, and the type B ANN neurons participate in resuming cilia beating and increasing their beating frequency.

      Moreover, the authors found that bridge cells are connected with the ANN neurons, giving them the role of rhythmic modulators.

      From these observations, the authors conclude that the control is coordination instead of feedforward sensory-motor function, a hypothesis that had been put forth in the past but could not be validated until now. They also compare it to the circuitry implementing a similar behavior in a species that belongs to a different phylum, where the nervous system is thought to have evolved separately.

      Therefore, this work significantly advances our knowledge of the circuitry implementing the control of the cilia that participate in statocyst function, which ultimately allows the animal to correct its orientation. It represents an example of systems neuroscience explaining how the nervous system allows an animal to solve a specific problem and puts it in an evolutionary perspective, showing a convincing case of convergent evolution.

      Strengths:

      The evidence for how the circuitry is connected is convincing. Pictures of synapses showing the direction of connectivity are clear, and there are good reasons to believe that the diagram inferred is valid, even though we can always expect that some connections are missing.

      The evidence for how the cilia change their beating frequency is also convincing, and the paradigm and recording methods seem pretty robust.

      The authors achieved their aims, and the results support their conclusions. This work impacts its field by presenting a mechanism by which ctenophores correct their balance, which will provide a template for comparison with other sensory systems.

      Thank you very much for these comments.

      Weaknesses:

      The evidence supporting the claim that the neural circuitry presented here controls the cilia beating is more correlational because it only relies on the fact that the location of the two types of ANN neurons coincides with the quadrants that are affected in the behavioral recordings. Discussing ways by which causality could be established might be helpful.

      We have now added additional discussions in a new “Future Directions” section explaining that for example calcium imaging or targeted neuron ablations could be used in future work to establish causality. This would require the development of genetic delivery techniques to e.g. introduce GCaMP calcium sensor or transgenic reporters.

      The explanation of the relevance of this work could be improved. The conclusion that the work hints at coordination instead of feedforward sensory-motor control is explained over only a few lines. The authors could provide a more detailed explanation of how the two models compete (coordination vs feedforward sensory-motor control), and why choosing one option over the other could provide advantages in this context.

      We added a more detailed explanation about the two types of model and why we believe that a coordination model is more compatible with our connectome data.

      “An alternative model for the function of the nerve net would be a feedforward sensory-motor system, in which balancer cells provide mechanosensory input to motor effectors via the nerve net, similar to a reflex arc. None of our observations support such a sensory-motor model. There are no synaptic pathways from balancer cells or any other sensory cells to the nerve net. The only synaptic input to ANNs comes from the bridge cells (discussed below) and from each other. The three synaptically interconnected ANNs may generate endogenous rhythm that controls balancer cilia and is influenced by bridge input. ANNs may also be influenced by neuropeptides secreted by other aboral organ neurons. Such chemical inputs may underlie the flexibility of gravitaxis and its modulation by other cues (e.g. light). Overall, the coordination model parsimoniously explains both the ANN wiring topology and the observed dynamics, whereas a simple feedforward reflex does not.”

      Since the fact that the ANN neurons form a syncytium is an important finding of this study, it would be useful to have additional illustrations of it. For instance, pictures showing anastomosing membranes could typically be added in Figure 2.

      We have now included a movie (Video 3) showing a volumetric reconstruction of a segment of an ANN neuron, which highlights the anastomosing morphology in greater detail than static images.

      “Video 3. Volumetric reconstruction of a single ANN Q1-4 neuron showing syncytial soma (cyan) and nuclei (magenta). The rotating view highlights the anastomosing morphology, although not all fine details could be reconstructed due to data limitations.”

      Also, to better establish the importance of the study, it could be useful to explain why the balancers’ cilia spontaneously beat in the first place (instead of being static and just acting as stretch sensors).

      We have discussed in more detail why it may be important for the balancer cilia to beat.

      “The observation that balancer cilia beat spontaneously, even in the absence of external tilt, suggests that they are active sensory oscillators rather than static stretch sensors. Their spontaneous beating could set a dynamic baseline of sensitivity, which can then be modulated by ANN inputs or sensory changes during tilt. Such a dynamic system may be more sensitive to small deflections and be more responsive [@Lowe1997]. Thus, the regulated beating of balancer cilia should not be seen as noise, but as an adaptive feature that enables flexible and robust graviceptive responses. The ctenophore balancer may thus use active ciliary oscillations for enhanced sensorimotor integration similar to other sensory systems [@Wan_2023].”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors describe the production of a high-resolution connectome for the statocyst of a ctenophore nervous system. This study is of particular interest because of the apparent independent evolution of the ctenophore nervous system. The statocyst is a component of the aboral organ, which is used by ctenophores to sense gravity and regulate the activity of the organ’s balancer cilia. The EM reconstruction of the aboral organ was carried out on a five-day-old larva of the model ctenophore Mnemiopsis leidyi. To place their connectome data in a functional context, the authors used high-speed imaging of ciliary beating in immobilized larvae. With these data, the authors were able to model the circuitry used for gravity sensing in a ctenophore larva.

      Strengths:

      Because of it apparently being the sister phylum to all other metazoans, Ctenophora is a particularly important group for studies of metazoan evolution. Thus, this work has much to tell us about how animals evolved. Added to that is the apparent independent evolution of the ctenophore nervous system. This study provides the first high-resolution connectomic analysis of a portion of a ctenophore nervous system, extending previous studies of the ctenophore nervous system carried out by Sid Tamm. As such, it establishes the methodology for high-resolution analysis of the ctenophore nervous system. While the generation of a connectome is in and of itself an important accomplishment, the coupling of the connectome data with analysis of the beating frequency of balancer cell cilia provides a functional context for understanding how the organization of the neural circuitry in the aboral organ carries out gravity sensing. In addition, the authors identified a new type of syncytial neuron in  Mnemiopsis. Interestingly, the authors show that the neural circuitry controlling cilia beating in Mnemiopsis shares features with the circuitry that controls ciliary movement in the annelid Platynereis, suggesting convergent evolution of this circuitry in the two organisms. The data in this paper are of high quality, and the analyses have been thoroughly and carefully done.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper has no obvious weaknesses.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      It has been a long time since I enjoyed reviewing a paper as much as this one. In it, the authors generate an unprecedented view of the aboral organ of a 5-day-old ctenophore. They proceed to derive numerous insights by reconstructing the populations and connections of cell types, with up to 150 connections from the main Q1-4 neuron.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the analysis are the sophisticated imaging methods used, the labor-intensive reconstruction of individual neurons and organelles, and especially the mapping of synapses. The synaptic connections to and from the main coordinating neurons allow the authors to create a polarized network diagram for these components of the aboral organ. These connections give insight into the potential functions of the major neurons. This also gives some unexpected results, particularly the lack of connections from the balancer system to the coordinating system.

      Thank you for these positive comments on the paper.

      Weaknesses:

      There were no significant weaknesses in the paper - only a slate of interesting unanswered questions to motivate future studies.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      In consultation, the reviewers recommend that improving the evidence to “exceptional” would require additional perturbation experiments (e.g., ablation of specific neurons), as Reviewer 1 suggests. They also recommend adding a “Future Directions” section to the manuscript, because it opens up so many new experimental directions.

      We have added a new “Future Directions” section at the end of the Discussion. To carry out the proposed perturbation or calcium imaging experiments would require significant additional work and method development. We are actively working in establishing mRNA and DNA injection into ctenophore zygotes to enable live imaging, cell labelling or ablations in the future.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data, or analyses:

      To establish causality (neurons control balancer cilia), an important experiment would be to manipulate each of these neuronal populations (e.g., by ablating them) and measure the effect of these ablations on the beating frequency of the balancer cilia of the four quadrants. Moreover, direct observation of neuronal activity (e.g., by using calcium imaging) would also provide more compelling evidence for neuronal control.

      We agree with the reviewer that such perturbation experiments would be needed to establish causality. Such experiments are currently still not possible in ctenophoes and would require significant technology development. We discuss such experiments in the “Future directions” section and also place this in the context of the currently available techniques in ctenophores. We are actively working on this but waiting for such technological breakthroughs and new experiments would significantly delay the publication of a version of record of the paper.

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation:

      ANN neurons are described in great detail, though SNN neurons are described more loosely. Perhaps a more detailed description of SNN neurons would be helpful.

      We added the information on SNNs to show that these cells are distinct from the ANN neurons. Since our focus is on the aboral organ, we did not aim for a comprehensive reconstruction of SNNs. Several of the processes of the SNNs are also truncated and outside our EM volume. We have nevertheless added additional details about the morphology and connectivity of SNN neurons.

      “Near the perifery of the aboral organ, we identified four further anastomosing nerve-net neurons. These resembled the previously reported syncytial subepithelial nerve net (SNN) neurons in the body wall of Mnemiopsis (Figure 2–figure supplement 1C–G) and were clearly distinct from the ANN neurons (both in location and morphology). SNN neurons show a blebbed morphology and contain dense core vesicles @Burkhardt2023 but no synapses.”

      Minor corrections to the text and figures:

      (1) Figure 2 C): “mitochondia” instead of “mitochondria”.

      corrected

      (2) Figure 3. Title: “balancer and and bridge”.

      corrected

      (3) Figure 3.C) “shown in xxx color”

      corrected

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Clearer usage of the terms statocyst, aboral organ, aboral nerve net, statolith, dome, and lithocytes would be helpful. For readers not familiar with ctenophore anatomy, things can get a bit confusing. A single schematic with all of these terms would be helpful. In Figure 1E, there is a label “dc”. Should this be “do”?

      We have added an annotated schematic to Figure 1, explaining these terms.

      Figure 1C “The statocyst is a cavity-like organ enclosed by the dome cilia (do), which contains the statolith formed by lithocytes (li) and supported by the balancer cilia (bal).”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      My comments are numerous, but mostly minor suggestions for improving the clarity.

      [Suggested insertions/changes are indicated by square brackets]

      (1) [It would be much easier to review this if there were line numbers, or with a double-spaced manuscript that was more accommodating for markup.]

      Thank you for this comment. We have increased the line spacing in the revised version. (We set the CSS line-height property on the html ‘body’ element to 2em).

      (2) The terms statolith, statocyst, and lithocytes can be confusing, so it would be nice to have an upfront definition of how they relate to each other.

      We have now explain these terms in the Introduction and also have improved the annotation of Figure 1.

      Figure1C. “The statocyst is a cavity-like organ enclosed by the dome cilia (do), which contains the statolith formed by lithocytes (li) and supported by the balancer cilia (bal).”

      (3) Statolith is spelled as statolyth in the early pages, but statolith in the later pages. I think -lith is more common, but in any case, these should be standardized.

      corrected to ‘statolith’

      ABSTRACT:

      (1) Differential load[s] on the balancer cilia [lead] to altered

      changed

      (2) We used volume electron microscopy (vEM) to image the aboral organ.

      changed

      (3) also form reciprocal connections with the bridge cells.

      corrected

      INTRODUCTION:

      (1) “identify conserved neuronal markers in ctenophores” - confusing - does this mean conserved across ctenophores, or conserved in ctenophores and other animals?

      changed to “classical neuronal markers”

      (2) “either increase or decrease their [ciliary] activity, indicating” - otherwise it sounds like the balancers are increasing activity.

      changed to “balancer cells may either increase or decrease their ciliary activity”

      (3) after “matches the setup used in high-speed imagine experiments”, it might be nice to add a statement like “Future studies could potentially investigate activity in the inverted orientation, when the statolith is suspended below the cilia, to see if the response differs.”

      In this sentence we referred to the orientation of the animals in our figures. There is a consensus among ctenophore researchers that when depicting ctenophores, the aboral organ should face downwards. However, for this paper we chose the opposite orientation to better match our experiments and help interpreting the results. We changed the text to: “In this study, we represent ctenophores with their aboral organ facing upwards (”balancer-up” posture), as this configuration facilitates intuitive interpretation of balance-like functions and matches the setup used in high-speed imaging experiments. ”

      We added the sentences “Future experiments could also explore how orientation affects the response of balancer cilia. For example, when the statolith is suspended below the cilia (the”balancer-down” posture), ciliary beating patterns may differ from what we observed here in the “balancer-up” configuration.” to the section Future Directions”.

      (4) “abolished by calcium[-]channel inhibitors”

      corrected

      (5) “By functional imaging, we uncovered” - It is not clear what functional imaging is. Maybe a fewword definition here, and be sure to explain in the methods.

      changed to “By high-speed ciliary imaging”. The details of the imaging are explained in the Methods section under “Imaging the Activity of Balancer Cilia”.

      RESULTS:

      (1) “five-day-old” - is it worth saying post-fertilization here?

      Thank you for pointing this out. In accordance with Presnell et al. (2022), we use post-hatching as the reference. We have revised the text in the Materials and Methods section to read: “5-day-old (5 days post-hatching)”

      (2) “We classified these cells into cell types [based on …]” - specify a bit about how you classified them based on morphology, the presence of organelles, etc.

      We added a clarification. “Our classification was based on i) ultrastructural features (e.g. number of cilia), ii) cell morphology (e.g. nerve net or bridge cells), iii) unique organelles (e.g. lamellate body, plumose cells), iv) and similarities to cell types previously described by EM. Our classification agrees with the cell types identified in the 1-day-old larva [@ferraioli2025].”

      (3) “CATMAID only supports [bifurcating] skeleton trees” - Correct?

      yes, a node in CATMAID cannot be fused to another node of the same skeleton to represent anastomoses

      FIGURE 1:

      (1) It is not worth redrawing and renumbering everything, but I wish the lateral view in A matched the rotated aboral view in B, instead of having to do two rotations to get the alignment to coincide. (Rotating panel B 90{degree sign} clockwise would make them match, but then it wouldn’t coincide with all the subsequent figures.)

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have replaced panel A with a lateral view that now matches panel B.

      (2) The labels on Figure 1 are a mix of two typefaces (Helvetica and Myriad?). They should be standardized to all use one typeface (preferably Helvetica).

      we have changed the font to Helvetica

      (3) Panel C legend: arrows are not really arrows. Say “Eye icons” or something like that. Can you show the location of the anal pores in the DIC image?

      Changed to ‘eye icons’. The anal pores are usually closed and only open briefly therefore it is not clear where exactly they would be, so indicating their position would be misleading.

      (4) Panel F, I cannot see the lines mentioned in the legend at all, except for maybe a tiny wisp in a couple of places. Either omit or make visible.

      changed to “The spheres indicate the position of nuclei in the reconstructed cells.”

      (5) Panel G. “Cells are color coded according to quadrants”… but unfortunately, the color scale is 90{degree sign} off of what is presented in the rest of the panels and the paper. Q1 and Q3 have been blue, but now Q2+4 are blue/purple, while Q1+3 are orange/yellow. Again, it seems like too much work to recolor panel G, but in future, it would be nice to maintain that consistency, especially since other panels specifically mention the consistent colors.

      We have changed the color code in panels B, C and E to match G and the subsequent panels/figures.

      RESULTS: Aboral synaptic nerve net

      (1)“We reconstructed three aboral nerve-net (ANN) neurons” - out of how many total? Were these three just the first ones traced, or are they likely to be all of the multi-domain neurons? One can’t tell if these are the top 3 (out of X), or if there are other multi-quad neurons that were not traced. Are there any Q1Q4 or Q2Q3 neurona? Specify overall composition.

      There are only three ANN neurons in the aboral organ. These are all completely reconstructed and contained within the volume. We have clarified this in the text. “We identified and reconstructed three aboral nerve-net (ANN) neurons, each exhibiting a syncytial morphology characterized by anastomosing membranes and multiple nuclei (ranging from two to five) (Figure 2A and B, Figure 2–figure supplement 1C). These three neurons are the only fully reconstructed ANN neurons contained within the volume. Several small ANN-like fragments were also observed at the periphery of the aboral organ, but their connectivity to the main ANN remains uncertain.”

      FIGURE 2:

      (1) Panel C: “N > 2 cells for each cell type” - is that supposed to say “N > 2 mitochondria”? More than 2 cells in all the types shown in the graph.

      It is number of cells for each cell type

      (2) Panel D: Is this the wrong caption? I can only see green and black circles, not red, yellow, or blue. Make them larger or “flat” (circled, not shaded spheres) if they are supposed to be visible

      Thank you for pointing this out. The caption was incorrect and has been corrected to match the figure.

      (3) Panel E: Amazing to see the cross-network connections!

      Thank you

      (4) Again, it is great to see the three ANN mapped out, but … are there other connections that weren’t mapped in this study? Other high-level coordinating neurons? ANN_Q1Q4 or Q2Q3?

      The reconstruction is complete and there are no other neurons or connections. Given the large size of ctenophore synapses, we are confident that we identified all or most synapses and their connections.

      RESULTS: Synaptic connectome

      (1) “displaying rotational symmetry” - This is one of the things I am most curious about. Where is the evidence of rotational symmetry in the network diagram? Is it the larger number of connections to Q2 and Q4? Any evidence of rotational symmetry, like Q1 and Q3 connect to Q2 and Q4 respectively, but not the other way around?

      changed to “displaying biradial symmetry”, we do not consider the slight difference in synapse number from ANN Q1-4 to the Q1-Q3 vs. Q2-Q4 balancers as significant or strong enough evidence for a single rotational symmetry (i.e. 180 degrees rotation)

      (2) “Surprisingly” - this *was* really surprising. There have to be some afferent neurons connecting from the balancers, don’t there? I can’t remember the connections to the SNN, but is there a tertiary set of ANNs that connect between the balancers and the top 3 ANNs? I would like a little more discussion about this.

      Indeed, this is why this is so surprising. Most people would have expected some output connections from the balancer to the nerve net or elsewhere. There are none. We have the complete balancer network and all balancer cells are ‘sink nodes’ (inputs only)(Figure3–figure supplement 1).

      we added a short statement in the beginning of the Bridge Cells as Feedback Regulators of Ciliary Rhythms section noting that no direct connections from the balancers to the ANN were found and that all balancer cells act as sink nodes (inputs only; Figure 3–figure supplement 1). This highlights that bridge cells are indeed the sole neuronal input to the ANN circuit.

      Figure 3:

      (1) As you know, during development, the diagonally opposite cells have a shared heritage and shared functionality. Are there neuronal signatures that correspond to the rotational symmetry that we see, for example, in the position of the anal pores?

      We did not find any evidence in neuronal complement for a diagonal symmetry, suggesting that neuronal organization does not simply mirror the organism’s rotational body symmetry.

      (2) Do you have the information to say whether there are any diagonal or asymmetric connections? Can’t tell if those would have shown up in the mapping efforts or if you focused on the major ones only.

      Based on our complete mapping, we did not find evidence for a diagonal pattern. The connectivity instead shows a biradial organization.

      (3) “extending across opposite quadrant regions” - to me, opposite would be diagonally opposite, but this looks like a set of cells between Q1 and Q2 is connecting to a sister-set in Q3+Q4. I wonder if, in a more detailed view, you could see whether this is a rotational correspondence, rather than a reflection. There are some subtle hints of this in the aboral view, with some cells on the right of the blue cluster and the left of the magenta cluster.

      changed to “extending across tentacular-axis-symmetric quadrant regions” for clarity

      (4) As with Figure 2, I do not see any circles/spheres that are yellow, red, or blue! There are some traces of what appear to be other neurons that have these colors, but nothing that would suggest the localization of mitochondria.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have corrected the caption to match the figure, as in the previous item.

      (5) The connectivity map is very cool, but the caption does not seem to correspond to the version included in the manuscript. I don’t see any hexagons; all arrows seem to have the same thickness.

      changed to: “Complete connectivity map of the gravity-sensing neural circuit. Cells belonging to the same group are shown as diamonds, and the number of cells is added to their labels. The number of synapses is shown on the arrows.”

      RESULTS: Dynamics of balancer cilia

      (1) The orientation of the stage+larvae is a bit hard to follow. Maybe say the sagittal or tentacular plane is parallel to the sample stage and the gravity vector?

      we added “Larvae were oriented with their sagittal or tentacular plane parallel to the sample stage.”

      (2) “We could simultaneously image Q1(3) and Q2(4). The meaning of the numbers in () is not clear. Either way that I try to interpret it does not match the diagrams. Should this say viewing the tentacular plane, you can image Q1 and 4 or Q2 and 3?

      Thank you for spotting this mistake, we have changed to: “In larvae with their sagittal plane facing the objective, we could compare balancer-cilia movements between Q1 vs. Q2 or Q3 vs. Q4. In other larvae oriented in the tentacular plane, we could simultaneously image Q1 and Q4 or Q2 and Q3.”

      (3) Typo: episod[e]s were excluded

      Corrected

      DISCUSSION:

      This section is quite clean. Maybe mention some future directions:

      We have added a “Future Directions” section

      (1) Do these networks change during development? Five-days-old is still quite undeveloped - what would it look like in an adult specimen? Would you expect a larger version of the same or more diverse connections?

      As far as we know from work on aboral organs in adult ctenophores, the same structures and cells can be found. We do not know how the network will develop. We know that at 5 days the balancer is fully functional and the animals can orient and their behaviour is coordinated. So the wiring may not change extensively later in development. In the 1-day-old larva, Ferraioli et al. did not distinguish ANN neurons as a separate population, as these were merged with SNNs in their dataset. This suggests that significant cellular and circuit maturation likely occurs between 1 and 5 days.

      METHODS: Imaging the Activity of Balancer Cilia

      (1) “we selected only larvae whose aboral-oral axis was oriented nearly perpendicular to the gravitational vector”. Shouldn’t this be “nearly parallel to the gravity vector” not perpendicular?

      Thank you for spotting this, corrected.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Luden et al. investigates the molecular function and DNA-binding modes of AHL15, a transcription factor with pleiotropic effects on plant development. The results contribute to our understanding of AHL15 function in development, specifically, and transcriptional regulation in plants, more broadly.

      Strengths:

      The authors developed a set of genetic tools for high-resolution profiling of AHL15 DNA binding and provided exploratory analyses of chromatin accessibility changes upon AHL15 overexpression. The generated data (CHiP-Seq, ATAC-Seq and RNA-Seq is a valuable resource for further studies. The data suggest that AHL15 does not operate as a pioneer TF, but is likely involved in gene looping.

      Weaknesses:

      While the overall message is conveyed clearly and convincingly, I see one major issue concerning motif discovery and interpretation. The authors state that because HOMER detected highly enriched motifs at frequencies below 1%, they conclude that "a true DNA binding motif would be present in a large portion of the AHL15 peaks (targets) and would be rare in other regions of the genome (background)."

      I agree that the frequency below 1% is unexpectedly low; however, this more likely reflects problems in data preprocessing or motif discovery rather than intrinsic biological properties of the transcriptional factor that possesses a DNA-binding domain and is known to bind AT_rich motifs. As it is, Figure 2 cannot serve as a main figure in the manuscript: it rather suggests that the generated CHiP-Seq peakset is dominated by noise (or motif discovery was done improperly) than that AHL15 binds nonspecifically.

      Since key methodological details on the HOMER workflow are missing in the M&M section, it is not possible to determine what went wrong. Looking at other results, i.e. the reasonably structured peak distribution around TSS/TTS and consistent overlap of the peaks between the replicas, I assume that the motif discovery step was done improperly.

      Therefore, I recommend redoing the motif analysis, for example, by restricting the search to the top-ranked peaks (e.g. TOP1000) and by using an appropriate background set (HOMER can generate good backgrounds, but it was not documented in the manuscript how the authors did it). If HOMER remains unsuccessful, the authors should consider complementary methods such as STREME or MEME, similar to the approach used for GH1-HMGA (https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8195489). If the peakset is of good quality, I would expect the analysis to identify an AT-rich motif with a frequency substantially higher than 1%-more likely in the range of at least 30%. If such a motif is detected, it should be reported clearly, ideally with positional enrichment information relative to TSS or TTS. It would also be informative to compare the recovered motif with known GH1-HMGA motifs.

      If de novo motif discovery remains inconclusive, the authors should, at a minimum, assess enrichment of known AHL binding motifs using available PWMs (e.g. from JASPAR). As it stands, the claim that "our ChIP-seq data show that AHL15 binds to AT-rich DNA throughout the Arabidopsis genome with limited sequence specificity (Figure 2A, Figure S2-S4)" is not convincingly supported.

      Another point concerns the authors' hypothesis regarding the role of AHL15 in gene looping. While I like this hypothesis and it is good to discuss it in the discussion section, the data presented are not sufficient to support the claim, stated in the abstract, that AHL15 "regulates 3D genome organization," as such a conclusion would require additional, dedicated experiments.

    2. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The study by Luden et al. seeks to elucidate the molecular functions of AHL15, a member of the AT-HOOK MOTIF NUCLEAR LOCALIZED (AHL) protein family, whose overexpression has been shown to extend plant longevity in Arabidopsis. To address this question, the authors conducted genome-wide ChIP-sequencing analyses to identify AHL15 binding sites. They further integrated these data with RNA-sequencing and ATAC-sequencing analyses to compare directly bound AHL15 targets with genes exhibiting altered expression and chromatin accessibility upon ectopic AHL15 overexpression.

      The analyses indicate that AHL15 preferentially associates with regions near transcription start sites (TSS) and transcription end sites (TES). Notably, no clear consensus DNA-binding motif was identified, suggesting that AHL15 binding may be mediated through interactions with other regulatory factors rather than through direct sequence recognition. The authors further show that AHL15 predominantly represses its direct target genes; however, this repression appears to be largely independent of detectable changes in chromatin accessibility.

      In addition to the AHL protein family, the globular H1 domain-containing high-mobility group A (GH1-HMGA) protein family also harbors AT-hook DNA-binding domains. Recent studies have shown that GH1-HMGA proteins repress FLC, a key regulator of flowering time, by interfering with gene-loop formation. The observed enrichment of AHL15 at both TSS and TES regions, therefore, raises the intriguing possibility that AHL15 may also participate in regulating gene-loop architecture. Consistent with this idea, the authors report that several direct AHL15 target genes are known to form gene loops.

      Overall, the conclusions of this study are well supported by the presented data and provide new mechanistic insights into how AHL family proteins may regulate gene expression.

      However, it is important to note that the genome-wide analyses in this study rely predominantly on ectopic overexpression of AHL15 at developmental stages when the gene is not usually expressed. Moreover, loss-of-function phenotypes for AHL15 have not been reported, leaving unresolved whether AHL15 plays a physiological role in regulating plant longevity under native conditions. It therefore remains possible that longevity control is mediated by other AHL family members rather than by AHL15 itself. In this regard, the manuscript's title would benefit from more accurately reflecting this broader implication.

      The ahl15 loss-of-function phenotype has previously been described in Karami et al., 2020 (Nat. Plants), Rahimi et al., 2022a (New Phyt.), and Rahimi et al., 2022b (Curr. Biol.), showing that ahl15 loss-of-function among others results in accelerated vegetative phase change and flowering, a reduced number of leaves produced by axillary meristems in short day grown plants and reduced secondary growth in the inflorescence stem. The dominant-negative ahl15 delta-G allele, expressing a mutant protein lacking the conserved G motif in the PPC domain, shows these phenotypes more clearly in the heterozygous ahl15 +/- background, and is embryo lethal in the homozygous ahl15 background (Karami et al., 2021, Nature Comm.). In addition, we recently show that leaf senescence is significantly accelerated in the ahl15 loss-of-function mutant (Luden et al., 2025, BioRxiv). These results show that AHL15 is involved in several aspects of ageing in Arabidopsis, and we will adjust the introduction to discuss these previous findings more explicitly.

      I agree with reviewer 1 on the possibility that multiple AHLs could have an effect on longevity, which is partially supported by the delayed flowering time observed in the AHL20, AHL27, or AHL29 overexpression lines (Karami et al., 2020, Street et al., 2008). However, the induction of the AHL15-GR fusion alone by DEX shows a clear delay of developmental phase transitions and the aging process in general, indicating that AHL15 by itself is able to extend longevity as other AHLs are not affected by DEX treatment (proven by the fact that their expression is not significantly changed in our RNA-seq analysis of DEX-treated 35S:AHL15-GR seedlings).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Luden et al. investigates the molecular function and DNA-binding modes of AHL15, a transcription factor with pleiotropic effects on plant development. The results contribute to our understanding of AHL15 function in development, specifically, and transcriptional regulation in plants, more broadly.

      Strengths:

      The authors developed a set of genetic tools for high-resolution profiling of AHL15 DNA binding and provided exploratory analyses of chromatin accessibility changes upon AHL15 overexpression. The generated data (CHiP-Seq, ATAC-Seq and RNA-Seq is a valuable resource for further studies. The data suggest that AHL15 does not operate as a pioneer TF, but is likely involved in gene looping.

      Weaknesses:

      While the overall message is conveyed clearly and convincingly, I see one major issue concerning motif discovery and interpretation. The authors state that because HOMER detected highly enriched motifs at frequencies below 1%, they conclude that "a true DNA binding motif would be present in a large portion of the AHL15 peaks (targets) and would be rare in other regions of the genome (background)."

      I agree that the frequency below 1% is unexpectedly low; however, this more likely reflects problems in data preprocessing or motif discovery rather than intrinsic biological properties of the transcriptional factor that possesses a DNA-binding domain and is known to bind AT_rich motifs. As it is, Figure 2 cannot serve as a main figure in the manuscript: it rather suggests that the generated CHiP-Seq peakset is dominated by noise (or motif discovery was done improperly) than that AHL15 binds nonspecifically.

      Since key methodological details on the HOMER workflow are missing in the M&M section, it is not possible to determine what went wrong. Looking at other results, i.e. the reasonably structured peak distribution around TSS/TTS and consistent overlap of the peaks between the replicas, I assume that the motif discovery step was done improperly.

      Therefore, I recommend redoing the motif analysis, for example, by restricting the search to the top-ranked peaks (e.g. TOP1000) and by using an appropriate background set (HOMER can generate good backgrounds, but it was not documented in the manuscript how the authors did it). If HOMER remains unsuccessful, the authors should consider complementary methods such as STREME or MEME, similar to the approach used for GH1-HMGA (https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/). If the peakset is of good quality, I would expect the analysis to identify an AT-rich motif with a frequency substantially higher than 1%-more likely in the range of at least 30%. If such a motif is detected, it should be reported clearly, ideally with positional enrichment information relative to TSS or TTS. It would also be informative to compare the recovered motif with known GH1-HMGA motifs.

      If de novo motif discovery remains inconclusive, the authors should, at a minimum, assess enrichment of known AHL binding motifs using available PWMs (e.g. from JASPAR). As it stands, the claim that "our ChIP-seq data show that AHL15 binds to AT-rich DNA throughout the Arabidopsis genome with limited sequence specificity (Figure 2A, Figure S2-S4)" is not convincingly supported.

      Another point concerns the authors' hypothesis regarding the role of AHL15 in gene looping. While I like this hypothesis and it is good to discuss it in the discussion section, the data presented are not sufficient to support the claim, stated in the abstract, that AHL15 "regulates 3D genome organization," as such a conclusion would require additional, dedicated experiments.

      The motifs discovered by HOMER are ranked by their enrichment over background, of which the highest-scoring motifs are very rare in the AHL15-bound targets, but even rarer in the background, which is why they score highly on the percent enrichment score. As expected by reviewer 2, we identified AT-rich motifs that were present in a larger percentage of AHL15 targets (found in 3-18% of targets, depending on the motif, see for example motif #5 in figure S4A), which can be seen at the right tail of the histograms shown in figures 2B-C and figures S2-S4B-C. However, these motifs were also common in the background and were therefore not considered as significantly enriched in the AHL15-bound regions, with a target:background ratio of <2. As most of these motifs were flagged by HOMER as possible false-positives, and to limit the size of the (supplemental) figures, we did not show each of the motifs identified by HOMER in table form. We can include the full tables of de novo motifs identified by HOMER, including possible false-positive results for clarification.

      Although the identification of AT-rich motifs shows that AHL15 (and very likely most other AHL proteins as well) binds AT-rich regions, it does not sufficiently explain the binding of AHL15 to its target genes, as these motifs are found at almost equal frequencies in non-AHL15-bound regions.  In addition, a sequence found at this frequency in the genomic background is, in our view, too unspecific to be considered as a transcription factor binding site. Based on this, we concluded that AHL15 lacks a specific binding motif that can define the genes it binds.

      We will update the methods section to include more details on the HOMER analysis, and will also run the analysis in the top1000 shared peaks as suggested by reviewer 2.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigated the role of AHL15 in the regulation of gene expression using AHL15 overexpression lines. Their results do show that more genes are downregulated when AHL15 is upregulated, and its binding does not affect the chromatin accessibility. Further, they investigated AHL15 binds in regions depleted in histone modifications and other epigenetic signatures. Subsequently, they investigated the presence of AHL15 in the gene chromatin loops. They found overlaps with both upregulated and downregulated genes. The methods are appropriately described, but could be improved to include the analysis of self-looping gene boundaries.

      Strengths:

      Their study clearly showed a lack of any specific sequence enrichment in the AHL15 binding sites, other than these being AT-rich, suggesting that AHL proteins do not recognize a specific DNA sequence but are recruited to their AT-rich target sites in another way. The study does suggest significant enrichment of AHL15 binding sites at TSS and TES, and AHL15 sites are depleted of any histone marks. They also identified that AHL15 binding sites overlap with self-looping gene boundaries.

      Weaknesses:

      The claim that AHL15 acts as a repressor and genes regulated by it are downregulated needs to be investigated based on AHL15 binding sites, to show enrichment/ depletion of AHL15 binding sites in overexpressing genes and repressed genes. The authors should provide data to support plant longevity with AHL15 overexpression using the DEX-induced system to support the claims in the title. Calculation of the enrichment score of AHL15 peaks in the self-looping genes that are upregulated or downregulated, and discussion about the different effects of AHL15 binding on self-looping regions to regulate gene expression may be helpful to understand the significance of the study. Motif enrichment in upregulated and downregulated genes separately to identify binding sequence preferences may be useful. It is not clear how the overlap of AHL15 peaks with self-looping genes has been carried out.

      A metagenome plot of AHL15 binding around genes that are differentially expressed upon DEX treatment can be found in Figure 3F. This analysis shows that AHL15 binding near differentially expressed genes is more pronounced compared to all AHL15-bound genes, and that AHL15 binding near the TSS is especially enriched for upregulated genes.

      As also suggested by reviewer 2, we will run a motif enrichment analysis on the differentially expressed genes that are bound by AHL15 to see if any motifs are enriched compared to the background and overrepresented in the AHL15-bound genes.

      Plant longevity in 35S:AHL15-GR plants treated with DEX has been shown by Karami et al. (2020; Nature Plants). DEX treatment extended vegetative development after flowering in Arabidopsis and tobacco, enhanced overall biomass in Arabidopsis and tobacco, re-initiation of vegetative growth in senescent tobacco) and recently we showed that it delays leaf senescence in Arabidopsis (Luden et al., 2025, bioRxiv). All these observations will be discussed in more detail in the text. In addition, we show that 35S:AHL15-GR plants treated a single time with DEX at 10 days after germination show a significantly delayed flowering time in figure 4C-D of this manuscript.

      The enrichment of AHL15 ChIP-seq peaks in self-looping genes will be analyzed as suggested and compared to a random set of genes as a control, and the methods section will be updated to clarify how the analyses on self-looping genes were carried out.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors present exciting new experimental data on the antigenic recognition of 78 H3N2 strains (from the beginning of the 2023 Northern Hemisphere season) against a set of 150 serum samples. The authors compare protection profiles of individual sera and find that the antigenic effect of amino acid substitutions at specific sites depends on the immune class of the sera, differentiating between children and adults. Person-to-person heterogeneity in the measured titers is strong, specifically in the group of children's sera. The authors find that the fraction of sera with low titers correlates with the inferred growth rate using maximum likelihood regression (MLR), a correlation that does not hold for pooled sera. The authors then measure the protection profile of the sera against historical vaccine strains and find that it can be explained by birth cohort for children. Finally, the authors present data comparing pre- and post- vaccination protection profiles for 39 (USA) and 8 (Australia) adults. The data shows a cohort-specific vaccination effect as measured by the average titer increase, and also a virus-specific vaccination effect for the historical vaccine strains. The generated data is shared by the authors and they also note that these methods can be applied to inform the bi-annual vaccine composition meetings, which could be highly valuable.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s clear summary of our work.

      Thanks to the authors for the revised version of the manuscript. A few concerns remain after the revision:

      (1) We appreciate the additional computational analysis the authors have performed on normalizing the titers with the geometric mean titer for each individual, as shown in the new Supplemental Figure 6. We agree with the authors statement that, after averaging again within specific age groups, "there are no obvious age group-specific patterns." A discussion of this should be added to the revised manuscript, for example in the section "Pooled sera fail to capture the heterogeneity of individual sera," referring to the new Supplemental Figure 6.

      However, we also suggested that after this normalization, patterns might emerge that are not necessarily defined by birth cohort. This possibility remains unexplored and could provide an interesting addition to support potential effects of substitutions at sites 145 and 275/276 in individuals with specific titer profiles, which as stated above do not necessarily follow birth cohort patterns.

      The reviewer is correct that there remains heterogeneity among the serum titers to different strains that we cannot easily explain via age group, and suggests that additional patterns could emerge. We certainly agree that explaining this heterogeneity remains an interesting goal, but as described in the manuscript we have analyzed the possible causes of the heterogeneity as exhaustively as possible given the available metadata. At this point, the most we can say is that the strain-specific neutralization titers are highly heterogeneous in a way that cannot be completely explained by birth cohort. We agree that further analysis of the cause is an area for future work, and have made all of our data available so that others can continue to explore additional hypotheses. It may be that these questions can only be answered by experiments on sera from newer cohorts where more detailed metadata on infection and vaccination history are available.

      (2) Thank you for elaborating further on the method used to estimate growth rates in your reply to the reviewers. To clarify: the reason that we infer from Fig. 5a that A/Massachusetts has a higher fitness than A/Sydney is not because it reaches a higher maximum frequency, but because it seems to have a higher slope. The discrepancy between this plot and the MLR inferred fitness could be clarified by plotting the frequency trajectories on a log-scale.

      For the MLR, we understand that the initial frequency matters in assessing a variant's growth. However, when starting points of two clades differ in time (i.e., in different contexts of competing clades), this affects comparability, particularly between A/Massachusetts and A/Ontario, as well as for other strains. We still think that mentioning these time-dependent effects, which are not captured by the MLR analysis, would be appropriate. To support this, it could be helpful to include the MLR fits as an appendix figure, showing the different starting and/or time points used.

      Multinomial logistic regression is a widely used technique to estimate viral growth rates from sequencing counts (PLoS Computational Biology, 20:e1012443; Nature, 597:703-708; Science, 376:1327-1332). As the reviewer points out, it does assume that the relative viral growth rates are constant over the time period analyzed. However, most of the patterns mentioned by the reviewer are not deviations from this assumption, but rather just due to the fact that frequencies are plotted on a linear scale. More specifically, our multinomial logistic regression implementation defines two parameters per variant: the initial frequency and the growth rate. The absolute variant growth rate is effectively the slope of the logit-transformed variant frequencies. Each variant's relative fitness depends on that variant's growth rate relative to a predefined baseline variant. Plotting frequencies on a logit scale does help emphasize the importance of the slope by showing exponential growth as a linear trajectory. We have added a new Supplemental Figure 9 that plots the frequencies from Figure 5A on a logit scale. As can be seen the frequency trajectories are closer to linear on the logit scale.

      We have updated the results text to clarify the nature of the fixed relative growth rates per strain and to refer to this new supplemental figure as follows:

      To estimate the evolutionary success of different human H3N2 influenza strains during 2023, we used multinomial logistic regression, which uses sequence counts to estimate fixed strain growth rates relative to a baseline strain for the entire analysis time period (in this case, 2023) [50–52]. Relative growth rates estimated by multinomial logistic regression represent relative fitnesses of strains over that time period. There were sufficient sequencing counts to reliably estimate growth rates in 2023 for 12 of the HAs for which we measured titers using our sequencing-based neutralization assay libraries (Figure 5a,b and Supplemental Figure 9). We estimated strain growth rates relative to the baseline strain of A/Massachusetts/18/2022. Note that these growth rates estimate how rapidly each strain grows relative to the baseline strain, rather than the absolute highest frequency reached by each strain. Each strain’s absolute growth rate corresponds to the slope of the strain’s logit-transformed frequencies at the end of the analysis time period (Supplemental Figure 9).

      As the reviewer notes, the multinomial logistic regression implementation assumes a fixed growth rate for each strain over the time period being analyzed. This limitation causes the inferred growth rates to emphasize the latest trends in the analysis time period. For example, at the end of December 2023 in Figure 5A, the A/Ontario/RV00796/2023 strain is growing rapidly and replacing all other variants. Correspondingly, the multinomial logistic regression infers a high growth rate for that Ontario strain relative to the A/Massachusetts/18/2022 baseline strain. However, the A/Massachusetts/18/2022 strain was growing relative to other strains in the first half of 2023 since it has a higher growth rate than they do. However, there are modest deviations from linearity on the logit scale shown in the added supplementary figure likely because the assumption of a fixed set of relative growth rates over the analyzed time period is an approximation.

      We have added the following text to the discussion to highlight this limitation of the multinomial logistic regression:

      Our comparisons of the neutralization titers to the growth rates of different H3N2 strains was limited by the fact that only a modest number of strains had adequate sequence data to estimate their growth rates. Strains with more sequencing counts tend to be those with moderate-to-high fitness, which therefore limited the dynamic range of growth rates across strains we were able to analyze. Relatedly, the multinomial logistic regression infers a single fixed growth rate per strain for the entire analysis time period of 2023, and cannot represent changes in relative fitness of strains over that relatively short time period. Additionally, because the strains for which we estimated growth rates are phylogenetically related it is difficult to assess the statistical significance of the correlation [53], so it will be important for future work to reassess the correlations with new neutralization data against the dominant strains in future years.

      (3) Regarding my previous suggestion to test an older vaccine strain than A/Texas/50/2012 to assess whether the observed peak in titer measurements is virus-specific: We understand that the authors want to focus the scope of this paper on the relative fitness of contemporary strains, and that this additional experimental effort would go beyond the main objectives outlined in this manuscript. However, the authors explicitly note that "Adults across age groups also have their highest titers to the oldest vaccine strain tested, consistent with the fact that these adults were first imprinted by exposure to an older strain." This statement gives the impression that imprinting effects increase titers for older strains, whereas this does not seem to be true from their results, but only true for A/Texas. It should be modified accordingly.

      We agree with the reviewer’s suggestion that the specific language describing the potential trend of adults having the highest titers to the oldest strain tested could be further caveated. To this end, we have made the following edits to the portion of the main text that they highlighted:

      Adults across age groups also have their highest titers to the oldest vaccine strain tested (Figure 6), consistent with the fact that these adults were likely first imprinted by exposure to an older strain more antigenically similar to A/Texas/50/2012 (the oldest strain tested here) than more recent strains. Note that a similar trend towards adult sera having higher titers to older vaccine strains was also observed in a more recent study we have performed using the same methodology described here [60].

      Notably, this trend of adults across age groups having the highest titers to the oldest vaccine strains tested has held true in subsequent work we’ve performed with H1N1 viruses (Kikawa et al., 2025 Virus Evolution, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1093/ve/veaf086). In that more recent study, we again saw that adults (cohorts EPIHK, NIID, and UWMC) tended to have their highest titers to the oldest cell-passaged strain tested (A/California/07/2009), whereas children (cohort SCH) had more similar neutralization titers across strains.  These additional data therefore support the idea that adults tend to have their highest titers to older vaccine strains, a finding that is also consistent with substantial prior work (eg, Science, 346:996-1000).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This is an excellent paper. The ability to measure the immune response to multiple viruses in parallel is a major advancement for the field, that will be relevant across pathogens (assuming the assay can be appropriately adapted). I only had a few comments, focused on maximising the information provided by the sera. These concerns were all addressed in the revised paper.

      We thank this reviewer for the summary of our work and their helpful comments in the first revision.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors use high throughput neutralisation data to explore how different summary statistics for population immune responses relate to strain success, as measured by growth rate during the 2023 season. The question of how serological measurements relate to epidemic growth is an important one, and I thought the authors present a thoughtful analysis tackling this question, with some clear figures. In particular, they found that stratifying the population based on the magnitude of their antibody titres correlates more with strain growth than using measurements derived from pooled serum data. The updated manuscript has a stronger motivation, and there is substantial potential to build on this work in future research.

      Comments on revisions:

      I have no additional recommendations. There are several areas where the work could be further developed, which were not addressed in detail in the responses, but given this is a strong manuscript as it stands, it is fine that these aspects are for consideration only at this point.

      We appreciate this reviewer’s summary of our work, and we are glad they feel the motivation is stronger in the revised manuscript.

    1. Mais en novembre, le groupe français a répondu à un nouvel appel d’offres, cette fois pour identifier et localiser des étrangers. Cela s'appelle du skip-tracing, et une urgence pour l'ICE. Capgemini rafle la plus grosse part du marché, avec jusqu'à 365 millions de dollars à la clé. C'est écrit noir sur blanc : plus la société française localisera de migrants, plus elle pourra empocher d'argent. Les bonus financiers, en effet, sont basés sur le taux de réussite dans la vérification des adresses des étrangers.

      End of 2025 Capgemini entered into a new contract w ICE wrt skip-tracing. 365M USD, but Capgemini earns more when they locate more foreigners. --> this is worse than 'being IBM' bc now they have a direct financial stake in locating additional people.

    2. Le champion français des services informatiques compte 350 000 collaborateurs dans le monde, et une filiale américaine installée près de Washington. Celle-ci travaille avec plusieurs agences gouvernementales : ministère de la Santé, des Anciens Combattants et, depuis plus de quinze ans, le département de la Sécurité intérieure. Des contrats que nous avons consultés sur les bases de données publiques. Pour l'ICE, Capgemini gère par exemple un standard téléphonique réservé aux victimes de crimes commis par des étrangers. Une création de Donald Trump.

      Capgemini's US branch obv has many contracts w branches of the US admin. DHS has been a client for 15yrs. ICE has contracted a hotline to report crime by 'foreigners' to Capgemini eg

    1. Analyse Clinique et Psychosociale : Cooccurrence et Confusions entre TSA et TDAH

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document propose une synthèse des enjeux cliniques et psychosociaux liés au Trouble du Spectre de l'Autisme (TSA) et au Trouble Déficit de l'Attention avec ou sans Hyperactivité (TDAH).

      L'analyse met en lumière un décalage significatif entre les représentations médiatiques — souvent simplistes et basées sur des oppositions binaires — et la réalité clinique complexe de ces troubles, particulièrement lorsqu'ils coexistent.

      Les points clés incluent :

      La déconstruction des clichés : Contrairement aux idées reçues, les symptômes ne se compensent pas mais s'intensifient en cas de cooccurrence, rendant le quotidien plus difficile.

      Les risques identitaires : L'investissement massif du diagnostic comme socle identitaire ("Je suis TDAH") présente des risques pour l'estime de soi en cas de révision diagnostique ou d'évolution des classifications.

      L'impératif du diagnostic différentiel : La transversalité des symptômes impose une rigueur accrue pour éviter les erreurs de diagnostic et le délaissement d'autres troubles psychiatriques.

      Une vision épistémologique : Les diagnostics doivent être perçus comme des outils utilitaires et évolutifs plutôt que comme des entités biologiques figées.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Déconstruction des Mythes et Confrontation aux Réalités Cliniques

      Les représentations diffusées sur les réseaux sociaux et parfois relayées par certains cliniciens reposent fréquemment sur une vision dichotomique erronée.

      Le tableau suivant synthétise les contradictions entre les clichés populaires et les observations cliniques étayées.

      Comparaison des Clichés vs Réalités Cliniques

      | Thématique | Cliché / Idée Reçue | Réalité Clinique et Scientifique | | --- | --- | --- | | Cooccurrence (TSA+TDAH) | Les symptômes des deux troubles se masquent ou se compensent réciproquement. | La littérature montre que les symptômes de l'autisme sont plus marqués et le quotidien plus difficile en cas de cooccurrence. | | Flexibilité | Les personnes TDAH sont hyper-flexibles, détestent la routine et ont besoin de changement. | La flexibilité cognitive est l'une des fonctions exécutives les plus fragilisées chez les personnes TDAH. | | Sensorialité | L'hypersensorialité est une caractéristique exclusive du TSA. | L'hypersensorialité se retrouve dans le TDAH, ainsi que dans divers autres troubles psychiatriques. | | Sociabilité | Le TSA empêche la connexion aux autres, tandis que le TDAH pousse à une recherche ardente d'interactions. | Les personnes TDAH peuvent être introverties, souffrir de phobie sociale ou avoir peu d'attrait pour les relations. | | Organisation | Les personnes TDAH sont systématiquement désorganisées. | Beaucoup développent des stratégies de compensation extrêmes (perfectionnisme, planification rigide) pour contrer l'anxiété. | | Intérêts | Intérêts spéciaux durables pour le TSA vs hyperfixations passagères pour le TDAH. | Les personnes TDAH peuvent également présenter des passions uniques et durables sur toute une vie. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. L'Influence des Médias Sociaux et la Dimension Identitaire

      La visibilité accrue du TSA et du TDAH sur les réseaux sociaux génère une dynamique complexe, oscillant entre bénéfices de sensibilisation et dérives simplificatrices.

      La montée des "diagnostics désirables"

      Dans un contexte de surexposition numérique, le TSA et le TDAH sont devenus, pour les jeunes générations, des diagnostics plus "assumables" ou "désirables" que d'autres troubles psychiatriques.

      Cette tendance crée une forme de hiérarchie implicite des diagnostics, où l'autisme et le TDAH sont perçus comme plus légitimes, au détriment d'autres pathologies qui subissent un rejet ou une stigmatisation accrue.

      Les risques de la fusion identitaire

      L'expression "Je suis TDAH" témoigne d'une fusion entre l'individu et son diagnostic. Cette cristallisation identitaire comporte des risques majeurs :

      Limitation de l'évolution : Fixer son identité autour d'un diagnostic peut entraver la progression personnelle et la flexibilité du parcours de vie.

      Fragilisation de l'estime de soi : En cas d'erreur diagnostique ou d'évolution des critères cliniques (inévitables dans l'histoire de la psychiatrie), la personne peut subir une perte de repères et une rupture dans son récit personnel.

      Réduction des symptômes à des traits de caractère : La simplification médiatique tend à transformer des différences cliniques marquées en simples "traits de personnalité".

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Enjeux du Diagnostic et Prise en Charge

      Le diagnostic ne doit pas être une fin en soi, mais un outil permettant d'accéder à un accompagnement adapté.

      La transversalité des symptômes

      De nombreux symptômes attribués au TSA ou au TDAH se retrouvent dans diverses affections physiologiques ou troubles psychiatriques.

      Cette transversalité souligne l'importance cruciale du diagnostic différentiel.

      Se baser uniquement sur la présence de symptômes concomitants est insuffisant pour poser un diagnostic de TND (Trouble du Neurodéveloppement).

      Les lacunes de la formation clinique

      Deux problématiques majeures coexistent :

      1. Le sous-diagnostic des TND : Le manque de formation de certains cliniciens entraîne des années d'errance diagnostique et de souffrance pour les patients.

      2. Le sur-diagnostic ou l'oubli de comorbidités : À l'inverse, l'accent mis exclusivement sur le TSA/TDAH peut conduire à négliger d'autres troubles psychiatriques, résultant en des prises en charge incomplètes ou inadaptées.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Perspectives Épistémologiques : Vers une Psychiatrie de Précision

      L'analyse invite à une nécessaire humilité face aux classifications actuelles.

      Diagnostics comme constructions sociales : Les catégories diagnostiques sont des abstractions statistiques et utilitaires créées pour normaliser les soins.

      Elles ne représentent pas des entités biologiques figées.

      Unicité neurobiologique : Il n'existe pas deux cerveaux identiques. Des symptômes similaires peuvent avoir des origines différentes d'un individu à l'autre, nécessitant des besoins spécifiques.

      Priorité aux besoins plutôt qu'aux étiquettes : L'essentiel demeure l'accès à un accompagnement personnalisé.

      L'approche catégorielle ne doit pas entraver la compréhension du fonctionnement unique de chaque personne.

      En conclusion, si le diagnostic apporte souvent un soulagement et un sens au parcours de vie, il doit être manipulé avec une prévention rigoureuse pour éviter qu'il ne devienne une impasse identitaire.

      La priorité doit rester la réponse aux besoins de soutien de l'individu, au-delà de la simple classification.

    1. Briefing : Principaux Enjeux et Découvertes des Actualités Scientifiques

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse présente les principales conclusions tirées d'une analyse approfondie de plusieurs actualités scientifiques. Les points essentiels sont les suivants :

      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vfuck6aLAUw&t=54s (à 0:54)

      1. Inoculation Psychologique contre la Désinformation : Des recherches menées aux États-Unis et au Brésil démontrent l'efficacité de stratégies de "pré-bunking" (ou inoculation psychologique) pour renforcer la confiance dans les processus démocratiques.

      Ces méthodes, qui consistent à exposer les individus à des informations factuelles sur la sécurité des élections avant qu'ils ne soient confrontés à des rumeurs, se sont avérées particulièrement efficaces sur les publics les plus sceptiques.

      La communication directe de faits semble plus performante qu'un simple avertissement préalable, qui pourrait être perçu comme infantilisant.

      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vfuck6aLAUw&t=54s (à 0:54)

      1. L'Inoculation Psychologique contre la Désinformation Démocratique

      Une étude majeure a exploré l'efficacité du "pré-bunking", ou inoculation psychologique, comme un "vaccin" pour protéger les démocraties contre les fausses informations, notamment en période électorale.

      Contexte et Objectifs de l'Étude

      La recherche s'est appuyée sur des événements récents où la désinformation a directement menacé les processus démocratiques, tels que l'invasion du Capitole à Washington en janvier 2021 et celle du Congrès à Brasilia en janvier 2023.

      L'objectif était de tester des stratégies pour :

      • Prévenir l'érosion de la confiance dans les élections.

      • Renforcer la confiance des individus déjà sceptiques, qui sont les plus difficiles à convaincre.

      Méthodologie Expérimentale

      Des études en ligne ont été menées auprès de plus de 5 500 participants aux États-Unis et au Brésil.

      L'expérience principale, menée juste avant les élections de mi-mandat de 2022 aux États-Unis, a réparti les participants en trois groupes :

      Groupe

      Traitement Reçu

      Groupe Témoin

      Aucune information spécifique.

      Groupe "Source Crédible"

      Des informations factuelles et véridiques (par ex. la légitimité des élections) provenant de représentants de leur propre bord politique (par ex. des juges ou fonctionnaires républicains pour les électeurs républicains).

      Groupe "Vaccin" (Inoculation)

      Un avertissement sur les rumeurs de fraude suivi d'informations factuelles détaillées sur les mesures de sécurité électorale (test des machines, vérification des bulletins, etc.).

      Pour s'assurer de l'assimilation du contenu, les participants devaient passer au minimum 10 secondes sur chacun des cinq articles présentés et répondre correctement à une question de compréhension pour chaque article.

      Résultats Clés

      Résultats Globaux (Toutes tendances politiques confondues)

      L'acceptation de la légitimité de la victoire de Joe Biden en 2020 a montré une augmentation statistiquement significative dans les deux groupes de traitement par rapport au groupe témoin.

      Groupe

      Pourcentage d'acceptation

      Augmentation vs Témoin

      Témoin

      72 %

      -

      Vaccin

      75 %

      +3 points

      Source Crédible

      76 %

      +4 points

      Bien que modestes, ces augmentations sont considérées comme significatives compte tenu de la "faible dose" de l'intervention (cinq courts articles).

      Résultats chez les Électeurs Républicains

      C'est sur ce segment, le plus sceptique au départ, que les effets sont les plus notables. La croyance que Joe Biden était le vainqueur légitime a fortement augmenté.

      Groupe

      Pourcentage de Croyance

      Augmentation vs Témoin

      Témoin

      33 %

      -

      Vaccin

      39 %

      +6 points

      Source Crédible

      44 %

      +11 points

      Ces résultats suggèrent que ces techniques sont prometteuses pour toucher les individus ayant des positions déjà très ancrées.

      Il est cependant noté que même après inoculation, le niveau de croyance reste inférieur à 50 %.

      Spécificités par Pays

      Au Brésil, les résultats ont montré une tendance inverse à celle des États-Unis : la stratégie du "vaccin" s'est avérée plus efficace que celle de la "source crédible" pour augmenter la confiance électorale.

      Cela indique que l'efficacité des stratégies dépend fortement du contexte politique, culturel et psychologique local.

      Analyse de l'Avertissement Préalable ("Forewarning")

      Une autre expérience a cherché à isoler l'effet de l'avertissement préalable.

      Des participants républicains ont été répartis en trois groupes : témoin, "vaccin" avec avertissement, et "vaccin" sans avertissement.

      Groupe Témoin : 41 % de croyance dans les fausses allégations.

      Vaccin avec avertissement : 24 % de croyance.

      Vaccin sans avertissement : 19 % de croyance.

      De manière contre-intuitive, l'inoculation factuelle sans avertissement préalable a été la plus efficace pour réduire la croyance dans les fausses informations.

      L'interprétation avancée est que l'avertissement peut être perçu comme une tentative d'infantilisation, tandis que la présentation directe des faits est plus persuasive.

      Perspectives et Débats

      Intelligence Artificielle : Les auteurs de l'étude suggèrent que l'IA, bien qu'étant un outil de création massive de désinformation, pourrait également être utilisée pour générer rapidement des contenus de "pré-bunking" automatisés afin d'anticiper et de contrer les vagues de fausses nouvelles.

      Financement de la Recherche : L'importance de ces recherches est soulignée dans un contexte où le financement public de la recherche sur la désinformation a été réduit, notamment par l'administration Trump, qui la jugeait politiquement biaisée.

      Débat Éthique : La forte efficacité de la stratégie "source crédible" soulève des questions éthiques, notamment sur l'utilisation potentielle de technologies comme les deepfakes pour faire prononcer à des figures politiques des messages validant des faits, même si cela va à l'encontre de leurs déclarations publiques.

      2. Une Nouvelle Ère pour les Antibiotiques grâce aux Archées et à l'IA

      Une avancée majeure offre un nouvel espoir dans la lutte contre l'antibiorésistance, un enjeu de santé publique mondial.

      Contexte : La Crise de l'Antibiorésistance

      La surconsommation et la mauvaise utilisation des antibiotiques ont conduit à l'émergence de bactéries pathogènes résistantes, contre lesquelles les traitements actuels deviennent inefficaces.

      Cela entraîne une augmentation de la mortalité et constitue une menace sanitaire majeure.

      La Piste des Archées

      Des chercheurs de Pennsylvanie se sont tournés vers une troisième catégorie du vivant, les archées.

      Longtemps confondues avec les bactéries, ces micro-organismes ont une biologie unique et survivent dans des milieux extrêmes (sources chaudes, environnements ultra-salés, intestins).

      Pour défendre leur territoire, elles produisent des peptides (fragments de protéines) qui agissent comme des armes chimiques.

      L'idée est de s'inspirer de cet arsenal naturel pour créer de nouveaux antibiotiques.

      Résultats de la Recherche

      1. Identification par l'IA : Un modèle d'apprentissage profond a analysé le génome de 233 espèces d'archées, identifiant plus de 12 600 candidats potentiels pour de nouveaux antibiotiques.

      2. Validation en Laboratoire : Sur 80 de ces candidats synthétisés en laboratoire, 93 % ont montré une activité antibactérienne contre des pathogènes humains dangereux comme le Staphylococcus aureus (staphylocoque doré) et Escherichia coli.

      3. Un Mécanisme d'Action Inédit : Contrairement aux antibiotiques classiques qui perforent la membrane externe des bactéries, ces nouveaux peptides ciblent la membrane interne via un mécanisme de dépolarisation.

      Cette nouvelle stratégie pourrait contourner les résistances existantes.

      4. Tests In Vivo : Une des molécules, l'arcaisine 73, a été testée sur des souris infectées par une bactérie pathogène humaine.

      Elle a réussi à réduire la charge bactérienne avec une efficacité comparable à celle d'un antibiotique de dernier recours, la polymixine B.

      5. Potentiel de Synergie : Les chercheurs ont observé que la combinaison de certaines de ces molécules renforçait leur efficacité, ouvrant la voie à de futures thérapies combinées.

      Bien que le chemin vers une application clinique soit encore long, cette découverte ouvre une nouvelle "boîte à outils" pour combattre les infections bactériennes.

      3. Le Mystère du Noyau de Mars : Solide ou Liquide ?

      L'analyse continue des données de la sonde InSight de la NASA, bien qu'officiellement inactive, remet en question les connaissances sur la structure interne de Mars.

      L'Origine des Données : La Sonde InSight

      Entre 2018 et 2022, le sismomètre ultra-sensible de la sonde InSight a enregistré une vingtaine de "Marsquakes" (séismes martiens).

      L'étude de la propagation de ces ondes sismiques à travers la planète permet aux scientifiques de déduire la composition de ses couches internes, à la manière d'une échographie planétaire.

      Le Débat Scientifique en Cours

      Une nouvelle analyse des données par une équipe chinoise contredit les conclusions d'une étude précédente.

      Hypothèse de 2021 : Le noyau de Mars était considéré comme entièrement liquide, maintenu dans cet état par une sorte de "couverture chauffante" l'empêchant de se solidifier.

      Nouvelle Hypothèse : Les chercheurs ont détecté un décalage de 50 à 200 secondes dans la vitesse de propagation des ondes sismiques par rapport aux modèles basés sur un noyau liquide.

      L'explication la plus plausible serait l'existence d'un noyau interne dense et solide de 600 km de rayon, composé de fer, soufre, oxygène et carbone.

      Actuellement, aucune des deux hypothèses n'est irréfutable. La communauté scientifique est divisée et attend de nouvelles données pour trancher.

      Découvertes sur le Manteau Martien

      La même étude a révélé que le manteau de Mars, contrairement à celui de la Terre, n'est pas homogène.

      Il est traversé par de petites hétérogénéités (1 à 4 km), qui seraient des vestiges d'anciens impacts d'astéroïdes ou d'océans de magma.

      Mars, n'ayant pas de plaques tectoniques, aurait ainsi conservé une "mémoire" de son passé géologique.

      4. La Première Truffe d'Écosse Insulaire : Un Indicateur Climatique

      L'actualité "mystère" du jour, un chiffre de 4,45 g, correspond à la masse de la première truffe cultivée sur l'île de Bute, en Écosse, découverte le 30 juillet par un chien nommé Rou.

      La Découverte et sa Signification

      Il s'agit d'une truffe d'été (ou truffe de Bourgogne) qui, bien que n'étant pas une première pour le Royaume-Uni, est la première à être cultivée avec succès sur une de ses îles.

      Le Lien avec le Changement Climatique

      Cette découverte est une manifestation concrète des effets du changement climatique.

      • Une étude de 2019 prédisait une baisse de 78 à 100 % de la production de truffes dans les régions traditionnelles européennes (Espagne, Italie) en raison de l'assèchement des climats.

      • Inversement, des régions comme l'Écosse, avec un climat devenant plus doux et humide, offrent des conditions de plus en plus favorables à la croissance du champignon.

      Implications Économiques et Scientifiques

      Économiques : La truffe de Bourgogne pouvant se vendre jusqu'à 1 000 € le kilo, cette nouvelle culture représente une opportunité économique et touristique significative pour une région comme l'île de Bute.

      Scientifiques : La truffe a été obtenue 5 ans après qu'un chercheur a planté des noisetiers dont les racines avaient été inoculées avec le champignon truffier, validant ainsi la technique.

      Une autre étude du même groupe a démontré que l'alchimie entre le chien et son maître est un facteur clé pour obtenir une meilleure récolte, tant en quantité qu'en qualité.

  4. drive.google.com drive.google.com
    1. category is not a strict definitionagainst which all members conform but instead an ability to extract the statis-tical central tendency across known members

      rather than having strict rules of what stimuli ca fit into which categories, we use a "similarity" or "close enough" method

    1. The gods Anu, Enlil, Ea and celestial Shamash[held assembly], and Anu spoke unto Enlil: "These, because they slewthe Bull of Heaven, and slew :!-Humbaba that [guarded] the mountainsdense-[ wooded1 with cedar," so said Anu, "between these two [letone of them die!]"'And Enlil said: "Let Enkidu die, but let not Gilgamesh die!"'Celestial Shamash began to reply to the hero Enlil: "Was it not atyour word that they slew him, the Bull of Heaven - and also ::-Hum-baba? Now shall innocent Enkidu die?"

      It is quite a peculiar situation from many standpoints, as the gods seem unfair and inconsistent. Even though Shamash is associated with justice, he doesn’t actually enforce it when it is needed, and his words at the council change nothing. It’s also strange that eternal, supernatural beings can be so easily offended by semi-divine humans, as if their pride is fragile and their decisions depend on emotions rather than principles. Sending the Bull feels impulsive and illogical, and when it is defeated, the reaction looks less like “justice” and more like a wounded ego - punishing the heroes because the divine might of Ishtar wasn't strong enough to surpass the power of semi-gods. The biggest contradiction is Shamash’s role. He actively helped defeat Humbaba by sending the winds, but later avoided responsibility for that help, as if he supported the action in the moment yet refused to stand behind it when the consequences became serious. Other Gods on a council did not seem to bat an eye at these facts.

    1. L’Implication Affective des Enseignants : Analyse des Dynamiques de l’Attachement et de l’Engagement Relationnel

      Synthèse

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les recherches de Maël Virat concernant la dimension affective de la relation enseignant-élève.

      S'appuyant sur la théorie de l'attachement, l'analyse démontre que la sécurité affective fournie par l'enseignant est un moteur essentiel de l'exploration cognitive et de la persévérance scolaire.

      Le concept central d'« amour compassionnel » est proposé pour qualifier l'investissement de l'enseignant, un sentiment altruiste centré sur le bien-être de l'élève.

      Les données indiquent que si les relations positives expliquent environ 10 % de l'engagement des élèves, cet impact est particulièrement crucial pour les profils les plus vulnérables.

      Enfin, l'implication affective n'est pas une donnée arbitraire mais résulte de croyances professionnelles, de la formation et du soutien institutionnel reçu par l'enseignant lui-même.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      ## 1. Le Cadre Théorique : De l'Attachement à l'Exploration

      La relation enseignant-élève est ici analysée à travers le prisme de la théorie de l'attachement, qui postule un lien intrinsèque entre le sentiment de sécurité et la capacité d'exploration.

      Dynamique Sécurisation-Exploration : La sécurité affective n'est pas une fin en soi, mais un levier.

      Plus un individu (enfant ou adulte) se sent en sécurité, plus il est capable de mobiliser son système exploratoire pour faire face à des tâches complexes ou inconnues.

      Universalité du besoin : Bien que souvent associée à la petite enfance, cette dynamique fonctionne tout au long de la vie.

      Des études sur des couples mariés montrent que le soutien émotionnel du partenaire augmente la persistance face à des tâches impossibles, exactement comme chez le jeune enfant.

      L’enseignant comme « base de sécurité » : En milieu scolaire, l’enseignant peut remplir le rôle de figure d’attachement temporaire, offrant une base sécurisante qui permet à l'élève de se concentrer sur ses apprentissages sans être entravé par le stress ou l'anxiété.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Preuves Expérimentales de l'Impact Relationnel

      Les recherches présentées fournissent des preuves quantitatives de l'influence du climat affectif sur la performance cognitive.

      La Persistance face à l'échec

      Une étude menée auprès d'adolescents israéliens montre que la visualisation de l'enseignant comme base de sécurité a un effet compensateur majeur :

      • Les élèves de style « anxieux » voient leur persévérance augmenter au niveau des élèves « sécures » lorsqu'ils sont amorcés par l'image ou le visage de leur enseignant.

      • L'effet est particulièrement marqué lors de la confrontation à des exercices truqués (insolubles), où le délai avant le découragement est significativement plus long.

      La Performance Subliminale

      Des expériences utilisant l'amorçage subliminal (présentation d'une photo de l'enseignant durant 20 à 40 millisecondes) révèlent que :

      • La simple évocation non consciente de l'enseignant améliore les résultats à des tests psychotechniques.

      Condition critique : Cette amélioration ne se produit que si la relation préalable entre l'enseignant et l'élève est qualifiée de « chaleureuse et sécurisante ».

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. L'Engagement Affectif : Le Concept d'Amour Compassionnel

      Pour définir l'implication de l'enseignant, Maël Virat privilégie le terme d'amour compassionnel au détriment de concepts comme la bienveillance ou l'empathy, jugés parfois trop vagues ou utilitaires.

      Définition et Dimensions

      L'amour compassionnel est une attitude centrée sur la croissance et le bien-être de l'autre. Il se décompose en trois dimensions :

      | Dimension | Description | | --- | --- | | Cognitive | Attention soutenue à l'autre, efforts pour comprendre sa perspective et sa situation. | | Comportementale | Actes concrets d'aide, de soutien et de dévouement. | | Affective | Sensibilité émotionnelle, plaisir lors de la réussite de l'élève, et peine lors de ses difficultés. |

      Caractéristiques de cet engagement

      Altruisme : Contrairement à l'amour-amitié, il n'attend pas de réciprocité et ne vise pas le partage d'activités sociales.

      Inconditionnalité : Les élèves sont sensibles au caractère inconditionnel du soutien. Ils perçoivent si l'enseignant est investi pour leur personne ou seulement pour leurs résultats.

      Permanence : Ce lien, une fois construit, persiste dans le temps (plaisir de revoir un élève des années après).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Données Statistiques et Réalité du Terrain

      L'analyse s'appuie sur des méta-analyses massives (notamment celle de Débora Rovda portant sur 250 000 élèves) pour quantifier ces liens.

      Engagement Scolaire : Environ 10 % de la variation de l'engagement des élèves est directement explicable par la qualité de la relation positive avec l'enseignant. Dans le domaine de la psychologie, ce chiffre est considéré comme une variable prédictive importante.

      Réussite Scolaire : Il existe un lien statistique modéré (0.17) entre relation affective et réussite.

      L'effet de la relation sur la réussite est médié par l'engagement : la relation favorise la motivation, qui elle-même favorise les résultats.

      Le vide sécuritaire : Un constat alarmant émerge d'enquêtes de terrain : 50 % des élèves interrogés déclarent ne disposer d'aucune personne sécurisante au sein de leur établissement scolaire.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Déterminants de l'Implication de l'Enseignant

      Pourquoi certains enseignants s'impliquent-ils plus que d'autres ?

      L'étude de Maël Virat utilise la théorie du comportement planifié pour identifier les leviers d'action.

      Les trois piliers de l'intention d'agir

      1. L'Attitude : Les enseignants s'impliquent davantage s'ils croient que cela augmentera leur propre plaisir au travail. Les arguments centrés uniquement sur le bénéfice pour l'élève sont moins motivants.

      2. Le Sentiment de Contrôle : L'enseignant doit se sentir capable d'apporter ce soutien.

      Ce sentiment est renforcé par la formation et par la conviction que cette mission fait partie intégrante de son métier.

      3. La Norme Sociale : La perception de ce que font les collègues et de ce que l'institution attend influence l'investissement, bien que de manière moins forte que l'attitude personnelle.

      Facteurs contextuels

      Soutien des pairs : Plus un enseignant se sent soutenu par ses collègues, plus il est capable de fournir de l'amour compassionnel à ses élèves.

      Le système de caregiving de l'enseignant doit lui-même être sécurisé.

      Taille de l'école : Les établissements de petite taille favorisent de meilleures relations (effet léger mais réel).

      Comportement des élèves : C'est le facteur externe le plus pesant ; les problèmes de comportement sont le principal obstacle à la construction d'une relation de qualité.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Nuances et Limites Professionnelles

      L'implication affective ne doit pas être confondue avec une absence de cadre ou une confusion des rôles.

      Manifestations physiques : Si les gestes de tendresse peuvent être acceptables et nécessaires avec les très jeunes enfants (3 ans), ils deviennent plus sensibles après la puberté.

      L'essentiel réside dans l'attention et la sensibilité plutôt que dans le contact physique.

      Langage et Posture : L'usage de termes affectifs ou l'expression de la fierté (« Je suis fier de toi ») sont des marqueurs d'implication.

      La fierté indique à l'élève que sa réussite touche personnellement l'enseignant, ce qui renforce le lien.

      La Neutralité comme Risque : Vouloir paraître totalement neutre ou insensible peut être « insécurisant » pour l'élève.

      La reconnaissance du sentiment affectif par l'enseignant est souvent préférable au déni ou aux mécanismes de défense.

      En conclusion, l'implication affective n'est pas une option facultative mais un élément constitutif de l'acte d'enseigner, agissant comme un catalyseur du développement global de l'élève, bien au-delà de la simple transmission de savoirs.

    1. Le Parrainage de Proximité : Analyse d'un Témoignage sur le Lien Enseignant-Élève

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les enjeux et les mécanismes du parrainage de proximité, une forme d'engagement de la société civile dans le champ de la protection de l'enfance.

      S'appuyant sur des témoignages d'acteurs de l'association France Parrainage, il met en lumière le processus de création d'un lien durable et non-professionnel entre un adulte bénévole et un enfant protégé.

      Le point central est l'étude du cas de Florian Merlin, un enseignant, et de son ancien élève de CP, Dylan, un enfant placé en famille d'accueil.

      Leur relation, initialement scolaire, a évolué vers un parrainage formalisé, illustrant la notion de "parrainage ciblé" où un lien préexiste.

      Le témoignage souligne la force de l'attachement, la démarche émotionnelle et administrative de l'enseignant, et l'importance de ce lien pour l'enfant.

      L'analyse détaille le processus de sélection et de validation des parrains par France Parrainage, un cadre rigoureux qui inclut des entretiens, des visites à domicile et des vérifications de sécurité, tout en insistant sur le consentement indispensable de l'enfant et de ses parents.

      Le document explore également la dynamique relationnelle complexe entre le parrain, l'enfant, la famille d'accueil et les services sociaux, en insistant sur la nécessité de clarifier les rôles pour ne pas créer de confusion pour l'enfant.

      Enfin, le parrainage de proximité est présenté comme une des modalités d'accompagnement alternatives et souples (aux côtés du mentorat ou des "tiers dignes de confiance") qui se développent dans le secteur de la protection de l'enfance, visant à offrir à l'enfant des expériences de vie "normales" et des repères affectifs stables en dehors du cadre institutionnel.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Contexte de la Discussion

      La discussion, animée par le responsable de l'Observatoire Départemental de la Protection de l'Enfance et de lutte contre les violences intrafamiliales (ODPE vif) du département du Nord, s'inscrit dans une réflexion plus large sur la mobilisation de la société civile dans le domaine de la protection de l'enfance.

      L'objectif est de valoriser le rôle que peuvent jouer des personnes non-professionnelles dans le parcours de vie des enfants protégés.

      Le témoignage central met en lumière "les liens d'attachement à l'école" à travers la rencontre entre un enseignant et un élève, qui a évolué vers une relation de parrainage.

      Les savoirs abordés sont qualifiés "d'issus de l'expérience", venant compléter les savoirs scientifiques et professionnels pour mieux comprendre les enjeux du parrainage.

      Intervenants :

      Rachel Lerou : Éducatrice spécialisée et référente parrainage chez France Parrainage (antenne du Pas-de-Calais).

      Florian Merlin : Professeur des écoles et parrain chez France Parrainage.

      Il a été décidé de ne pas faire témoigner l'enfant concerné, Dylan, âgé de 8 ans, afin de le préserver d'une situation jugée potentiellement impressionnante et complexe pour son âge.

      2. Le Parrainage de Proximité selon France Parrainage

      France Parrainage, association de protection de l'enfance fondée en 1947, opère sur deux pôles distincts :

      Le pôle international : Soutien financier à des enfants à l'étranger (scolarité, vêtements, frais médicaux).

      Le pôle de proximité : Soutien à un enfant en France par la création d'un lien affectif et durable.

      Le parrainage de proximité vise à soutenir un enfant dans la création de liens avec une personne ou une famille bénévole en dehors du cadre professionnel.

      L'objectif principal est que l'enfant comprenne "qu'il compte pour quelqu'un", particulièrement pour les pupilles de l'État pour qui les parrains sont parfois les seules figures non-professionnelles dans leur vie.

      Principes clés :

      Durée : La relation est conçue pour être la plus longue possible. "On sait à quel moment on commence, on sait pas à quel moment on finira".

      Public : L'accompagnement concerne les enfants de 2 à 18 ans, avec une possibilité de suivi jusqu'à 21 ans, après quoi la relation est considérée comme étant d'adulte à adulte.

      Statistiques locales : L'antenne du Pas-de-Calais, basée à Arras, accompagne actuellement 115 parrainages.

      3. Étude de Cas : Le Parrainage de Florian et Dylan

      Le témoignage de Florian Merlin, professeur des écoles depuis 10 ans, constitue le cœur de la discussion. Il illustre concrètement la naissance et la mise en place d'un "parrainage ciblé".

      3.1. La Rencontre à l'École

      Florian a été l'enseignant de Dylan en classe de CP durant l'année scolaire 2023-2024. Dylan est un enfant placé en famille d'accueil. Un lien d'attachement fort et naturel s'est rapidement créé.

      Manifestations de l'attachement : Dylan venait lui faire un câlin tous les jours, lui racontait sa vie et lui tenait la main sans le lâcher lors des sorties scolaires.

      Une relation singulière : Florian décrit ce lien comme étant "plus qu'entre élève et enseignant". Un souvenir marquant est celui d'une sortie au cinéma où Dylan, face au stand de friandises, a lui-même conclu : "Mais non c'est pas possible, on est avec l'école".

      3.2. Le Point de Rupture et la Prise de Contact

      À la fin de l'année scolaire, Florian apprend que Dylan va changer de famille d'accueil. Cette nouvelle rend "impensable pour [lui] de ne plus avoir de ses nouvelles".

      La démarche : En août 2024, il contacte la Maison Départementale de la Solidarité (MDS) de Calais pour prendre des nouvelles de l'enfant.

      L'orientation : Une interlocutrice de la MDS lui suggère l'existence de solutions comme le parrainage et lui fournit les coordonnées de France Parrainage, qu'il note sur "un petit morceau d'essuie-tout".

      3.3. La Décision de S'engager

      Après une période d'hésitation de plusieurs mois (août à janvier), craignant d'imposer une situation "compliquée" à son couple, Florian est rattrapé par ses pensées pour Dylan.

      Le déclencheur : Le jour de l'anniversaire de Dylan, le 15 janvier 2024, il se dit : "C'est pas possible, je peux pas laisser ce petit comme ça".

      L'action : Il contacte France Parrainage le jour même, et les démarches administratives débutent en mars.

      4. Le Processus pour Devenir Parrain ou Marraine

      Rachel Lerou détaille les étapes concrètes pour devenir bénévole. Il est important de distinguer deux types de situations :

      Le parrainage "classique" : La majorité des candidats souhaitent passer du temps avec un enfant qu'ils ne connaissent pas.

      Le parrainage "ciblé" : Comme dans le cas de Florian et Dylan, le parrain et l'enfant se connaissent déjà et souhaitent formaliser leur lien dans un autre cadre.

      Le processus de validation, qui dure en moyenne deux mois, se déroule comme suit :

      | Étape | Description | | --- | --- | | 1\. Réunion d'information | Présentation générale du dispositif et de ses implications. | | 2\. Formulaire de demande | Officialisation de la candidature après la réunion d'information. | | 3\. Premier entretien | Évaluation des motivations, du projet et du sens donné au parrainage par le candidat. | | 4\. Deuxième entretien | Se déroule au domicile du candidat pour vérifier que l'enfant sera accueilli dans de bonnes conditions. Cette étape valide le domicile, même si des nuitées ne sont pas prévues initialement. | | 5\. Commission de validation | Échange collégial sur le projet du candidat avant la validation finale. | | 6\. Vérifications de sécurité | Un intervenant du public précise que le processus inclut toutes les sécurités nécessaires (vérifications) pour s'assurer de ne pas confier un enfant à un adulte qui pourrait lui nuire. |

      Le consentement de l'enfant est primordial. Sa parole est sollicitée et entendue. De même, l'accord des parents est indispensable.

      Dans le cas de Dylan, sa mère n'était pas opposée au parrainage.

      5. Les Enjeux et la Dynamique du Parrainage en Pratique

      5.1. Intégration et Fréquence des Rencontres

      Le parrainage de Florian et Dylan est effectif depuis septembre.

      Fréquence : Les rencontres ont lieu environ deux fois par mois, le week-end.

      Cadre initial : Une période "test" de trois mois, initialement sans nuitées, précède un bilan formel (prévu le 10 décembre).

      Si le bilan est positif, le parrainage se poursuivra avec des nuitées et des vacances.

      Intégration : Dylan s'est intégré très naturellement dans la vie de famille et amicale de Florian, tout en demandant aussi des moments calmes à trois.

      5.2. Articulation avec les Autres Acteurs

      La famille d'accueil : Les relations sont très positives.

      La famille d'accueil est qualifiée de "très ouverte" et favorise le parrainage. Des échanges de 15-20 minutes ont lieu à chaque transition.

      Clarification des rôles : Il est crucial que l'enfant ne fasse pas d'amalgame et ne voie pas le parrainage comme une étape vers un placement à long terme.

      La fréquence de deux accueils par mois est favorisée pour que Dylan comprenne que son lieu de vie principal reste la famille d'accueil.

      5.3. La Place de la Scolarité

      Florian a clairement établi avec Dylan qu'il n'est pas son parrain pour lui faire faire ses devoirs. Bien qu'il lui rappelle l'importance de l'école, ce temps est dédié à d'autres activités.

      La famille d'accueil gère les devoirs, mais il arrive que Dylan récite spontanément une poésie.

      6. Perspectives et Évolution de la Protection de l'Enfance

      Le parrainage est présenté comme un exemple de l'évolution actuelle du secteur, qui tend vers des solutions plus diversifiées et souples.

      Profil des parrains : Il est noté qu'un grand nombre de parrains et marraines sont des enseignants ou des travailleurs sociaux.

      Mobilisation de la société civile : Le parrainage s'inscrit dans un mouvement plus large incluant le mentorat, les tiers dignes de confiance et l'accueil durable et bénévole.

      Porosité des solutions : Contrairement aux placements traditionnels (assistants familiaux, MECS), ces nouvelles modalités offrent plus de flexibilité. Un parrain peut parfois devenir un tiers digne de confiance.

      Objectif : Ces dispositifs visent à "remettre l'enfant dans des choses qui relèvent un peu de la normalité" en lui permettant de vivre des moments de vie simples (sorties, vie de famille) qu'il ne peut pas toujours expérimenter dans son lieu d'accueil.

      Limites : Il est souligné que ces solutions ne sont pas adaptées à tous les enfants. Certains n'ont pas "l'énergie affective" nécessaire pour s'engager dans une telle relation.

      Concernant les retours à long terme, l'antenne du Pas-de-Calais, âgée de 5 ans, manque de recul.

      Cependant, l'antenne de Picardie (30 ans) rapporte de nombreux retours positifs de parrainages qui se poursuivent à l'âge adulte sous forme de relations durables (SMS, appels, présentation des petits-enfants).

    1. Figures d'Attachement au Sein de la Communauté Éducative : Synthèse de la Table Ronde

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les interventions d'une table ronde consacrée aux figures d'attachement au sein de la communauté éducative, au-delà du corps enseignant.

      Il ressort que les personnels non-enseignants — infirmiers, conseillers principaux d'éducation (CPE), assistants sociaux, agents de service — jouent un rôle fondamental et souvent méconnu dans le bien-être et le développement des élèves.

      Les discussions soulignent l'importance cruciale des "lieux en marge" (infirmerie, bureau du CPE, cantine), des espaces non formellement éducatifs où des relations de confiance individuelles peuvent se nouer, à l'abri des pressions de la salle de classe.

      L'établissement d'un lien basé sur l'empathie, l'écoute active et le non-jugement est identifié comme une condition sine qua non pour accompagner efficacement les élèves, particulièrement ceux en situation de grande vulnérabilité (protection de l'enfance, décrochage scolaire).

      Les intervenants partagent des stratégies concrètes pour créer ce lien, allant de l'utilisation d'outils de médiation à l'adoption d'une posture bienveillante et transparente, même lors de la gestion de situations délicates comme la rupture de confiance suite à une sanction ou un signalement.

      1. Introduction : L'Importance des Espaces et des Relations en Marge

      La table ronde s'ouvre sur une référence aux travaux du psychologue Paul Fustier, qui, dans les années 1960-70, mettait en lumière l'intérêt des "lieux en marge" au sein des internats.

      Ces espaces, tels que la cuisine ou la lingerie, bien que non officiellement éducatifs, se révélaient être des lieux accueillants et chaleureux où les enfants s'autorisaient à dire et à faire des choses qu'ils n'osaient pas ailleurs.

      L'objectif de la rencontre est de transposer cette analyse à l'école contemporaine. L'école ne se résume pas à la salle de classe ; de multiples autres lieux existent où se tissent des relations significatives.

      Ces relations, souvent individuelles ("duales"), offrent une alternative aux dynamiques de groupe complexes gérées par les enseignants et permettent des interactions moins contraignantes et plus authentiques.

      La parole est ainsi donnée à des professionnels qui exercent une fonction éducative "décalée" par rapport à celle des enseignants.

      2. Le Rôle Central des Acteurs Non-Enseignants comme Figures de Référence

      Chaque intervenant a présenté son rôle spécifique, illustrant comment sa position unique au sein de l'établissement lui permet de nouer des liens particuliers avec les élèves.

      Les Infirmiers Scolaires : Un Refuge et un Point d'Écoute Privilégié

      Intervenante : Catherine Julien, Infirmière conseillère technique.

      Missions : Définies par le bulletin officiel de novembre 2015, les missions sont nombreuses. Mme Julien met l'accent sur le "dépistage infirmier" et la "consultation infirmière" comme des temps privilégiés pour créer un lien de confiance avec l'enfant.

      Ces moments permettent d'aborder le contexte de vie de l'élève et de déceler d'éventuelles situations de mal-être ou de danger.

      Portée : Les infirmiers voient 80 % des enfants de CP et 100 % des élèves de 6ème en consultation, en plus des passages quotidiens à l'infirmerie.

      Stabilité : La longévité des infirmiers sur leur poste (souvent plusieurs années) leur permet un suivi longitudinal des élèves (du CP à la fin du collège) et une connaissance fine du contexte familial et des fratries.

      Posture professionnelle : L'approche est basée sur l'empathie, l'écoute active, l'accompagnement et le non-jugement.

      Fonction de l'infirmerie : Elle est décrite comme un "lieu privilégié" et un "refuge" pour l'élève en difficulté, propice aux confidences et à la révélation de problèmes. Les signes somatiques sont souvent des indicateurs de craintes ou de difficultés plus profondes, alertant les personnels.

      Les Conseillers Principaux d'Éducation (CPE) et les Assistants d'Éducation (AE)

      Intervenant : Nicolas Seradin, CPE en collège REP.

      Dépasser le stéréotype : Le métier de CPE est souvent réduit à l'image du "surveillant général" qui sanctionne. Or, ses missions sont bien plus larges :

      1. Suivi des élèves : Accompagnement scolaire et personnel, en lien avec tous les acteurs (professeurs, personnel médico-social, direction, familles).   

      2. Organisation de la vie scolaire : Gestion des temps hors-classe (permanence, self) avec les assistants d'éducation (AE).  

      3. Formation à la citoyenneté : Animation d'instances comme le Conseil de la Vie Collégienne (CVC).

      Présence et accessibilité : Le CPE et les AE sont des figures facilement identifiables et constamment présentes tout au long de la journée (accueil, récréations, demi-pension). Cette omniprésence favorise les rencontres informelles ("le petit bonjour du matin").

      Le bureau du CPE : C'est un lieu qui favorise la rencontre, où les élèves (surtout les plus jeunes) viennent pour des motifs anodins (dire bonjour, annoncer leur anniversaire) qui créent du lien, mais aussi pour exprimer des émotions fortes ("exploser") face à des situations difficiles (audience au tribunal, manque de la famille).

      Le rôle du CPE est alors d'écouter et d'aider à la régulation émotionnelle.

      Le statut particulier des AE : Les assistants d'éducation occupent une position intermédiaire, n'étant "pas tout à fait des adultes" mais n'étant "plus véritablement des élèves".

      Ce statut, ainsi que leur jeunesse, les rend particulièrement accessibles. Ils sont souvent les premiers visages que les élèves voient le matin, offrant "le premier sourire".

      Les Assistants Sociaux Scolaires : Soutien et Développement des Compétences

      Intervenante : Joséphine Magundou, Conseillère technique territoriale pour le service social.

      Quatre priorités académiques :

      1. Prévention du décrochage scolaire et de l'absentéisme.  

      2. Contribution à la protection de l'enfance.  

      3. Prévention des violences et du harcèlement.  

      4. Soutien à la parentalité et accès aux droits.

      Offrir un espace pour être : Le premier rôle est d'offrir aux jeunes un lieu où ils se sentent "entendus, accueillis et rassurés", surtout lorsque la confiance en l'école a été abîmée.

      Outils concrets :

      En individuel : Utilisation de "cartes des émotions et des besoins" pour aider les jeunes à mettre des mots sur leur ressenti, et de "Fidget Toys" pour apaiser l'agitation.  

      En collectif : Mise en place de projets axés sur les compétences psychosociales, comme la "carte d'identité de l'estime de soi", qui vise à créer un pont entre l'élève et la communauté éducative en valorisant les qualités reconnues par les pairs et les adultes.

      Les Agents de Service et de Restauration : La Bienveillance au Quotidien

      Intervenante : Pascal Raison, Agent de service restauration ("la dame de la cantine").

      Un rôle éducatif éminent : Bien que la plus éloignée de la relation d'enseignement formelle, sa relation est qualifiée d'"éminemment éducative".

      Posture : Accueille 505 élèves chaque jour "avec le sourire", en essayant d'être bienveillante et à l'écoute.

      Confidente et alerte : Les élèves lui confient des "petits secrets".

      Elle agit comme une gardienne de ces confidences, mais n'hésite pas à alerter le CPE, l'infirmière ou l'assistante sociale si elle perçoit un élève en danger, refusant de "quitter le collège avec un souci comme ça au fond de [d'elle]".

      Créer un climat positif : L'animateur de la table ronde renforce ce point avec une anecdote personnelle sur un cuisinier qui préparait des attentions particulières pour les professeurs, créant une "situation de confort et de bienveillance" qui rendait les personnels "heureux de travailler", avec un effet d'entraînement positif sur les élèves.

      3. Stratégies d'Accompagnement pour les Élèves en Grande Difficulté

      Une attention particulière est portée aux élèves au parcours complexe, notamment ceux suivis par la protection de l'enfance ou en situation de décrochage.

      Le Cas des Élèves Protégés

      • Pour ces élèves (placés en MECS ou en famille d'accueil), souvent fragilisés psychologiquement et émotionnellement, l'école représente parfois le "seul point stable de la semaine".

      • Ils sont en forte recherche de l'adulte référent, mais leur parcours est marqué par l'instabilité (un jeune peut rencontrer une dizaine d'adultes différents du lever au coucher) et un fort turnover des éducateurs.

      • Le besoin d'être rassuré est primordial. La posture de l'adulte doit être celle d'une "présence proche" (selon la formule de Fernand Deligny) : être disponible et accessible, mais sans être intrusif.

      Le Défi des Élèves en Décrochage

      Intervenante : Saida Ben Daoud, Enseignante spécialisée dans un service d'accompagnement.

      La posture de l'enseignante : Pour ces jeunes qui rejettent l'institution scolaire, l'enseignante représente "l'échec" et une "difficulté face au savoir". Le premier contact est souvent difficile.

      Stratégies de contournement : Pour établir le lien, elle passe par des détours :

      Utiliser d'autres lieux et activités : La cuisine, un atelier de menuiserie, un projet photographique.

      L'objectif est d'ancrer les apprentissages dans la réalité (création d'une mini-entreprise) pour leur donner du sens.  

      Désacraliser le savoir et l'erreur : Travailler sur les neurosciences pour expliquer la plasticité cérébrale et leur montrer qu'ils peuvent évoluer.

      L'erreur est dédramatisée.  

      Adopter une temporalité différente : Prendre le temps de créer une relation de confiance, car "s'il n'y a pas de relation de confiance, c'est mort". La qualité prime sur la quantité du programme.  

      Construire une relation authentique : Utilisation de l'humour, du tutoiement (pour ne pas créer de distance avec les autres éducateurs), et d'une posture de non-jugement absolue, même face à des provocations ou des récits de conduites à risques.

      Le gage de réussite : Le fait que ces jeunes, en situation de déscolarisation, viennent tous les jours est la preuve que la stratégie fonctionne.

      Le fait de leur dire "je suis fière de vous" est également un levier puissant pour des jeunes qui l'entendent rarement.

      4. La Gestion de la Rupture de Confiance

      Une question de l'auditoire porte sur la manière de gérer la rupture du lien lorsqu'un professionnel doit imposer une sanction ou effectuer un signalement.

      Pas de procédure formelle : Il n'existe pas de protocole unique. La gestion se fait au cas par cas, mais repose sur des principes partagés.

      L'importance de l'explication et de la transparence : Il est crucial de prendre le temps d'expliquer au jeune les raisons de la décision.

      L'honnêteté est essentielle. Il faut également poser le cadre dès le début de la relation : "il faut qu'il sache qu'une partie des choses qu'il va me dire, si ça tombe sous le coup de la loi, forcément ça devra sortir du bureau".

      Le travail d'équipe : Le relais peut être passé à un autre collègue (un autre CPE, l'assistante sociale) pour maintenir un lien avec l'institution et permettre à l'élève de s'exprimer auprès d'une autre personne de confiance.

      La résilience du lien : Souvent, l'élève "finit toujours par revenir". Une intervenante témoigne d'une élève qui, des années après un signalement difficile, est revenue la remercier.

      L'humilité professionnelle : Il faut accepter que parfois la confiance est rompue et ne peut être rétablie.

      La priorité reste la mise en sécurité de l'enfant. Les professionnels ne sont "pas des sauveurs".

    1. L'Attachement à l'École : Synthèse de l'Intervention du Docteur Anne Raynaud

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les points clés de l'intervention du Docteur Anne Raynaud, médecin psychiatre, sur l'application de la théorie de l'attachement dans le contexte scolaire.

      Face à une crise sans précédent de la santé mentale infantile, marquée par une augmentation des idées suicidaires chez de très jeunes enfants et une pression croissante sur le système éducatif, la théorie de l'attachement offre une grille de lecture et d'action essentielle.

      L'argument central est que la sécurité émotionnelle est le prérequis biologique à tout apprentissage.

      Le "système d'attachement" d'un enfant, activé par la peur ou le stress (provoqués par l'imprévisibilité, l'instabilité ou le manque de chaleur), désactive biologiquement son "système d'exploration", qui régit la curiosité, la socialisation et les apprentissages scolaires.

      Par conséquent, de nombreux comportements perturbateurs (agitation, opposition, agressivité) ne sont pas des actes de défiance mais des "comportements d'attachement aversifs", c'est-à-dire des signaux de détresse envoyés par un enfant en état d'insécurité.

      L'intervention souligne la responsabilité partagée de tous les adultes dans l'environnement de l'enfant (parents, enseignants, professionnels du soin et de la justice) de devenir des figures d'attachement fiables, ou des "porte-avions", capables d'offrir cette sécurité.

      Cela implique un changement de paradigme : passer d'une focalisation sur le comportement visible à une compréhension de la peur sous-jacente.

      Pour les professionnels, cela nécessite de développer une culture commune basée sur la collaboration interinstitutionnelle, de briser les fonctionnements en silo et de reconnaître l'impact de leurs propres postures et stratégies d'attachement sur les enfants et leurs familles.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Constat sur l'État Actuel de l'École et de l'Enfance

      Le Dr Raynaud dresse un tableau alarmant de la situation actuelle, soulignant une convergence de crises qui impacte directement les enfants, les familles et le personnel éducatif.

      L'École comme Réceptacle des Crises Sociétales : L'école est devenue un "espace réceptacle de toutes les difficultés des familles".

      On attend d'elle qu'elle gère non seulement l'éducation, mais aussi des questions sociales, sociétales, de genre, de laïcité, accumulant les missions en un "mille-feuille" complexe sans que d'autres ne soient retirées.

      Pression sur les Enseignants : Le personnel enseignant est pris entre des "prescrits" nationaux (programmes, plans) et la réalité du terrain, créant des "injonctions paradoxales".

      Ils font face à des groupes-classes de plus en plus difficiles et hétérogènes.

      Détresse Psychologique Croissante des Enfants : Une augmentation massive et préoccupante de la détresse est observée.

      Citation clé : "J'ai jamais vécu une rentrée scolaire aussi douloureuse. J'ai jamais vu autant d'enfants avec des idées suicidaires."  

      ◦ Des enfants de 4 ou 5 ans expriment des scénarios suicidaires détaillés, motivés par un désir "d'être en paix" face à la pression (évaluations, cris des adultes).   

      ◦ Les exigences académiques du "plan maternel" dès 3 ans sont en décalage avec la maturité émotionnelle et développementale des enfants.

      Dysfonctionnements Systémiques :

      ◦ Une "flambée" des informations préoccupantes (IP), notamment en maternelle, submerge les services de protection de l'enfance (Crips).  

      ◦ La collaboration entre les institutions (école, soin, justice, social) est entravée par la méconnaissance mutuelle, des représentations défensives et un fonctionnement "en couloirs de nage".  

      ◦ Une tendance à la "causalité externe" ("c'est la faute de l'autre") empêche une remise en question collective et individuelle.   

      ◦ Le système lui-même peut devenir iatrogène, créant des traumatismes par son manque de cohérence, comme l'illustre le cas d'une élève ayant connu 11 familles d'accueil en 3 mois.

      2. La Théorie de l'Attachement comme Grille de Lecture

      Face à ce constat, la théorie de l'attachement, développée par le pédopsychiatre John Bowlby, est présentée comme une "culture commune" essentielle pour décoder les comportements et guider les interventions.

      Un Fondement Scientifique Solide : C'est une théorie robuste, validée par de nombreuses publications internationales et déjà intégrée depuis des décennies dans les politiques de l'enfance au Québec et dans les pays nordiques.

      Le Méta-besoin de Sécurité : La théorie se concentre sur le besoin fondamental de sécurité émotionnelle de l'enfant. Elle explique comment ce besoin se construit et comment l'insécurité s'exprime.

      Confusion Sémantique : Le terme anglais "attachment" a été traduit par "attachement", qui en français est souvent synonyme d'amour ou d'affection.

      Or, la théorie de l'attachement de Bowlby est fondamentalement liée à la gestion de la détresse, de la peur et au besoin d'apaisement. C'est un système de survie biologique.

      3. Les Systèmes Motivationnels Fondamentaux

      La théorie repose sur l'interaction de trois systèmes biologiques innés.

      La découverte majeure est que certains de ces systèmes sont mutuellement exclusifs : l'activation de l'un entraîne la désactivation de l'autre.

      | Système | Description | Déclencheur | Conséquence Biologique | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Système d'Attachement | Système d'alerte et de survie ("gyrophare"). Son but est d'obtenir protection et réconfort. | Perception d'une menace, d'un danger, d'un manque de cohérence, prévisibilité, stabilité ou chaleur. | Activation de stratégies de gestion de la peur (fuir, attaquer, se figer). Désactive le système d'exploration. | | Système d'Exploration | Moteur du développement. Pousse l'individu à découvrir son environnement, à apprendre et à interagir. | Un état de sécurité émotionnelle. Lorsque le système d'attachement est apaisé. | Permet l'apprentissage, la curiosité, la motivation, le développement du langage, les interactions sociales, la régulation du sommeil. | | Système de Caregiving | Pousse un individu à apporter protection et réconfort à un autre perçu comme vulnérable. | Perception de la détresse ou de la vulnérabilité d'autrui. | Mobilise la sensibilité et les comportements de soin. Peut être désactivé si le propre système d'attachement de l'individu est sur-activé. |

      Implication cruciale : Un enfant dont le système d'attachement est activé par la peur ne peut biologiquement pas mobiliser son système d'exploration. Il n'est donc pas disponible pour les apprentissages. De même, un parent ou un professionnel submergé par son propre stress ne peut plus mobiliser efficacement son système de caregiving.

      4. Les Stratégies d'Attachement et leurs Manifestations

      En fonction de la réponse de son environnement (le "porte-avion"), l'enfant (le "petit avion") développe différentes stratégies pour gérer sa sécurité et son exploration.

      | Stratégie d'Attachement | Comportement du "Porte-Avion" (Figure d'attachement) | Comportement de l'Enfant ("Avion") | Manifestations à l'École | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Sécure (60-65%) | Disponible, sensible et cohérent (au moins 50% du temps). Offre une base de sécurité fiable. | Explore l'environnement, sait qu'il peut revenir chercher du réconfort en cas de besoin. Demande de l'aide si nécessaire. | Curieux, engagé dans les apprentissages, socialement compétent, bonne estime de soi. | | Évitant / Détaché (15-20%) | Indisponible, distant, rejette les demandes de réconfort. | Apprend à ne pas solliciter d'aide et à s'autonomiser de manière précoce. Met ses émotions "sous le tapis". | En retrait, trop sage, isolé. Peut mimer des traits autistiques. Difficulté à évaluer ses compétences. N'attire pas l'attention. | | Ambivalent / Préoccupé ("Attachiant") | Incohérent, tantôt disponible, tantôt non, de manière imprévisible. | Maximise les signaux de détresse pour s'assurer une réponse. Adopte des comportements aversifs (colère, opposition, agitation) pour rester proche. | Agité, opposant, provocateur, très exigeant sur le plan relationnel. Peut mimer un TDAH. Anxiété massive face aux difficultés. | | Désorganisé | Source de menace et de peur (violence, humiliation, négligence grave). Le "porte-avion tire sur l'avion". | Perdu, sans stratégie cohérente. Peut alterner entre des attitudes contrôlantes (punitives ou "parentifiées") et/ou présenter une hypersexualisation de la relation. | Comportements inadaptés, erratiques. Difficulté à comprendre les règles sociales. Évolution fréquente vers des psychopathologies. |

      5. Application Pratique : L'Étude de Cas d'Olivier

      Olivier, 7 ans, présente une agitation et une opposition massives à l'école, conduisant à une IP. L'analyse via les "lunettes de l'attachement" change la perspective :

      1. Comprendre le comportement d'Olivier : Son père est hospitalisé, il intègre un nouvel établissement (ITEP), sa mère est inquiète.

      Ces facteurs activent massivement son système d'attachement. Son agitation et son opposition sont des comportements d'attachement aversifs : des signaux de peur.

      Son désintérêt pour les apprentissages et ses troubles du sommeil montrent que son système d'exploration est désactivé. L'hypothèse est une insécurité de type "attachiant".

      2. Collaborer avec les parents (Quentin et Vanessa) : Affirmer qu'ils sont "trop en difficulté" pour collaborer est une erreur.

      Leur propre système d'attachement est activé.

      Pour les mobiliser, il faut d'abord les sécuriser en utilisant le "confetti positif" (commencer par valoriser ce qui fonctionne) afin de ne pas les menacer et de leur permettre d'explorer l'aide proposée.

      3. La place de l'enseignante (Elodie) : Les stratégies d'attachement de l'enseignant influencent directement la scolarité. L'enseignant est aussi un "porte-avion".

      Si Elodie est elle-même de type anxieux/préoccupé, sa pression sur les apprentissages peut entrer en collision avec le besoin de sécurité d'Olivier, créant un cercle vicieux. La relation est une "rencontre" co-construite.

      6. Le Rôle Crucial des Professionnels et les Enjeux Systémiques

      Responsabilité Professionnelle : Les enseignants et autres professionnels sont des figures d'attachement potentielles, surtout pour les enfants les plus vulnérables.

      Leur sensibilité et leur capacité à offrir un "havre de sécurité" sont déterminantes. Une formation sur cette dimension relationnelle est indispensable.

      Lutter contre la Violence Institutionnelle : Le système actuel, par son cloisonnement et son manque de cohérence, peut "détruire" des enfants déjà fragilisés.

      La priorité doit être de construire des "chaînes de sécurité" : une collaboration fluide et une communication constante entre tous les acteurs (école, ITEP, pédopsychiatrie, justice, etc.) autour de l'enfant.

      Changer de Paradigme à Moyens Constants : Des changements significatifs ne sont pas toujours une question de moyens financiers, mais de "prise de conscience et d'adaptation".

      L'exemple des bulletins scolaires en Guyane, réécrits pour commencer par le "confetti positif", montre comment un changement de posture peut transformer la relation avec les familles et restaurer la confiance, sans coût supplémentaire.

      L'Image de l'Iceberg : Il est impératif de ne pas s'arrêter au comportement visible (la pointe de l'iceberg) mais de toujours chercher à comprendre la peur et les besoins émotionnels sous-jacents qui en sont la cause.

    1. Synthèse de la Table Ronde : Enjeux de l'Attachement Fragilisé sur le Parcours Scolaire des Jeunes Protégés

      Résumé Exécutif

      Cette table ronde analyse les profondes répercussions de l'attachement fragilisé sur le parcours scolaire et le quotidien des jeunes relevant de la protection de l'enfance (Aide Sociale à l'Enfance,

      Protection Judiciaire de la Jeunesse). Les enfants à l'attachement insécure, issus de contextes familiaux souvent très dégradés, manifestent des difficultés d'apprentissage, des troubles du comportement et une instabilité émotionnelle qui constituent des défis majeurs pour eux-mêmes et les professionnels qui les accompagnent.

      L'école, bien que perçue comme un facteur de normalité et de résilience, peine à répondre à leurs besoins spécifiques.

      Les intervenants soulignent l'importance cruciale d'une posture professionnelle basée sur la prévisibilité, la valorisation des compétences et le maintien des rôles respectifs de chaque adulte (éducateur, enseignant, parent).

      La collaboration interinstitutionnelle entre les services sociaux et l'Éducation Nationale est identifiée comme un levier essentiel, malgré des freins logistiques et un débat persistant sur le niveau d'information à partager.

      Enfin, la discussion met en lumière des pratiques prometteuses telles que les chartes partenariales et une prise de conscience croissante de la théorie de l'attachement, signalant une dynamique positive vers un meilleur accompagnement de ces jeunes.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. L'Impact de l'Attachement Fragilisé sur le Quotidien et la Scolarité

      L'introduction de la table ronde pose un constat fondamental : pour les enfants ayant vécu des violences et des maltraitances parentales, l'attachement insécure rend l'exploration du monde et les apprentissages des "défis insurmontables".

      Les témoignages et analyses des professionnels confirment cette prémisse en détaillant ses manifestations concrètes.

      A. Témoignages des Assistantes Familiales

      Les observations recueillies par Lidy Poevin auprès de deux assistantes familiales (Mme de Velter et Mme Belliga) dressent un tableau clinique des difficultés rencontrées par les enfants accueillis :

      Troubles du développement et des apprentissages : Retards fréquents, troubles du sommeil, de l'alimentation et de la motricité. Manque d'assiduité, de motivation et d'intérêt pour l'école.

      Insécurité émotionnelle : Un "grand sentiment d'abandon" exacerbé par des contacts parentaux irréguliers ("en montagne russes").

      Cela engendre un conflit de loyauté et une posture "d'autoprotection envers l'attachement".

      Mise à l'épreuve des adultes : Les enfants testent constamment la capacité des adultes "à tenir et à être toujours là quoi qu'il fasse", cherchant une attention exclusive, y compris par des comportements négatifs ("faire des bêtises car ils savent que c'est un moyen de mobiliser").

      Disponibilité cognitive limitée : Le "cerveau en constant questionnement" et le poids du vécu familial empêchent de libérer les ressources nécessaires aux apprentissages, menant à des difficultés scolaires malgré des "capacités certaines".

      B. Le Profil Sociologique et Comportemental des Jeunes en MECS

      Pascal Abdakovi, directeur d'une Maison d'Enfants à Caractère Social (MECS), apporte un éclairage sociologique qui contraste avec les vignettes cliniques classiques.

      Dégradation des systèmes familiaux : Sur les 280 parents des 140 enfants accompagnés, une dizaine seulement travaillent.

      La majorité des situations concerne des parents incarcérés, hospitalisés, ou confrontés à des addictions, dans des contextes de grande précarité économique.

      Une majorité silencieuse : Si 5 à 10 enfants peuvent "mettre une ambiance extraordinaire dans les écoles", les 130 autres "vont pas si mal que ça" et présentent des préoccupations d'enfants ordinaires (amoureux, réseaux sociaux).

      Le phénomène de l'épuisement psychique : Ces enfants, même ceux qui s'adaptent bien en journée, puisent dans une "énergie psychique assez limitée".

      L'école représente pour eux un environnement normalisant où ils peuvent être "juste un élève".

      Cependant, le soir, de retour en structure, "la cour est pleine" : les angoisses d'abandon remontent et leur disponibilité psychique pour le travail scolaire est "complètement absente".

      II. Le Cas Spécifique des Adolescents Incarcérés

      Sophie Nicolas, responsable d'unité éducative en Établissement Pénitentiaire pour Mineurs (EPM), décrit la situation de jeunes dont le parcours est marqué par une accumulation de ruptures.

      Parcours institutionnels lourds : La plupart des jeunes incarcérés ont un long passé au sein de l'Aide Sociale à l'Enfance et de la Protection Judiciaire de la Jeunesse, signifiant des "ruptures dans les figures d'attachement" et un essoufflement dans la capacité à créer des liens de confiance.

      Troubles relationnels extrêmes : Les relations avec les adultes oscillent entre une demande d'attention fusionnelle ("collé à la jambe de l'éducateur") et une mise à distance radicale, issue de trahisons passées. Ils testent constamment le lien, craignant de vivre un "énième abandon".

      Estime de soi dégradée : Ayant reçu très peu de valorisation, ces jeunes se dévalorisent massivement. Ils ne comprennent pas le regard positif que les éducateurs posent sur eux, ce qui nécessite un long travail de restauration de la confiance.

      Obstacles aux apprentissages : Bien que la scolarité soit obligatoire en EPM, les jeunes sont souvent indisponibles, préoccupés par des enjeux familiaux.

      L'exemple d'un jeune "focus" sur l'inquiétude pour sa mère illustre comment l'esprit ne peut s'investir dans les apprentissages.

      III. Postures Professionnelles et Stratégies d'Accompagnement

      Face à ces défis, les intervenants s'accordent sur la nécessité d'adopter des postures et des stratégies spécifiques pour créer un environnement sécurisant et propice au développement.

      A. Construire un Lien Sécurisant : Prévisibilité et Juste Place

      Pascal Abdakovi insiste sur deux piliers de la relation éducative en institution :

      1. La Prévisibilité : Rendre l'environnement "lisible et prévisible" pour l'enfant est essentiel.

      Cela passe par des actions simples comme informer les enfants des adultes qui seront présents le matin ou au retour de l'école, afin de contrer l'imprévisibilité générée par la rotation des équipes.

      2. La Juste Place : Chaque professionnel doit "parler de la bonne place". L'éducateur n'est ni le parent, ni l'enseignant, ni le juge.

      De même, l'enseignant doit rester dans son rôle d'enseignant. Partager des détails sordides de la vie de l'enfant avec l'enseignant est un "fantasme" qui ne fonctionne pas et rompt le contrat implicite où l'enfant peut, à l'école, être "juste un élève" et échapper à sa condition d'enfant placé.

      B. De l'Attachement à l'Appartenance

      Nadine Musinski, pilote de projet adoption, introduit une nuance cruciale en ajoutant la notion d'appartenance à celle de l'attachement.

      Le sentiment du vide : Les pupilles de l'État souffrent d'un "sentiment d'exister pour personne" et d'un "vide" identitaire. La démarche de protection et la construction d'un projet de vie leur permettent de commencer à "compter pour quelqu'un".

      L'importance de l'appartenance : Au-delà de l'attachement, "la relation d'appartenance" (être l'enfant de quelqu'un, avoir un nom) est fondamentale.

      Les enfants délaissés internalisent la responsabilité de leur situation ("il est persuadé que c'est lui qui est délaissé [...] parce qu'il n'est pas aimable").

      Le travail consiste à diluer cette responsabilité et à leur offrir la possibilité de s'inscrire dans une nouvelle filiation.

      C. Approches Pédagogiques et Relationnelles

      Plusieurs stratégies sont mises en avant pour favoriser la réussite scolaire et le bien-être :

      Valoriser les compétences : Nadine Musinski souligne que pointer uniquement les lacunes d'un enfant renforce son "idéologie qu'il n'est bon à rien".

      Il est impératif de s'appuyer sur ses compétences.

      Éviter le rapport de force : Ces enfants sont habitués à l'adversité et à l'autorité punitive.

      Entrer dans un rapport de force ne fait que confirmer leur vision d'un monde hostile.

      La négociation et la recherche d'adhésion leur offrent un autre modèle relationnel basé sur l'empathie.

      Mettre l'enfant au cœur du projet : Un éducateur de centre de jour insiste sur la nécessité de partir des besoins de l'enfant, de le valoriser et de s'assurer que le projet est "son projet" et non celui des adultes.

      IV. La Collaboration Interinstitutionnelle : Freins et Leviers

      La réussite de l'accompagnement de ces jeunes dépend d'une coopération étroite entre les services de la protection de l'enfance et l'Éducation Nationale.

      A. Obstacles et Facilitateurs

      Freins logistiques : Pascal Abdakovi pointe une difficulté structurelle majeure : les rythmes de travail incompatibles.

      Les enseignants sont disponibles en fin de journée, au moment même où les éducateurs sont submergés par le retour des 140 enfants de la MECS.

      Leviers de communication : Pour pallier cela, il est essentiel de mettre en place des canaux de communication directs entre les cadres des institutions pour "régler les problèmes avant de ne plus se supporter" et éviter l'escalade des tensions.

      Aménagements scolaires : Une collaboration efficace permet d'aménager les temps de présence de l'enfant (par exemple, le soustraire de la cantine ou de la garderie, zones souvent sensibles) pour protéger à la fois l'enfant et l'institution scolaire.

      B. Le Débat sur le Partage d'Informations

      Une tension émerge entre le besoin des enseignants et celui des élèves :

      Le besoin de savoir des enseignants : Une intervenante du public exprime le besoin pour l'école d'avoir des "éléments de vie" (sans entrer dans l'intime), comme le nombre de placements précédents ou le statut de l'autorité parentale.

      Ces informations sont jugées nécessaires non par "curiosité malsaine", mais pour comprendre des comportements (ex: l'élève qui n'a jamais ses affaires car le collège est sa "seule maison") et gérer des procédures administratives.

      Le besoin de normalité de l'élève : En contrepoint, l'analyse de Pascal Abdakovi défend que l'école est un lieu de répit où l'enfant ne doit pas être "ramené à sa condition d'enfant placé".

      C. Pratiques Prometteuses et Dynamiques Positives

      La discussion se conclut sur une note d'espoir, soulignant les avancées en cours :

      Les Chartes Partenariales : Une CPE (Conseillère Principale d'Éducation) témoigne que ces chartes, bien que n'étant pas une solution miracle, "impulsent des nouvelles dynamiques et des liens" entre les institutions, avec des "avancées concrètes" sur l'orientation et le bien-être des élèves.

      Formation à la Théorie de l'Attachement : Il est noté que les travailleurs sociaux se forment de plus en plus à cette théorie, notamment via des diplômes universitaires dédiés, témoignant d'une "prise de conscience" et d'un mouvement de professionnalisation sur ces enjeux.

    1. Entregable Mes 2 (fin semana 8): Insumos para “Informe regional preliminar” + paquete de visualizaciones (editable) + scripts reproducibles.

      Acá podríamos aclarar qué significa insumos para informe. También convendría ajustar el “+” en la frase, porque puede leerse como si el paquete de visualizaciones fuera algo aparte de los insumos, cuando en realidad las visualizaciones también son insumos del informe. Una posible redacción seria: “Insumos para el informe (base final + tablas + visualizaciones) + scripts reproducibles”.

    1. " La Declaration sur les abus que l'on committ en escrivant, et le moyen de les eviter, & representer nayvement les paroles: ce que jamais homme n'a faict" ,

      De forma conexa podría enlazarse con El Diseño Suizo de posguerra o llamado Estilo Tipográfico Internacional, cuando algunos de sus representantes promulgaron la eliminación de cajas altas porque en el mundo real no se habla en Mayusculas.

    1. Guide Méthodologique : Conduire un Atelier Participatif avec les Parents et les Collectivités

      Ce document détaille la structure, les objectifs et les modalités opérationnelles d'un atelier participatif visant à associer les parents d'élèves et les collectivités territoriales à la réflexion éducative.

      Fondée sur une démarche structurée en six temps, cette méthodologie favorise l'émergence d'actions concrètes et réalisables.

      Synthèse de Direction

      L'atelier participatif est conçu comme un dispositif de concertation dynamique d'une durée totale d'environ 2 heures 45 minutes.

      Il repose sur trois piliers fondamentaux de la politique éducative : l'excellence, l'égalité et le bien-être.

      La force de cette approche réside dans sa capacité à transformer des échanges informels en solutions opérationnelles grâce à une gestion rigoureuse du temps, une facilitation active et un système d'évaluation par les pairs.

      Le processus mène les participants de l'expression des défis individuels à la co-construction d'un plan d'action validé collectivement.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Cadre Organisationnel et Rôles

      Le succès de l'atelier dépend d'une organisation logistique et humaine précise :

      Composition des groupes : Des groupes de 20 personnes sont constitués (en amont ou le jour même).

      Encadrement : Chaque groupe est animé par un facilitateur.

      Ce dernier peut également assurer les rôles de secrétaire et de gardien du temps, à moins que ces fonctions ne soient déléguées à des participants.

      Sous-groupes : Le groupe de 20 est divisé en 4 ou 5 équipes (sous-groupes) de 4 à 5 personnes pour approfondir des problématiques spécifiques.

      Climat de travail : Les échanges sont régis par des consignes de confiance, d'écoute active, de bienveillance et de respect de la parole de chacun.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Structure Chronologique de l'Atelier

      L'atelier se déroule selon une séquence linéaire de six phases distinctes :

      | Temps | Phase | Durée | Objectif Principal | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 1 | Accueil et Présentation | 20 min | Présenter les enjeux et les trois axes (Excellence, Égalité, Bien-être). | | 2 | Connexion au sujet | 25 min | Faire connaissance et identifier les défis via des échanges en binômes. | | 3 | Échanges en sous-groupes | 1 h 00 | Faire émerger des solutions via la méthode des enveloppes. | | 4 | Évaluation et Mise en commun | 30 min | Prioriser les solutions selon des critères définis. | | 5 | Synthèse en plénière | 20 min | Présenter les solutions retenues par chaque groupe. | | 6 | Conclusion et Clôture | 10 min | Fixer les perspectives de travail futures. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Analyse Détaillée des Phases Clés

      Temps 2 : Connexion et Défis (25 minutes)

      Cette phase utilise une technique de rotation rapide en binômes pour briser la glace et s'imprégner du sujet.

      Modalités : Trois tours de discussion de 4 minutes chacun. Les binômes changent à chaque tour.

      Questions directrices :

      1. Qui êtes-vous ?   

      2. Pourquoi êtes-vous présent aujourd'hui ?   

      3. Quel défi pouvons-nous porter collectivement sur ces problématiques ?   

      4. Comment comptez-vous contribuer à ce défi ?

      Temps 3 : Production de Solutions (1 heure)

      C'est le cœur de l'atelier, utilisant la "méthode des enveloppes" pour favoriser le consensus.

      1. Cadrage : Chaque sous-groupe reçoit une enveloppe avec une problématique.

      2. Critères d'évaluation : Avant de chercher des solutions, les participants définissent des critères (ex: coût, réalisme, facilité de mise en œuvre, originalité). Ces critères sont mis de côté pour la fin de l'exercice.

      3. Rotation des enveloppes : Toutes les 10 minutes, les enveloppes circulent d'un sous-groupe à l'autre. Chaque sous-groupe étudie la problématique et insère une proposition de solution acceptable dans l'enveloppe.

      4. Consensus : Le facilitateur veille à ce que chaque proposition résulte d'un accord collectif.

      Temps 4 : Évaluation et Sélection (30 minutes)

      Une phase rigoureuse de sélection des idées les plus pertinentes.

      Lecture et Notation : Chaque sous-groupe récupère une enveloppe, lit toutes les solutions proposées par les autres et distribue un total de 100 points entre elles, en fonction des critères établis au début.

      Classement : Un rapporteur présente les solutions par ordre croissant de points, en terminant par la plus plébiscitée.

      Les meilleures solutions sont consignées sur une feuille commune au format A3.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Conclusion et Perspectives

      L'atelier se clôture par une intervention de la direction (chef d'établissement ou directeur) qui synthétise les travaux.

      L'objectif ultime est d'assurer que les actions identifiées comme étant les plus pertinentes (le score le plus élevé par rapport aux critères de réalisme et de coût) soient effectivement mises en œuvre.

      Ce temps de clôture permet de définir l'agenda et la suite opérationnelle à donner aux réflexions menées collectivement.

    1. Toksyczne substancje na placach zabaw? Nowe badania granulatu gumowego z recyklingu opon
      • Toxic Rubber Granulate: Popular synthetic surfaces on playgrounds and sports fields, often made from recycled car tires (SBR granulate), may contain hazardous chemical compounds.
      • Presence of Harmful Chemicals: Research has identified the presence of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), heavy metals (such as lead, cadmium, and mercury), and volatile organic compounds (VOCs).
      • Risks to Children: Children are particularly vulnerable due to direct skin contact, the inhalation of toxic fumes (which intensify in high temperatures), and the risk of accidental ingestion.
      • Health Consequences: These substances are linked to serious health issues, including carcinogenic effects, hormonal disruptions, and damage to the nervous and immune systems.
      • Call for Stricter Regulations: The article highlights the need for more rigorous legal standards regarding the chemical composition of materials used in children's recreational areas.
      • Safety Recommendations: Parents are advised to ensure children wash their hands thoroughly after play and, where possible, choose playgrounds with natural surfaces like sand, cork, or wood chips.
    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript investigates how dentate gyrus (DG) granule cell subregions, specifically suprapyramidal (SB) and infrapyramidal (IB) blades, are differentially recruited during a high cognitive demand pattern separation task. The authors combine TRAP2 activity labeling, touchscreen-based TUNL behavior, and chemogenetic inhibition of adult-born dentate granule cells (abDGCs) or mature granule cells (mGCs) to dissect circuit contributions.

      This manuscript presents an interesting and well-designed investigation into DG activity patterns under varying cognitive demands and the role of abDGCs in shaping mGC activity. The integration of TRAP2-based activity labeling, chemogenetic manipulation, and behavioral assays provides valuable insight into DG subregional organization and functional recruitment. However, several methodological and quantitative issues limit the interpretability of the findings. Addressing the concerns below will greatly strengthen the rigor and clarity of the study.

      Major points:

      (1) Quantification methods for TRAP+ cells are not applied consistently across panels in Figure 1, making interpretation difficult. Specifically, Figure 1F reports TRAP+ mGCs as density, whereas Figure 1G reports TRAP+ abDGCs as a percentage, hindering direct comparison. Additionally, Figure 1H presents reactivation analysis only for mGCs; a parallel analysis for abDGCs is needed for comparison across cell types.

      (2) The anatomical distribution of TRAP+ cells is different between low- and high-cognitive demand conditions (Figure 2). Are these sections from dorsal or ventral DG? Is this specific to dorsal DG, as itis preferentially involved in cognitive function? What happens in ventral DG?

      (3) The activity manipulation using chemogenetic inhibition of abDGCs in AsclCreER; hM4 mice was performed; however, because tamoxifen chow was administered for 4 or 7 weeks, the labeled abDGC population was not properly birth-dated. Instead, it consisted of a heterogeneous cohort of cells ranging from 0 to 5-7 weeks old. Thus, caution should be taken when interpreting these results, and the limitations of this approach should be acknowledged.

      (4) There is a major issue related to the quantification of the DREADD experiments in Figure 4, Figure 5, Figure 6, and Figure 7. The hM4 mouse line used in this study should be quantified using HA, rather than mCitrine, to reliably identify cells derived from the Ascl lineage. mCitrine expression in this mouse line is not specific to adult-born neurons (off-targets), and its expression does not accurately reflect hM4 expression.

      (5) Key markers needed to assess the maturation state of abDGCs are missing from the quantification. Incorporating DCX and NeuN into the analysis would provide essential information about the developmental stage of these cells.

      Minor points:

      (1) The labeling (Distance from the hilus) in Figure 2B is misleading. Is that the same location as the subgranular zone (SGZ)? If so, it's better to use the term SGZ to avoid confusion.

      (2) Cell number information is missing from Figures 2B and 2C; please include this data.

      (3) Sample DG images should clearly delineate the borders between the dentate gyrus and the hilus. In several images, this boundary is difficult to discern.

      (4) In Figure 6, it is not clear how tamoxifen was administered to selectively inhibit the more mature 6-7-week-old abDGC population, nor how this paradigm differs from the chow-based approach. Please clarify the tamoxifen administration protocol and the rationale for its specificity.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      1. General Statements [optional]

      We thank all three Reviewers for appreciating our work and for sharing constructive feedback to further enhance the quality of our study. It is really gratifying to read that the Reviewers believe that this work is interesting, novel and of interest to broad audience. Therefore, we believe that it will be suitable for a high profile journal. Further, the experiments suggested by the reviewers have added value to the work and have substantiated our findings. It is important to highlight that we have performed all the suggested experiments. Please find below the detailed point by point response to Reviewer’s Comments.

      2. Point-by-point description of the revisions

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required):

      • The manuscript entitled, "IP3R2 mediated inter-organelle Ca2+ signaling orchestrates melanophagy" is a rather diffuse study of the relationship between IP3R2 and melanin production. While this is an interesting and understudied area, the study lacks a clear focus. The model seems to be that IP3R2 is essential for mitochondrial calcium loading. And that its absence increases lysosomal calcium loading. There are also a number of incomplete and/or unconvincing links to autophagy/melanophagy, TMEM165, TRPML1 and even gene transcription. In this kind of diffuse study, each step needs to be convincing to get to the next one, which is not the case here. There are also references to altered proteasome function, despite the total absence of any direct data on the proteasome. Finally, I felt it was sometimes unclear whether the authors were referring to melanosomes or lysosomes at various points throughout the study.*

      While I suspect that, somewhere in here, there are some novel relationships worthy of further investigation, this is a case where the many parts make the overall product less convincing. What effects here are directly relevant to IP3R2? This study should stop there, leaving investigations of peripheral factors for future investigations, as the further you get from where you start, the less clear what you are studying becomes. And the less direct.

      Response: We thank the Reviewer for finding our study interesting and recognizing that this is an understudied area. Further, we appreciate the constructive feedback given by the Reviewer. We have addressed all the Reviewer’s comments. Please find below point-wise responses to the comments.

      Specific Comments:

      __ Comment 1.__ The separation of Figures 1F and 1J makes it impossible to assess the effect of αMSH on IP3R2 expression. This presentation makes interpretation difficult; a simple 4 lane Western would be more informative.

      Response: We apologize to the Reviewer for not being very clear. Actually, we have separated these data sets because these are two independent experimental conditions. The Figure 1F illustrates data from the LD-based pigmentation model, whereas Supplementary Figure 1K (Previously Fig 1J) depicts data from α-MSH–induced pigmentation model.

      Comment 2. One of the most attractive points made by this study is that there is a specific link between IP3R2 and melanin production. In my opinion, the null hypothesis is that this is just about the amount of IP3Rs expressed per cell. To reject this concept, the authors should show data demonstrating the relative expression of all 3 IP3Rs. Without this information, the null hypothesis that IP3R2 is the most expressed IP3R isoform and that's why its knockdown has the most dramatic effect cannot be rejected It would also be helpful to show where the different IP3Rs are expressed within the cell.

      Response: We thank the Reviewer for raising this interesting point and for the constructive comment. As suggested, we would like to clarify that the relative expression of all three IP₃R isoforms has already been analyzed in our study. Specifically, in Figure 1B, we demonstrate the expression pattern of IP₃R isoforms in our experimental system, where IP₃R2 shows the highest expression level, followed by IP₃R3 and IP₃R1 (IP₃R2 > IP₃R3 > IP₃R1). Further, in the revised manuscript, we additionally analyzed publicly available datasets for IP₃Rs expression. “The Human Protein Atlas” reports a higher expression of IP₃R2 in melanocytes compared to the other IP₃R isoforms (Supplementary Fig 1A). Therefore, we agree with the Reviewer’s proposed concept that the relatively higher expression of IP₃R2 can be one of the important factors that regulate pigmentation levels. Indeed, our analysis of microarray dataset from African vs Caucasian skin revealed a greater IP₃R2 expression in African skin compared to Caucasian skin (__Figure 1L). __

      With respect to subcellular localization, all three IP₃R isoforms are predominantly localized to the endoplasmic reticulum, consistent with their established role as ER-resident Ca²⁺ release channels. However, their expression levels are known to be highly cell and tissue specific (Bartok et al., Nature Communications 2019), supporting the idea that higher IP₃R2 levels play a functionally specialized role in melanogenesis.

      Comment 3. It would be helpful to label Figs 3F-I with the conditions used. The description in the text is of increased LC3II levels, however, the ratio of LC3I to LC3II might be more meaningful. Irrespective, although the graph shows an increase in LC3II, the Western really doesn't show much. As a standalone finding, I don't find this figure to be very convincing; there are better options to demonstrate this proposed relationship between IP3R2 and autophagy than what is shown.

      Response: We sincerely thank the Reviewer for this thoughtful and critical evaluation, which has helped us improve the clarity and precision of this analysis. To address this concern, in the revised manuscript, we have now labeled ‘LD’ in the Supplementary Fig 2A-B (Previously, Fig 4F-I) with the corresponding experimental conditions for clarity. In addition, we reanalyzed the data by calculating the LC3II/LC3I ratio in all the figures of the revised manuscript that include LC3II expression, which provides a more meaningful and robust assessment of autophagic flux. This revised analysis yields a clearer representation of LC3 dynamics and strengthens the interpretation of the western blotting data in support of the relationship between IP₃R2 and autophagy. Further, we have shown by confocal imaging that IP3R2 silencing significantly reduced GFP/RFP ratio of the pMRX-IP-GFP-LC3-RFP reporter system in comparison to control condition in Fig 4M-N to demonstrate the relationship between IP3R2 and autophagy. Collectively, these autophagy flux assays and biochemical experiments clearly demonstrate a direct relationship between IP3R2 and autophagy.

      Comment 4. The following statement at the beginning of page 22 "We observed an impaired proteasomal degradation of critical melanogenic proteins localized on melanosomes in the IP3R2 knockdown condition" is insufficiently supported by data to be made. Even if I was convinced that autophagy was enhanced, there is no data of any kind about the proteasome in this manuscript.

      Response: We appreciate the Reviewer’s careful scrutiny of this statement and the opportunity to clarify and strengthen our interpretation. To directly address the concern regarding proteasomal involvement, in the revised manuscript, we performed additional experiments using MG132, a well-established inhibitor of proteasomal degradation. These experiments were designed to assess whether the altered stability of melanogenic proteins observed upon IP₃R2 knockdown could be attributed to changes in proteasome-mediated turnover.

      In the revised manuscript, our new data show that treatment with MG132 leads to a marked reduction in the levels of melanosome-associated melanogenic proteins, including GP100 and DCT, compared to the DMSO control (Fig. 4A–D). This response contrasts with that of non-melanosomal proteins, such as IP₃R2 and Calnexin, which are localized to the endoplasmic reticulum and exhibits increased accumulation upon MG132 treatment (Fig. 4E–H), consistent with canonical proteasomal inhibition. These differential outcomes suggest that melanosome-resident proteins respond distinctly to proteasomal blockade, likely due to their compartmentalized localization on melanosomes.

      Previous studies have shown that impairment of proteasomal function can activate autophagy as a compensatory, cytoprotective mechanism (Williams et al, 2013; Li et al, 2019; Su & Wang, 2020; Pan et al, 2020). Indeed, we observed a significant increase in LC3II/LC3I levels in IP3R2 knockdown plus MG132 treatment condition in comparison to IP3R2 knockdown plus the DMSO control (Fig. 4I–J).

      To investigate whether impairment of proteasomal degradation upon IP3R2 silencing alone or together with MG132 selectively triggers melanophagy, we assessed melanophagy using melanophagy reporter, mCherry-Tyrosinase-eGFP following IP3R2 silencing along with MG132 treatment. Our observations revealed an increase in melanophagy flux with IP3R2 silencing and MG132 treatment compared to siNT with DMSO control (Fig 5K-L). This suggests that IP3R2 silencing induced inhibition of proteasomal degradation activates melanophagy. Taken together, these findings indicate that compromised proteasomal degradation engages the autophagy machinery, providing a mechanistic link between proteasome dysfunction, enhanced autophagy, and altered melanogenic protein turnover.

      Comment 5. In figure 5, the authors create a new ratiometric dye to detect melanosome stability based on the principle that tyrosinase is exclusively found in melanosomes. Unfortunately, there is no validation that this new construct is found exclusively in melanosomes upon expression. In addition, there is discussion about the pH of lysosomes, but not of melanosomes. Ultimately, this data cannot be considered at face value without any type of validation; I also note that the pictures lack sufficient detail to support identification of these structures as melanosomes. * While I maintain the above concerns, I note that, the data in supplemental figure 3 is MUCH more convincing than what is in the figure. Both the writing and the figure design should be rethought.*

      Response: We appreciate the Reviewer’s thorough evaluation and constructive critique of Figure 5, which has helped us to better clarify and validate this aspect of the study. In the revised manuscript, we directly address the concern regarding the subcellular specificity of the ratiometric probes, we performed detailed colocalization analysis using established melanosome markers. Specifically, we assessed the localization of the melanophagy detection probes mCherry–Tyr–eGFP and tyrosinase–mKeimaN1 with the melanosome-resident protein GP100 detected by anti-HMB45 (Supplementary Fig 2E-F and 2K-L). These analyses revealed a very high degree of colocalization, reflected by strong Pearson’s correlation and overlap coefficients, thereby validating that the expressed probes are predominantly localized to melanosomes.

      Regarding Lysosome/Melanosomal pH considerations, our melanophagy detection ratiometric probes: mCherry–Tyrosinase–eGFP (sensitive to acidic pH via eGFP) and tyrosinase mKeimaN1 (sensitive to acidic pH via Keima) are specifically designed to identify melanosome degradation, which happens upon melanosome fusion with lysosome. Consequently, the observed signal shifts indicate melanosome turnover rather than merely reflecting the lysosomal pH.

      To further corroborate the microscopic observations, we performed biochemical assays to study melanophagy flux upon IP3R2 silencing. We employed Bafilomycin A1, an inhibitor of autophagosome-lysosome fusion, to examine melanosomal protein accumulation. Upon Bafilomycin A1 treatment, IP3R2 silenced cells showed enhanced accumulation of melanosomes, as indicated by elevated tyrosinase levels compared with siNT controls (Supplementary Fig 3C-D), indicating elevated melanophagy flux upon IP3R2 knockdown. In the revised manuscript, we employed additional melanophagy detection strategies to further strengthen our findings. Specifically, we used Retagliptin phosphate (RTG), a well-established selective inducer of melanophagy, and observed a marked increase in melanophagy using the mCherry–Tyrosinase–eGFP melanophagy probe (Supplementary Fig 2G-H). Additionally, we performed independent validation by assessing colocalization of the melanosome (recognized by anti-HMB45 ab that identifies melanosomal structural protein GP100) with LC3 (Supplementary Fig 3A-B). This analysis revealed a significant increase in melanosomes colocalization with LC3 upon IP₃R2 silencing compared to control conditions.

      Collectively, these independent approaches clearly demonstrate that the melanophagy probes localize to melanosomes and detect melanophagy (by responding to melanosome fusion to lysosomes).

      Comment 6. Given the increase in ER Ca2+ content after IP3R2 knockdown, ER calcium content should be emptied before attempting to estimate lysosomal Ca2+ content with GPN or Bafilomycin. Otherwise, the source of calcium is less than clear.

      Response____: We appreciate the Reviewer’s careful consideration of Ca²⁺ source, which is critical for accurate interpretation of these experiments. Therefore, as suggested, in the revised manuscript, we conducted experiments involving Thapsigargin (Tg) pre-treatment to deplete ER Ca²⁺ reserves before examining lysosomal Ca²⁺ release using GPN or Bafilomycin (Supplementary Fig 6I-N). Even under these conditions, we noted increased lysosomal Ca²⁺ release in IP₃R2 knockdown cells, thus confirming that the observed Ca²⁺ signals originate from lysosomes rather than any remaining ER Ca²⁺. Importantly, this approach allowed us to minimize ER-derived Ca²⁺ contributions to changes in the lysosomal Ca²⁺ release.


      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      The manuscript entitled, "IP3R2 mediated inter-organelle Ca2+ signaling orchestrates melanophagy" is a rather diffuse study of the relationship between IP3R2 and melanin production. While this is an interesting and understudied area, the study lacks a clear focus. The model seems to be that IP3R2 is essential for mitochondrial calcium loading. And that its absence increases lysosomal calcium loading. There are also a number of incomplete and/or unconvincing links to autophagy/melanophagy, TMEM165, TRPML1 and even gene transcription. In this kind of diffuse study, each step needs to be convincing to get to the next one, which is not the case here. There are also references to altered proteasome function, despite the total absence of any direct data on the proteasome. Finally, I felt it was sometimes unclear whether the authors were referring to melanosomes or lysosomes at various points throughout the study.

      Response____: We thank the Reviewer for finding our work interesting and appreciating that this is an understudied field. Further, we thank him/her for the constructive feedback on our study. We have performed several additional experiments and significantly revised the manuscript to address all the comments of the Reviewer.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      In the present manuscript, Saurav et al. identify IP3R2-mediated ER calcium release as a key suppressor of melanophagy, thereby sustaining pigmentation in melanocytes. Using in vitro (B16 murine melanoma cells, primary human melanocytes) and in vivo (zebrafish) models, the authors report that IP3R2 expression is positively correlated with pigmentation. They then investigate the impact of IP3R2 knockdown and find that IP3R2 silencing enhances the stability of melanogenic proteins, while also inducing autophagic degradation of melanosomes (i.e., melanophagy). Concomitantly, they find that IP3R2 silencing decreases mitochondrial calcium uptake, increases lysosomal calcium loading, and lowers lysosomal pH. They propose a pathway wherein in IP3R2 knockdown cells impaired mitochondrial calcium uptake induces the activation of AMPK-ULK1, and increased lysosomal calcium activates TRPML1 via TMEM165 and closer proximity interactions between ER and lysosomes, TFEB nuclear translocation, and upregulation of melanophagy-related genes, namely OPTN and RCHY1. The work is placed within the context of emerging roles of organelle calcium signaling in pigmentation biology, where extracellular calcium influx pathways are known regulators, but the contribution of ER-mitochondria-lysosome crosstalk to melanosome turnover remains largely unknown.

      Response____: We thank the Reviewer for appreciating our work and highlighting that the contribution of ER-mitochondria-lysosome crosstalk to melanosome turnover remains largely unappreciated.

      Major comments:

      Comment 1- The central finding is that IP3R2 knockdown induces melanophagy and reduces pigmentation. However, the manuscript does not identify any physiological or pathological context in which IP3R2 expression or activity is naturally downregulated in melanocytes. Without such context, the knockdown may represent an artificial perturbation that broadly alters ER calcium handling and triggers melanophagy as part of a general stress-induced autophagy response. This raises uncertainty about whether the pathway operates in vivo under normal or disease conditions. It would strengthen the study to identify upstream cues that reduce IP3R2 function and to test whether these also trigger melanophagy through the proposed mechanism.


      Response____: We thank the Reviewer for asking such an important question. The Reviewer asked to identify any physiological or pathological context in which IP3R2 expression is naturally downregulated in melanocytes. To address this question, in the revised manuscript, we analyzed publicly available microarray datasets comparing skin samples from Caucasian and African populations (Yin et al., Experimental Dermatology 2014). This unbiased analysis revealed considerably lower IP₃R2 expression in the Caucasian skin as compared to African skin (Fig. 1L). This data support a physiological correlation between IP₃R2 expression and pigmentation level, reinforcing the physiological relevance of the proposed pathway.


      Comment 2- While the data link IP3R2 knockdown to decreased pigmentation and increased melanophagy, the causality between altered organelle calcium dynamics and the melanophagy induction is inferred from correlation and partial rescue experiments. More direct interventions in the proposed downstream pathways (e.g., acute mitochondrial calcium uptake restoration, lysosomal calcium buffering) would strengthen mechanistic claims.

      Response____: We appreciate the Reviewer’s recommendation on strengthening the mechanistic causality between organelle Ca²⁺ dynamics and melanophagy. As suggested, in the revised manuscript, we restored acute mitochondrial Ca²⁺ uptake by MCU over-expression in the IP₃R2 knockdown background, which resulted in a marked reduction in melanophagy along with increased mitochondrial Ca²⁺ uptake in comparison to control (Fig 6I-L). This data clearly demonstrates that downstream of IP₃R2 silencing mitochondrial Ca²⁺ restoration rescues the melanophagy phenotype thereby revealing a mechanistic causality between mitochondrial Ca²⁺ dynamics and melanophagy.

      Similarly, to assess the causality between lysosomal Ca²⁺ dynamics and melanophagy, we silenced TMEM165 in the IP₃R2 knockdown background. Excitingly, upon TMEM165 knockdown we observed reduction in melanophagy, concomitant with decrease in lysosomal Ca²⁺ levels under IP₃R2 silencing conditions (Supplementary Fig 7I-L). Together, these direct manipulations support a causal role for altered organelle Ca²⁺ dynamics in driving melanophagy.


      We believe that these experiments would have addressed the concern of the Reviewer. However, if there are any other specific experiments that the Reviewer would like us to perform, we would be happy to carry out them as well.

      __Comment 3____- __Zebrafish assays convincingly show altered pigmentation with altered IP3R2 levels, but do not connect this to in vivo melanophagy measurements or TRPML1/TFEB activity, which would link the cell biology to organismal phenotype more directly.

      Response____: We thank the Reviewer for appreciating our in vivo zenrafish experiments. Futher, we acknowledge the Reviewer’s point of linking the cellular mechanisms to organismal phenotypes in vivo. Therefore, as suggested, we activated TRPML1 in the zebrafish model system. In the revised manuscript, we investigated role of the TRPML1–TFEB axis in pigmentation in vivo by pharmacological activation of TRPML channels with MLSA1. The MLSA1 treatment resulted in a marked reduction in zebrafish pigmentation compared to vehicle-treated controls (Fig. 8M). This phenotypic change was further substantiated by quantitative melanin content assays, which confirmed a significant decrease in melanin levels following MLSA1 treatment (Fig. 8M–N). These in vivo findings support the involvement of TRPML1-mediated lysosomal signaling in pigmentation regulation.

      Comment 4- The work suggests therapeutic potential for pigmentary disorders, but no disease models are tested. It is unclear whether the observed mechanisms operate under physiological stressors.

      Response____: We appreciate the Reviewer’s comment regarding physiological relevance and disease context. As addressed in Comment 1, we examined publicly available human skin microarray datasets for IP₃R2 expression in Caucasian and African population. This analysis revealed a positive correlation between IP₃R2 expression and human skin pigmentation, supporting that modulation of IP₃R2 occurs under physiological conditions rather than representing an artificial perturbation.

      While formal pigmentary disease models were not examined in this study, the observed correlation between IP₃R2 expression and physiological pigmentation differences along with our robust in vivo zebrafish data suggests that IP₃R2 plays an important role in physiological pigmentation. As highlighted by Reviewer 1 and Reviewer 3, the manuscript is already too long. Therefore, we plan to delineate the precise role of IP₃R2 in pigmentary disorders as an independent study.

      Comment 5- The paradox between the observed enhanced stability of melanogenic proteins and increased melanophagy is insufficiently addressed. DCT, Tyrosinase and GP100 are all melanosome-associated and their stability or degradation is in prior literature often interpreted as reflecting melanosome biogenesis and turnover. This discrepancy needs to be resolved, as it complicates interpretation of melanophagy assays.

      Response____: We appreciate the Reviewer’s careful consideration of this apparent paradox. This point was also raised by Reviewer 1. We have addressed the query in detail in response to Comment 4 of Reviewer 1. Briefly, the enhanced stability of melanosome-associated proteins reflects impaired proteasomal degradation and prolonged protein half-life, while the concurrent increase in melanophagy represents a compensatory turnover mechanism for degrading such dysfunctional melanosomes.

      Thus, increased melanophagy and apparent stabilization of melanogenic proteins are not contradictory but instead represent parallel outcomes of disrupted proteostasis. This interpretation is supported by our proteasomal inhibition experiments (Fig 4A-H) and autophagy analyses (Fig 4I-P), which collectively reconcile the observed protein stability with enhanced melanosome turnover.


      Comment 6- The authors propose that mitophagy and ER-phagy are reduced in IP3R2 knockdown cells, suggesting specific induction of melanophagy, but the rationale for why increased autophagic flux only targets melanosomes is insufficiently addressed. Also, these conclusions are solely based on Keima assays, and positive controls for mitophagy and ER-phagy are lacking.

      Response: We appreciate the Reviewer’s critical assessment of the specificity of autophagic targeting in the IP₃R2 knockdown condition and the need for appropriate validation controls. In the revised manuscript, we have repeated both the mitophagy and ER-phagy assays with well-established positive controls. Carbonyl cyanide-p-trifluoromethoxyphenylhydrazone (FCCP) was employed as a positive control to robustly induce mitophagy (Supplementary Fig 4E-F), while 4-phenylbutyric acid (4PBA) was used as a positive control for ER-phagy/reticulophagy (Supplementary Fig 4G-H). Secondly, we have validated the microscopy data with biochemical assays by examining levels of ER (Fig 4E-H) and mitochondria resident protein MCU.

      To provide a mechanistic rationale for the specific induction of melanophagy, we examined recently identified regulators of melanophagy, RCHY1 and OPTN (Lee et al., PNAS 2024). Bioinformatic analysis identified multiple TFEB binding sites on the promoters of both genes, which was supported by increased RCHY1 and OPTN expression following IP₃R2 knockdown. Further, in the revised manuscript, we performed additional loss-of-function experiments to demonstrate that co-silencing IP3R2 along with RCHY1 or OPTN significantly reduced melanophagy flux compared to IP₃R2 knockdown alone (Fig. 9H–K). Taken together, these data explain why enhanced autophagic flux downstream of IP₃R2 silencing is preferentially directed toward melanosomes.

      Comment 7- The melanophagy probes are novel and validated with rapamycin/bafilomycin, but quantitative calibration of GFP/mCherry or Keima signal to actual lysosomal delivery rates is missing; photobleaching, pH heterogeneity (incl., observed decrease in lysosomal pH), and melanin autofluorescence (see below) could confound ratios. Also, side-by-side comparison with other melanophagy detection approaches (e.g., colocalization of melanosomes with LC3) is lacking.

      __Response____: __We appreciate the Reviewer’s careful evaluation of the melanophagy probes and the potential technical confounders. In the revised manuscript, we have performed a variety of experiments to further characterize and validate the probes. First of all, the melanophagy detection ratiometric probes (mCherry–Tyrosinase–eGFP and tyrosinase mKeimaN1) are built on well-established and extensively validated backbones. Further, we used appropriate controls (empty vectors/non-targeting siRNAs/vehicle controls) in all experiments to analyze the relative fluorescence changes in the test condition v/s control. The confounding factors, if any, should be present for both test and control. Therefore, we initially did not perform side-by-side comparison with other melanophagy detection approaches.

      In the revised manuscript, as suggested by the reviewer, we employed additional melanophagy detection strategies to further strengthen our findings. Specifically, we used Retagliptin phosphate (RTG), a well-established selective inducer of melanophagy, and observed a marked increase in melanophagy using the mCherry–Tyrosinase–eGFP melanophagy probe (Supplementary Fig 2G-H). Additionally, we performed independent validation by assessing colocalization of the melanosome (recognized by anti-HMB45 ab that identifies melanosomal structural protein GP100) with LC3 (Supplementary Fig 3A-B). This analysis revealed a significant increase in melanosomes colocalization with LC3 upon IP₃R2 silencing compared to control conditions. Further, to minimize the contribution of melanin autofluorescence, non-transfected cells were imaged under identical settings, and background signals obtained from these cells were subtracted during fluorescence quantitation from all acquired images. Potential effects of photobleaching and pH heterogeneity were minimized by uniform acquisition parameters and ratiometric analysis. Taken together, we believe these complementary approaches address the Reviewer’s concerns and reinforce the robustness of our melanophagy measurements.

      Comment 8- Melanosomes exhibit broad autofluorescence, particularly upon excitation at 405-488 nm and extending into the red channel. This signal can overlap with the detection ranges for GFP, mCherry, and mKeima reporters, potentially confounding quantitative readouts unless appropriate controls (e.g., untransfected cells, spectral unmixing) are used. Throughout this manuscript, it is not addressed how melanosome autofluorescence was controlled for or excluded in the reported fluorescence measurements.

      __Response____: __We apologize to the Reviewer for not clearly stating that melanosome autofluorescence was controlled by imaging non-transfected cells under identical settings, and these background signals were subtracted during quantitation from the acquired images. Specifically, to rigorously control this issue, autofluorescence was systematically evaluated using non-transfected control cells imaged under identical excitation and emission settings used for GFP, mCherry, and mKeima reporters. These controls allowed us to define the baseline autofluorescence profile arising from melanosomes across the relevant spectral ranges. These details are included in the methods section.

      Comment 9- While OPTN and RCHY1 expression is elevated upon IP3R2 knockdown, functional engagement (e.g., OPTN localization to melanosomes, melanosome ubiquitination by RCHY1), or necessity (e.g., siRNA knockdown of these in the IP3R2-deficient background), are not tested.

      Response: We appreciate the Reviewer’s point on establishing necessity of OPTN and RCHY1 in IP₃R2 knockdown–induced melanophagy. In the revised manuscript, we performed targeted loss of function analyses for both OPTN and RCHY1 in the IP₃R2-deficient background. We assessed melanophagy using the mCherry–Tyrosinase–eGFP melanophagy probe following co-silencing of IP₃R2 with either OPTN or RCHY1. Quantitative analysis revealed a significant reduction in melanophagy flux upon co-silencing of either gene compared to IP₃R2 silencing alone (Fig. 9H–K). These findings establish the functional requirement of OPTN and RCHY1 downstream of IP₃R2 loss to drive melanophagy. Since functional engagement of OPTN and RCHY1 on melanosomes is already well-established (Lee et al. PNAS 2024 and Park et al. Autophagy 2024), we have not repeated these experiments. Taken together, our data demonstrates that OPTN and RCHY1 are not only overexpressed but also act as critical mediators of melanophagy downstream of IP₃R2 silencing.

      __Comment 10- __While siRNA/shRNA efficacy is shown, functional rescue with pore-dead mutants sometimes fails to return to control values. The possibility of partial off-target or compensatory effects is not fully excluded.

      Response: We thank the Reviewer for raising for this point. In this study, we employed pore-dead mutants of IP₃R2 (IP₃R2-M) and TRPML1 (TRPML1-M), both of them are well characterized, widely validated and extensively used by a number of leading groups in the field. Upon meticulous literature analysis, we came across multiple studies wherein partial rescue effect was reported with these pore-dead mutants. Therefore, we believe it is not surprising that we are also observing partial rescue in some of our assays.

      Actually, it is important to note that we observe rescue of the function and phenotype in every single experiment carried out with the mutants. We agree with the Reviewer that the extent of rescue is not up to control levels in few experiments. This can be attributed to the differences in the extend of expression of mutants across different experiments. However, we have validated the results with multiple independent approaches. Collectively, the use of multiple independent approaches along with genetic silencing, pharmacological inhibition/activation supports the specificity of the observed phenotypes.

      Comment 11- The mitochondrial and lysosomal calcium measurements are largely endpoint peak quantifications; kinetic analyses and buffering capacity measurements would provide more mechanistic depth, especially for the TMEM165 contribution. Also, TMEM165 necessity for melanophagy induction upon IP3R2 knockdown has not been directly addressed.

      Response: We appreciate the Reviewer’s request for greater mechanistic depth regarding organelle Ca²⁺ dynamics and the specific contribution of TMEM165. Consistent with this, we had previously demonstrated that TMEM165 silencing decreases lysosomal Ca²⁺ levels using Oregon BAPTA–dextran–based measurements (Supplementary Fig 7C-D), establishing its role in regulating lysosomal Ca²⁺ buffering. Building on this, in the revised manuscript, we performed kinetic analyses of lysosomal Ca²⁺ levels following IP₃R2 and TMEM165 silencing. These kinetic analyses validated our end point measurements that IP₃R2 knockdown leads to increase in lysosomal Ca²⁺ levels, whereas TMEM165 silencing results in decrease in lysosomal Ca²⁺ content in comparison to control. Therefore, highlighting distinct and opposing effects of IP₃R2 and TMEM165 on lysosomal Ca²⁺ kinetics.

      Further, we directly evaluated the necessity of TMEM165 for melanophagy induction in the IP₃R2-deficient background. TMEM165 knockdown alone resulted in a significant reduction in melanophagy (Supplementary Fig 7G-H). Further, co-silencing of TMEM165 with IP₃R2 also attenuated melanophagy compared to IP₃R2 knockdown alone (Supplementary Fig 7K-L). Collectively, these kinetic Ca²⁺ assays and genetic loss-of-function analyses provide mechanistic depth to the organelle Ca²⁺ measurements and establish TMEM165 as a critical regulator of melanophagy downstream of IP₃R2 silencing.

      Comment 12- The proximity ligation assay between VAP-A and LAMP1 is interpreted as showing increased ER-lysosome contacts in IP3R2 knockdown cells. However, additional controls are needed and quantitative TEM should be included to substantiate changes in organelle contact frequency and distance.

      Response: We thank the Reviewer’s for his/her emphasis on strengthening the validation of the proximity ligation assay (PLA) findings and on providing ultrastructural evidence to support altered organelle interactions. The PLA data revealed a significant increase in VAP-A–LAMP1 interaction signals in IP₃R2-silenced cells compared to control conditions (Fig. 7L–M). In the revised manuscript, this increase was not observed upon treatment with bafilomycin A1, a specific inhibitor of lysosomal acidification, or when one of the primary antibodies was omitted, confirming the specificity of the PLA signal (Fig. 7L–M). These controls support the interpretation that IP₃R2 downregulation enhances ER–lysosome interactions.

      To further substantiate the changes in organelle contact frequency and distance, we performed ultrastructural analyses using transmission electron microscopy (TEM). The quantitative TEM measurements revealed no significant change in the frequency of ER–mitochondria or ER–lysosome contacts upon IP₃R2 silencing (Fig. 7N–P). Similarly, ER–mitochondria distances remained unchanged. However, we observed a significant reduction in the distance between the ER and lysosomes in IP₃R2 knockdown cells compared to control (Fig. 7N, 7Q–R). Together, these complementary approaches demonstrate that IP₃R2 silencing specifically increases ER–lysosome proximity without altering overall contact frequency, thereby strengthening the conclusion that IP₃R2 regulates ER–lysosome coupling.

      Comment 13- Some assays report small biological n (e.g., three independent experiments with relatively small per-condition cell counts).

      __Response:____ __We appreciate the Reviewer’s comment regarding sample size. All experiments were performed with a minimum of three independent biological replicates, which is consistent with standard practice in the field. For imaging-based assays, multiple fields of view and cells were analyzed per condition in each independent experiment, and quantitative analyses were performed on pooled data across replicates. As suggested by the Reviewer, we have increased the cell numbers in some experiments. The detailed information on biological replicates and cell numbers analyzed is provided in the respective figure legends.

      Minor comments:

      • Comment 1- The title "IP3R2-mediated inter-organelle Ca2+ signaling orchestrates melanophagy" could be misread as indicating IP3R2 'promotes' melanophagy; consider rewording to make clear that IP3R2 suppresses melanophagy to maintain pigmentation. Similarly, the running title "IP3R2 negatively regulates melanophagy" would be clearer as "IP3R2 suppresses melanophagy".*

      __Response____: __As suggested by the Reviewer, we have modified the title and running title in the revised manuscript.

      Comment 2- Unify the framing of "positively regulates pigmentation" vs. "negatively regulates melanophagy" in the Introduction/Discussion.

      Response: As recommended, we have unified the framing in the suggested sections.

      Comment 3- Adding schematic flow diagrams summarizing each pathway at the end of relevant results (figure) sections could help accessibility.

      Response____: __We appreciate the Reviewer’s suggestion to improve accessibility of the presented pathways. Accordingly, we have included schematic diagrams at the end of the relevant figures. These schematics summarize: (i) ER–mitochondria interactions in the context of melanophagy (__Fig. 6P); (ii) differences in Ca²⁺ and pH regulation between wild-type and IP₃R2-silenced cells (Fig. 7S); and (iii) TRPML1-mediated Ca²⁺ release driving melanophagy via TFEB translocation (Fig. 9L). Together, these diagrams provide a concise visual overview of the key mechanistic pathways described in the study.

      Comment 4- While the introduction summarizes extracellular calcium signaling in pigmentation, there is less coverage of recent work on selective autophagy of other lysosome-related organelles (e.g., platelet dense granules, lytic granules), which could provide broader mechanistic context.

      __Response____: __As suggested by the Reviewer, we have discussed selective autophagy of other lysosome-related organelles in the introduction.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      This study addresses an important gap in pigmentation biology by identifying IP3R2-mediated ER calcium release as a suppressor of melanophagy and a positive regulator of pigmentation. The strongest aspects are the integration of in vitro and in vivo models, the multi-faceted mechanistic exploration linking altered organelle calcium dynamics to selective melanosome turnover, and the development of novel ratiometric fluorescent probes for live-cell melanophagy measurement. Conceptually, the work extends prior literature that has focused on extracellular calcium influx and melanosome biogenesis, revealing a new inter-organelle calcium signaling module that controls melanosome degradation via AMPK-ULK1 and TMEM165-TRPML1-TFEB pathways.

      • However, several limitations reduce the strength of the mechanistic claims. Some key pathway steps are inferred from correlation and partial rescue rather than direct necessity/sufficiency tests (e.g., mitochondrial calcium uptake restoration, lysosomal calcium buffering). The paradoxical observation that IP3R2 knockdown both increases melanophagy and stabilizes melanosome-resident protein (DCT, Tyrosinase, GP100) is not resolved, complicating interpretation of the melanophagy assays. The specificity for melanophagy over other selective autophagy pathways is asserted but not fully explained mechanistically, and positive controls for mitophagy/ER-phagy are missing. Potential technical confounds, such as melanin autofluorescence in the detection ranges of GFP, mCherry, and mKeima, are not explicitly addressed and alternative assays for these key data were insufficiently employed. In vivo results do not yet connect altered pigmentation to melanophagy readouts or downstream TRPML1/TFEB activation. Importantly, the study does not identify any physiological or pathological scenario in which IP3R2 expression or activity is naturally reduced in melanocytes. In the absence of such upstream cues, IP3R2 knockdown may represent an artificial perturbation that triggers melanophagy as part of a broader stress-induced autophagy response, raising questions about the in vivo relevance of the proposed pathway.*

      • The work's primary audience is specialized, cell biologists, autophagy researchers, and pigmentation/skin biology specialists, but the mechanistic framework on organelle crosstalk and selective autophagy will interest a broader basic research readership, including those studying lysosome-related organelles in other systems. The ratiometric probes could be adapted for future melanophagy research, and the pathway insights may guide translational studies in pigmentary disorders or melanoma. My expertise is in mitochondrial and lysosomal calcium signaling, autophagy, and microscopy-based functional assays; I do not have detailed expertise in zebrafish developmental genetics, though the phenotypic analysis appears sound.*

      Response____: We thank the Reviewer for appreciating our work and stating that our study “addresses an important gap in pigmentation biology”. Further, we thank him/her for believing that this work will be of interest to a broad basic research readership. Moreover, we thank him/her for valuing the importance and potential significance of the ratio-metric melanophagy probes generated in this study. Finally, we acknowledge the Reviewer’s constructive feedback on our study, which has helped us in enhancing the quality of our manuscript. We have performed variety of additional in vitro experiments, in vivo zebrafish studies and have significantly revised the manuscript to address all the comments of the Reviewer.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      This is a robust and extensive study showing that IP3R2 selectively initiates a calcium signalling pathway leading to melanophagy, that is the degradation of melanosomes. This reduces pigmentation and UV light protection. A strength of the paper is that it combines detailed cellular studies with in viva studies in the zebrafish model. They show that knockdown of IP3R2 reverses this process perhaps leading to a strategy to enhance melanosome number and hence to afford protection from UV irradiation. The authors use a battery of fluorescent probes (mainly genetically encoded reporters) in investigate the signalling cascade leading to melanophagy or its reduction. This involves reports for a number of different organelles involved in this process. The experiments are generally well performed with clear controls for the probes in many cases. My main issue is the panels contain too much data which may obscure the message, and a good deal could be moved to supplementary data. The manuscript investigates many mechanisms in distinct organelles which is remarkable for a two author paper. Particularly interesting was the design of novel fluorescent protein reporters for melanophagy itself. One area not explored is ion fluxes across melanosomes themselves which are lysosome-related organelles and may exhibit similar properties and signalsomes of lysosomes.

      Specifically, the authors show that a REDUCTION of IP3R2-mediated calcium release leads to a calcium flux from the ER by a different mechanism (possibly via TMBIM6). This increases calcium loading of the lysosome via TMEM165, at the expense of calcium transfer to mitochondria, and an acidification.

      • This leads to TRPML1 activation and the lysosomal calcium release activates TFEB translocation to the nucleus increases the transcription of autophagy/melanophagy genes and activation of the AMPK-ULK1 pathway (rather than mTOR). This is a complex pathway and evidence is presented for many of the steps involved.*

      • This is a tour de force investigating organelle communication during the process of melanophagy, that is little understood. It highlights many important organelle ion transport events that are important findings in their own right. For example, the importance of TMEM165 in calcium filling of lysosomes.*

      Response____: We thank the Reviewer for appreciating our study and thinking that it is a robust and extensive study in a highly understudied area. We appreciate the Reviewer’s acknowledgement that our manuscript combines detailed cellular studies with in vivo studies in the zebrafish model. Further, we thank the Reviewer for his/her constructive feedback on our work.

      __ Major points:__

      Comment 1- The authors state that TPC activation does not activate TFEB translocation the nucleus. This is now not the case and should be at least looked at. What is the role of endolysosomal channels on the melanosomes themselves in melanophagy.

      Response____: We appreciate the Reviewer’s comment regarding the potential contribution of TPC channels to TFEB activation and melanophagy. In the revised manuscript, we assessed Ca²⁺ release from TPC2 under IP₃R2 knockdown conditions using the selective TPC2 agonist TPC2-A1-N (Supplementary Fig 9G-H). Additionally, we evaluated TFEB nuclear translocation following TPC2-mediated Ca²⁺ release using TPC2-A1-N (Supplementary Fig 9I-J). Our analyses revealed no significant differences in TPC2 activity or TFEB nuclear translocation upon IP₃R2 silencing compared to control conditions. These findings suggest that, in our system, TPC2-mediated Ca²⁺ signaling does not contribute significantly to TFEB activation or melanophagy downstream of IP₃R2 silencing, indicating a more prominent role for TRPML1-dependent Ca²⁺ signaling in this context.

      Comment 2- How does reduction in IP3R2 mediated calcium fluxes enhance lysosomal acidity?

      Response____: We thank the Reviewer’s question regarding the mechanistic link between reduced IP₃R2-mediated Ca²⁺ flux and enhanced lysosomal acidity. In the revised manuscript, we show that IP₃R2 silencing results in a significant upregulation of the lysosomal proton pump H⁺-ATPase subunits: ATPV0D1 and ATP6V1H (Supplementary Fig 6E-F). Increased H⁺-ATPase expression is expected to promote proton influx into the lysosomal lumen, thereby enhancing lysosomal acidification. These findings provide a mechanistic basis for how IP₃R2 silencing can drive increased lysosomal acidity.

      Comment 3- What mediates the ER source for calcium filling of lysosomes?

      Response____: We appreciate the Reviewer’s interest in the mechanism underlying ER to lysosome Ca²⁺ transfer. Recently, an independent study also reported that IP₃R2 silencing enhances lysosomal Ca²⁺ levels and lysosomal Ca²⁺ release (Zheng et al. Cell 2022). Literature suggests that lysosomal Ca²⁺ refilling is depend on Ca²⁺ fluxes originating from the endoplasmic reticulum, particularly through ER Ca²⁺ leak pathways at ER–lysosome contact sites. In this context, ER-resident Ca²⁺ leak channels such as TMBIM6 (also known as Bax inhibitor-1) play an important role in maintaining basal cytosolic Ca²⁺ levels that can be subsequently taken up by lysosomes (Kim et al. Autophagy 2020). TMBIM6-mediated Ca²⁺ leak from the ER provides a continuous, low-level Ca²⁺ source that supports lysosomal Ca²⁺ loading, (Kim et al. Autophagy 2020). This mechanism allows lysosomes to replenish their Ca²⁺ stores via Ca²⁺ uptake systems operating at ER–lysosome contact sites. Thus, ER Ca²⁺ leak channels represent a key conduit linking ER Ca²⁺ homeostasis to lysosomal Ca²⁺ filling and function.

      Recently, lysosome localized TMEM165 was identified to play an important role in Ca²⁺ filling of lysosomes (Zajac et al. Science Advances 2024). Here, in our study, we observe that TMEM165 drives lysosomal Ca²⁺ influx in melanocytes.

      Comment 4- Oregon-green-dextran is not a great probe for lysosomal calcium. Its Kd is 170nM and even in the acidic environment this may be lowered to low micromolar which may not be great for measuring changes around luminal concentrations of around 500uM. Additionally, it is usual to correct for pH effects simultaneously since the dye is also a pH reporter and has been used as such. However, I take the point that they still see an increase in fluorescence whilst pH falls probably indicating an increase in luminal lysosomal calcium confirmed by increased perilysosomal calcium.

      Response____: We thank the Reviewer for the careful and balanced assessment of the Oregon Green–dextran measurements. We appreciate the acknowledgment that, despite the known limitations of this probe and its pH sensitivity, the observed increase in fluorescence concurrent with reduced lysosomal pH is consistent with elevated luminal lysosomal Ca²⁺ levels. We are grateful for this positive interpretation, which strengthens our conclusions when considered alongside the large amount of supporting data.

      Comment 5- The major point is to reduce the number of main data panels with consigment of some controls perhaps to supplementary. This would increase the comprehensibility of the paper.

      Response____: We thank the Reviewer for this constructive and positive suggestion. We appreciate the emphasis on reducing the data in the main figures. Therefore, as suggested, we have moved considerable data to the supplementary figures. However, due to the additional experiments performed to address the concerns of other Reviewers, the main data panels may still look little busy. We sincerely think that the Reviewer would understand our situation.

      Minor points

      Comment 1- Fig 10 needs a clear legend with symbols in the diagram explained. eg ER calcium release proteins.

      Response____: We thank the Reviewer for this helpful and constructive comment. Therefore, we have revised the Figure 10 legend to clearly explain all symbols used in the schematic illustration.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      This is a tour de force investigating organelle communication during the process of melanophagy, that is little understood. It highlights many important organelle ion transport events that are important findings in their own right. For example, the importance of TMEM165 in calcium filling of lysosomes.

      Response____: We sincerely thank the Reviewer for considering our work as “a tour de force investigation” and appreciating that our study presents several important organelle ion transport events.

    1. Il n’est déjà pas chose aisée que d’enseigner à des enfants ayant des difficultés d’apprentissage. Quand les problèmes tombent dans la catégorie des troubles envahissant du développement (TED) comme l’autisme, la tâche le devient encore moins. D’autant qu’il y a presque autant de formes autistiques que d’autistes eux-mêmes. Certains vivent avec une déficience intellectuelle alors que d’autres sont très intelligents. Certains ont seulement des difficultés dans le décodage des comportements sociaux tandis que d’autres ne parlent tout simplement pas. D'autres ont besoin d’un contrôle total sur leur environnement sinon ils paniquent... Bref, des profils d’apprenants extrêmement différents qui peuvent être un casse-tête pour des enseignants.

      L’auteur commence par poser ici le cadre général en mettant en exergue le large spectre des troubles autistiques. Toutefois, cette hétérogénéité, bien identifiée, n’est pas encore reliée à des types précis de « barrières », notion centrale de la problématique mais encore peu définie à ce stade.

    1. Briefing : L'Instant Parents — Stratégies et Postures pour l'Accompagnement des Devoirs

      Résumé Exécutif

      Les devoirs constituent souvent une source de tension majeure au sein des familles, mais ils représentent surtout une opportunité pédagogique cruciale pour développer l'autonomie et les capacités cognitives de l'enfant.

      Ce document synthétise les interventions du webinaire « L'Instant Parents », soulignant que la réussite ne dépend pas de la quantité de travail, mais de la qualité de la présence parentale et de l'adoption de stratégies d'apprentissage adaptées.

      Le cerveau de l'enfant, en construction jusqu'à 25 ans, nécessite une approche qui valorise l'erreur comme levier d'apprentissage, l'organisation rigoureuse via des outils méthodologiques (Pomodoro, modes d'accompagnement), et une posture parentale alliant fermeté sur le cadre et bienveillance sur le processus.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Le Sens et la Finalité des Devoirs

      Il est impératif de distinguer les moyens (faire les devoirs) de la finalité (apprendre, mémoriser, créer des automatismes). Les devoirs remplissent plusieurs fonctions essentielles :

      Réactivation des connaissances : Revenir régulièrement sur les notions vues en classe pour consolider l'apprentissage.

      Développement des processus mentaux : Stimuler l'intuition, la logique, l'esprit critique et la capacité à résoudre des problèmes complexes.

      Création d'« autoroutes neuronales » : Par la répétition, le cerveau crée des connexions solides qui transforment les tâches complexes en automatismes, libérant ainsi de la charge mentale.

      Construction de l'autonomie : Apprendre à l'enfant à mobiliser ses propres ressources (internes ou externes).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Comprendre le Cerveau de l'Apprenant

      Le webinaire s'appuie sur les neurosciences pour expliquer le comportement de l'enfant face au travail :

      Une maturation lente : Les facultés maximales du cerveau ne sont atteintes qu'entre 20 et 25 ans. Il faut donc faire preuve d'humilité face aux difficultés de réflexion des plus jeunes.

      Les trois niveaux du cerveau :

      1. Reptilien : Gère la survie et reçoit l'information en premier.    2. Limbique : Siège des émotions et de la mémoire (un blocage émotionnel empêche la mémorisation).    3. Cognitif (Cortex) : Siège de la pensée complexe, encore en développement chez l'enfant.

      La temporalité de la réflexion : Réfléchir nécessite du temps. Les neurosciences préconisent de « résister » aux premières informations intuitives pour laisser le temps au cerveau de traiter l'information en profondeur.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. La Posture Parentale : Entre Cadre et Bienveillance

      Le parent doit se positionner comme un accompagnateur bienveillant et un stimulant, plutôt que comme un contrôleur.

      Les principes clés de la posture :

      Fermeté sur le cadre : Le fait que les devoirs doivent être faits n'est pas négociable. Ce cadre structure et rassure l'enfant.

      Espaces de choix : Laisser l'enfant décider de l'ordre des tâches, du lieu ou de la méthode de mémorisation pour favoriser son engagement.

      Éviter les étiquettes : Proscrire les phrases limitantes (« Il est nul en maths comme moi ») au profit de croyances aidantes basées sur la ténacité et la méthode.

      Qualité de présence : Mieux vaut une présence courte et disponible qu'une surveillance prolongée et distraite par d'autres tâches.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Outils et Méthodologies de Travail

      Le document propose une « boîte à outils » pour structurer le temps des devoirs :

      Les Trois Modes d'Accompagnement

      | Mode | Niveau d'Autonomie | Description | | --- | --- | --- | | Conduite accompagnée | 1 | Présence du parent du début à la fin de la tâche. | | Tour de contrôle | 2 | Présence au début pour lancer le travail et à la fin pour vérifier. | | Contrat de confiance | 3 | L'enfant réalise la tâche seul en toute autonomie. |

      La Méthode Pomodoro

      Cette technique de gestion du temps consiste à alterner :

      25 minutes d'activité intense (sans aucune distraction).

      5 minutes de pause (mouvement, boisson, discussion).

      • Le cerveau continue de traiter l'information pendant la pause (« oxygénation »).

      Compréhension des Consignes (Le processus en 4 étapes)

      1. Lecture intégrale : À voix haute de préférence pour s'assurer de l'intégration.

      2. Clarification : Définir chaque mot inconnu.

      3. Identification : Souligner les verbes d'action (entourer, décrire, etc.) et les mots-clés.

      4. Action : Répondre à la commande, idéalement en utilisant un brouillon pour libérer la pensée sans crainte de l'erreur.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Les Piliers de l'Apprentissage et la Mémorisation

      Inspirés par les travaux de Stanislas Dehaene, quatre piliers sont identifiés :

      1. L'attention : Les yeux doivent être « centrés » sur l'objet. Le cerveau ne peut traiter qu'une seule tâche complexe à la fois.

      2. L'engagement actif : L'enfant doit manipuler la pensée, générer des hypothèses.

      3. Le retour sur erreur : L'erreur est un signal indispensable pour mettre à jour les modèles mentaux. Elle doit être traitée sans jugement et rapidement.

      4. La consolidation : Passage par le sommeil et répétitions espacées (10 minutes après, 1 jour après, 1 semaine après, etc.).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Gestion de l'Environnement et des Obstacles

      Le lieu et le moment : Ils doivent être définis avec l'enfant. Certains préfèrent le calme absolu, d'autres un fond sonore ou la présence d'un tiers.

      Inhibition des distractions : L'éloignement des écrans (smartphones, tablettes) est crucial car leur simple proximité représente un « coût cognitif » pour le cerveau qui doit lutter contre la tentation.

      Utilisation des questions de curiosité : Plutôt que de donner la réponse, demander : « Comment ferais-tu ici ? » ou « De quoi as-tu besoin pour avancer ? ». Cela projette sur l'enfant la certitude qu'il est capable de trouver la solution.

      Le rôle du sommeil : Le cerveau réorganise et stocke les informations de la journée durant la nuit ; il est un acteur majeur de la réussite scolaire.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Conclusion : Vers la Métacognition

      L'objectif ultime est d'amener l'enfant à la métacognition : cette capacité à s'observer en train d'apprendre.

      En comprenant ses propres stratégies (profils d'apprentissage, besoins d'accompagnement), l'élève passe d'une posture subie à une posture active et performante, transformant les devoirs en un moment d'enrichissement mutuel plutôt qu'en zone de conflit.

    1. Guide de Briefing : Animation d'Ateliers Participatifs de Concertation en Milieu Scolaire

      Synthèse de direction

      Ce document détaille les protocoles et les modalités d'organisation d'un atelier participatif de concertation au sein des établissements scolaires.

      L'objectif central est de réunir les acteurs locaux — collectivités territoriales, parents d'élèves et partenaires — sous la direction d'un pilote (directeur d'école ou chef d'établissement) pour échanger sur des problématiques spécifiques et définir des pistes d'action concrètes.

      La réussite de cette démarche repose sur une préparation rigoureuse en amont, notamment l'identification de quatre à cinq problématiques clés s'inscrivant dans les axes ministériels de l'excellence, de l'égalité et du bien-être.

      L'atelier s'appuie sur une structure collaborative organisée en groupes et sous-groupes, encadrée par des facilitateurs, et nécessite une logistique précise pour favoriser l'expression de tous et la synthèse des réflexions.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Cadrage Stratégique et Prérequis

      La phase de préparation est déterminante pour l'efficacité de la concertation. Elle définit le périmètre et les ambitions de l'atelier.

      1. Le Pilotage de la Concertation

      La responsabilité de l'atelier incombe à un pilote, qui peut être :

      • Le directeur d'école.

      • Le chef d'établissement.

      • Tout autre personnel spécifiquement nommé pour cette mission.

      2. Identification des Problématiques

      Le pilote doit arrêter une liste de quatre ou cinq problématiques avant la tenue de l'atelier. Cette sélection peut s'appuyer sur :

      • Le diagnostic préalable de l'école ou de l'établissement.

      • Un temps de travail spécifique avec l'équipe éducative.

      • Les trois axes fondateurs de la circulaire de rentrée ministérielle : Excellence, Égalité et Bien-être.

      3. Objectifs et Angles d'Exploration

      Chaque atelier doit s'intégrer dans un projet global et cibler des angles précis, tels que :

      • Le temps de l'élève et des personnels.

      • L'aménagement et l'usage des espaces.

      • Le renforcement des liens avec les parents et les partenaires extérieurs.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Organisation Humaine et Participation

      L'atelier est conçu pour favoriser une dynamique de groupe structurée et inclusive.

      1. Composition des Groupes

      Participants : Groupes de 20 personnes maximum, choisis par le pilote parmi les acteurs locaux (collectivités, partenaires, parents).

      Sous-groupes : Le nombre de sous-groupes au sein d'un groupe de 15 à 20 participants est déterminé par le nombre de problématiques à traiter (idéalement 4 à 5).

      2. Rôles Clés

      | Rôle | Responsabilités | | --- | --- | | Animateur (Pilote) | Assure l'animation globale de l'atelier et la conduite de la concertation. | | Facilitateur | Accompagne chaque groupe pour fluidifier les échanges et garantir que chaque participant puisse s'exprimer. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Dispositif Logistique et Matériel

      Une organisation spatiale et matérielle rigoureuse est nécessaire pour soutenir la méthodologie participative.

      1. Configuration des Espaces

      L'atelier nécessite plusieurs types d'espaces :

      Une salle de plénière : Dédiée au rassemblement de tous les participants pour le lancement et la restitution finale.

      Des salles de groupe : Une salle distincte par groupe de participants est conseillée.

      Aménagement intérieur :

      ◦ Tables regroupées en îlots de 4 à 5 places.    ◦ Espace libre permettant des échanges debout en binôme.

      2. Matériel Requis

      Pour chaque groupe de participants, les éléments suivants doivent être prévus :

      | Type de matériel | Quantité / Format | Usage | | --- | --- | --- | | Vidéoprojecteur | 1 par salle de groupe + 1 en plénière | Projection des consignes et saisie de la synthèse en temps réel. | | Enveloppes | 4 à 5 (1 par problématique) | Organisation du travail par thématique. | | Feuilles blanches | 30 feuilles (A4 ou A5) | Activités de réflexion en sous-groupes. | | Affiche collective | Format A3 | Support de synthèse pour chaque groupe. | | Stylos | Pour tous les participants | Prise de notes et rédaction. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. Méthodologie de Travail et Restitution

      Le processus est conçu pour que l'intégralité des problématiques soit traitée par chaque entité.

      1. Traitement des problématiques : L'ensemble des problématiques identifiées est traité par chaque groupe de participants.

      2. Travail en sous-groupes : Les participants se répartissent en fonction des problématiques pour approfondir les pistes d'action.

      3. Synthèse intermédiaire : Chaque groupe produit une affiche A3 récapitulant ses conclusions.

      4. Restitution en plénière : L'ensemble des participants se réunit. La synthèse des différents groupes est saisie en direct dans un fichier texte projeté, permettant une validation collective et une visibilité immédiate sur les résultats de la concertation.

    1. Associer les Lycéens à la Concertation : Stratégies, Instances et Enjeux Pédagogiques

      Résumé Analytique

      Le présent document détaille les modalités et les enjeux de l'association des lycéens aux processus de concertation au sein des établissements scolaires.

      L'intégration des élèves n'est pas seulement une démarche administrative, mais constitue un pilier fondamental de la formation du citoyen, s'inscrivant directement dans les programmes d'Enseignement Moral et Civique (EMC).

      La concertation permet d'expérimenter la démocratie participative à travers des instances dédiées telles que le Conseil des délégués pour la vie lycéenne (CVL) et la Maison des Lycéens (MDL).

      Les principaux enjeux identifiés concernent le renforcement du lien social, la lutte contre les discriminations, la promotion de la santé et de l'environnement, ainsi que l'amélioration de la réussite scolaire par une prise en compte du bien-être et des méthodes pédagogiques.

      L'objectif final est de transformer l'élève en acteur engagé, capable de formuler des propositions concrètes pour l'évolution de son cadre de vie et de sa scolarité.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. L'Ancrage Pédagogique de la Participation

      La concertation est présentée comme une mise en pratique des enseignements, particulièrement en EMC, permettant de passer de la théorie démocratique à l'engagement concret.

      1.1. Inscription dans les programmes de l'Enseignement Moral et Civique (EMC)

      Le document souligne une progression thématique selon les niveaux :

      | Niveau Scolaire | Thématiques et Axes de Programme | | --- | --- | | Seconde (Général et Tech) | Axe 2 : Garantir et étendre les libertés. Les libertés en débat. | | Première (Général et Tech) | Axe 1 : Fondements et fragilités du lien social. Étude de la crise de la démocratie représentative et désir d'association à la décision politique. <br> Axe 2 : Recomposition du lien social (politiques de mixité sociale, nouveaux liens sociaux, bénévolat). | | Terminale (Général et Tech) | Axe 2 : Repenser et faire vivre la démocratie. Exploration de la démocratie participative et des nouvelles aspirations citoyennes. | | Voie Professionnelle (Terminales & CAP) | Étude des nouvelles formes de participation démocratique et de l'engagement au service du bien commun. |

      1.2. Capacités et Compétences Développées

      La participation à la concertation permet aux élèves de travailler des capacités spécifiques :

      Expression argumentée : Prendre la parole en public et structurer ses opinions.

      Expérimentation de l'engagement : Proposer des actions pour améliorer la scolarité et s'investir dans le territoire.

      Projets de fin d'études : Les idées issues de la concertation peuvent alimenter le "projet de l'année" en voie technologique ou la "production du chef-d’œuvre" en voie professionnelle.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Le Cadre Institutionnel : Instances et Acteurs de la Concertation

      Le lycée dispose de structures spécifiques pour canaliser la réflexion et les propositions des élèves.

      2.1. Le Conseil des délégués pour la vie lycéenne (CVL)

      Le CVL est l'instance privilégiée de la démocratie scolaire. Il est obligatoirement consulté par le Conseil d'Administration sur les sujets suivants :

      • Organisation du temps scolaire et du travail personnel.

      • Orientation, santé, hygiène et sécurité.

      • Aménagement des espaces de vie lycéenne.

      • Élaboration du projet d'établissement et du règlement intérieur.

      2.2. La Maison des Lycéens (MDL)

      Organisée sous forme associative, la MDL favorise l'autonomie et la responsabilité. Elle fédère les initiatives culturelles, artistiques, sportives et civiques en dehors du temps scolaire.

      2.3. Le Comité d'éducation à la santé, à la citoyenneté et à l'environnement (CESCE)

      Cette instance de réflexion conçoit des projets éducatifs intégrés au projet d'établissement. Son périmètre inclut :

      • La prévention de la violence et du harcèlement.

      • L'éducation à la citoyenneté et à l'environnement.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Thématiques Prioritaires de la Concertation

      Le dialogue avec les lycéens s'articule autour de plusieurs piliers sociétaux et éducatifs.

      3.1. Inclusion, Diversité et Lien Social

      La concertation permet d'aborder la "fragilisation du lien social" à travers :

      L'assignation sociale et territoriale : Réflexion sur l'accessibilité de l'établissement et la mixité sociale nécessaire à l'égalité républicaine.

      La lutte contre les discriminations : Comprendre les injustices liées au sexe (sexisme), aux origines (racisme, antisémitisme) ou au handicap.

      La fraternité : Mise en avant du mentorat et du tutorat entre pairs comme outils de cohésion.

      3.2. Santé et Sécurité

      S'appuyant sur le "parcours éducatif de santé" de la maternelle au lycée, la concertation traite de :

      • La prévention des conduites addictives.

      • L'éducation à la sexualité et à l'alimentation.

      • La protection de l'enfance et la vaccination.

      • La promotion de l'activité physique et l'image du corps.

      3.3. Éducation au Développement Durable (EDD)

      Le développement durable est une question transversale impliquant :

      Les éco-délégués : Acteurs essentiels de la transition écologique dans l'établissement.

      La responsabilité environnementale : Étude des enjeux de biodiversité et de protection animale.

      L'engagement citoyen : Réflexion sur l'adaptation des pratiques démocratiques face aux changements environnementaux mondiaux.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. Réussite Scolaire et Qualité de Vie : Pistes de Réflexion

      Au-delà des programmes, la concertation vise l'amélioration directe du quotidien des élèves.

      4.1. Dispositifs Pédagogiques et Lutte contre le Décrochage

      Il est essentiel de recueillir l'avis des élèves sur :

      • Les modalités d'évaluation et les dispositifs pédagogiques les plus adaptés à leur réussite.

      • Le besoin de suivi individualisé et d'accompagnement dans la construction de leur projet d'orientation.

      4.2. Bien-être et Climat Scolaire

      Le document souligne la nécessité de créer des espaces d'expression sécurisés (heures de vie de classe ou autres modalités) où l'élève peut s'exprimer sans crainte du jugement. Les thèmes de consultation incluent :

      • La lutte contre le harcèlement et les dangers des réseaux sociaux (identité numérique).

      • L'aménagement des espaces communs pour favoriser un climat scolaire serein.

      • L'inclusion des élèves en situation de handicap par la prise en compte de leurs singularités.

    1. Synthèse sur l'Association des Élèves de Collège à la Concertation : Stratégies et Enjeux

      Résumé Analytique

      Ce document présente une analyse détaillée des modalités et des enjeux liés à l'implication des collégiens dans les processus de concertation au sein de leurs établissements.

      L'intégration des élèves n'est pas seulement une démarche consultative, mais s'inscrit au cœur de la formation citoyenne, principalement à travers le programme d'Enseignement Moral et Civique (EMC).

      La concertation permet aux élèves de cycles 3 et 4 d'exercer leur jugement, de développer une culture de l'engagement et d'appréhender les réalités de la vie démocratique face aux défis contemporains (crise de la démocratie représentative, transition écologique, cohésion sociale).

      Les thématiques abordées couvrent un spectre large allant de la lutte contre le harcèlement à la gestion des ressources environnementales, en passant par l'aménagement des espaces de vie et les méthodes pédagogiques favorisant la réussite scolaire.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Cadre Pédagogique et Fondements Démocratiques

      L'association des élèves à la concertation s'appuie sur les piliers du programme d'EMC et vise à transformer l'établissement en un laboratoire de citoyenneté active.

      L'Éducation à la Démocratie

      Modalités de consultation : Expliquer aux élèves que la démocratie dispose de divers leviers de participation au-delà du simple vote.

      Réponse à la crise de la représentation : L'abstention et la crise de la démocratie représentative soulignent une volonté des citoyens d'être associés différemment à la décision politique. La concertation au collège répond à cette demande d'expression directe.

      Culture du jugement et de la sensibilité : Les débats permettent aux élèves d'exprimer des opinions et sentiments dans un espace sécurisé, tout en apprenant à respecter l'avis d'autrui et à faire évoluer leur propre pensée.

      La Culture de l'Engagement

      La concertation est un moment privilégié pour expérimenter les rôles de responsabilité au sein des instances officielles :

      • Conseil de la Vie Collégienne (CVC).

      • Conseil d'administration (CA).

      • Comité d'éducation à la santé, à la citoyenneté et à l'environnement (CESCE).

      • Conseils de classe.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Thématiques Sociales et Cohésion Républicaine

      La concertation est un levier pour interroger les valeurs de la République et renforcer la cohésion nationale au sein de l'établissement.

      Égalité, Mixité et Inclusion

      Assignation sociale et territoriale : La réflexion porte sur l'accessibilité de l'établissement et la nécessité de la mixité sociale organisée par l'État.

      Lutte contre les discriminations : Les propositions des élèves doivent permettre d'agir contre les violences, le harcèlement et le cyber-harcèlement (notamment via le programme PHARE).

      Inclusion : La prise en compte de la singularité des élèves, particulièrement ceux en situation de handicap, est un axe central.

      Éducation aux Médias et à l'Information (EMI)

      La concertation permet de sensibiliser les élèves aux dangers des réseaux sociaux et à la gestion de leur identité numérique, compétences essentielles pour une citoyenneté éclairée.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Santé, Sécurité et Transition Écologique

      L'engagement des élèves se traduit par des actions concrètes liées à leur environnement immédiat et global.

      Parcours Éducatif de Santé

      En lien avec les programmes de SVT (thème sur le corps humain et la santé) et l'EMC, la concertation aborde :

      • La protection de la santé et la prévention des conduites à risque.

      • Le bien-être global des élèves.

      Éducation au Développement Durable (EDD)

      Depuis 2020, les programmes des cycles 2, 3 et 4 renforcent les enseignements sur le changement climatique et la biodiversité.

      Rôle des éco-délégués : Ils sont des acteurs pivots de l'EDD.

      Pistes d'actions collectives :

      ◦ Tri des déchets et lutte contre le gaspillage alimentaire.  

      ◦ Économies d'eau.  

      ◦ Aménagement du collège face au réchauffement climatique.  

      ◦ Développement des mobilités douces.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Réussite Scolaire et Vie au Collège

      La concertation offre l'opportunité d'entendre les élèves sur des sujets touchant directement à leur quotidien et à leur parcours pédagogique.

      Facteurs de Réussite

      Les élèves peuvent être consultés sur :

      • Les dispositifs pédagogiques les plus adaptés à leurs besoins.

      • Les modalités d'évaluation.

      • Les stratégies de lutte contre le décrochage scolaire.

      • Le suivi individualisé et l'accompagnement dans la construction de leur projet personnel d'orientation.

      Qualité de Vie

      Un axe de réflexion majeur concerne le bien-être au sein de l'établissement, incluant l'aménagement des espaces communs pour favoriser un climat scolaire serein.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Modalités de Mise en Œuvre et Espaces de Parole

      Pour que la concertation soit efficace, elle doit s'organiser dans des cadres temporels et spatiaux définis.

      | Instance / Temps | Rôle et Fonction | | --- | --- | | Heures de vie de classe | Moments d'échanges privilégiés entre les élèves et l'équipe éducative (Professeur principal, CPE, AED). | | Séances d'EMC | Cadre disciplinaire pour l'apprentissage des fondements du débat démocratique. | | Instances (CVC, CA, CESCE) | Portée institutionnelle des projets et idées issus des échanges. | | Temps dédiés | Séquences organisées en amont et en aval des discussions avec l'ensemble de la communauté éducative. |

      Condition de réussite : Il est impératif de mettre en place des modalités permettant à chaque élève de s'exprimer librement, sans craindre le jugement de ses pairs, afin de garantir un espace de parole préservé.

    1. Synthèse sur l'Association des Élèves à la Concertation Scolaire : de la Maternelle au CM2

      Ce document technique détaille les stratégies et les thématiques permettant d'impliquer les élèves, de la petite section de maternelle au CM2, dans les processus de concertation au sein de leur établissement scolaire.

      Il s'appuie sur les programmes d'enseignement pour structurer une participation active et citoyenne.

      Synthèse Opérationnelle

      L'intégration des élèves à la réflexion sur l'amélioration de leur école n'est pas seulement un exercice de consultation, mais un levier pédagogique majeur s'inscrivant directement dans les programmes officiels.

      Dès la maternelle, l'accent est mis sur le langage et le « vivre ensemble ».

      Pour les cycles 2 et 3, la démarche se densifie à travers l'Enseignement Moral et Civique (EMC), les sciences et l'éducation aux médias.

      Les axes prioritaires de concertation incluent le bien-être (climat scolaire, aménagement des espaces), la réussite académique (compréhension des savoirs, méthodes pédagogiques) et l'engagement citoyen face aux défis sociétaux (écologie, lutte contre le harcèlement et les discriminations).

      La mise en œuvre repose sur des dispositifs variés tels que les conseils d'élèves, les ateliers de langage ou le rôle pivot des éco-délégués.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Cadre Méthodologique de la Participation

      La concertation avec les élèves doit être pensée comme un processus structuré, intégré au temps scolaire et adapté à la maturité des enfants.

      Temporalité et Espaces d'Échange

      Amont et aval : Des temps dédiés en classe ou à l'échelle de l'école doivent être prévus pour recueillir les avis et formuler des solutions, avant et après les discussions globales avec la communauté éducative.

      Disciplines supports : Les échanges s'insèrent dans les séances de langage (maternelle), d'EMC, de français ou de sciences (cycles 2 et 3).

      Partage des propositions : Les conclusions issues des débats en classe sont ensuite portées par les élèves lors de discussions avec l'ensemble de la communauté éducative.

      Outils de Mise en Œuvre par Niveau

      | Niveau | Modalités de concertation | Supports privilégiés | | --- | --- | --- | | Maternelle | Ateliers de langage, temps de regroupement, échanges individuels à l'accueil. | Photo-langage, littérature de jeunesse. | | Cycles 2 & 3 | Débats réglés, conseils d'élèves ou coopératifs, instances de délégués. | Programmes de sciences, EMI, programme PHARE. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. L'École Maternelle : Langage et Socialisation

      En maternelle, la démarche de concertation s'inscrit dans l'apprentissage de la vie commune et la construction de l'individu au sein du groupe.

      Le langage comme pivot : La participation repose sur le domaine « Mobiliser le langage dans toutes ses dimensions », incitant les enfants à échanger, réfléchir ensemble et oser communiquer.

      Thématiques de réflexion :

      Réussite : Conscience de ce qui est appris, comment on apprend, et valorisation des projets accomplis.  

      Bien-être : Sentiment de sécurité dans les différents espaces (couloirs, récréation), qualité des relations avec les pairs et les adultes.  

      Besoins physiologiques : Qualité du sommeil, des repas et accès aux sanitaires.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Cycles 2 et 3 : Citoyenneté et Engagement Civique

      Pour les élèves plus âgés, la concertation devient un outil d'apprentissage de la démocratie et de la responsabilité.

      Culture du Jugement et de la Sensibilité

      Le programme d'EMC permet de travailler la capacité des élèves à exprimer une opinion, à écouter celle d'autrui et à faire évoluer leur point de vue dans un cadre sécurisé. Il s'agit d'appréhender les fondements du débat démocratique et les modalités de consultation des citoyens.

      Lutte contre les Discriminations et le Harcèlement

      La concertation est un levier pour identifier et agir contre les atteintes aux valeurs républicaines :

      Sensibilisation précoce (Cycle 2) : Respect de la diversité, égalité filles-garçons, déconstruction des stéréotypes.

      Approche juridique (CM1-CM2) : Identification des situations de racisme, d'antisémitisme, de sexisme, de xénophobie, de LGBT-phobie et de handicap.

      Sécurité numérique : Sensibilisation aux dangers des réseaux sociaux, à l'identité numérique et au cyber-harcèlement (en lien avec l'EMI et le programme PHARE).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Thématiques Transversales de Concertation

      Au-delà des programmes, la concertation porte sur des enjeux concrets liés à la vie quotidienne et aux défis mondiaux.

      Transition Écologique et Énergétique

      Les élèves, particulièrement les éco-délégués au cycle 3, sont des acteurs essentiels de l'Éducation au Développement Durable (EDD). La concertation peut aboutir à des projets collectifs territoriaux :

      • Gestion et tri des déchets.

      • Économies d'eau et lutte contre le gaspillage alimentaire.

      • Aménagements pour contrer le réchauffement climatique.

      • Développement des mobilités douces.

      Santé et Bien-être

      En lien avec le parcours éducatif de santé et les programmes de sciences, les élèves sont consultés sur :

      • L'équilibre physiologique (sommeil, alimentation).

      • La prévention des conduites à risques et des addictions.

      • L'aménagement des espaces communs pour améliorer le cadre de vie.

      Réussite Scolaire et Pédagogie

      Il est préconisé d'interroger les écoliers sur leur propre perception de la scolarité :

      • Compréhension des disciplines et des savoirs.

      • Pertinence des modes d'évaluation.

      • Efficacité des dispositifs pédagogiques et besoin d'accompagnement pour les élèves en difficulté.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Conclusion de l'Analyse

      La concertation des élèves ne doit pas être perçue comme une activité périphérique, mais comme une modalité centrale de l'enseignement de la citoyenneté.

      En permettant aux élèves d'agir sur leur environnement immédiat (aménagement, sécurité, écologie), l'institution scolaire favorise l'acquisition d'une "culture de l'engagement".

      Cette démarche transforme l'élève de simple usager en acteur responsable, capable de porter des projets collectifs et de respecter les normes juridiques et sociales de la République.

    1. Guide Stratégique pour l'Animation d'Ateliers Participatifs en Milieu Éducatif

      Synthèse Opérationnelle

      Ce document détaille les protocoles de mise en œuvre d'ateliers participatifs de constatation au sein des établissements scolaires.

      L'objectif central est de réunir l'équipe ou la communauté éducative pour échanger sur des problématiques préalablement identifiées et définir des pistes d'action concrètes.

      La réussite de cette démarche repose sur une préparation rigoureuse en amont, notamment la sélection de quatre à cinq problématiques clés issues du diagnostic de l'établissement ou des axes ministériels (excellence, égalité, bien-être).

      Piloté par le chef d'établissement ou un responsable nommé, l'atelier s'appuie sur une structure de groupes restreints (10 à 15 participants) et nécessite une logistique précise pour favoriser l'expression de tous et la synthèse efficace des échanges.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Cadre et Objectifs de la Concertation

      La concertation est structurée autour d'objectifs précis visant à transformer le diagnostic initial en plans d'action.

      Finalité : Échanger sur des problématiques spécifiques pour définir des leviers d'action à mettre en œuvre dans le cadre du projet global de l'école ou de l'établissement.

      Angles d'exploration : La réflexion doit s'orienter selon plusieurs axes, tels que :

      ◦ Le temps de l'élève et des personnels.  

      ◦ L'aménagement et l'usage des espaces.   

      ◦ Les relations avec les parents et les partenaires extérieurs.

      Axes Fondateurs : Le choix des thématiques peut s'aligner sur la circulaire de rentrée ministérielle, articulée autour de l'excellence, l'égalité et le bien-être.

      II. Organisation et Identification des Problématiques

      Le travail préparatoire est la condition sine qua non de la conduite de l'atelier.

      Définition des Problématiques

      Sélection préalable : Quatre ou cinq problématiques doivent être identifiées et choisies avant la tenue de l'atelier.

      Source des problématiques : Elles peuvent être issues du diagnostic de l'établissement ou d'un atelier de travail spécifique réalisé préalablement avec l'équipe éducative.

      Traitement : Chaque groupe de travail est chargé de traiter l'ensemble des problématiques retenues.

      Composition des Groupes

      L'atelier est conçu pour des groupes de 10 à 15 participants, sélectionnés par le directeur ou le chef d'établissement. La composition peut varier selon le périmètre défini :

      Équipe éducative : Enseignants et personnels internes.

      Communauté éducative élargie : Parents, élèves, représentants des collectivités territoriales, partenaires locaux.

      III. Rôles et Responsabilités

      Une répartition claire des rôles assure la fluidité des débats et la neutralité des échanges.

      | Rôle | Responsable | Missions Principales | | --- | --- | --- | | Animateur / Pilote | Chef d'établissement, directeur ou personnel nommé. | Assure l'animation globale, pilote la concertation et supervise la restitution. | | Facilitateur | Accompagnateur de l'animateur (un par groupe). | Facilite les échanges, veille à ce que chaque participant puisse s'exprimer librement. | | Participants | Membres de l'équipe ou de la communauté éducative. | Contribuent à l'analyse et à la définition des pistes d'action. |

      IV. Dispositif Logistique et Matériel

      La configuration spatiale et les ressources matérielles sont organisées pour soutenir la dynamique de groupe et la synthèse en temps réel.

      Aménagement des Espaces

      1. Salle de Plénière : Destinée au rassemblement initial et à la restitution finale. Elle doit être équipée d'un vidéoprojecteur pour projeter la synthèse globale dans un fichier texte.

      2. Salles de Mise en Activité : Une salle par groupe de participants, organisée avec :

      ◦ Des tables regroupées en îlots de 4 à 5 places.    ◦ Un espace permettant les échanges debout en binôme.    ◦ Un dispositif de vidéoprojection.

      Matériel Requis (par groupe)

      Enveloppes : Une enveloppe par problématique (soit 4 à 5 par groupe).

      Supports papier : Environ 30 feuilles blanches (format A4 ou A5) pour les travaux en sous-groupes.

      Synthèse : Une affiche collective de format A3 pour compiler les résultats du groupe.

      Écriture : Stylos pour l'ensemble des participants.

      V. Méthodologie de Travail et Restitution

      La structure de l'atelier favorise une progression allant de la réflexion individuelle ou en petit comité vers une vision partagée.

      Sous-groupes : À l'intérieur de chaque groupe de 15 à 20 personnes, des sous-groupes sont formés selon le nombre de problématiques.

      Production de synthèse : Chaque groupe utilise l'affiche A3 pour synthétiser ses réflexions.

      Restitution finale : Les travaux de tous les groupes sont mutualisés lors de la séance plénière.

      L'animateur saisit et projette les conclusions en direct pour valider la synthèse collective devant l'ensemble des participants.

    1. Référentiel des compétences à s'orienter au collège PDF - 807.59 ko

      Référentiel des Compétences à s’Orienter au Collège : Synthèse du Programme Avenir(s)

      Résumé Exécutif

      Le programme Avenir(s), piloté par l'Onisep, introduit un cadre structuré pour l'accompagnement à l'orientation dès la classe de 5e.

      Ce référentiel repose sur une prémisse fondamentale : savoir s'orienter n'est pas inné ; c'est un apprentissage progressif.

      Fruit d'une recherche-action participative impliquant plus de 6 000 élèves et des experts scientifiques, le document définit 14 compétences clés réparties en trois axes majeurs.

      Il vise à outiller les équipes éducatives pour aider les collégiens à piloter leur parcours, à déconstruire les stéréotypes et à transformer leurs expériences en compétences transférables, tout en favorisant une continuité pédagogique avec le lycée.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Genèse et Cadre Méthodologique

      L'élaboration du référentiel pour le collège s'inscrit dans la continuité de la version destinée au lycée (parue en juin 2022).

      Il résulte d'un travail coordonné entre l'Onisep, l'Inspection générale de l'éducation, du sport et de la recherche (IGÉSR) et le Laboratoire de psychologie et d'ergonomie appliquées (LaPEA).

      Les phases de développement (2022-2024)

      | Phase | Période | Objectifs et Actions | | --- | --- | --- | | Étude scientifique | 2022-2023 | Recueil qualitatif des mots des élèves (1 320) et des acteurs de l'orientation (60) sur les savoirs et savoir-être nécessaires. | | Construction progressive | 2023-2024 | Animation de focus groups et de 250 réunions de travail. Identification des 14 compétences et définition des niveaux de progressivité avec 4 600 élèves. | | Rédaction et consultation | fév. - août 2024 | Rédaction des fiches descriptives et relecture collective consultative avec les équipes éducatives et les représentants de parents d'élèves. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Structure et Modèle d'Apprentissage

      Le référentiel est conçu comme un maillage de compétences interdépendantes. Pour chaque compétence, quatre niveaux de progressivité traduisent l'évolution de l'élève :

      1. Aperçu (Niveau 1) : Découvrir et situer les notions.

      2. Appropriation (Niveau 2) : Comprendre et acquérir des méthodes.

      3. Application (Niveau 3) : Analyser et mettre en place des démarches.

      4. Autonomie (Niveau 4) : Agir de façon autonome et se perfectionner.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Analyse des Compétences par Axe Thématique

      Axe I : Connaître et savoir s’informer sur le monde

      Cet axe se concentre sur l'interaction de l'élève avec les sources externes d'information et la compréhension de l'environnement socio-économique.

      Chercher et trier l’information : Maîtriser les étapes de traitement (extraire, trier, synthétiser) et vérifier la fiabilité des sources (Internet, brochures, entourage).

      Connaître les personnes, lieux et ressources : Identifier le rôle des acteurs (Psy-EN, professeurs documentalistes, parents) et des structures (CDI, CIO) pour les solliciter au moment opportun.

      Découvrir les parcours de formation : S'approprier le vocabulaire (passerelles, paliers d'orientation) et comprendre la non-linéarité des études.

      Découvrir les métiers et le monde du travail : Explorer la diversité des statuts (salariat, entrepreneuriat) et les transformations liées aux évolutions technologiques.

      S'interroger sur les clichés : Développer un esprit critique face aux stéréotypes de genre ou d'origine pour éviter l'autocensure.

      Axe II : Se découvrir et s’affirmer

      Cet axe favorise l'introspection et la construction d'une identité solide pour soutenir des choix personnels.

      Apprendre à me connaître : Identifier ses intérêts, valeurs et motivations, tout en acceptant leur évolution et leurs paradoxes.

      Définir mes projets en fonction de qui je suis : Mettre en lien son profil personnel avec les attendus et les exigences des formations ou métiers visés.

      M’autoriser à rêver et à avoir des ambitions : Cultiver une vision positive de son avenir tout en apprenant à surmonter les difficultés et les découragements.

      Savoir me présenter et m’affirmer : Maîtriser les codes de communication (orale et écrite), gérer son identité numérique et savoir exprimer ses opinions avec confiance.

      Identifier ce que j’ai appris et ce que je sais faire : Traduire les expériences (scolaires, sportives, associatives) en compétences transférables (savoirs, savoir-faire, savoir-être).

      Axe III : Se construire et se projeter dans un monde en mouvement

      L'objectif est ici de préparer l'élève à l'incertitude et à la prise de décision active.

      Accepter les imprévus et saisir les occasions : Développer la résilience face aux échecs et s'ouvrir à la sérendipité pour transformer des événements inattendus en opportunités.

      M’ouvrir au monde et aux autres : Cultiver la tolérance, l'engagement citoyen et comprendre l'intérêt des réseaux d'interaction.

      Me préparer aux transitions : Anticiper les changements majeurs (passage au lycée, déménagement) et gérer les émotions associées.

      Me projeter et comprendre les conséquences de mes choix : Planifier les étapes de son parcours et assumer la responsabilité de ses décisions immédiates sur son avenir à long terme.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Enseignements et Perspectives d'Action

      Le rôle des familles et des équipes éducatives

      Le document souligne que si l'élève est le premier concerné, l'accompagnement adulte est crucial.

      Les témoignages de parents mettent en avant la nécessité de responsabiliser l'élève tout en lui fournissant des repères fiables.

      L'orientation ne doit plus être vécue comme une "injonction au projet" mais comme une construction dynamique.

      Synergies Pédagogiques

      Le référentiel propose des pistes d'actions concrètes (séances pédagogiques Onisep, expérimentations académiques) :

      Exploitation du jeu sérieux : Utiliser des outils comme Roots of Tomorrow pour se projeter dans des métiers complexes.

      Enquête métier et immersion : Valoriser les stages de 3e et les mini-stages pour confronter le rêve à la réalité du terrain.

      Éducation aux médias : Lier l'orientation à l'esprit critique pour déconstruire les fake news sur les formations et les métiers.

      Conclusion sur la vision du programme

      Le programme Avenir(s) vise à donner aux élèves un sentiment de piloter leur parcours.

      En structurant ces 14 compétences, le référentiel permet de passer d'une orientation subie (basée sur les notes ou les stéréotypes) à une orientation choisie et argumentée, ancrée dans une compréhension fine de soi et du monde professionnel.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Dixit and colleagues investigate the role of FRG1 in modulating nonsense-mediated mRNA decay using human cell lines and zebrafish embryos. They present data from experiments that test the effect of normal, reduced or elevated levels of FRG1 on NMD of a luciferase-based NMD reporter and on endogenous mRNA substrates of NMD. They also carry out experiments to investigate FRG1's influence on UPF1 mRNA and protein levels, with a particular focus on the possibility that FRG1 regulates UPF1 protein levels through ubiquitin-mediated proteolysis of UPF1. The experiments described also test whether DUX4's effect on UPF1 protein levels and NMD could be mediated through FRG1. Finally, the authors also present experiments that test for physical interaction between UPF1, the spliceosome and components of the exon junction complex.

      Strengths:

      A key strength of the work is its focus on an intriguing model of NMD regulation by FRG1, which is of particular interest as FRG1 is positively regulated by DUX4, which has been previously implicated in subjecting UPF1 to proteosome-mediated degradation and thereby causing NMD inhibition. The data that shows that DUX4-mediated effect on UPF1 levels is diminished upon FRG1 depletion suggests that DUX4's regulation of NMD could be mediated by FRG1.

      Weaknesses:

      A major weakness and concern is that many of the key conclusions drawn by the authors are not supported by the data, and there are also some significant concerns with experimental design. More specific comments below describe these issues:

      (1) Multiple issues lower the confidence in the experiments testing the effect of FRG1 on NMD.

      (a) All reporter assays presented in the manuscript are based on quantification of luciferase activity, and in most cases, the effect on luciferase activity is quite small. This assay is the key experimental approach throughout the manuscript. However, no evidence is provided that the effect captured by this assay is due to enhanced degradation of the mRNA encoding the luciferase reporter, which is what is implied in the interpretation of these experiments. Crucially, there is also no control for the reporter that can account for the effects of experimental manipulations on transcriptional versus post-transcriptional effects. A control reporter lacking a 3'UTR intron is described in Barid et al, where the authors got their NMD reporter from. Due to small effects observed on luciferase activity upon FRG1 depletion, it is necessary to not only measure NMD reporter mRNA steady state levels, but it will be equally important to ascertain that the effect of FRG1 on NMD is at the level of mRNA decay and not altered transcription of NMD substrates. This can be accomplished by testing decay rates of the beta-globin reporter mRNA.

      (b) It is unusual to use luciferase enzymatic activity as a measurement of RNA decay status. Such an approach can at least be justified if the authors can test how many-fold the luciferase activity changes when NMD is inhibited using a chemical inhibitor (e.g., SMG1 inhibitor) or knockdown of a core NMD factor.

      (c) The concern about the direct effect of FRG1 on NMD is further amplified by the small effects of FRG1 knockout on steady-state levels of endogenous NMD targets (Figure 1A and B: ~20% reduction in reporter mRNA in MCF7 cells; Figure 1M, only 18 endogenous NMD targets shared between FRG1_KO and FRG1_KD).

      (d) The question about transcriptional versus post-transcriptional effects is also important in light of the authors' previous work that FRG1 can act as a transcriptional regulator.

      (2) In the experiments probing the relationship between DUX4 and FRG1 in NMD regulation, there are some inconsistencies that need to be resolved.

      (a) Figure 3 shows that the inhibition of NMD reporter activity caused by DUX4 induction is reversed by FRG1 knockdown. Although levels of FRG1 and UPF1 in DUX4 uninduced and DUX4 induced + FRG1 knockdown conditions are similar (Figure 5A), why is the reporter activity in DUX4 induced + FRG1 knockdown cells much lower than DUX4 uninduced cells in Figure 3?

      (b) In Figure 3, it is important to know the effect of FRG1 knockdown in DUX4 uninduced conditions.

      (c) On line 401, the authors claim that MG132 treatment leads to "time-dependent increase in UPF1 protein levels" in Figure 5C. However, upon proteasome inhibition, UPF1 levels significantly increase only at 8h time point, while the change at 12 and 24 hours is not significantly different from the control.

      (3) There are multiple issues with experiments investigating ubiquitination of UPF1:

      (a) Ubiquitin blots in Figure 6 are very difficult to interpret. There is no information provided either in the text or figure legends as to which bands in the blots are being compared, or about what the sizes of these bands are, as compared to UPF1. Also, the signal for Ub in most IP samples looks very similar to or even lower than the input.

      (b) Western blot images in Figure 6D appear to be adjusted for brightness/contrast to reduce background, but are done in such a way that pixel intensities are not linearly altered. This image appears to be the most affected, although some others have also similar patterns (e.g., Figure 5C).

      (4) The experiments probing physical interactions of FRG1 with UPF1, spliceosome and EJC proteins need to consider the following points:

      (a) There is no information provided in the results or methods section on whether immunoprecipitations were carried out in the absence or presence of RNases. Each RNA can be bound by a plethora of proteins that may not be functionally engaged with each other. Without RNase treatment, even such interactions will lead to co-immunoprecipitation. Thus, experiments in Figure 6 and Figure 7A-D should be repeated with and without RNase treatment.

      (b) Also, the authors claim that FRG1 is a "structural component" of EJC and NMD complexes seems to be an overinterpretation. As noted in the previous comment, these interactions could be mediated by a connecting RNA molecule.

      (c) A negative control (non-precipitating protein) is missing in Figure 7 co-IP experiments.

      (d) Polysome analysis is missing important controls. FRG1 and EIF4A3 co-sedimentation with polysomes could simply be due to their association with another large complex (e.g., spliceosome), which will also co-sediment in these gradients. This possibility can at least be tested by Western blotting for some spliceosome components across the gradient fractions. More importantly, a puromycin treatment control needs to be performed to confirm that FRG1 and EIF4A3 are indeed bound to polysomes, which are separated into ribosome subunits upon puromycin treatment. This leads to a shift of the signal for ribosomal proteins and any polysome-associated proteins to the left.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Palo and colleagues demonstrates identification of FRG1 as a novel regulator of nonsense-mediated mRNA decay (NMD), showing that FRG1 inversely modulates NMD efficiency by controlling UPF1 abundance. Using cell-based models and a frg1 knockout zebrafish, the authors show that FRG1 promotes UPF1 ubiquitination and proteasomal degradation, independently of DUX4. The work further positions FRG1 as a structural component of the spliceosome and exon junction complex without compromising its integrity. Overall, the manuscript provides mechanistic insight into FRG1-mediated post-transcriptional regulation and expands understanding of NMD homeostasis. The authors should address the following issues to improve the quality of their manuscript.

      (1) Figure 7A-D, appropriate positive controls for the nuclear fraction (e.g., Histone H3) and the cytoplasmic fraction (e.g., GAPDH or α-tubulin) should be included to validate the efficiency and purity of the subcellular fractionation.

      (2) To strengthen the conclusion that FRG1 broadly impacts the NMD pathway, qRT-PCR analysis of additional core NMD factors (beyond UPF1) in the frg1⁻/⁻ zebrafish at 48 hpf would be informative.

      (3) Figure labels should be standardized throughout the manuscript (e.g., consistent use of "Ex" instead of mixed terms such as "Oex") to improve clarity and readability.

      (4) The methods describing the generation of the frg1 knockout zebrafish could be expanded to include additional detail, and a schematic illustrating the CRISPR design, genotyping workflow, and validation strategy would enhance transparency and reproducibility.

      (5) As FRG1 is a well-established tumor suppressor, additional cell-based functional assays under combined FRG1 and UPF1 perturbation (e.g., proliferation, migration, or survival assays) could help determine whether FRG1 influences cancer-associated phenotypes through modulation of the NMD pathway.

      (6) Given the claim that FRG1 inversely regulates NMD efficacy via UPF1, an epistasis experiment such as UPF1 overexpression in an FRG1-overexpressing background followed by an NMD reporter assay would provide stronger functional validation of pathway hierarchy.

    3. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Dixit and colleagues investigate the role of FRG1 in modulating nonsense-mediated mRNA decay using human cell lines and zebrafish embryos. They present data from experiments that test the effect of normal, reduced or elevated levels of FRG1 on NMD of a luciferase-based NMD reporter and on endogenous mRNA substrates of NMD. They also carry out experiments to investigate FRG1's influence on UPF1 mRNA and protein levels, with a particular focus on the possibility that FRG1 regulates UPF1 protein levels through ubiquitin-mediated proteolysis of UPF1. The experiments described also test whether DUX4's effect on UPF1 protein levels and NMD could be mediated through FRG1. Finally, the authors also present experiments that test for physical interaction between UPF1, the spliceosome and components of the exon junction complex.

      Strengths:

      A key strength of the work is its focus on an intriguing model of NMD regulation by FRG1, which is of particular interest as FRG1 is positively regulated by DUX4, which has been previously implicated in subjecting UPF1 to proteosome-mediated degradation and thereby causing NMD inhibition. The data that shows that DUX4-mediated effect on UPF1 levels is diminished upon FRG1 depletion suggests that DUX4's regulation of NMD could be mediated by FRG1.

      Weaknesses:

      A major weakness and concern is that many of the key conclusions drawn by the authors are not supported by the data, and there are also some significant concerns with experimental design. More specific comments below describe these issues:

      (1) Multiple issues lower the confidence in the experiments testing the effect of FRG1 on NMD.

      (a) All reporter assays presented in the manuscript are based on quantification of luciferase activity, and in most cases, the effect on luciferase activity is quite small. This assay is the key experimental approach throughout the manuscript. However, no evidence is provided that the effect captured by this assay is due to enhanced degradation of the mRNA encoding the luciferase reporter, which is what is implied in the interpretation of these experiments. Crucially, there is also no control for the reporter that can account for the effects of experimental manipulations on transcriptional versus post-transcriptional effects. A control reporter lacking a 3'UTR intron is described in Barid et al, where the authors got their NMD reporter from. Due to small effects observed on luciferase activity upon FRG1 depletion, it is necessary to not only measure NMD reporter mRNA steady state levels, but it will be equally important to ascertain that the effect of FRG1 on NMD is at the level of mRNA decay and not altered transcription of NMD substrates. This can be accomplished by testing decay rates of the beta-globin reporter mRNA.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these points and for the careful evaluation of our experimental approach. Here we provide our response to comment (a) in three parts

      Reliance on luciferase-based reporter assays

      While luciferase-based NMD reporter assays represent an important experimental component of this study, our conclusions do not rely exclusively on this approach. The reporter-based findings are independently supported by RNA sequencing analyses of FRG1-perturbed cells, which demonstrate altered abundance of established PTC-containing NMD target transcripts. This genome-wide analysis provides an unbiased and physiologically relevant validation of FRG1 involvement in NMD regulation.

      All reporter assays presented in the manuscript are based on quantification of luciferase activity, and in most cases, the effect on luciferase activity is quite small.

      We respectfully disagree with the comment that the magnitude of the luciferase effects is low. Increased expression of FRG1, which leads to reduced UPF1 levels, results in a ~3.5-fold increase in relative luciferase activity (Fig. 1C), indicating a robust effect. Furthermore, in the in vivo zebrafish model, FRG1 knockout causes a pronounced decrease in relative luciferase activity (Fig. 1H), consistent with elevated UPF1 levels and enhanced NMD activity.

      It is also important to note that FRG1 functions as a negative regulator of UPF1; therefore, its depletion is expected to increase UPF1 levels. However, excessive elevation of UPF1 is likely constrained by additional regulatory mechanisms, which may limit the observable effects of FRG1 knockdown or knockout. In line with this, our previous study (1) demonstrated that FRG1 positively regulates multiple NMD factors while exerting an inverse regulatory effect on UPF1. This dual role suggests that FRG1 may act as a compensatory modulator of the NMD machinery, which likely explains the relatively subtle net effects observed in FRG1 knockdown/knockout conditions in vitro (Fig. 1A and 1B). This interpretation is explicitly discussed in the manuscript (Discussion, paragraph para 4).

      However, no evidence is provided that the effect captured by this assay is due to enhanced degradation of the mRNA encoding the luciferase reporter, which is what is implied in the interpretation of these experiments. Crucially, there is also no control for the reporter that can account for the effects of experimental manipulations on transcriptional versus post-transcriptional effects. A control reporter lacking a 3'UTR intron is described in Barid et al, where the authors got their NMD reporter from. Due to small effects observed on luciferase activity upon FRG1 depletion, it is necessary to not only measure NMD reporter mRNA steady state levels, but it will be equally important to ascertain that the effect of FRG1 on NMD is at the level of mRNA decay and not altered transcription of NMD substrates. This can be accomplished by testing decay rates of the beta-globin reporter mRNA.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We will test decay rates of the beta-globin reporter mRNA.

      (b) It is unusual to use luciferase enzymatic activity as a measurement of RNA decay status. Such an approach can at least be justified if the authors can test how many-fold the luciferase activity changes when NMD is inhibited using a chemical inhibitor (e.g., SMG1 inhibitor) or knockdown of a core NMD factor.

      We respectfully disagree that the use of luciferase enzymatic activity as a readout for NMD is unusual. Multiple prior studies have successfully employed identical or closely related luciferase-based/fluorescence-based reporters to quantify NMD activity (2–5). Importantly, the goal of our study was not to measure RNA decay kinetics per se, but rather to assess how altered FRG1 levels influence the functional efficiency of the NMD pathway. Given that FRG1 is a structural component of the spliceosome C complex (6) and is previously indirectly linked to NMD regulation (1,7) this approach was well-suited to address our central question.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we will also assess luciferase activity following pharmacological inhibition of NMD to further validate the reporter system's responsiveness.

      (c) The concern about the direct effect of FRG1 on NMD is further amplified by the small effects of FRG1 knockout on steady-state levels of endogenous NMD targets (Figure 1A and B: ~20% reduction in reporter mRNA in MCF7 cells; Figure 1M, only 18 endogenous NMD targets shared between FRG1_KO and FRG1_KD).

      The modest changes observed upon FRG1 loss do not preclude a direct role in NMD. As detailed in our response to comment (a) and discussed in paragraph 4 of the Discussion, limited effects on steady-state levels of endogenous NMD targets are expected given the buffering capacity of the NMD pathway and the contribution of compensatory regulatory mechanisms.

      (d) The question about transcriptional versus post-transcriptional effects is also important in light of the authors' previous work that FRG1 can act as a transcriptional regulator.

      We agree that distinguishing between transcriptional and post-transcriptional effects is important, particularly in light of our previous work demonstrating that FRG1 can function as a transcriptional regulator of multiple NMD genes (1). Consistent with this, the current manuscript shows that FRG1 influences the transcript levels of UPF1. In addition, we demonstrate that FRG1 regulates UPF1 at the protein level. We therefore conclude that FRG1 regulates UPF1 dually, at both transcriptional and post-transcriptional levels, supporting a dual role for FRG1 in the regulation of NMD.

      This conclusion is further supported by prior studies indicating post-transcriptional functions of FRG1. FRG1 is a nucleocytoplasmic shuttling protein(8), interacts with the NMD factor ROD1 (7), and has been identified as a component of the spliceosomal C complex (6). FRG1 has also been reported to associate with the hnRNPK family of proteins (8), which participate in extensive protein–protein interaction networks. Collectively, these observations are consistent with a role for FRG1 in regulating NMD components at multiple levels.

      (2) In the experiments probing the relationship between DUX4 and FRG1 in NMD regulation, there are some inconsistencies that need to be resolved.

      (a) Figure 3 shows that the inhibition of NMD reporter activity caused by DUX4 induction is reversed by FRG1 knockdown. Although levels of FRG1 and UPF1 in DUX4 uninduced and DUX4 induced + FRG1 knockdown conditions are similar (Figure 5A), why is the reporter activity in DUX4 induced + FRG1 knockdown cells much lower than DUX4 uninduced cells in Figure 3?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. Figures 3 and 5A represent independent experiments in which FRG1 knockdown was achieved by transient transfection. As such, variability in transfection efficiency is expected and likely accounts for the quantitative difference. We want to highlight that compared to DUX4_induced lane (Fig. 5A, lane 2), when we knock down FRG1 on the DUX4_induced background, it shows a clear increase in the UPF1 level (Fig. 5A, lane 3). We will add one more replicate to 5 A with better FRG1_KD transfection to the experiment.

      (b) In Figure 3, it is important to know the effect of FRG1 knockdown in DUX4 uninduced conditions.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. The effect of FRG1 knockdown under DUX4-uninduced conditions is presented in Figure 1A, where FRG1 levels are reduced without altering DUX4 expression. In contrast, Figure 3 is specifically designed to assess the rescue effect—namely, how reduction of FRG1 expression under DUX4-induced conditions influences NMD efficiency. Therefore, inclusion of an FRG1 knockdown–only group in Figure 3 was not relevant to the objective of this experiment.

      (c) On line 401, the authors claim that MG132 treatment leads to "time-dependent increase in UPF1 protein levels" in Figure 5C. However, upon proteasome inhibition, UPF1 levels significantly increase only at 8h time point, while the change at 12 and 24 hours is not significantly different from the control.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation and agree that the statement of a “time-dependent increase in UPF1 protein levels” was inaccurate. A significant increase is observed only at the 8 h time point following MG132 treatment, with no significant changes at 12 h or 24 h. The text will be revised accordingly to reflect Figure 5C.

      (3) There are multiple issues with experiments investigating ubiquitination of UPF1:

      (a) Ubiquitin blots in Figure 6 are very difficult to interpret. There is no information provided either in the text or figure legends as to which bands in the blots are being compared, or about what the sizes of these bands are, as compared to UPF1. Also, the signal for Ub in most IP samples looks very similar to or even lower than the input.

      We agree that the ubiquitin blots in Figure 6 require clearer presentation. In the revised figure, we will annotate the ubiquitin immunoblots to indicate the region corresponding to UPF1 (~140 kDa), which is the relevant molecular weight for interpretation. Because UPF1 is polyubiquitinated, ubiquitinated species are expected to appear as multiple bands rather than a single discrete signal; therefore, ubiquitination was assessed across the full blot. Importantly, interpretation is based on comparisons between UPF1 immunoprecipitated samples within each panel (Fig. 6C–F), rather than between input and IP lanes. For example, in Figure 6 C UPF1 IP FRG1_KD compared to UPF1 IP FRG1_Ex, in Figure 6 D UPF1 IP FRG1_WT compared to UPF1 IP FRG1_KO, in Figure 6 E UPF1 IP FRG1_KO compared to UPF1 IP FRG1_KO+FRG1_Ex, and in Figure 6 F UPF1 IP FRG1_Ex compared to UPF1 IP FRG1_Ex+MG132 TRT.

      (b) Western blot images in Figure 6D appear to be adjusted for brightness/contrast to reduce background, but are done in such a way that pixel intensities are not linearly altered. This image appears to be the most affected, although some others have also similar patterns (e.g., Figure 5C).

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. The appearance noted in Figure 6D was not due to non-linear alteration of pixel intensities, but rather resulted from the poor quality of the ubiquitin antibody, which required prolonged exposure times. To address this, we replaced the antibody and repeated the ubiquitin immunoblots shown in Figures 6D, 6E, and 6F.

      For Figure 5C, only uniform contrast adjustment was applied for clarity. Importantly, all adjustments were performed linearly and applied to the entire image. Raw, unprocessed images for all blots are provided in the Supplementary Information. Updated versions of Figures 5 and 6 will be included in the revised manuscript.

      (4) The experiments probing physical interactions of FRG1 with UPF1, spliceosome and EJC proteins need to consider the following points:

      (a) There is no information provided in the results or methods section on whether immunoprecipitations were carried out in the absence or presence of RNases. Each RNA can be bound by a plethora of proteins that may not be functionally engaged with each other. Without RNase treatment, even such interactions will lead to co-immunoprecipitation. Thus, experiments in Figure 6 and Figure 7A-D should be repeated with and without RNase treatment.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. The co-immunoprecipitation experiments shown in Figures 6 and 7A–D were performed in the absence of RNase treatment; this information was inadvertently omitted and will be added to the Methods section and the relevant figure legends. To directly assess whether the observed interactions are RNA-dependent, we will repeat the key co-immunoprecipitation experiments in the presence of RNase treatment and include these results in the revised manuscript.

      (b) Also, the authors claim that FRG1 is a "structural component" of EJC and NMD complexes seems to be an overinterpretation. As noted in the previous comment, these interactions could be mediated by a connecting RNA molecule.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. As noted, previous studies have suggested that FRG1 interacts with components of the EJC and NMD machinery. Specifically, Bertram et al. (6) identified FRG1 as a component of the spliceosomal C complex via Cryo-EM structural analysis, and pull-down studies have shown direct interaction between FRG1 and ROD1, a known EJC component (7). These findings support a protein-protein interaction rather than one mediated solely by RNA. To further address the reviewer’s concern, we will perform key co-immunoprecipitation experiments in the presence of RNase treatment to distinguish RNA-dependent from RNA-independent interactions.

      (c) A negative control (non-precipitating protein) is missing in Figure 7 co-IP experiments.

      We agree that including a non-precipitating protein as a negative control is important, and we will perform the co-IP experiment incorporating this control.

      (d) Polysome analysis is missing important controls. FRG1 and EIF4A3 co-sedimentation with polysomes could simply be due to their association with another large complex (e.g., spliceosome), which will also co-sediment in these gradients. This possibility can at least be tested by Western blotting for some spliceosome components across the gradient fractions. More importantly, a puromycin treatment control needs to be performed to confirm that FRG1 and EIF4A3 are indeed bound to polysomes, which are separated into ribosome subunits upon puromycin treatment. This leads to a shift of the signal for ribosomal proteins and any polysome-associated proteins to the left.

      As recommended, we will examine the distribution of a spliceosome component across the gradient fractions to assess potential co-sedimentation. Additionally, we will perform a puromycin treatment control to confirm that FRG1 and EIF4A3 are genuinely associated with polysomes.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Palo et al present a novel role for FRG1 as a multifaceted regulator of nonsense-mediated mRNA decay (NMD). Through a combination of reporter assays, transcriptome-wide analyses, genetic models, protein-protein interaction studies, ubiquitination assays, and ribosome-associated complex analyses, the authors propose that FRG1 acts as a negative regulator of NMD by destabilizing UPF1 and associating with spliceosomal, EJC, and translation-related complexes. Overall, the data, while consistent with the authors' central conclusions, are undermined by several claims-particularly regarding structural roles and mechanistic exclusivity. To really make the claims presented, further experimental evidence would be required.

      Strengths:

      (1) The integration of multiple experimental systems (zebrafish and cell culture).

      (2) Attempts to go into a mechanistic understanding of the relationship between FGR1 and UPF1.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Overstatement of FRG1 as a structural NMD component.

      Although FRG1 interacts with UPF1, eIF4A3, PRP8, and CWC22, core spliceosomal and EJC interactions (PRP8-CWC22 and eIF4A3-UPF3B) remain intact in FRG1-deficient cells. This suggests that, while FRG1 associates with these complexes, this interaction is not required for their assembly or structural stability. Without further functional or reconstitution experiments, the presented data are more consistent with an interpretation of FRG1 acting as a regulatory or accessory factor rather than a core structural component.

      We thank the reviewer for this clarification. We would like to emphasize that we do not claim FRG1 to be a core structural component of either the spliceosome or the EJC. Consistent with the reviewer’s interpretation, our data indicate that FRG1 deficiency does not disrupt the structural integrity of these complexes. Our intended conclusion is that FRG1 functions as a regulatory or accessory factor in NMD rather than being required for complex assembly or stability. We will carefully revise the manuscript to remove any language that could be interpreted as an overstatement. In addition, we are currently performing further experiments to better define the association of FRG1 with the EJC.

      (2) Causality between UPF1 depletion and NMD inhibition is not fully established.

      While reduced UPF1 levels provide a plausible explanation for decreased NMD efficiency, the manuscript does not conclusively demonstrate that UPF1 depletion drives all observed effects. Given FRG1's known roles in transcription, splicing, and RNA metabolism, alterations in transcript isoform composition and apparent NMD sensitivity may arise from mechanisms independent of UPF1 abundance. To directly link UPF1 depletion to altered NMD efficiency, rescue experiments testing whether UPF1 re-expression restores NMD activity in FRG1-overexpressing cells would be important.

      As suggested, to directly test causality, we will perform rescue experiments to determine whether UPF1 re-expression restores NMD activity in FRG1-overexpressing MCF7 cells.

      (3) Mechanism of FRG1-mediated UPF1 ubiquitination requires clarification.

      The ubiquitination assays support a role for FRG1 in promoting UPF1 degradation; however, the mechanism underlying this remains unexplored. The relationship between FRG1-UPF1 what role FRG1 plays in this is unclear (does it function as an adaptor, recruits an E3 ubiquitin ligase, or influences UPF1 ubiquitination indirectly through transcriptional or signaling pathways?).

      We agree with the reviewer that the precise mechanism by which FRG1 promotes UPF1 ubiquitination remains to be defined. Our ubiquitination assays support a role for FRG1 in facilitating UPF1 degradation; however, whether FRG1 functions directly as an adaptor or E3 ligase, or instead influences UPF1 stability indirectly, is currently unclear. Notably, a prior study by Geng et al. reported that DUX4 expression alters the expression of numerous genes involved in protein ubiquitination, including multiple E3 ubiquitin ligases (9), and FRG1 itself has been reported to be upregulated upon DUX4 expression in muscle cells. We will expand the Discussion to address these potential mechanisms and place our findings in the context of indirect transcriptional or signaling pathways that may regulate UPF1 proteolysis. A detailed mechanistic dissection of FRG1-mediated ubiquitination is beyond the scope of the present study.

      (4) Limited transcriptome-wide interpretation of RNA-seq data.

      Although the RNA-seq data analysis relies heavily on a small subset of "top 10" genes. Additionally, the criteria used to define NMD-sensitive isoforms are unclear. A more comprehensive transcriptome-wide summary-indicating how many NMD-sensitive isoforms are detected and how many are significantly altered-would substantially strengthen the analysis.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that the current presentation may place a disproportionate emphasis on a limited subset of genes. These genes were selected as illustrative examples from an isoform-level analysis performed using IsoformSwitchAnalyzeR (ISAR) (10); however, we acknowledge that this approach does not fully convey the transcriptome-wide scope of the analysis.

      Using quantified RNA-seq data, ISAR was employed to identify significant isoform switches and transcripts predicted to be NMD-sensitive. Isoforms were annotated using GENCODE v47, and NMD sensitivity was assigned based on the established 50-nucleotide rule, as described in the Materials and Methods. To address the reviewer’s concern, we will revise the Results section to include a transcriptome-wide summary derived from the ISAR analysis.

      (5) Clarification of NMD sensor assay interpretation.

      The logic underlying the NMD sensor assay should be explained more clearly early in the manuscript, as the inverse relationship between luciferase signal and NMD efficiency may be counterintuitive to readers unfamiliar with this reporter system. Inclusion of a schematic or brief explanatory diagram would improve accessibility.

      We agree with the reviewer and would provide a schematic as well as the experimental setup diagram to improve accessibility to the readers.

      (6) Potential confounding effects of high MG132 concentration.

      The MG132 concentration used (50 µM) is relatively high and may induce broad cellular stress responses, including inhibition of global translation (its known that proteosome inhibition shuts down translation). Controls addressing these secondary effects would strengthen the conclusion that UPF1 stabilization specifically reflects proteasome-dependent degradation would be essential.

      We acknowledge the reviewer’s concern regarding the relatively high concentration of MG132 used in this study. While proteasome inhibition can indeed induce global translation inhibition, our interpretation is based on the specific stabilization of UPF1 observed under these conditions. Since inhibition of global translation would generally reduce protein levels rather than cause selective accumulation, the observed increase in UPF1 is unlikely to result from translational effects. To address this point, we plan to repeat selected experiments using a lower MG132 concentration to further confirm that UPF1 stabilization reflects proteasome-dependent degradation.

      (7) Interpretation of polysome co-sedimentation data.

      While the co-sedimentation of FRG1 with polysomes is intriguing, this approach does not distinguish between direct ribosomal association and co-migration with ribosome-associated complexes. This limitation should be explicitly acknowledged in the interpretation.

      We acknowledge that polysome co-sedimentation alone cannot definitively distinguish between direct ribosomal binding and co-migration with ribosome-associated complexes. Importantly, our interpretation does not rely solely on this assay; when combined with co-immunoprecipitation and proximity ligation assay results, the data consistently support an association of FRG1 with the exon junction complex. We are also conducting additional experiments with appropriate controls to further validate the specificity of FRG1’s association with ribosomes and to address the possibility of nonspecific co-migration.

      (8) Limitations of PLA-based interaction evidence.

      The PLA data convincingly demonstrate close spatial proximity between FRG1 and eIF4A3; however, PLA does not provide definitive evidence of direct interaction and is known to be susceptible to artefacts. Moreover, a distance threshold of ~40 nm still allows for proteins to be in proximity without being part of the same complex. These limitations should be clearly acknowledged, and conclusions should be framed accordingly.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. We agree that PLA indicates close spatial proximity but does not constitute definitive evidence of direct interaction and can be susceptible to artefacts. We will explicitly acknowledge this limitation in the revised manuscript. Importantly, our conclusions are not solely based on PLA data; they are supported by complementary co-immunoprecipitation and polysome co-sedimentation assays, which provide biochemical evidence consistent with an association between FRG1 and eIF4A3.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Palo and colleagues demonstrates identification of FRG1 as a novel regulator of nonsense-mediated mRNA decay (NMD), showing that FRG1 inversely modulates NMD efficiency by controlling UPF1 abundance. Using cell-based models and a frg1 knockout zebrafish, the authors show that FRG1 promotes UPF1 ubiquitination and proteasomal degradation, independently of DUX4. The work further positions FRG1 as a structural component of the spliceosome and exon junction complex without compromising its integrity. Overall, the manuscript provides mechanistic insight into FRG1-mediated post-transcriptional regulation and expands understanding of NMD homeostasis. The authors should address the following issues to improve the quality of their manuscript.

      (1) Figure 7A-D, appropriate positive controls for the nuclear fraction (e.g., Histone H3) and the cytoplasmic fraction (e.g., GAPDH or α-tubulin) should be included to validate the efficiency and purity of the subcellular fractionation.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We will include appropriate positive controls for the nuclear fraction (Histone H3) and the cytoplasmic fraction (GAPDH or α-tubulin) in Figure 7A–D to validate the efficiency and purity of the subcellular fractionation.

      (2) To strengthen the conclusion that FRG1 broadly impacts the NMD pathway, qRT-PCR analysis of additional core NMD factors (beyond UPF1) in the frg1⁻/⁻ zebrafish at 48 hpf would be informative.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comment. We will perform qRT-PCR analysis of additional core NMD factors in the frg1⁻/⁻ zebrafish at 48 hpf to further strengthen the conclusion that FRG1 broadly impacts the NMD pathway.

      (3) Figure labels should be standardized throughout the manuscript (e.g., consistent use of "Ex" instead of mixed terms such as "Oex") to improve clarity and readability.

      We thank the reviewer for noticing the inconsistency. We will ensure that all figure labels are standardized throughout the manuscript (e.g., using “Ex” consistently) to improve clarity and readability.

      (4) The methods describing the generation of the frg1 knockout zebrafish could be expanded to include additional detail, and a schematic illustrating the CRISPR design, genotyping workflow, and validation strategy would enhance transparency and reproducibility.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion and will expand the Methods section to provide additional detail on the generation of the frg1 knockout zebrafish. A schematic illustrating the CRISPR design, genotyping workflow, and validation strategy will also be included to enhance transparency and reproducibility.

      (5) As FRG1 is a well-established tumor suppressor, additional cell-based functional assays under combined FRG1 and UPF1 perturbation (e.g., proliferation, migration, or survival assays) could help determine whether FRG1 influences cancer-associated phenotypes through modulation of the NMD pathway.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and constructive suggestion. While FRG1 is indeed a well-established tumor suppressor, incorporating additional cell-based functional assays under combined FRG1 and UPF1 perturbation would significantly broaden the scope of the current study. The present work is focused on elucidating the molecular relationship between FRG1 and the NMD pathway. Investigation of downstream cancer-associated phenotypes represents an important and interesting direction for future studies, but is beyond the scope of the current manuscript.

      (6) Given the claim that FRG1 inversely regulates NMD efficacy via UPF1, an epistasis experiment such as UPF1 overexpression in an FRG1-overexpressing background followed by an NMD reporter assay would provide stronger functional validation of pathway hierarchy.

      We agree with the reviewer’s suggestion. To strengthen the functional validation of the proposed pathway hierarchy, we will perform an epistasis experiment by overexpressing UPF1 in an FRG1-overexpressing background and assess NMD activity using an established NMD reporter assay. The results of this experiment will be included in the revised manuscript.

      References

      (1) Palo A, Patel SA, Shubhanjali S, Dixit M. Dynamic interplay of Sp1, YY1, and DUX4 in regulating FRG1 transcription with intricate balance. Biochim Biophys Acta Mol Basis Dis. 2025 Mar;1871(3):167636.

      (2) Sato H, Singer RH. Cellular variability of nonsense-mediated mRNA decay. Nat Commun. 2021 Dec 10;12(1):7203.

      (3) Baird TD, Cheng KCC, Chen YC, Buehler E, Martin SE, Inglese J, et al. ICE1 promotes the link between splicing and nonsense-mediated mRNA decay. eLife. 2018 Mar 12;7:e33178.

      (4) Chu V, Feng Q, Lim Y, Shao S. Selective destabilization of polypeptides synthesized from NMD-targeted transcripts. Mol Biol Cell. 2021 Dec 1;32(22):ar38.

      (5) Udy DB, Bradley RK. Nonsense-mediated mRNA decay uses complementary mechanisms to suppress mRNA and protein accumulation. Life Sci Alliance. 2022 Mar;5(3):e202101217.

      (6) Bertram K, El Ayoubi L, Dybkov O, Agafonov DE, Will CL, Hartmuth K, et al. Structural Insights into the Roles of Metazoan-Specific Splicing Factors in the Human Step 1 Spliceosome. Mol Cell. 2020 Oct 1;80(1):127-139.e6.

      (7) Brazão TF, Demmers J, van IJcken W, Strouboulis J, Fornerod M, Romão L, et al. A new function of ROD1 in nonsense-mediated mRNA decay. FEBS Lett. 2012 Apr 24;586(8):1101–10.

      (8) Sun CYJ, van Koningsbruggen S, Long SW, Straasheijm K, Klooster R, Jones TI, et al. Facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy region gene 1 is a dynamic RNA-associated and actin-bundling protein. J Mol Biol. 2011 Aug 12;411(2):397–416.

      (9) Geng LN, Yao Z, Snider L, Fong AP, Cech JN, Young JM, et al. DUX4 activates germline genes, retroelements, and immune mediators: implications for facioscapulohumeral dystrophy. Dev Cell. 2012 Jan 17;22(1):38–51.

      (10) Vitting-Seerup K, Sandelin A. The Landscape of Isoform Switches in Human Cancers. Mol Cancer Res MCR. 2017 Sep;15(9):1206–20.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment 

      This study presents a valuable finding on maternal SETDB1 as a key chromatin repressor that shuts down the 2C gene program and enables normal mouse embryonic development. The evidence supporting the claims of the authors is solid, although the inclusion of a causality test, a mechanistic understanding of SETDB1 targeting, and phenotypic quantification would have greatly strengthened the study. The work will be of broad interest to biologists working on embryonic development, stem cells and gene regulation.

      Thank you for this positive evaluation of our work. Please find the point-by point responses to the Reviewer’s comments below.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary: 

      During the earliest stages of mouse development, the zygote and 2-cell (2C) embryo are totipotent, capable of generating all embryonic and extra-embryonic lineages, and they transiently express a distinctive set of "2C-stage" genes, many driven by MERVL long terminal repeat (LTR) promoters. Although activation of these transcripts is a normal feature of totipotency, they must be rapidly silenced as development proceeds to the 4-cell and 8-cell stages; failure to shut down the 2C program results in developmental arrest. This study examines the role of maternal SETDB1, a histone H3K9 methyltransferase, in suppressing the 2C transcriptional network. Using an oocyte-specific conditional knockout that removes maternal Setdb1 while leaving the paternal allele intact, the authors demonstrate that embryos lacking maternal SETDB1 arrest during cleavage, with very few progressing beyond the 8-cell stage and no morphologically normal blastocysts forming. Transcriptomic analyses reveal persistent expression of MERVL-LTR-driven transcripts and other totipotency markers, indicating a failure to terminate the totipotent state. Together, the data demonstrate that maternally deposited SETDB1 is required to silence the MERVL-driven 2C program and enable the transition from totipotency to pluripotency. More broadly, the work identifies maternal SETDB1 as a key chromatin repressor that deposits repressive H3K9 methylation to shut down the transient 2C gene network and to permit normal preimplantation development. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) Closes a key knowledge gap. 

      The study tackles a central open question - how embryos exit the totipotent 2-cell (2C) state - and provides direct in vivo evidence that epigenetic repression is required to terminate the 2C program for development to proceed. By identifying maternal SETDB1 as the responsible factor, the work substantially advances our understanding of the maternal-to-zygotic transition and early lineage specification. 

      (2) Clean genetics paired with rigorous genomics. 

      An oocyte-specific Setdb1 knockout cleanly isolates a maternal-effect requirement, ensuring that early phenotypes arise from loss of maternal protein. The resulting cleavage-stage arrest is unambiguous (most embryos stall before or around the 8-cell stage). State-of-the-art single-embryo RNA-seq across stages - well-matched to low-cell-number constraints - captures genome-wide mis-expression, including persistent 2C transcripts in mutants, strongly supporting the conclusions. 

      (3) Compelling molecular linkage to phenotype. 

      Transcriptome data show that without maternal SETDB1, embryos fail to repress a suite of 1-cell/2C-specific genes by the 8-cell stage. The tight correlation between continued activation of the MERVL-driven totipotency network and developmental arrest provides a specific molecular explanation for the observed failure to progress. 

      (4) Mechanistic insight grounded in chromatin biology. 

      SETDB1, a H3K9 methyltransferase classically linked to heterochromatin and transposon repression, targets MERVL LTRs and MERVL-driven chimeric transcripts in early embryos. Bioinformatic evidence indicates that these loci normally acquire H3K9me3 during the 2C→4C transition. The data articulate a coherent mechanism: maternal SETDB1 deposits repressive H3K9me3 at 2C gene loci to shut down the totipotency network, extending observations from ESC systems to bona fide embryos. 

      (5) Broad implications for development and stem-cell biology. 

      By pinpointing a maternal gatekeeper of the totipotent-to-pluripotent transition, the work suggests that some cases of cleavage-stage arrest (e.g., in IVF) may reflect faulty epigenetic silencing of transposon-driven genes. It also informs stem-cell efforts to control totipotent-like states in vitro (e.g., 2C-like cells), linking epigenetic reprogramming, transposable-element regulation, and developmental potency.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for recognizing the strengths in our work and for the suggestions below.

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) Causality not directly demonstrated. 

      The link among loss of SETDB1, persistence of 2C transcripts, and developmental arrest is compelling but remains correlative. No rescue experiments test whether dampening the 2C/MERVL program restores development. Targeted interventions-e.g., knocking down key 2C drivers (such as Dux) or pharmacologically curbing MERVL-linked transcription in maternal Setdb1 mutants-would strengthen the claim that unchecked 2C activity is causal rather than a by-product of other SETDB1 functions.

      We agree that rescue experiments might strengthen causality. Those experiments, however, would be extremely challenging technically because the knockdowns would need to be precisely timed to follow (and not prevent) the wave of 2c-specific activation. Knocking down 2c drivers in the zygote, for example, may prevent switching on the totipotency program. In addition, while sustained MERVL expression—such as that induced by forced DUX expression—disrupts totipotency exit and embryo development (1, 2), derepression of transcription is very broad in Setdb1<sup>mat-/+</sup> embryos and knocking down individual 2C drivers may not be sufficient to rescue development or restore the exit from totipotency.

      (2) Limited mechanistic resolution of SETDB1 targeting. 

      The study establishes a requirement for maternal SETDB1 but does not define how it is recruited to MERVL loci. Given SETDB1's canonical cooperation with TRIM28/KAP1 and KRAB-ZNFs, upstream sequence-specific factors and/or pre-existing chromatin features likely guide targeting. Direct occupancy and mark-placement evidence (e.g., SETDB1/TRIM28 CUT&RUN or ChIP, and H3K9me3 profiling at MERVL LTRs during the 2C→4C window) would convert inferred mechanisms into demonstrated ones.

      We do show H3K9me3 patterns at MERVL LTRs during the early2c-late2c-2c-4c-8c-morula window from a published dataset. Please see the genome browser images in Figures 4C, 4D, 4E, 6D, 6E and Figure S6. We agree that mapping of SETDB1/TRIM28 to those locations would strengthen the mechanistic insight. However, ChIPseq or CUT&RUN of those proteins in preimplantation embryos are not technically feasible. We do provide genetic evidence for the collaboration between SETDB1 and DUXBL, a DNA-binding factor, by showing that DUXBL cannot switch off its top targets without SETDB1 (Figure 6). Future studies will characterize the molecular mechanisms underlying this (likely indirect) collaboration. We do not think that DUXBL and SETDB1 directly interact, because such interaction was not detected by DUXBL IP-MS (3).

      (3) Narrow scope on MERVL; broader epigenomic consequences underexplored. 

      Maternal SETDB1 may restrain additional repeat classes or genes beyond the 2C network. A systematic repeatome analysis (LINEs/SINEs/ERV subfamilies) would clarify specificity versus a general loss of heterochromatin control. Moreover, potential effects on imprinting or DNA methylation balance are not examined; perturbations there could also contribute to arrest. Bisulfite-based DNA methylation maps at imprinted loci and allele-specific expression analyses would help rule in/out these mechanisms.

      We did examine genes and repeat elements beyond the 2c network. We evaluated gene and TE expression changes using four-way comparisons. Please find the results regarding gene expression in Figure 1C-J, Figure S2, Figure S3, Figure S4., Table S2, Table S3, and Table S4. Please find results on TE expression in Figure S5. Table S6, Table S7, and Table S8 and in the text. We agree that DNA methylation may be altered in Setdb1<sup>mat-/+</sup> embryos. In our hands, evaluating this possibility using bisulfite sequencing requires a larger number of embryos than what we can feasibly obtain (the number of obtained mutant embryos is very small). Regarding imprinted gene expression, one cannot fully assess and interpret imprinted gene expression in preimplantation stage embryos before the maternally deposited transcripts are gone. We reported earlier that clear somatic parental-specific patterns of imprinted gene expression may only start later in development, around 8.5 dpc (4).

      (4) Phenotype quantitation and transcriptomic breadth could be clearer. 

      The developmental phenotype is described qualitatively ("very few beyond 8-cell") without precise stage-wise arrest rates or representative morphology. Tabulated counts (2C/4C/8C/blastocyst), images, and statistics would increase clarity. On the RNA-seq side, the narrative emphasizes known 2C markers; reporting novel/unannotated misregulated transcripts, as well as downregulated pathways (e.g., failure to activate normal 8-cell programs, metabolism, or early lineage markers), would present a fuller portrait of the mutant state.

      Tabulated counts are displayed in Figure 1A, and morphology is shown in Figure S1A. We do say that 4% Setdb1<sup>mat-/+</sup> embryos reached the 8-cel stage by 2.5 dpc. We recovered zero Setdb1<sup>mat-/+</sup> blastocysts at 4.5 dpc (not shown). On the RNA-seq side we do report a more global assessment of transcription of genes and TEs (please see above at point 3), including novel chimeric transcripts (Table S6). Developmental pathways are shown in Figure S3 and Figure S4. Metabolic pathways are displayed in Figure S2.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Zeng et al. report that Setdb1-/- embryos fail to extinguish the 1- and 2-cell embryo transcriptional program and have permanent expression of MERVL transposable elements. The manuscript is technically sound and well performed, but, in my opinion, the results lack conceptual novelty.

      (1) The manuscript builds on previous observations that: 1, Setbd1 is necessary for early mouse development, with knockout embryos rarely reaching the 8-cell stage; 2, SETB1 mediates H3K9me3 deposition at transposable elements in mouse ESCs; 3, SETB1silences MERVLs to prevent 2CLC-state acquisition in mouse ESCs. The strength of the current work is the demonstration that this is not due to a general transcriptional collapse; but otherwise, the findings are not surprising. The well-known (several Nature papers of years ago) crosstalk between m6A RNA modification and H3K9me3 in preventing 2CLC generation also partly compromises the novelty of this work.

      We thank the Reviewer for appreciating the technical quality of our work. Regarding novelty, please consider that prior work in ES cells included contradictory findings (please see our Introduction). Prior embryology work (please see our Introduction) did not explain the preimplantation-stage phenotype. We highly appreciate those earlier works. Our work here answers the expectations drawn from prior studies and unequivocally shows that SETDB1 carries out the developmentally essential function of suppressing MERVLs and the 2-cell program in the mouse embryo.

      (2) The conclusions regarding H3K9me3 deposition are inferred based on previously reported datasets, but there is no direct demonstration.

      Dynamic H3K9me3 deposition is displayed at MERVL LTRs during the early2c-late2c-2c-4c-8c-morula window (Figures 4C, 4D, 4E, 6D, 6E and Figure S6) from a published work that has very high-quality data. We agree that demonstrating loss off H3K9me3 in Setdb1<sup>mat-/+</sup> embryos would confirm that the H3K9me3 histone methyltransferase function of SETDB1 (as opposed to any, yet unidentified, non-HMT specific activity of SETDB1) is responsible for shutting down MERVL LTRs. However, ChIP-seq, CUT&RUN, or similar assays are not feasible due to the rarity of Setdb1<sup>mat-/+</sup> embryos.

      (3) The detection of chimeric transcripts is somewhat unreliable using short-read sequencing.

      We used single embryo total RNA-seq and we report detecting chimeric transcripts (Table S6), which is considered more reliable than mRNA-seq for detecting chimeric transcripts, because many are not polyadenylated. We acknowledge, however, that long-read sequencing, which recently is becoming available, but which is still very expensive, is currently the most powerful method for detecting chimeric transcripts. This, however, does not affect the major conclusions or the significance of our work.

    1. Briefing : Apprivoiser les écrans et accompagner l'enfant (Repères 3-6-9-12+)

      Ce document synthétise les interventions de Serge Tisseron, psychiatre et docteur en psychologie, concernant l'introduction et la régulation des outils numériques dans la vie des enfants.

      Il détaille la méthodologie des balises « 3-6-9-12+ » et analyse les enjeux sociétaux, psychologiques et éducatifs liés aux écrans.

      Résumé Exécutif

      L'omniprésence des écrans ne doit pas être abordée sous l'angle de la simple interdiction, mais sous celui de l'apprivoisement et de la médiation.

      La méthode « 3-6-9-12+ » propose des repères chronologiques pour adapter l'usage des outils numériques au développement de l'enfant. Les points clés sont les suivants :

      La relation humaine prime sur l'outil : Le danger n'est pas l'écran en soi, mais la carence d'interactions humaines et le défaut d'attention parentale (notamment via l'usage excessif du smartphone par les adultes).

      L'autorégulation : L'objectif éducatif est d'apprendre à l'enfant à gérer son temps et ses frustrations, sur le modèle de l'éducation alimentaire.

      Responsabilité collective : La gestion des écrans relève des parents, mais aussi de l'école (éducation aux médias), des industriels (captologie) et des politiques publiques (offres d'activités alternatives).

      Hygiène de vie : La préservation du sommeil (absence d'écrans dans la chambre la nuit) et des moments d'échanges (repas sans écran) est impérative.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Mutations générationnelles et culturelles

      L'analyse de Serge Tisseron distingue deux vagues majeures de transformation liées au numérique :

      Les Millennials (nés entre 1980 et 1995)

      Ils ont introduit des changements structurels dans le rapport au savoir et à l'identité :

      Collaboration : Émergence de la construction collaborative des savoirs (type Wikipédia).

      Hyper-attention : Développement d'une attention très concentrée et éphémère, propre aux jeux vidéo, opposée à l'attention lente de la lecture.

      Fluidité identitaire : Capacité à gérer des identités multiples via des avatars dans les mondes virtuels.

      Sociabilité d'intérêt : Les liens se construisent désormais davantage par centres d'intérêt partagés que par proximité physique.

      La Génération Z (née entre 1995 et 2010)

      Cette génération grandit avec un smartphone en poche, ce qui modifie radicalement son rapport à la famille, au travail et à la politique.

      Elle est la cible privilégiée de l'économie de l'attention et de la captologie, discipline utilisant les biais cognitifs pour maximiser le temps passé sur les plateformes.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Le cadre des balises 3-6-9-12+

      Ce système repose sur trois principes : l'alternance (activités avec/sans écran), l'accompagnement et l'apprentissage de l'autorégulation.

      | Âge | Recommandations Clés | Objectifs et Logique | | --- | --- | --- | | Avant 3 ans | Éviter la télévision. Écrans interactifs uniquement si accompagnés et brefs. | Le cerveau du bébé ne « digère » pas la télévision. Besoin prioritaire de mimiques et de voix humaines réelles. | | De 3 à 6 ans | Temps d'écran fixe à heure régulière. Choix de programmes de qualité. | Apprendre à attendre (retarder la satisfaction) pour développer l'autorégulation. | | De 6 à 9 ans | Introduction d'activités créatives (ex: photographie numérique). | Passer du statut de consommateur à celui d'acteur/créateur d'images. | | De 9 à 12 ans | Écrans partagés. Dialogue sur le fonctionnement d'Internet. | Partager une culture commune (films, jeux collaboratifs type Minecraft). Prévenir les risques (données, pornographie). | | Après 12 ans | Surveillance du sommeil et des réseaux sociaux. | Responsabilisation face aux algorithmes et aux fake news. Éducation à la « grammaire d'Internet ». |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Les dangers de la « Technoférence » parentale

      Un point majeur du discours de Serge Tisseron concerne l'impact de l'usage des écrans par les adultes sur le développement de l'enfant :

      Appauvrissement relationnel : Un parent sur son smartphone pendant qu'il s'occupe de son bébé réduit ses mimiques, utilise des phrases plus courtes et moins d'émotions.

      Conséquences neurologiques : Pour l'enfant, cette inattention parentale peut avoir les mêmes effets délétères qu'un abandon devant un écran : troubles du développement et sentiment d'insécurité.

      Risques physiques : Augmentation du risque d'accidents dans les espaces publics (jardins, parcs) par manque de vigilance des accompagnateurs connectés.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Analyse des mésusages : Responsabilités et Facteurs de risque

      Le document identifie plusieurs causes aux usages problématiques des écrans, au-delà de la simple volonté individuelle :

      1. Les quiproquos numériques : La communication par écran est dénuée de mimiques et d'intonations, créant des malentendus qui peuvent dégénérer en violence physique lors du retour en présentiel (notamment le lundi à l'école après un week-end d'échanges numériques).

      2. Inégalités sociales : Les familles favorisées peuvent offrir des alternatives (sport, musique, théâtre). Dans les milieux défavorisés, l'écran est souvent la seule distraction accessible, faute de politiques de la ville adaptées.

      3. Fragilités psychiques : Les enfants ayant subi des traumatismes ou souffrant d'un défaut d'estime de soi peuvent utiliser le numérique pour reproduire des violences ou s'isoler.

      4. Stratégies industrielles : Les plateformes contournent les régulations pour instaurer des habitudes comportementales fortes, bien que le terme médical d'« addiction » soit scientifiquement réservé par l'OMS au seul trouble du jeu vidéo (sous conditions strictes).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Recommandations pratiques pour les familles

      Pour une gestion saine du numérique au quotidien, deux règles d'or sont préconisées :

      Le repas du soir sans écran : Instituer le dîner comme un moment d'échange exclusif. Cela crée une « fenêtre temporelle » où l'enfant sait qu'il peut parler s'il rencontre un problème (harcèlement, inquiétude).

      Pas d'écran dans la chambre la nuit : Les écrans sont les ennemis du sommeil en raison de la lumière bleue qui perturbe la mélatonine et de l'excitation cognitive.

      L'utilisation d'un réveil classique est conseillée pour tous, parents compris.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Citations et Réflexions Clés

      « Le problème ce n’est pas l’écran, c’est le défaut de relation humaine. »

      « On ne met pas de bifteck et de frites dans le biberon [...] de la même manière, le bébé ne digère pas la télé. »

      « La culture des jeunes d'aujourd'hui, c'est la culture des adultes de demain. »

      « Apprendre à attendre, c'est la première marche sur la voie de l'apprentissage de l'autorégulation. »

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      7. Perspectives institutionnelles et éducatives

      Serge Tisseron appelle à une mobilisation dépassant le cadre familial :

      Politique de la ville : Créer des activités sportives et culturelles gratuites ou à prix réduit pour offrir des alternatives réelles à l'enfermement numérique.

      Éducation nationale : Passer d'une simple fourniture de tablettes à une véritable formation aux pratiques collaboratives. La tablette doit servir à créer ensemble et non à isoler chaque élève.

      Régulation européenne : Légiférer sur les plateformes pour obliger à la régulation des contenus et protéger les données (RGPD).

    1. Document de Synthèse : L'Approche Stratégique du Harcèlement Scolaire par Emmanuelle Piquet

      Résumé Exécutif

      Le harcèlement scolaire est qualifié de véritable "fléau" sociétal, touchant potentiellement l'ensemble des 12 millions d'élèves français, que ce soit en tant que victimes, agresseurs ou témoins.

      Face à l'inefficacité relative des sanctions traditionnelles et des interventions d'adultes agissant comme "gardes du corps", l'approche systémique de l'école de Palo Alto, portée par Emmanuelle Piquet, propose un changement de paradigme radical.

      Plutôt que de tenter de modifier moralement le harceleur ou de surprotéger la victime, cette méthode vise à "outiller" l'enfant harcelé pour qu'il puisse, par lui-même, briser la dynamique d'emprise.

      Le pivot central de cette stratégie est le "virage à 180 degrés" : cesser de fuir ou de demander l'arrêt des violences pour affronter l'agresseur avec une répartie stratégique et de l'autodérision, déplaçant ainsi l'inconfort de l'épaule de la victime vers celle du harceleur.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. État des Lieux et Ampleur du Phénomène

      Le harcèlement en milieu scolaire n'est plus un sujet tabou mais une urgence nationale reconnue par la loi (délit pénal depuis mars 2021) et le plan national "phARE".

      Statistiques clés :

      1 enfant sur 10 est victime de harcèlement à l'école.   

      1 enfant sur 4 est victime de cyber-harcèlement.   

      100 % des élèves sont concernés, incluant les harceleurs, les harcelés et les témoins (passifs ou non).

      Universalité du fléau : Les données cliniques des centres "Chagrin Scolaire" montrent que le phénomène est homogène sur le territoire (zones rurales, grandes villes comme Paris ou Genève) et traverse tous les milieux socio-professionnels, à l'instar des violences conjugales.

      Le moteur du harcèlement : Le carburant principal du harceleur est la souffrance exprimée par la victime. Percevoir l'impact émotionnel de ses actes procure à l'agresseur un plaisir lié à l'emprise et au pouvoir.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Analyse de la Vulnérabilité et Mécanismes d'Emprise

      L'agresseur ne choisit pas sa cible au hasard ; il utilise un "radar" pour détecter une vulnérabilité présumée.

      Définition de la vulnérabilité : Une fragilité repérable par ceux qui veulent asseoir leur pouvoir. Elle peut être ponctuelle (deuil, maladie d'un proche, changement de situation).

      Profils à risque : Les enfants très couvés par les parents ou scrutés avec inquiétude par les enseignants dégagent un "anneau d'inquiétude" qui peut attirer les harceleurs en quête de popularité.

      Le rôle du témoin : Les témoins n'interviennent souvent pas par peur d'être les prochains sur la liste. Ils oscillent entre la peur (plus forte) et la culpabilité.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. L'Échec des Solutions Conventionnelles : "Le Problème est la Solution"

      Selon l'école de Palo Alto, ce sont souvent les tentatives de résolution qui alimentent le problème.

      | Type d'intervention | Mécanisme | Conséquence négative | | --- | --- | --- | | L'adulte "Garde du corps" | L'adulte intervient massivement à la place de l'enfant. | Confirme l'incapacité de l'enfant à se défendre ; pousse le harcèlement à devenir souterrain (zones grises). | | La médiation classique | Confrontation entre harceleur et harcelé devant un adulte. | Le harceleur peut feindre le remords puis se venger violemment une fois hors de vue ("poucave"). | | Le conseil de l'indifférence | Dire à l'enfant : "Fais comme si tu n'entendais pas". | Impossible à réaliser pour un enfant ; peut transformer la victime en "poupée cassée" isolée de son environnement. | | Le changement d'école | Soustraire l'enfant à l'écosystème toxique. | 60 à 70 % de récidive, car l'enfant n'a pas appris à gérer la personnalité du harceleur, qu'il retrouvera ailleurs. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. La Méthodologie du "Virage à 180 Degrés"

      L'objectif est de transformer l'enfant de "proie" en "os relationnel".

      A. La stratégie de résistance

      Plutôt que de demander l'arrêt du harcèlement (ce qui excite l'agresseur), la victime doit envoyer le message : "Continue si tu veux, mais contemple les conséquences pour toi".

      B. Le cas pratique de "Jean-Paul" (12 ans, HPI)

      Situation : Jean-Paul est moqué pour son prénom, son poids (32 kg) et ses excellentes notes. Lucas, le harceleur populaire, lui assène des coups de coude invisibles pour les adultes.

      La riposte stratégique : Au lieu de fuir aux toilettes pour pleurer, Jean-Paul utilise l'autodérision et la flèche de "l'absence de vie sociale" du harceleur : "C'est vrai que je n'ai pas de vie sociale, mais j'ai l'impression que toi sans moi, tu n'en as pas non plus vu que tu es tout le temps sur moi."

      Résultat : L'inversion de l'inconfort. Le harceleur, déstabilisé par cette "morsure d'agneau", perd son piédestal devant ses pairs.

      C. Les trois étapes de la riposte

      1. Attendre l'attaque : Ne plus fuir, mais attendre activement l'agression. Dans 50 % des cas, le simple changement de posture de l'enfant suffit à stopper le harceleur.

      2. L'autodérision (La flèche) : Utiliser une répartie qui valide la moquerie pour la rendre inefficace.

      3. Constater l'effet boomerang : Observer le déplacement de la gêne chez l'agresseur.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Perspectives sur les Nouvelles Formes de Harcèlement

      Le Cyber-harcèlement : Il est rarement isolé. Il agit comme une "caisse de résonance" du harcèlement vécu en personne.

      Il est particulièrement douloureux car il pénètre dans l'intimité du foyer, sans répit temporel.

      L'ostracisme (Le "harcèlement intelligent") : De plus en plus fréquent, il consiste à isoler totalement un enfant (ne pas lui parler, ne pas l'inviter).

      C'est une forme de violence difficilement sanctionnable par l'institution car on ne peut forcer personne à être ami avec un autre.

      La Sanction : Les études cliniques montrent qu'elle n'a aucun impact durable sur les harceleurs. Elle est souvent perçue comme un "galon" ou une simple règle du jeu à contourner.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Conseils aux Parents et Équipes Éducatives

      Libérer la parole sans trahir : Ne jamais agir sans l'accord de l'enfant.

      Si un parent intervient contre la volonté de l'enfant, celui-ci ne lui fera plus jamais confiance.

      Identifier les signaux faibles : Baisse des notes, maux de ventre le dimanche soir, irritabilité accrue avec la fratrie, isolement dans la cour.

      Valider les compétences : Il faut cesser de nier les compétences sociales des enfants harcelés et les aider à développer leur propre "carquois" de défense.

      L'entraînement : Dans les cabinets de thérapie ou les ateliers de résistance, les enfants sont entraînés physiquement et verbalement à tenir une posture de résistance crédible.

      Citation clé : "Un des carburants essentiels du harcèlement, c'est la souffrance exprimée. [...] Notre proposition consiste à outiller les enfants pour qu'ils puissent résister par eux-mêmes au moment de l'action." — Emmanuelle Piquet.

    1. Briefing : La Parentalité à l’Ère de la « Famille Tout Écran »

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les enjeux de la parentalité numérique tels qu'exposés par Marie Pierrotte, professeure d'histoire-géographie et de géopolitique, ainsi que référente académique pour l'Éducation aux Médias et à l'Information (EMI) au sein du CLEMI.

      Résumé Exécutif

      L'omniprésence des écrans au sein des foyers — avec une moyenne de neuf écrans par famille — a radicalement transformé les dynamiques éducatives.

      Le concept de « Famille Tout Écran », développé par le CLEMI, souligne que la parentalité numérique est avant tout une question de parentalité classique adaptée à un nouvel environnement.

      Les points clés identifiés sont :

      L'exemplarité parentale : Les parents doivent prendre conscience de leur propre dépendance aux écrans, car ils servent de modèles à leurs enfants.

      Le passage du contrôle au dialogue : La surveillance restrictive doit céder le pas à un accompagnement actif et à une compréhension des usages des jeunes.

      La littératie médiatique : Les compétences numériques ne sont pas innées chez les « digital natives » ; elles nécessitent un apprentissage structuré de la vérification des sources et des mécanismes algorithmiques.

      Les défis institutionnels : Entre l'émergence de l'IA (ChatGPT) et les propositions législatives sur l'âge d'accès aux réseaux sociaux, l'éducation reste le levier le plus efficace face aux limites des solutions purement restrictives.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. État des Lieux : Le Foyer Numérique en Chiffres et Concepts

      L'environnement familial a été bouleversé par l'arrivée de la génération « Alpha » (enfants nés après 2010), qui n'a jamais connu de monde sans écrans.

      Saturation technologique : Un foyer avec deux enfants possède en moyenne neuf écrans. Ce phénomène est transversal à tous les milieux sociaux.

      Paradoxe parental : Les parents équipent massivement leurs enfants, percevant l'ordinateur comme un outil de réussite scolaire, tout en exprimant une profonde anxiété face aux contenus consommés.

      Absence de repères historiques : Les parents actuels ne peuvent pas s'appuyer sur l'éducation qu'ils ont reçue, leurs propres parents n'ayant pas eu à gérer de tels outils.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Les Quatre Piliers de la Régulation Familiale

      Pour structurer la pratique numérique, Marie Pierrotte propose une analyse selon quatre axes thématiques majeurs :

      | Thème | Enjeux Clés | | --- | --- | | L'Équipement | Le choix du matériel et l'âge du premier équipement (souvent vers 9 ans pour le portable, entrée en 6ème pour l'ordinateur). | | La Temporalité | La conscience du temps passé. Les usages peuvent atteindre 3 heures par jour, souvent de manière inconsciente. | | La Spatialisation | Le lieu d'usage au sein de la maison (chambre isolée vs lieux communs comme le salon pour maintenir un lien visuel). | | Le Contenu | La nature de ce qui est consulté. Il est recommandé de s'intéresser aux activités des enfants sans tomber dans le dénigrement. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Information, Réseaux Sociaux et Algorithmes

      La consommation d'information par les jeunes a évolué, s'éloignant des médias traditionnels pour se concentrer sur des plateformes comme Instagram, TikTok, WhatsApp ou Twitch.

      Le Phénomène Hugo Décrypte

      Cette chaîne est citée comme un modèle de succès. Bien qu'elle soit perçue comme la production d'un jeune « éclairé », elle repose sur une structure économique solide (15 salariés, journalistes, monteurs).

      C'est un outil précieux pour le décryptage, mais dont les adolescents doivent comprendre les dessous économiques.

      Bulles Cognitives et Désinformation

      Biais cognitifs : Le cerveau a tendance à ne retenir que les informations confirmant des opinions préexistantes.

      Algorithmes d'enfermement : Des plateformes comme TikTok utilisent des algorithmes pour proposer des contenus similaires à ceux déjà consultés, enfermant l'utilisateur dans une « bulle cognitive ».

      L'exemple de l'attaque du Capitole illustre le danger de cette déconnexion de la réalité factuelle.

      Modèle social chinois vs américain : Le document distingue le contrôle social explicite via le numérique en Chine (système de points) de l'exploitation commerciale des données (RGPD en Europe vs modèles américains).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Défis Éducatifs et Institutionnels

      L'Intelligence Artificielle (ChatGPT)

      L'IA est perçue comme un défi pour l'évaluation scolaire (rédaction de lettres de motivation, devoirs).

      Cependant, Marie Pierrotte souligne qu'un travail non intégré personnellement ne construit aucune compétence. L'accent doit être mis sur la sincérité de l'apprentissage.

      Le Cadre Légal et l'École

      Âge numérique : La loi fixe l'accès aux réseaux sociaux à 13 ans, mais l'âge réel du premier portable en France est de 9 ans.

      Proposition de loi Marcangeli : Vise à porter cet âge à 15 ans.

      Le document reste sceptique sur l'efficacité d'une telle mesure face à des multinationales américaines, privilégiant la formation des parents.

      Le portable en classe : Au collège, l'interdiction est la règle. Au lycée, des stratégies de contournement apparaissent (le « leurre », où l'élève rend un vieux téléphone et en garde un second pour tricher).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Risques Comportementaux et Santé Mentale

      Jeux Vidéo et « Hormone de la Joie »

      Le jeu vidéo stimule la sécrétion de dopamine (comparée à la satisfaction d'un aliment sucré ou du sport), ce qui explique la difficulté extrême pour un enfant de « décrocher » au moment des repas, générant des conflits familiaux.

      Conseil pratique : Respecter la signalétique PEGI et définir le temps par « nombre de parties » plutôt que par minutes.

      Brutalisation des Échanges

      L'anonymat ou la distance numérique favorise une brutalité verbale (sexisme, racisme, homophobie).

      Les jeunes ont tendance à oublier que les règles de respect de la « vie réelle » s'appliquent aussi sur WhatsApp ou les réseaux sociaux.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Outils et Bonnes Pratiques

      Le document mentionne des solutions concrètes pour une transition numérique apaisée :

      1. L'Application "Forest" : Permet de relever des défis de concentration. Si l'utilisateur n'utilise pas son téléphone pendant un temps défini (ex: 2h), un arbre réel est planté.

      2. L'Heure sans Écran : Éviter les écrans une heure avant le coucher pour préserver le sommeil.

      3. La Portabilité des Données : Utiliser le RGPD pour demander aux plateformes l'intégralité des données collectées (souvent des centaines de pages) afin de sensibiliser sur la vie privée.

      4. L'Éducation aux Médias par la Pratique : Encourager la création (webradio, rédaction d'articles) pour comprendre comment l'information est construite.

    1. Briefing : Santé, Besoins et Développement de l'Enfant

      Ce document de synthèse s'appuie sur l'intervention de Marie-Paule Desanti, psychologue clinicienne à la Protection Maternelle et Infantile (PMI) de Corse, lors du webinaire « L'instant parents ».

      Il détaille les enjeux de la santé globale de l'enfant, les étapes charnières de son développement et les besoins fondamentaux nécessaires à son épanouissement.

      Résumé Exécutif

      Le développement de l'enfant ne doit pas être perçu comme une simple progression organique, mais comme une évolution globale intégrant la santé physique, le bien-être psychologique et l'insertion sociale.

      Les points saillants de cette analyse incluent :

      La conception globale de la santé : Elle dépasse l'absence de maladie pour englober un équilibre social et psychologique.

      L'importance des 1000 premiers jours : Une période de vulnérabilité et de plasticité neuronale extraordinaire (du 4ème mois de grossesse aux 2 ans) où l'environnement et l'attachement jouent un rôle déterminant.

      La trajectoire de développement : Un processus non linéaire marqué par des étapes clés (9 mois, 24 mois, 4 ans) validées par des certificats de santé obligatoires.

      Les besoins fondamentaux : Articulés autour de cinq piliers (sécurité, exploration, cadre/limites, identité, valorisation), leur satisfaction est la condition sine qua non d'une maturation réussie.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Le Rôle de la Protection Maternelle et Infantile (PMI)

      Issue d'une ordonnance de 1945 visant à redresser l'état sanitaire post-guerre, la PMI a évolué d'une mission purement médicale vers un accompagnement global de la parentalité.

      Missions principales : Prévention sanitaire, protection de l'enfance, et accompagnement médico-social des femmes enceintes et des enfants de moins de 6 ans.

      Services proposés : Consultations de nourrissons, bilans de santé en école maternelle, agrément des assistantes maternelles et accueil en structures petite enfance.

      Caractéristiques : C'est un service public de proximité, gratuit et ouvert à tous, composé d'équipes pluridisciplinaires (médecins, sages-femmes, puéricultrices, psychologues, éducatrices).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Analyse Chronologique du Développement

      L'évolution de l'enfant est suivie à travers trois certificats de santé obligatoires (8 jours, 9 mois, 24 mois) et un bilan en école maternelle (4 ans).

      1. Le cap des 9 mois : L'individuation

      Auto-apaisement : À cet âge, l'enfant commence à acquérir la capacité de se calmer seul, notamment durant la nuit.

      Faire ses nuits signifie ici ne plus solliciter les parents lors des réveils nocturnes.

      Peur de l'étranger et séparation : Ces réactions marquent la construction de l'enfant en tant qu'individu séparé (« dé-fusionné ») de sa figure d'attachement.

      Permanence de l'objet : L'enfant intériorise l'image de ses parents, ce qui lui permet de se rassurer en leur absence.

      2. Le cap des 24 mois : L'explosion motrice et l'indépendance

      Autonomie et opposition : L'utilisation du « non » est un signe de maturation ; l'enfant affirme qu'il est un sujet distinct de ses parents.

      Capacités d'empathie : Début de la reconnaissance des émotions d'autrui et des gestes de consolation.

      Symbolisation : Apparition des jeux de « faire semblant » (bercer une poupée), témoignant de la mise en place de représentations mentales.

      Langage : Émergence d'un langage capable de combiner deux ou trois mots.

      3. Le cap des 4 ans : L'entrée dans le monde social

      Décentration : Avec l'école, l'enfant réalise qu'il n'est plus le centre du monde et doit s'ouvrir aux autres.

      Monde interne : Capacité d'exprimer des émotions complexes (peur, joie, tristesse) et accès à l'auto-réflexion via l'utilisation du « Je ».

      Compétences cognitives : Développement du graphisme (dessin du bonhomme) et structuration du récit.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Les 1000 Premiers Jours et la Théorie de l'Attachement

      Cette période (grossesse jusqu'à 2 ans) est qualifiée d'« époustouflante » par les experts en raison de la vitesse de maturation cérébrale (200 000 connexions neuronales par minute).

      L'influence de l'environnement : Si la génétique fournit l'encodage, l'environnement (nutrition, sommeil, qualité des interactions) façonne le cerveau.

      L'attachement sécure : Un besoin vital. La réponse chaleureuse et adéquate de l'adulte aux besoins de l'enfant crée un lien de confiance.

      Ce lien sécurisé permet à l'enfant d'explorer le monde et de faire face aux difficultés futures de manière adaptée.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. Typologie des Besoins Fondamentaux

      L'analyse de Marie-Paule Desanti, basée sur les définitions de la Haute Autorité de Santé (HAS), distingue cinq catégories de besoins :

      | Catégorie de Besoin | Composantes Essentielles | | --- | --- | | Sécurité (Physiologique et Affective) | Nutrition, hygiène, sommeil régulier, protection contre le froid. Relation affective stable et cohérente avec des adultes disponibles. | | Exploration | Liberté de mouvement, exercice du corps, jeux imaginatifs, immersion dans le langage, accès à la culture (ludothèques, crèches). Droit à l'ennui et au rêve. | | Cadre et Limites | Apprentissage des codes sociaux et des valeurs. Régulation émotionnelle (reconnaître et nommer une émotion sans passer à l'acte agressif). Cohérence de l'adulte. | | Identité | Inscription dans une filiation et une génération. Reconnaissance des multiples facettes (sexe, culture, spiritualité, appartenance à un groupe). | | Valorisation | Besoin d'être reconnu comme un être singulier, irremplaçable et nécessaire à la société. Importance du regard de l'autre. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      V. Conclusion et Perspectives Éducatives

      Le développement harmonieux de l'enfant repose sur une vigilance constante lors des moments de rupture ou de changement (retour de maternité, entrée en crèche, arrivée d'un nouveau membre dans la fratrie).

      L'objectif final de l'accompagnement parental et éducatif est de garantir un cadre qui soit simultanément :

      1. Bienveillant : Acceptation de tous les ressentis de l'enfant (ex: accepter qu'il exprime ne pas aimer son frère tout en interdisant l'agression physique).

      2. Sécurisant : Présence d'adultes modélisants et cohérents.

      3. Contenant : Capacité de l'environnement à structurer et à donner du sens aux expériences de l'enfant.

      Comme le souligne Desanti, « la santé ne se limite pas à l'absence de pathologie » ; elle est le fruit d'une attention portée à tous les axes de développement : moteur, relationnel, social et affectif.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang and colleagues examine neural representations underlying abstract navigation in entorhinal cortex (EC) and hippocampus (HC) using fMRI. This paper replicates a previously identified hexagonal modulation of abstract navigation vectors in abstract space in EC in a novel task involving navigating in a conceptual Greeble space. In HC, the authors identify a three-fold signal of the navigation angle. They also use a novel analysis technique (spectral analysis) to look at spatial patterns in these two areas and identify phase coupling between HC and EC. Interestingly, the three-fold pattern identified in the hippocampus explains quirks in participants' behavior where navigation performance follows a three-fold periodicity. Finally, the authors propose a EC-HPC PhaseSync Model to understand how the EC and HC construct cognitive maps. The wide array and creativity of the techniques used is impressive but because of their unique nature, the paper would benefit from more details on how some of these techniques were implemented.

      Comments on revisions:

      Most of my concerns were adequately addressed, and I believe the paper is greatly improved. I have two more points. I noticed that the legend for Figure 4 still refers to some components of the previous figure version, this should be updated to reflect the current version of the figure. I also think the paper would benefit from more details regarding some of the analyses.

      Specifically, the phase-amplitude coupling analysis should have a section in the methods which should be sure to clarify how the BOLD signals were reconstructed.

      (1)“…I noticed that the legend for Figure 4 still refers to some components of the previous figure version, this should be updated to reflect the current version of the figure…”.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have revised the legend of Figure 4 by removing the significance notation “***: p < 0.001”, which referred to elements from a previous version of the figure.

      (2)“…I also think the paper would benefit from more details regarding some of the analyses. Specifically, the phase-amplitude coupling analysis should have a section in the methods which should be sure to clarify how the BOLD signals were reconstructed”.

      We agree and appreciate the reviewer’s helpful suggestion. We have added a dedicated subsection entitled “Phase–amplitude coupling” to the Materials and Methods, in which we provide a detailed description of how the EC and HPC BOLD signals were reconstructed and how the coupling analysis was implemented. Correspondingly, we refined the description of this analysis in the Results section under “Phase synchronization between the HPC and EC activity”. The revised sections have been included below for your convenience. 

      Materials and Methods: Phase–amplitude coupling

      To quantify the spatial peak relationship between EC and HPC BOLD activity, we implemented a cross-frequency amplitude–phase coupling analysis in the directional space (Canolty et al., 2006). Rather than analyzing raw BOLD signals, we reconstructed 6-fold EC activity and 3-fold HPC activity in each voxel using sinusoidal modulation weights (β<sub>sine</sub> and β<sub>cosine</sub>) estimated from the raw BOLD signals. Specifically, activity was modeled as β<sub>cosine</sub>cos(kθ) + β<sub>sine</sub>sin(kθ), where k denotes the rotational symmetry. This approach selectively captures the hypothesized spatial symmetries of neural activity (e.g., 6-fold or 3-fold periodicity) as a function of movement direction. For this coupling analysis, we used participants’ original movement directions (i.e., without applying orientation calibration). The reconstructed 6-fold EC and 3-fold HPC activity were then converted into analytic representations using the Hilbert transform, yielding the instantaneous phase of the HPC (ϕ<sub>HPC</sub>) and the amplitude envelope of the EC (A<sub>ERC</sub>). HPC phases were classified into nine bins. The composite analytic signal, defined as z = A<sub>ERC</sub>e<sup>iϕHPC</sup>, was used to compute the modulation index M (Canolty et al., 2006), defined as the absolute value of the mean of z values, quantifying the scalar coupling strength between EC amplitude and HPC phase within each bin. A surrogate dataset, a null distribution of the modulation indices (M<sup>-</sup>), was generated by spatially offsetting the EC amplitude relative to the HPC phase across all possible spatial lags. The mean of this surrogate distribution was used as the baseline reference against which the observed coupling strength was compared.

      Results: Phase synchronization between the HPC and EC activity

      To examine whether the spatial phase structure in one region could predict that in another, we tested whether the orientations of the 6-fold EC and 3-fold HPC periodic activities, estimated from odd-numbered sessions using sinusoidal modulation with rotationally symmetric parameters, were correlated across participants. A cross-participant circular correlation was conducted between the spatial phases of the two areas to quantify the spatial correspondence of their activity patterns (EC: purple dots; HPC: green dots) (Jammalamadaka & Sengupta, 2001). The analysis revealed a significant circular correlation (Fig. 4a; r = 0.42, p < 0.001), as reflected by the continuous color progression across the participants (i.e., the colored lines connecting each pair of the EC and HPC dots in Fig. 4a), suggesting that participants with smaller hippocampal phases (green, outer ring) tended to have smaller entorhinal phases (purple, inner ring), and vice versa.

      In addition to the across-participant phase correlation, we further examined the spatial alignment between the 6-fold EC and 3-fold HPC activity patterns. Given that the spatial phase of the HPC is hypothesized to depend on EC projections, particularly along the three primary axes of the hexagonal code, we examined whether the periodic activities of the EC and HPC were spatially peak-aligned. Notably, unlike previous studies that focused on temporal coherence of neural oscillations (Buzsaki, 2006; Maris et al., 2011; Friese et al., 2013), our analysis focused on periodic coupling between brain areas in the directional space. To test spatial peak alignment between EC and HPC, a cross-frequency spatial coupling analysis (adapted from the amplitude–phase coupling framework; Canolty et al., 2006) was employed to identify at which HPC phase the EC exhibited maximal amplitude modulation. If the activities of both areas were peak-aligned (i.e., no peak offset), a strong coupling at phase 0 of the HPC would be expected as shown by the one-cyclebased schema in Fig. 4b. In doing so, the instantaneous phase of the HPC and the amplitude envelope of the EC were extracted from the reconstructed activity using the Hilbert transform (see methods for details). HPC phases were classified into nine bins, and the modulation index (M), quantifying the scalar coupling strength between EC amplitude and HPC phase, was computed within each bin. As a result, significant coupling was observed in the bin centered at phase 0 of the HPC (Fig. 4c; t(32) = 2.57, p = 0.02, Bonferroni-corrected across tests; Cohen’s d = 0.45). In contrast, no significant coupling was found in other bins (p > 0.05). To rule out the possibility that the observed coupling was driven by a potential harmonic (integer multiple) relationship between the 3-fold and 6-fold periodicities, we additionally conducted control analyses using 9-fold and 12-fold EC components. However, no significant coupling was observed in these controls (Fig. 4c; p > 0.05). Together, these results confirmed selective alignments of spatial peaks between the 6fold EC and 3-fold HPC periodicity in the conceptual direction domain.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors report results from behavioral data, fMRI recordings, and computer simulations during a conceptual navigation task. They report 3-fold symmetry in behavioral and simulated model performance, 3-fold symmetry in hippocampal activity, and 6-fold symmetry in entorhinal activity (all as a function of movement directions in conceptual space). The analyses seem thoroughly done, and the results and simulations are very interesting.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our work.

      We thank both reviewers again for their constructive and insightful feedback, which has substantially strengthened the manuscript.

    1. Note de Synthèse : La Logique Émotionnelle chez l'Enfant

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les interventions de Catherine Aimelet-Perrisol, médecin et psychothérapeute, concernant la nature des émotions enfantines et la posture parentale requise pour les accompagner.

      Il repose sur l'approche de la « logique émotionnelle », qui s'éloigne d'une vision purement psychologique pour embrasser une compréhension biologique de l'émotion.

      Résumé Exécutif

      L’émotion ne doit pas être perçue comme un débordement à gérer ou à réprimer, mais comme un mouvement vital (e-movere) et un langage biologique signalant un besoin d'existence.

      Fondée sur les travaux du professeur Henri Laborit, cette approche postule que chaque émotion (peur, colère, tristesse, joie) répond à un code biologique précis visant la survie et l'affirmation de soi.

      Pour le parent, l'enjeu n'est pas de calmer l'enfant par la coercition, mais d'écouter ce que l'émotion dit de son besoin de sécurité, d'identité ou de sens.

      Le rôle éducatif évolue ainsi d'un cadre rigide vers une structure souple et une enveloppe sécurisante, permettant à l'enfant de transformer ses émotions en solutions adaptatives plutôt qu'en problèmes comportementaux.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. L’Émotion : Un Processus Biologique et Vital

      L'émotion est étymologiquement un « mouvement vers l'extérieur ». Loin d'être un simple phénomène psychologique, elle est une réaction cellulaire et neuronale ancrée dans le vivant.

      L’intention vitale : L'émotion manifeste l'élan vital de l'enfant. Lorsqu'un enfant crie ou s'agite, il exprime fondamentalement : « J'existe ».

      La rupture avec la « gestion » : Vouloir « gérer » ou contrôler les émotions est jugé contre-productif.

      L'émotion est un mécanisme de régime biologique qui s'impose à l'individu ; elle est donc « vraie » par définition, même si la réaction semble inadéquate aux yeux des adultes.

      Un langage à décrypter : L'émotion est le langage utilisé par l'enfant, souvent avant même la maîtrise des mots, pour dire quelque chose de sa propre existence et de son rapport au monde.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Le Code Émotionnel : Les Quatre Catégories Fondamentales

      Selon la logique émotionnelle, chaque émotion est un signal spécifique répondant à un besoin précis. Le consensus identifie quatre grandes catégories :

      | Émotion | Besoin sous-jacent | Perception de la situation | Comportement associé | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Peur | Sécurité | Danger perçu | Fuite ou évitement | | Colère | Identité / Estime de soi | Menace ou agression | Lutte ou confrontation | | Tristesse | Sens / Compréhension | Chaos ou privation de sens | Repli sur soi / Bulle de protection | | Joie | Expansion / Vitalité | Opportunité / Récompense | Externalisation / Explosion de vie |

      Focus sur les fonctions spécifiques :

      La Peur : Elle permet d'anticiper le pire pour s'y préparer. Elle devient une solution si le parent aide l'enfant à élaborer une stratégie face au danger ressenti.

      La Colère : Elle sert d'exutoire pour protéger le « moi ». L'enfant cherche à se faire entendre et à affirmer son identité dans la relation.

      La Tristesse : Elle crée une bulle de protection (souvent observée durant la période du COVID-19) face à un monde extérieur devenu incompréhensible.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. La Posture Parentale : Présence, Structure et Enveloppement

      Le parent est invité à passer d'un rôle de « sauveur » ou de « contrôleur » à celui d'accompagnateur.

      L'écoute et la restitution

      Au lieu d'évaluer le comportement, le parent doit s'intéresser au « comment » :

      Observation : Regarder comment l'enfant s'y prend pour dessiner ou apprendre (ex: une lune carrée n'est pas une erreur, mais une expression de ce que l'enfant a vu ou imaginé).

      Restitution : Redonner à l'enfant ses propres outils en lui montrant qu'on a perçu sa démarche (« Je vois que tu apprends mieux en marchant »). Cela renforce sa sécurité intérieure.

      Structure vs Cadre

      Le concept de « cadre » est souvent perçu comme restrictif ou source de conflit. On lui préfère deux autres notions :

      1. La Structure (ou Architecture) : Une colonne vertébrale à la fois souple et solide. C'est la « droiture » qui permet à l'enfant de s'élever et de découvrir ses propres règles.

      2. L'Enveloppement : Une protection nécessaire lorsque l'enfant est démuni ou traversé par un chagrin immense. C'est une présence qui dit : « Je suis là, je t'écoute ».

      L'Éducation comme Conduite

      L'éducation (ducere) consiste à apprendre à l'enfant comment « se conduire » plutôt que de lui imposer une conduite.

      Questionner un enfant sur la façon dont il compte se comporter dans une situation donnée stimule ses neurones et développe son sens de la responsabilité.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Le Mystère du Développement et de l'Apprentissage

      Chaque enfant naît avec une « tonalité émotionnelle » singulière (plutôt inquiet, batailleur ou joyeux).

      L'influence de l'environnement : La culture familiale peut favoriser ou restreindre certaines émotions (ex : « chez nous, on ne pleure pas »).

      L'enfant s'adapte ou entre en résistance, ce qui constitue une part du mystère de sa personnalité.

      L'apprentissage comme chemin vers la sécurité : Il n'existe pas d'enfant qui ne veuille pas apprendre.

      Comprendre un concept ou réussir un apprentissage est une source majeure de sécurité intérieure.

      La loi commune : Si le « comment » (la méthode) est libre et appartient à l'enfant, le « quoi » (la nécessité d'apprendre la leçon, de respecter les règles sociales) relève de la loi et de l'ordre collectif, qui ne sont pas négociables.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Conclusion : L’Émotion comme Solution

      L'approche de Catherine Aimelet-Perrisol conclut que l'émotion n'est jamais un problème en soi.

      Elle est une solution biologique que le corps trouve pour exprimer un besoin non satisfait.

      En validant le ressenti de l'enfant (« Ton corps dit vrai ») sans nécessairement valider toutes ses interprétations factuelles, le parent crée une relation « gagnant-gagnant » fondée sur la reconnaissance de l'existence de l'autre.

    1. L'Éducation Positive : Au-delà des Clichés et des Dogmes

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les interventions de Béatrice Kammerer, journaliste spécialisée en éducation, lors du webinaire « L’Instant Parents ».

      L'objectif est de clarifier le concept d'éducation positive, souvent mal compris ou réduit à des slogans marketing.

      Les points clés à retenir sont :

      Absence de définition théorique stricte en France : Contrairement aux pays anglo-saxons, l'éducation positive en France est davantage un mouvement éditorial qu'un concept universitaire précis.

      Idéalisation excessive : La définition du Conseil de l'Europe fixe un standard très élevé (le « plein développement » de l'enfant), créant un idéal parfois inatteignable pour les parents.

      Le paradoxe de l'efficacité : Il existe un décalage entre les promesses marketing (fin des conflits) et les valeurs réelles du courant (épanouissement et autonomie), qui n'excluent pas les comportements enfantins naturels.

      Réhabilitation du « parent bricoleur » : Face aux injonctions des experts, il est crucial de redonner confiance aux parents dans leur capacité d'adaptation et leur droit à l'erreur (essai-erreur).

      Enjeux sociétaux : Le débat doit dépasser la sphère privée pour intégrer les inégalités de genre (charge mentale des mères) et les violences systémiques (pauvreté, exclusion) trop souvent ignorées par ce courant.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Définitions et Cadre Conceptuel

      1. Un malentendu géographique et sémantique

      L'éducation positive ne recouvre pas la même réalité selon les régions du monde :

      Aux États-Unis : Elle s'appuie sur la « discipline positive » (Jane Nelsen, années 80), visant à remplacer les punitions par la responsabilisation, ou sur la « psychologie positive » (Martin Seligman), axée sur les déterminants du bien-être.

      En France : Le terme n'est pas issu du monde académique ou de la recherche. C'est une « bannière » utilisée par l'édition pour regrouper des aspirations diverses visant à contester l'éducation autoritaire traditionnelle.

      2. La définition du Conseil de l'Europe (2006)

      C'est la seule référence institutionnelle majeure. Elle définit la parentalité positive comme un comportement fondé sur :

      • L'intérêt supérieur de l'enfant.

      • Un environnement non violent.

      • La reconnaissance et l'assistance.

      • L'établissement de repères pour le plein développement.

      Analyse : Béatrice Kammerer souligne que cette définition est à la fois consensuelle et « complètement idéalisée », plaçant la barre si haut qu'elle devient une source potentielle de pression pour les parents.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Les Piliers de l'Éducation Positive

      Bien que floue, l'éducation positive repose sur trois objectifs transversaux identifiés chez la plupart des auteurs :

      | Pilier | Description et Objectifs | | --- | --- | | Non-violence éducative | Questionner la légitimité de la force. Supprimer les punitions, les récompenses et la coercition non nécessaire. | | Amélioration de la communication | Favoriser l'écoute mutuelle, l'expression des besoins sans jugement et l'attention portée aux émotions. | | Reconnaissance des spécificités | Prendre en compte l'immaturité cognitive et affective de l'enfant. Voir le "mauvais" comportement comme l'expression d'un besoin plutôt que comme une attaque personnelle. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Fondements Historiques et Psychologiques

      1. L'évolution du statut de l'enfant

      Le XXe siècle a marqué une rupture majeure :

      Baisse de la mortalité infantile : Les progrès médicaux (vaccins, antibiotiques) ont permis un investissement affectif plus intense.

      Changement de paradigme philosophique : Passage de l'enfant « marqué par le péché » (à civiliser) à l'enfant « jardin d'Eden » (Rousseau, romantisme) dont il faut préserver l'innocence.

      Éducation nouvelle : Des figures comme Maria Montessori ou Célestin Freinet ont déplacé l'objectif de la transmission brute de savoirs vers le développement de la personne.

      2. Les théories de l'attachement

      L'éducation positive puise largement dans les travaux de :

      John Bowlby (années 40) : Identification des comportements de proximité comme vitaux pour le bébé.

      René Spitz : Concept de l'hospitalisme, démontrant que l'absence de lien affectif peut mener au dépérissement et à la mort du nourrisson.

      Mary Ainsworth (années 70) : Mise en évidence du besoin d'une « base de sécurité ». Paradoxalement, c'est parce que l'enfant se sent sécure et soutenu qu'il peut devenir autonome.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. Critiques et Zones d'Ombre du Courant

      1. Le piège du dogme et de l'injonction

      Béatrice Kammerer dénonce une dérive autoritaire dans la diffusion des conseils :

      Recettes miracles : Les livres proposent des tutoriels rigides (« dites ceci, pas cela ») qui ignorent la singularité de chaque relation.

      Culpabilisation : Si la méthode échoue, le parent se sent en échec personnel, pensant avoir mal appliqué les consignes des experts.

      Figures de proue « gourous » : Certains discours deviennent intouchables, où critiquer la méthode revient à être accusé de promouvoir la maltraitance.

      2. Le parent « thérapeute » et le contrôle émotionnel

      Une attente inhumaine pèse sur les parents : on leur demande d'être des réceptacles calmes et empathiques en permanence (similaires à des thérapeutes en séance), tout en leur interdisant d'exprimer leur propre colère ou fatigue.

      3. Les angles morts sociaux

      Le courant est critiqué pour son manque d'engagement sur des sujets critiques :

      Pauvreté et exclusion : Peu d'intérêt pour les enfants dormant à la rue ou vivant sous le seuil de pauvreté.

      Inégalités de genre : L'éducation positive reste largement portée par les femmes (95% des participants aux ateliers). Les mères demeurent les « parents par défaut » gérant la charge mentale, tandis que les pères sont souvent perçus comme des « seconds couteaux ».

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      V. Débats Contemporains : La Famille Démocratique et le "Time Out"

      1. Le mythe de l'enfant roi

      Béatrice Kammerer conteste l'idée que nous vivons sous la domination des enfants. Elle préfère le concept de famille démocratique (François de Singly) :

      • L'enfant est « ambivalent » : petit par ses besoins de protection, mais grand par ses droits.

      • Le défi est de l'associer aux décisions sans lui faire porter une responsabilité de choix démesurée pour son âge.

      2. La controverse Caroline Goldman vs Recherche scientifique

      Le débat actuel sur le « Time Out » (mise à l'écart) est marqué par des confusions :

      La « mise au point » (Goldman) : Prône une mise à l'écart longue (30 min à 1h) dès 1 an, avec une dimension punitive et pénitente.

      Le « Time Out » scientifique : Il s'agit d'un temps mort très court (quelques minutes), non chargé émotionnellement, visant simplement le retour au calme.

      Il reste, sous cette forme, compatible avec les principes de l'éducation positive.

      Conclusion : Pour une compétence de bricolage

      L'expertise réelle n'appartient pas aux livres, mais aux parents qui vivent avec l'enfant.

      L'éducation doit être vue comme un processus d'ajustement permanent.

      Le « parent bricoleur », qui essaie, se trompe et répare, offre à l'enfant un modèle d'humanité et d'amour bien plus précieux qu'une application parfaite de méthodes standardisées.

    1. L’Éducation Efficace : Synthèse de la Méthode de Laurence Dudek

      Ce document présente une analyse détaillée des principes de la méthode « Éducation efficace » développée par Laurence Dudek, psychopédagogue, lors d'un webinaire organisé par le Réseau Canopé de Corse.

      La méthode repose sur l'idée que la non-violence n'est pas seulement une valeur morale, mais le levier le plus performant pour l'apprentissage et le développement de l'enfant.

      Résumé Exécutif

      L'éducation efficace se définit par un postulat simple : ce qui est bienveillant est ce qui fonctionne.

      Contrairement aux méthodes coercitives (punitions et récompenses) qui visent l'obéissance à court terme au détriment de la relation, cette approche privilégie l'attachement sécure et l'exemple comme moteurs principaux d'apprentissage. Les points critiques à retenir sont :

      Le primat de l'exemple : L'enfant apprend par imitation et expérience, non par des injonctions verbales ou des explications rationnelles (inefficaces avant l'âge de 7 ans).

      L'émotion comme obstacle : La peur, la honte et le rejet sont des « encombrants cognitifs » qui saturent le cerveau et empêchent tout apprentissage réel.

      La redéfinition de l'erreur : L'échec n'est pas un manque de compétence, mais une étape nécessaire du développement qui doit être accueillie avec confiance.

      L'inefficacité de la force : Aucune violence n'est éducative. La contrainte brise le lien de confiance, moteur essentiel de la transmission entre mammifères.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Les Fondements de l’Éducation Efficace

      Définition et Objectifs

      Laurence Dudek récuse les termes « éducation positive » ou « bienveillante » qui peuvent induire un jugement de valeur (positif vs négatif).

      Elle choisit le terme efficace car il est neutre : une méthode est efficace si elle produit les résultats escomptés (apprentissage, autonomie) sans détruire la relation.

      | Éducation Coercitive | Éducation Efficace | | --- | --- | | Basée sur la force (punition/récompense). | Basée sur la non-violence et l'attachement. | | Vise l'obéissance immédiate. | Vise l'apprentissage à long terme et l'autonomie. | | Génère un lien d'attachement insécure. | Favorise un lien d'attachement sécure. | | Utilise la peur, la honte et le rejet. | Utilise l'exemple, l'expérience et la confiance. |

      Le rôle de l'attachement

      Pour les mammifères humains, le lien d'attachement est la condition sine qua non de l'apprentissage.

      Un enfant qui craint une réaction imprévisible de son parent (punition, claque, colère) entre dans un état de vigilance qui paralyse ses capacités cognitives.

      L'enseignant ou le parent efficace est celui qui sait instaurer un respect mutuel et une disponibilité sécurisante.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. La Clé n°1 : La Valeur et le Pouvoir de l'Exemple

      Le levier principal de l'apprentissage est l'imitation de la figure d'attachement.

      L'inefficacité du discours rationnel

      Une erreur courante consiste à surinvestir l'explication verbale chez les jeunes enfants.

      Avant 7 ans : Les liens indirects de cause à effet (ex: « ne mange pas de bonbons, tu auras mal aux dents plus tard ») n'ont aucun sens pour le cerveau de l'enfant.

      Seul le lien direct et immédiat est intégré (ex: « c'est chaud, ça brûle »).

      Injonctions contradictoires : Dire « fais ce que je dis, pas ce que je fais » est une impasse.

      Un parent qui utilise son téléphone toute la journée ne peut pas exiger de son enfant qu'il s'en détache.

      Le miroir du comportement

      Si un enfant adopte un comportement inadapté, le parent doit d'abord se demander : « Où a-t-il appris cela ? ». L'enfant reflète les informations et le contexte fournis par l'adulte.

      La distinction entre réflexe et violence

      Chez les tout-petits (jusqu'à 4 ans), certains comportements dits « violents » (mordre, griffer) sont des réactions réflexes de défense.

      Si un adulte entrave physiquement un enfant de manière coercitive, le cerveau archaïque de l'enfant interprète la situation comme une prédation.

      L'enfant ne choisit pas d'être violent ; il réagit à un contexte perçu comme hostile.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. L'Impact des Émotions sur l'Apprentissage

      Les émotions douloureuses sont qualifiées d'encombrants cognitifs.

      1. Saturation cérébrale : Lorsqu'un enfant a peur, ressent de la honte ou se sent rejeté, son cerveau est entièrement consacré à la gestion de cette douleur interne. La concentration est rompue.

      2. Ancrages sensoriels négatifs : Si un apprentissage est imposé par la force ou la menace, le cerveau de l'enfant associe durablement le sujet (ex: les devoirs, les repas) à la douleur, cherchant ensuite à l'éviter systématiquement.

      3. Les trois leviers de la coercition : La peur (menaces), la honte (moqueries, culpabilisation) et le rejet (mise à distance) sont les outils d'une éducation qui sacrifie la confiance au profit d'un résultat immédiat et fragile.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. Application Pratique et Autonomie

      La gestion de l'erreur (Clé n°1 et 3)

      L'erreur est une étape biologique du développement.

      Validation de l'apprentissage : On ne sait vraiment faire une chose que lorsqu'on a expérimenté le fait de ne pas savoir la faire.

      Posturale parentale : Accueillir l'erreur positivement (« C'est bien, tu es en train d'apprendre ») renforce la confiance.

      Sanctionner l'erreur stoppe le processus naturel de recherche et de correction.

      Le cas des règles sociales (Exemple des repas)

      Le webinaire illustre la méthode à travers l'exemple d'un enfant de 9 ans préférant manger avec les doigts.

      L'adulte n'a pas réponse à tout : Si l'enfant a les informations (l'exemple des parents utilisant des couverts) mais choisit de faire autrement, il exerce ses habiletés sociales.

      Contexte vs Obéissance : Forcer l'usage des couverts chez les proches crée un rejet de la relation (peur de retourner chez les grands-parents).

      Dudek suggère de faire confiance à l'enfant : si l'exemple est donné, il saura s'adapter en société par imitation, comme il le fait déjà à la cantine.

      La perfection parentale

      La violence éducative surgit souvent lorsque le parent est lui-même soumis à des injonctions de perfection ou de stress (ex: peur d'être en retard).

      L'urgence sociale (horaires) prend alors le pas sur la relation. La méthode suggère de prioriser le lien : il est moins grave d'être en retard que de briser la sécurité émotionnelle de l'enfant par une crise de colère.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      V. Enjeux Sociétaux et Institutionnels

      L'entrée précoce à l'école : Le sevrage naturel chez les primates humains se situe vers 5 ans (entre 2,5 et 7,5 ans).

      Envoyer des enfants non sevrés à l'école dès 3 ans génère un stress de séparation massif qui peut placer l'enfant en état de « sidération » ou de veille prolongée, ralentissant les apprentissages sociaux.

      Conditionnement et déconstruction : Environ 60 % de la population revendique encore le droit à la violence éducative, tandis que seuls 20 % conscientisent une approche non violente.

      Pour ces derniers, le défi majeur est de déconstruire leurs propres automatismes coercitifs hérités de leur enfance.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Citations Clés

      « Efficace, ça veut juste dire que ça marche. Ce n'est pas un jugement de valeur, c'est un constat. »

      « La bienveillance n'est pas un but en soi, c'est un moyen. C'est le moyen d'être efficace et d'obtenir une meilleure transmission. »

      « Aucune violence n'est éducative. Absolument aucune. »

      « Ce qui va partir à la poubelle en premier [avec la punition], c'est la confiance, c'est la relation. »

      « Une erreur, c'est une étape du développement des apprentissages. »

    1. Briefing : La Sophrologie Ludique et le Renforcement du Lien Parent-Enfant

      Synthèse de la session "Instant Parent" avec Claire Lise de Zerbi

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les interventions de Claire Lise de Zerbi, sophrologue et chargée de mission, concernant la pratique de la sophrologie ludique. Il explore comment cette discipline, adaptée aux enfants et aux adolescents, constitue un levier pour le développement personnel, la réussite éducative et la consolidation des liens affectifs au sein de la famille et de la société.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Résumé Exécutif

      La sophrologie ludique est une adaptation de la sophrologie classique destinée aux enfants (prioritairement de 3 à 11 ans) et aux adolescents.

      Elle se distingue par une approche pédagogique fondée sur le jeu, l'imaginaire et l'interaction directe entre le parent et l'enfant.

      Points clés à retenir :

      Objectif central : Développer une conscience accrue du corps, de l'esprit et des émotions pour favoriser l'épanouissement et l'estime de soi.

      Le binôme parent-enfant : Contrairement à une posture d'observation, le parent est un acteur à part entière de la séance, créant un univers de complicité et de confiance mutuelle.

      Applications multiples : La pratique s'étend du cadre familial aux milieux scolaires et aux quartiers prioritaires, visant à améliorer le "vivre ensemble" et à démocratiser l'accès au bien-être.

      Posture de non-jugement : L'absence d'attente de résultat ou de "bonne réponse" permet de lever les pressions sociales et scolaires, particulièrement chez les adolescents.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Fondements et Méthodologie de la Sophrologie Ludique

      Définition et approche

      La sophrologie ludique est décrite comme une succession progressive d'activités mettant en jeu le corps et la sensibilité. Elle s'articule autour de deux facettes du "monde intérieur" :

      1. La prise de conscience du corps : Habiter son corps et comprendre sa motricité en mouvement.

      2. La gestion des émotions : Ressentir, identifier et poser des mots sur ses états internes.

      Structure d'une séance type

      Une séance ne suit pas un schéma rigide mais s'adapte à la "matière vivante" apportée par les participants. Elle comprend généralement :

      Un rituel d'accueil : Présentation et échanges sur les événements récents.

      L'alternance activité/repos : Des phases de mouvement intense (jeux de rôles, mimes) suivies de moments de calme.

      La "pause réflexive" : Un temps d'introspection et de verbalisation pour analyser ce qui a été fait, ressenti et pensé.

      La relaxation profonde : Utilisation de supports sensoriels (musique, plumes, foulards) pour la détente et le contact physique.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Le Rôle Pivot du Parent dans l'Atelier

      L'une des spécificités de cette approche est l'implication totale du parent. L'atelier transforme la dynamique habituelle :

      Participation active : Le parent joue, mime des animaux et adopte des postures rigolotes, ce qui stimule et amuse l'enfant.

      Inversion des rôles : Dans les exercices de souplesse ou de créativité, l'enfant est souvent plus performant que l'adulte, ce qui valorise ses capacités.

      Création d'un univers commun : L'expérience partagée renforce la complicité et la confiance. Le regard valorisant du parent est essentiel pour la constitution de l'estime de soi de l'enfant.

      Espace de liberté : Pour les familles nombreuses, c'est un moment privilégié où l'enfant bénéficie de l'attention exclusive de son parent.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Objectifs et Compétences Développées

      La sophrologie ludique s'aligne sur les compétences psychosociales référencées par l'OMS.

      | Domaine | Objectifs Spécifiques | | --- | --- | | Conscience corporelle | Passer de "avoir un corps" à "être ce corps" ; habiter son corps consciemment. | | Imaginaire et Créativité | Développer la pensée symbolique via des images mentales (ex: marcher sur le feu, imaginer être un poisson). | | Gestion Émotionnelle | Identifier les sensations liées aux émotions ; apprendre à canaliser les débordements. | | Valeurs et Citoyenneté | Explorer des thèmes comme la justice, l'amitié et la coopération à travers des contes et fables. | | Estime de Soi | Valoriser la parole et le vécu sans jugement ; réduire l'anxiété par le renforcement de la confiance. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Applications Scolaires et Sociales

      En milieu scolaire

      Les enseignants sollicitent ces interventions car un climat de classe serein est un préalable nécessaire aux apprentissages fondamentaux (mathématiques, français). La sophrologie aide à :

      • Développer l'empathie et le respect mutuel.

      • Réduire l'agitation par la ritualisation et le ralentissement du geste.

      • Favoriser le "vivre ensemble".

      Dans les quartiers prioritaires

      La proposition d'ateliers dans les centres sociaux vise à :

      Démocratiser la pratique : Rendre accessible une technique souvent coûteuse.

      Créer du lien social : Permettre à des parents de cultures différentes de partager des problématiques communes et de sortir de l'isolement.

      Soutien à la parentalité : Reconnaître et accepter les forces et les faiblesses de chacun dans sa fonction parentale.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Spécificités pour les Adolescents

      Chez les adolescents, la pratique diffère car le regard de l'autre devient un enjeu majeur.

      Format : Ateliers en petits groupes (maximum 8 élèves) basés sur le volontariat.

      Besoin de décompression : Les adolescents utilisent la sophrologie comme une "bulle" pour échapper aux pressions multiples (familiales, sociales, scolaires).

      Absence de performance : Il n'y a pas de "mauvaise séance". L'acceptation de ses propres pensées parasites est considérée comme une réussite.

      Défis : La verbalisation des émotions est souvent plus complexe pour ce public que pour les jeunes enfants, surtout si la culture familiale n'y prédispose pas.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Conseils Pratiques pour une Mise en Œuvre à Domicile

      L'intervenante souligne que la sophrologie est avant tout une posture plutôt qu'une simple mallette d'outils. Elle propose des pistes pour intégrer cette conscience au quotidien :

      1. Exploiter le quotidien : Utiliser des activités existantes (cuisine, lecture, massage) comme supports de pleine conscience.

      2. Verbaliser les sensations : Lors d'une activité (ex: faire un gâteau), poser des mots sur le toucher, les émotions et le plaisir partagé.

      3. Apprivoiser la respiration : Apprendre à l'enfant à situer sa respiration (narines, gorge, ventre) pour en faire une alliée contre le stress.

      4. Ritualiser : Instauration d'un moment qualitatif hebdomadaire dédié à l'attention soutenue et à l'échange, loin de l'urgence du quotidien.

      5. Horizontalité : L'adulte doit accepter de se "mettre à nu" et de partager ses propres ressentis pour encourager l'enfant.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Conclusion

      La sophrologie ludique se présente comme un "moment de liberté" sans pression de résultat.

      En permettant de "plonger en soi" et de redécouvrir ses ressources internes, elle offre aux enfants et aux parents les clés d'une meilleure connaissance de soi et d'une relation plus harmonieuse, ancrée dans le moment présent et l'acceptation de la complexité humaine.

    1. Comprendre et Accompagner l'Adolescence : Analyse de la Crise et des Signes d'Alerte

      Ce document de synthèse s'appuie sur l'expertise de Sophie Ettori, psychologue clinicienne à la Maison des Adolescents de Porto-Vecchio, pour explorer les mécanismes de l'adolescence, identifier les signes de souffrance psychique et définir les modalités d'accompagnement optimales par les parents et les professionnels.

      Synthèse opérationnelle

      L'adolescence est un processus dynamique de "l'entre-deux", une transition de 10 à 15 ans entre l'enfance et l'âge adulte.

      Elle se caractérise par un bouleversement biologique et neurologique majeur : le cerveau adolescent, mature à 80 %, possède un système émotionnel (limbique) suractivé tandis que ses capacités de régulation (lobes frontaux) sont encore immatures.

      Points clés à retenir :

      La "Crise" est un processus sain : L'opposition et la recherche d'identité sont nécessaires pour permettre la séparation d'avec les parents.

      Santé mentale : Environ 15 % des adolescents présentent un trouble psychique (soit 4 élèves par classe de 28).

      Signes d'alerte : Une irritabilité constante ou une colère persistante peuvent masquer une dépression.

      Réseaux sociaux : Ils constituent de nouveaux espaces de socialisation (le "skate park" numérique), mais peuvent exacerber des troubles préexistants, notamment alimentaires.

      Intervention précoce : Une prise en charge rapide, notamment pour les troubles psychotiques, améliore drastiquement le pronostic de vie sociale et professionnelle à long terme.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Les mécanismes de la mutation adolescente

      Un bouleversement neurologique et biologique

      L'adolescence n'est pas qu'une construction sociale, c'est une réalité physiologique. Le cerveau subit une transformation radicale :

      La métaphore de la Ferrari : Le cerveau adolescent est comparé à "une Ferrari sans freins".

      Le moteur (le système limbique, siège des émotions et de la mémoire) gronde à plein régime, tandis que les freins (les lobes frontaux et pariétaux, responsables de la logique et de la temporisation) sont encore en développement.

      Efficacité des connexions : On observe une augmentation de la substance blanche (myélinisation), ce qui accélère la transmission de l'information. C'est le passage du "56k à la fibre".

      L'élagage synaptique : Le cerveau devient plus performant mais plus sélectif, délaissant certains centres d'intérêt pour en privilégier d'autres, nécessaires à la survie et à l'autonomie.

      Les finalités psychologiques

      Le processus adolescent vise deux objectifs majeurs :

      1. La constitution de l'identité : Une recherche qui peut être plurielle et transitoire.

      2. La séparation-individuation : L'adolescent doit quitter l'espace parental pour écrire sa propre histoire. Cela passe souvent par la transgression (du latin transgreddi : traverser, franchir).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Identifier les signes de basculement

      Il est parfois complexe de distinguer une crise "normale" d'une souffrance réelle, car l'adolescent masque souvent son mal-être derrière un "masque de normalité".

      Signes de vigilance pour l'entourage

      | Type de comportement | Manifestations normales (Crise saine) | Signes d'alerte (Souffrance) | | --- | --- | --- | | Émotions | Labilité émotionnelle, fleur de peau. | Irritabilité constante, colère incontrôlable, tristesse profonde. | | Social | Besoin accru d'intimité, retrait dans la chambre. | Repli sur soi total, perte d'intérêt pour les amis et les plaisirs (anhédonie). | | Opposition | Changement de style (vêtements noirs), opposition verbale. | Mises en danger réelles, conduites à risques extrêmes. | | Alimentation | Préoccupations esthétiques passagères. | Perte/prise de poids rapide, rituels restrictifs, contrôle excessif. |

      Les troubles de santé mentale

      Dépression : Chez l'adolescent, elle ne ressemble pas toujours au tableau clinique de l'adulte et peut se manifester uniquement par une agressivité permanente.

      Troubles du Comportement Alimentaire (TCA) : Souvent déclenchés par un régime banal, ils peuvent rapidement devenir graves et nécessitent un double suivi (nutritionnel et psychologique).

      Psychoses (Schizophrenie) : Elles émergent généralement entre 15 et 25 ans. Les premiers signes sont souvent ténus : anxiété forte, discours décousu, bizarreries dans les centres d'intérêt ou perte de contact avec la réalité.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. L'univers numérique : Opportunités et Risques

      Le rapport à l'écran est un prolongement identitaire ("exposer, c'est exister").

      Aspects positifs : Les serveurs (type Discord) ou forums spécialisés permettent une socialisation par intérêt (gaming, musique) hors du regard parental. Pour certains adolescents, c'est un refuge salvateur qui facilite la sociabilisation.

      Aspects négatifs :

      Consommation vide : Le "scrollage compulsif" sur TikTok peut nuire au potentiel de l'adolescent par surstimulation immédiate.  

      Désinformation : Les adolescents suivent des influenceurs généralistes dont les conseils en santé (santé mentale, nutrition) sont souvent non sourcés ou commerciaux.  

      Renforcement des troubles : Les réseaux peuvent enfermer un adolescent fragile dans des communautés valorisant des comportements pathologiques (notamment pour les TCA).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Accompagnement et Ressources

      Le rôle des parents

      La crise d'adolescence est aussi une "crise des parents" qui doivent accepter la perte de l'enfant idéal pour découvrir l'adulte en devenir.

      Communication "élastique" : Le cadre doit être souple, fondé sur une adaptation perpétuelle plutôt que sur une rigidité aveugle.

      Préparation précoce : L'habitude de communiquer doit être instaurée dès l'enfance pour que le terrain soit prêt au moment de la tempête adolescente.

      Intérêt pour leur monde : Participer à leurs jeux (Minecraft, Mario Kart) construit une relation de confiance et légitime leur univers.

      Les structures d'aide

      En cas de doute, il est impératif de consulter, même pour une difficulté qui semble mineure (prévention).

      | Structure | Caractéristiques | | --- | --- | | Maison des Adolescents (MDA) | Accueil des 11-25 ans. Gratuit, anonyme, confidentiel. Aucun accord parental requis, ce qui facilite l'accès pour les jeunes en rébellion. | | Centres Médico-Psychologiques (CMP) | Soins gratuits, axés sur le suivi psychiatrique et pédopsychiatrique sur le long terme. | | Milieu scolaire | Infirmières scolaires, assistants sociaux et psychologues de l'Éducation nationale sont des relais de proximité essentiels. |

      Note sur le secret professionnel : En Maison des Adolescents, le secret est la règle.

      Il n'est levé qu'en cas de danger grave pour l'adolescent ou de révélations de violences subies (obligation de signalement pour protéger le mineur).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors develop a multivariate extension of SEM models incorporating transmitted and non-transmitted polygenic scores to disentangle genetic and environmental intergenerational effects across multiple traits. Their goal is to enable unbiased estimation of cross-trait vertical transmission, genetic nurture, gene-environment covariance, and assortative mating within a single coherent framework. By formally deriving multivariate path-tracing rules and validating the model through simulation, they show that ignoring cross-trait structure can severely bias both cross- and within-trait estimates. The proposed method provides a principled tool for studying complex gene-environment interplay in family genomic data.

      Strengths:

      It has become apparent in recent years that multivariate processes play an important role in genetic effects that are studied (e.g., Border et al., 2022), and these processes can affect the interpretation of these studies. This paper develops a comprehensive framework for polygenic score studies using trio data. Their model allows for assortative mating, vertical transmission, gene-environment correlation, and genetic nurture. Their study makes it clear that within-trait and cross-trait influences are important considerations. While their exposition and simulation focus on a bivariate model, the authors point out that their approach can be easily extended to higher-dimensional applications.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) My primary concern is that the paper is very difficult to follow. Perhaps this is inevitable for a model as complicated as this one. Admittedly, I have limited experience working with SEMs, so that might be partly why I really struggled with this paper, but I ultimately still have many questions about how to interpret many aspects of the path diagram, even after spending a considerable amount of time with it. Below, I will try to point out the areas where I got confused (and some where I still am confused). If the authors choose to revise the paper, clarifying some of these points would substantially broaden the paper's accessibility and impact.

      (1a) Figure 1 contains a large number of paths and variable names, and it is not always apparent which variables correspond to which paths. For example, at a first glance, the "k + g_c" term next to the "T_m" box could arguably correspond to any of the four paths near it. Disentangling this requires finding other, more reasonable variables for the other lines and sifting through the 3 pages of tables describing the elements of the figure.

      (1b) More hand-holding, describing the different parameters in the model, would help readers who don't have experience with SEMs. For example, many parameters show up several times (e.g., delta, a, g_c, i_c, w) and describing what these parameters are and why they show up several times would help. Some of this information is found in the tables (e.g., "Note: [N]T denotes either NT or T, as both share the same matrix content"), though I don't believe it is explained what it means to "share the same matrix content."

      (1c) Relatedly, descriptions of the path tracing were very confusing to me. I was relieved to see the example on the bottom of page 10 and top of page 11, but then as I tried to follow the example, I was again confused. Because multiple paths have the same labels, I was not able to follow along which exact path from Figure 1 corresponded to the elements of the sum that made up Theta_{Tm}. Also, based on my understanding of the path-tracing rules described, some paths seemed to be missing. After a while, I think I decided that these paths were captured by the (1/2)*w term since that term didn't seem to be represented by any particular path in the figure, but I'm still not confident I'm right. In this example, rather than referring to things like "four paths through the increased genetic covariance from AM", it might be useful to identify the exact paths represented by indicating the nodes those paths go through. If there aren't space constraints, the authors might even consider adding a figure which just contains the relevant paths for the example

      (1d) The paper has many acronyms and variable names that are defined early in the paper and used throughout. Generally, I would limit acronyms wherever possible in a setting like this, where readers are not necessarily specialists. For the variables, while the definitions are technically found in the paper, it would be useful to readers if they were reminded what the variables stood for when they are referred to later, especially if that particular variable hasn't been mentioned for a while. As I read, I found myself constantly having to scroll back up to the several pages of figures and tables to remind myself of what certain variables meant. Then I would have to find where I was again. It really made a dense paper even harder to follow.

      (1e) Relatedly, on page 13, the authors make reference to a parameter eta, and I don't see it in Figure 1 or any of the tables. What is that parameter?

      (2) This point may be related to me misunderstanding the model, but if LT_p represent the actual genetic factors for the two traits for variants that are transmitted to the child, and T_p represents the PGS of for transmitted variants, shouldn't their be a unidirectional arrow from LT_p to T_p (since the genetic factor affects the PGS and not the other way around) and shouldn't there be no arrow from T_p to Y_0 (since the entire effect of the transmitted SNPs is represented by the arrow from LT_p to Y_0)? If I'm mistaken here, it would be useful to explain why these arrows are necessary.

      (3) Some explanation of how the interpretation of the coefficients differs in a univariate model versus a bivariate model would be useful. For example, in a univariate model, the delta parameter represents the "direct effect" of the PGI on the offspring's outcome (roughly corresponding to a regression of the offspring's outcome onto the offspring's PGI and each parent's PGI). Does it have the same interpretation in the bivariate case, or is it more closely related to a regression of one of the outcomes onto the PGIs for both traits?

      (4) It appears from the model that the authors are assuming away population stratification since the path coefficient between T_m and T_m is delta (the same as the path coefficient between T_m and Y_0). Similarly, I believe the effect of NT_m on Y_0 only has a genetic nurture interpretation if there is no population stratification. Some discussion of this would be valuable.

      References:

      Border, R., Athanasiadis, G., Buil, A., Schork, AJ, Cai, N., Young, AI, ... & Zaitlen, N.A. (2022). Cross-trait assortative mating is widespread and inflates genetic correlation estimates. Science , 378 (6621), 754-761.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) Summary and overall comments:

      This is an impressive and carefully executed methodological paper developing an SEM framework with substantial potential. The manuscript is generally very well written, and I particularly appreciated the pedagogical approach: the authors guide the reader step by step through a highly complex model, with detailed explanations of the structure and the use of path tracing rules. While this comes at the cost of length, I think the effort is largely justified given the technical audience and the novelty of the contribution.

      The proposed SEM aims to estimate cross-trait indirect genetic effects and assortative mating, using genotype and phenotype data from both parents and one offspring, and builds on the framework introduced by Balbona et al. While I see the potential interest of the model, it is still a bit unclear in which conditions I could use it in practice. However, this paper made a clear argument for the need for cross-traits models, which changed my mind on the topic (I would have accommodated myself with univariate models and only interpreted in the light of likely pleiotropy, but I am now excited by the potential to actually disentangle cross-traits effects).

      The paper is written in a way that makes me trust the authors' thoroughness and care, even when I do not fully understand every step of the model. I want to stress that I am probably not well-positioned to identify technical errors in the implementation. My comments should therefore be interpreted primarily from the perspective of a potential user of the method: I focus on what I understand, what I do not, and where I see (or fail to see) the practical benefits.

      For transparency, here is some context on my background. I have strong familiarity with the theoretical concepts involved (e.g., genetic nurture, gene-environment covariance, dynastic effects), and I have worked on those with PGS regressions and family-based comparison designs. My experience with SEM is limited to relatively simple models, and I have never used OpenMx. Reading this paper was therefore quite demanding for me, although still a better experience than many similarly technical papers, precisely because of the authors' clear effort to explain the model in detail. That said, keeping track of all moving parts in such a complex framework was difficult, and some components remain obscure to me.

      (2) Length, structure, and clarity:

      I do not object in principle to the length of the paper. This is specialized work, aimed at a relatively narrow audience, and the pedagogical effort is valuable. However, I think the manuscript would benefit from a clearer and earlier high-level overview of the model and its requirements. I doubt that most readers can realistically "just skim" the paper, and without an early hook clearly stating what is estimated and what data are required, some readers may disengage.

      In particular, I would suggest clarifying early on:

      • What exactly is estimated?

      For example, in the Discussion, the first two paragraphs seem to suggest slightly different sets of estimands: "estimate the effects of both within- and cross-trait AM, genetic nurture, VT, G-E covariance, and direct genetic effects." versus "model provides unbiased estimates of direct genetic effects (a and δ), VT effects (f), genetic nurture effects (ϕ and ρ), G-E covariance w and v, AM effects (μ), and other parameters when its assumptions are met." A concise and consistent summary of parameters would be helpful.

      • What data are strictly required?

      At several points, I thought that phenotypes for both parents were required, but later in the Discussion, the authors consider scenarios where parental phenotypes are unavailable. I found this confusing and would appreciate a clearer statement of what is required, what is optional, and what changes when data are missing.

      • Which parameters must be fixed by assumption, rather than estimated from the data?

      Relatedly, in the Discussion, the authors mention the possibility of adding an additional latent shared environmental factor across generations. It would help to clearly distinguish: - the baseline model, - the model actually tested in the paper, and - possible extensions.

      Making these distinctions explicit would improve accessibility.

      This connects to a broader concern I had when reading Balbona et al. (2021): at first glance, the model seemed readily applicable to commonly available data, but in practice, this was not the case. I wondered whether something similar applies here. A clear statement of what data structures realistically allow the model to be fitted would be very useful.

      I found the "Suggested approach for fitting the multivariate SEM-PGS model" in the Supplementary Information particularly helpful and interesting. I strongly encourage highlighting this more explicitly in the main manuscript. If the authors want the method to be widely used, a tutorial or at least a detailed README in the GitHub repository would greatly improve accessibility.

      Finally, while the pedagogical repetition can be helpful, there were moments where it felt counterproductive. Some concepts are reintroduced several times with slightly different terminology, which occasionally made me question whether I had misunderstood something earlier. Streamlining some explanations and moving more material to the SI could improve clarity without sacrificing rigor.

      (3) Latent genetic score (LGS) and the a parameter

      I struggled to understand the role of the latent genetic score (LGS), and I think this aspect could be explained more clearly. In particular, why is this latent genetic factor necessary? Is it possible to run the model without it?

      My initial intuition was that the LGS represents the "true" underlying genetic liability, with the PGS being a noisy proxy. Under that interpretation, I expected the i matrix to function as an attenuation factor. However, i is interpreted as assortative-mating-induced correlation, which suggests that my intuition is incorrect. Or should the parameter be interpreted as an attenuation factor?

      Relatedly, in the simulation section, the authors mention simulating both PGS and LGS, which confused me because the LGS is not a measured variable. I did not fully understand the logic behind this simulation setup.

      Finally, I was unsure whether the values simulated for parameter a in Figures 8-9 are higher than what would typically be expected given the current literature, though this uncertainty may reflect my incomplete understanding of a itself. I appreciated the Model assumptions section of the discussion, and I wonder if this should not be discussed earlier.

      (4) Vertical transmission versus genetic nurture

      I am not sure I fully understand the distinction between vertical transmission (VT) and genetic nurture as defined in this paper. From the Introduction, I initially had the impression that these concepts were used almost interchangeably, but Table 3 suggests they are distinct.

      Relatedly:

      • Why are ϕ and ρ not represented in the path diagram?

      • Are these parameters estimated in the model?

      The authors also mention that these parameters target different estimands compared to other approaches. It would be helpful to elaborate on this point. Relatedly, where would the authors expect dynastic effects to appear in this framework?

      (5) Univariate model and misspecification

      In the simulations where a univariate model is fitted to data generated under a true bivariate scenario, I have a few clarification questions.

      What is the univariate model used (e.g., Table 5)? Is it the same as the model described in Balbona et al. (2025)? Does it include an LGS?

      If the genetic correlation in the founder generation is set to zero, does this imply that all pleiotropy arises through assortative mating? If so, is this a realistic mechanism, and does it meaningfully affect the interpretation of the results?

      (6) Simulations

      Overall, I found the simulations satisfying to read; they largely test exactly the kinds of issues I would want them to test, and the rationale for these tests is clear.

      That said, I was confused by the notation Σ and did not fully understand what it represents.

      In the Discussion, the authors mention testing the misspecification of social versus genetic homogamy, but I do not recall this being explicitly described in the simulation section. They also mention this issue in the SI ("Suggested approach for fitting..."). I think it would be very helpful to include an example illustrating this form of misspecification.

      (7) Cross-trait specific limitations

      I am wondering - and I don't think this is addressed - what is the impact of the difference in the noisiness and the heritability of the traits used for this multivariate analysis?

      Using the example, the authors mention of BMI and EA, one could think that these two traits have different levels of noise (maybe BMI is self-reported and EA comes from a registry), and similarly for the GWAS of these traits, let's say one GWAS is less powered than the other ones. Does it matter? Should I select the traits I look at carefully in function of these criteria? Should I interpret the estimates differently if one GWAS is more powered than the other one?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Giordano et al. demonstrate that yeast cells expressing separated N- and C-terminal regions of Tfb3 are viable and grow well. Using this creative and powerful tool, the authors effectively uncouple CTD Ser5 phosphorylation at promoters and assess its impact on transcription. This strategy is complementary to previous approaches, such as Kin28 depletion or the use of CDK7 inhibitors. The results are largely consistent with earlier studies, reinforcing the importance of the Tfb3 linkage in mediating CTD Ser5 phosphorylation at promoters and subsequent transcription.

      Notably, the authors also observe effects attributable to the Tfb3 linker itself, beyond its role as a simple physical connection between the N- and C-terminal domains. These findings provide functional insight into the Tfb3 linker, which had previously been observed in structural studies but lacked clear functional relevance. Overall, I am very positive about this manuscript and offer a few minor comments below that may help to further strengthen the study.

      (1) Page 4

      PIC structures show the linker emerging from the N-terminal domain as a long alpha-helix running along the interface between the two ATPase subunits, followed by a turn and a short stretch of helix just N-terminal to a disordered region that connects to the C-terminal region (see schematic in Figure 1A).

      The linker helix was only observed in the poised PIC (Abril-Garrido et al., 2023), not in other fully-engaged PIC structures.

      (2) Page 8

      Recent structures (reviewed in (Yu et al., 2023)) show that the Kinase Module would block interactions between the Core Module and other NER factors. Therefore, TFIIH either enters into the NER complex as the free Core Module, or the Kinase Module must dissociate soon after.

      To my knowledge, this is still controversial in the NER field. I note the potential function of the kinase module is likely attributed to the N-terminal region of Tfb3 through its binding to Rad3. Because the yeast strains used in Figure 6 retain the N-terminal region of Tfb3, the UV sensitivity assay presented here is unlikely to directly address the contribution of the kinase module to NER.

      (3) Page 11

      Notably, release of the Tfb3 Linker contact also results in the long alpha-helix becoming disordered (Abril-Garrido et al., 2023), which could allow the kinase access to a far larger radius of area. This flexibility could help the kinase reach both proximal and distal repeats within the CTD, which can theoretically extend quite far from the RNApII body.

      Although the kinase module was resolved at low resolution in all PIC-Mediator structures, these structural studies consistently reveal the same overall positioning of the kinase module on Mediator, indicating that its localization is constrained rather than variable. This observation suggests that the linker region may help position the kinase module at this specific site, likely through direct interactions with the PIC or Mediator. This idea is further supported by numerous cross-links between the linker region and Mediator (Robinson et al., 2016).

    1. Đây là một repository được tạo bởi Vercel Labs, chuyên về các quy tắc tốt nhất khi viết React, được tối ưu hóa để AI agents và LLMs có thể hiểu và áp dụng. Mục đích: Tạo ra một bộ hướng dẫn có cấu trúc, dễ đọc cho AI về cách viết React code hiệu quả, tập trung vào performance optimization.

      Cấu trúc thư mục ├── rules/ # Các file quy tắc riêng lẻ │ ├── _sections.md # Metadata của các phần │ ├── _template.md # Template tạo quy tắc mới │ └── area-description.md # Các file quy tắc cụ thể ├── src/ # Scripts build ├── metadata.json # Thông tin document ├── AGENTS.md # File output tổng hợp (tự động tạo) └── test-cases.json # Test cases cho LLM (tự động tạo)

    1. **Monitor de Salud de Workers:**Busca registros en network_operations con estado PROCESSING cuya última actualización (updated_at) sea mayor a X minutos (ej. 10m).**Acción:**1. Asume que el worker murió. 2. Si tiene reintentos disponibles, la vuelve a poner en QUEUED (Dead Letter recovery). 3. Si excedió el tiempo máximo de vida (TTL), la marca como FAILED y emite el evento de falla para que el usuario n

      tiene que verificar en cola de peristencia y cola de redis para que no se vuelva a ejecutar.

      tenerlo en cuenta para usar un flujo de alertas para nosotros en n8n, capturando el evento.

    1. ObjectNoOpcional. Configuración específica si la reactivación requiere re-aplicar parámetros (ej. volver a setear el APN correcto si se borró al suspender).reactivation_profile.rate_plan

      sacar

    2. El provider_code debe corresponder a una integración activa y saludable.

      1° TIENE QUE CONSULTAR BINDING SI ESTA LIGADO, RECIEN RECONOCE PROVIDER_CODE SIM_TYPE LO TIENE BINDING

      ExecuteSimActivation -iccid por le momento -idempotency_key

      PROV-CAP-12 | Resolución de Binding de Línea | Resolver y mantener en caché la asociación entre una línea (ICCID / IMSI / MSISDN / EID) y el proveedor/adaptador técnico correspondiente, con el objetivo de enrutar correctamente las operaciones técnicas. Gestiona cache, invalidación y fallback de resolución cuando el binding no está disponible localmente. | Sistema | 1 |

    1. from Ea-nasir complaining in 1750 BCE that the copper he ordered was not the high quality he had been promised,

      This sentence is incorrectly worded, Ea-nasir was the copper merchant, the customer was named Nanni. Nanni wrote the complaint tablet, which was found in Ea-nasir’s home.

    2. Inauthentic behavior is when the reality doesn’t match what is being presented. Inauthenticity has, of course, existed throughout human history, from Ea-nasir complaining in 1750 BCE that the copper he ordered was not the high quality he had been promised, to 1917 CE in England when Arthur Conan Doyle (the author of the Sherlock Holmes stories) was fooled by photographs that appeared to be of a child next to fairies.

      This probably is the biggest, most alarming issue to do with social media. We live in world now where theres almost two persona's, one that we present on social media and one for real life creating a constant, daily disconnect.

    3. 6.3.1. Inauthentic Behaviors# Inauthentic behavior is when the reality doesn’t match what is being presented. Inauthenticity has, of course, existed throughout human history, from Ea-nasir complaining in 1750 BCE that the copper he ordered was not the high quality he had been promised, to 1917 CE in England when Arthur Conan Doyle (the author of the Sherlock Holmes stories) was fooled by photographs that appeared to be of a child next to fairies.

      These historical examples show that inauthentic behavior is not new, but has long been part of human communication. What changes in digital contexts is the scale and speed at which inauthenticity can spread, especially when platforms and automated systems amplify misleading representations.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript entitled "Ω-Loop mutations control dynamics 2 of the active site by modulating the 3 hydrogen-bonding network in PDC-3 4 β-lactamase", Chen and coworkers provide a computational investigation of the dynamics of the enzyme Pseudomonas-derived chephalosporinase 3 (PDC3) and some mutants associated with increased antibiotic resistance. After an initial analysis of the enzyme dynamics provided by RMSD/RMSF, the author conclude that the mutations alter the local dynamics within the omega loop and the R2 loop. The authors show that the network of hydrogen bonds in disrupted in the mutants. Constant pH calculations showed that the mutations also change the pKa of the catalytic lysine 67 and pocket volume calculations showed that the mutations expand the catalytic pocket. Finally, time-independent componente analysis (tiCA) showed different profiles for the mutant enzyme as compared to the wild type.

      Strengths:

      The scope of the manuscript is definitely relevant. Antibiotic resistance is an important problem and, in particular, Pseudomonas aeruginosa resistance is associated with an increasing number of deaths. The choice of the computational methods is also something to highlight here. Although I am not familiar with Adaptive Bandit Molecular Dynamics (ABMD), the description provided in the manuscript that this simulation strategy is well suited for the problem under evaluation.

      Weaknesses:

      In the revised version, the authors addressed my concerns regarding their use of the MSM, and in my view, their conclusions are now much more robust and well-supported by the data. While it would be very interesting to see a quantitative correlation between the effects of the mutations observed in the MD data and relevant experimental findings, I understand that this may be beyond the scope of the manuscript.

      Thank you for the careful evaluation and constructive comments. Regarding the suggestion of a more quantitative correlation with experimental observables, we agree that this would be valuable, and we have noted it as an important direction for future work.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript aims to explore how mutations in the PDC-3 3 β-lactamase alter its ability to bind and catalyse reactions of antibiotic compounds. The topic is interesting and the study uses MD simulations and to provide hypotheses about how the size of the binding site is altered by mutations that change the conformation and flexibility of two loops that line the binding pocket. Some greater consideration of the uncertainties and how the method choice affect the ability to compare equilibrium properties would strengthen the quantitative conclusions. While many results appear significant by eye, quantifying this and ensuring convergence would strengthen the conclusions.

      Strengths:

      The significance of the problem is clearly described the relationship to prior literature is discussed extensively.

      Comments on revised version:

      I am concerned that the authors state in the response to reviews that it is not possible to get error bars on values due to the use of the AB-MD protocol that guides the simulations to unexplored basins. Yet the authors want to compare these values between the WT and mutants. This relates to RMSD, RMSF, % H-bond and volume calculations. I don't accept that you cannot calculate an uncertainty on a time averaged property calculated across the entire simulation. In these cases you can either run repeat simulations to get multiple values on which to do statistical analysis, or you can break the simulation into blocks and check both convergence and calculate uncertainties.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We would like to clarify that we did not intend to state that error bars are impossible to obtain under AB-MD. In fact, we reported error bars for several quantities derived from the AB-MD trajectories (we also broke the trajectories into blocks and calculated uncertainties for RMSF in our first-round response as you suggested). However, these data are closely related to your concern about comparing quantitative information without an appropriate reweighting of the ensemble. Therefore, in the revised manuscript, we removed quantitative analyses that were calculated directly from the raw AB-MD trajectories. Instead, the quantitative comparisons are now obtained from MSM analysis. We report pocket volumes and key interaction metrics for MSM metastable states, with corresponding error bars for these MSM-based quantities (Figure 6 and its supplementary figure).

      I note that the authors do provide error bars on the volumes, but the statistics given for these need closer scrutiny (I cant test this without the raw data). For example the authors have p<0.0001 for the following pair of volumes 1072 {plus minus} 158 and 1115 {plus minus} 242, or for SASA p<0.0001 is given for 2 identical numbers 155+/- 3.

      Thank you for this comment. As noted above, we have removed the table from the manuscript, and the pocket-volume results together with their error bars are now shown in Figure 6. To address the concern raised here and to avoid making the same mistake in future analyses, we re-examined how the statistics were computed. We believe the very small p-values were caused by treating per-frame MD values as independent observations in two-sample t-tests. Because consecutive MD frames are strongly time-correlated, they do not satisfy the independence assumption, which can greatly overestimate the effective sample size and lead to artificially small p-values. For the SASA, a p < 0.0001 is reported even though both values are shown as 155 ± 3. This is due to rounding, which can hide subtle underlying differences.

      I also remain concerned about comparisons between simulations run with the AB-MD scheme. While each simulation is an equilibrium simulation run without biasing forces, new simulations are seeded to expand the conformational sampling of the system. This means that by definition the ensemble of simulations does not represent and equilibrium ensemble. For example, the frequency at which conformations are sampled would not be the same as in a single much longer equilibrium simulation. While you may be able to see trends in the differences between conditions run in this way, I still don't understand how you can compare quantitative information without some method of reweighing the ensemble. It is not clear that such a rewieghting exists for this methods, in which case I advise some more caution in the wording of the comparisons made from this data.

      At this stage I don't feel the revision has directly addressed the main comments I raised in the earlier review, although there is a stronger response to the comments of Reviewer #2.

      We thank the reviewer for reiterating this important point, and we agree with the underlying concern. Although AB-MD generates unbiased trajectories, the ensemble of simulations does not represent an equilibrium ensemble. As a result, statistics computed by simply concatenating all AB-MD trajectories should not be used for quantitative comparisons. In the original version, we acknowledge that we reported several quantitative descriptors directly from concatenated AB-MD frames, including (i) distributions of χ1 torsions, (ii) mean pocket volumes and SASA, and (iii) percentages of some key interactions. We agree that this was not appropriate given the adaptive sampling protocol. In the revised manuscript, we have removed these quantitative analyses.

      We retained RMSD and RMSF analyses, but we have revised their wording and clarified their purpose. RMSD and RMSF are used only to summarize the structural variability and residue-level mobility observed across the collected trajectory segments and to motivate the selection of structural features for MSM construction. The manuscript now states: “Because AB-MD adaptively seeds new unbiased trajectories to expand conformational sampling, RMSD and RMSF are used here to summarize the structural variability and per-residue mobility observed across the collected trajectories.”

      Regarding the reviewer’s question about reweighting, the Markov state model (MSM) provides a principled framework to obtain the stationary distribution π from the transition probability matrix T<sub>τ</sub>. The resulting π<sub>i</sup> gives the equilibrium weight of each microstate i, and the corresponding discrete free energy can be written as F<sup>i</sup>=−k<sub>B</sub>Tln(π<sub>i</sup>). PCCA then coarse-grains the microstate space into a small number of metastable states. In the revised manuscript, quantitative comparisons are therefore derived from the MSM at the level of these metastable states, rather than from unweighted counts of concatenated AB-MD frames.

      Accordingly, we have revised the sections “E219K and Y221A mutations facilitate proton transfer” and “Substitutions enlarge the active-site pocket to accommodate bulkier R1 and R2 groups of β-lactams”, and we have added new figures in Figure 6 and its figure supplement. The adjustments to the quantitative analyses do not affect our original conclusions.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript uses adaptive sampling simulations to understand the impact of mutations on the specificity of the enzyme PDC-3 β-lactamase. The authors argue that mutations in the Ω-loop can expand the active site to accommodate larger substrates.

      Strengths:

      The authors simulate an array of variants and perform numerous analyses to support their conclusions. The use of constant pH simulations to connect structural differences with likely functional outcomes is a strength.

      Weaknesses:

      I would like to have seen more error bars on quantities reported (e.g., % populations reported in the text and Table 1).

      We appreciate this point. Here, the population we analyze is intended to showcase conformational differences across variants rather than to estimate equilibrium occupancies. Although each system includes 100 trajectories, they were generated using an adaptive-bandit protocol. The protocol deliberately guides towards underexplored basins, therefore conformational heterogeneity betweentrajectories is expected by design. For example, in E219K the MSM decomposition shows that in states 1, 6, and 7 the K67(NZ)–S64(OG) distance is almost entirely > 6 Å, whereas in states 2 and 3 it is almost entirely < 3.5 Å (Figure 5—figure supplement 12). These distances suggest that the hydrogen bond fraction is approximately zero in states 1, 6, and 7, and close to one in states 2 and 3. In addition, the mean first passage time of the Markov state models suggests that the formation and disruption of this hydrogen bond occur on the microsecond timescale, which is far longer than the length of each individual trajectory (300 ns). Consequently, across the 100 replicas, some trajectories exhibit very low fractions, while others display the opposite trend. Under such bimodal, protocol-induced heterogeneity, computing an error bar across trajectories mainly visualizes the protocol’s dispersion and risks being misread as thermodynamic uncertainty, which is not central to our aim of comparing conformational differences between wild-type PDC-3 and variants. We therefore do not include the error bars. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript entitled "Ω-Loop mutations control dynamics of the active site by modulating the 3 hydrogen-bonding network in PDC-3 4 β-lactamase", Chen and coworkers provide a computational investigation of the dynamics of the enzyme Pseudomonas-derived cephalosporinase 3 (PDC3) and some mutants associated with increased antibiotic resistance. After an initial analysis of the enzyme dynamics provided by RMSD/RMSF, the author concludes that the mutations alter the local dynamics within the omega loop and the R2 loop. The authors show that the network of hydrogen bonds is disrupted in the mutants. Constant pH calculations showed that the mutations also change the pKa of the catalytic lysine 67, and pocket volume calculations showed that the mutations expand the catalytic pocket. Finally, time-independent component analysis (tiCA) showed different profiles for the mutant enzyme as compared to the wild type.

      Strengths:

      The scope of the manuscript is definitely relevant. Antibiotic resistance is an important problem, and, in particular, Pseudomonas aeruginosa resistance is associated with an increasing number of deaths. The choice of the computational methods is also something to highlight here. Although I am not familiar with Adaptive Bandit Molecular Dynamics (ABMD), the description provided in the manuscript suggests that this simulation strategy is well-suited for the problem under evaluation.

      Weaknesses:

      In the description of many of their results, the authors do not provide enough information for a deep understanding of the biochemistry/biophysics involved. Without these issues addressed, the strength of the evidence is of concern.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the need for deeper discussion of the biochemical and biophysical implications of our results. In our manuscript, we begin by examining basic structural metrics (e.g., RMSD and RMSF) which clearly indicate that the major conformational changes occur in the Ω-loop and the R2 loop. We have now added a paragraph to describe the importance of the Ωloop and highlighted it in the revised manuscript on lines 142-166 of page 6. This observation guided our subsequent focus on these regions, as well as on the catalytic site. Our analysis revealed notable alterations in the hydrogen bonding network—especially in interactions involving the K67-S64, K67N152, K67-G220, Y150-A292, and N287-N314 pairs. These observations led us to conclude that:

      (1) Mutations E219K and Y221A facilitate the proton transfer of catalytic residues. This is consistent with prior experimental data showing that these substitutions produce the most pronounced increase in sensitivity to cephalosporin antibiotics (lines 210-212 in page 8 of the revised manuscript). 

      (2) Substitutions enlarge the active-site pocket to accommodate bulkier R1 and R2 groups of β-lactams.This is in line with MIC measurements reported by Barnes et al. (2018), which showed that mutants with larger active-site pockets exhibit markedly greater sensitivity to cephalosporins with bulky side chains than others (lines 249-259 in pages 10).

      Furthermore, we applied Markov state models (MSMs) to explore the timescales of the transitions between these different conformational states. We believe that these methodological steps support our conclusions.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript aims to explore how mutations in the PDC-3 3 β-lactamase alter its ability to bind and catalyse reactions of antibiotic compounds. The topic is interesting, and the study uses MD simulations to provide hypotheses about how the size of the binding site is altered by mutations that change the conformation and flexibility of two loops that line the binding pocket. However, the study doesn't clearly describe the way the data is generated. While many results appear significant by eye, quantifying this and ensuring convergence would strengthen the conclusions.

      Strengths:

      The significance of the problem is clearly described, and the relationship to prior literature is discussed extensively.

      Weaknesses:

      The methods used to gain the results are not explained clearly, meaning it was hard to determine exactly how some data was obtained. The convergence and uncertainties in the data were not adequately quantified. The text is also a little long, which obscures the main findings.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We respectfully ask the reviewer to specify which aspects of the data-generation methods are unclear so that we can include the necessary details in the next revision. Moreover, all statistics that are reported in the manuscript are obtained from extensive analyses of 300,000 simulation frames. The Markov state models have been validated by the ITS plots and Chapman-Kolmogorov (CK) test. The two-sample t-tests were also carried out for the volume and SASA.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 1D focus on the PDC3 catalytic site. However, the authors mentioned before that the enzyme has two domains, an alpha domain and an alpha/beta domain. The reader would benefit from a more detailed description of the enzyme, its active site, AND the location of the mutants under investigation in the figure.

      We have updated Figure 1D and marked the positions of all mutations (V211A/G, G214A/R, E219A/G/K and Y221A/H), which have now been highlighted as spheres.

      (2) Since in the journal format, the results come before the methods. It would be interesting to add a brief description of where the results came from. For example, in the first section of the results, the authors describe the flexibility of the omega loop and the R2 loop. However, the reader won't know what kind of simulation was used and for how long, for example. A sentence would add the required context for a deeper understanding here.

      At the beginning of the Results and Discussion section we now state: “To investigate how the mutations in the Ω-loop affect PDC-3 dynamics, adaptive-bandit molecular dynamics (AB-MD) simulations were carried out for each system. 100 trajectories of 300 ns each (totaling 30 μs per system) were run.”

      (3) Still in the same section, the authors don't define what change in RMSF is considered significant. For example, I can't see a relevant change in the RMSF for the omega loop between the et enzyme and the E219 mutants in Figure 2D. A more objective definition would be of benefit here.

      Our analysis reveals that while the wild-type PDC-3 and the G214A, G214R, E214G, and Y221A variants exhibit an average per-residue RMSF of around 4 Å in the Ω-loop, the V211A and V211G variants show markedly lower values (around 1.5 Å), and the E219K and Y221H variants exhibit intermediate values between 2 and 2.5 Å. In addition, the fluctuations around the binding site should be seen collectively along with the fluctuations in the R2-loop. Importantly, we urge the reviewer to focus on the MDLovofit analysis in Figure 2C, where the dynamic differences between the core and the fluctuating loops is clearly evident.  

      (4) In line 138, the authors state that "Therefore, the flexibility of these proteins is mainly caused by the fluctuations in the Ω-loops and R2-loop". This is quite a bold statement to be drawn at this point. First of all, there is no mention of it in the manuscript, but is there any domain movement? Figure 2C clearly shows that there is some mobility in omega and R2 loops. But there is no evidence shown in the manuscript that shows that "the flexibility of these proteins is mainly caused by the fluctuations in the" loops. Please consider rephrasing this sentence or adding more data, if available.

      We have revised the wording to take the reviewer’s concern into account. The sentence now states: “Therefore, flexibility of PDC-3 is predominantly localized to the Ω- and R2-loops, whereas the remainder of the structure is comparatively rigid.” To further explain to the reviewer, the β lactamase enzymes are fairly rigid structures, where no large-scale domain motions occur. Instead, the enzyme communicates structurally via cross correlation of loop dynamics ( https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.66567 ).  

      (5) I guess, the most relevant question for the scope of the paper is not answered in this section. The authors show that the mobility of the omega- and R2-loops is altered by some mutations. Why is that? I wish I could see a figure showing where the mutations are and where the loops are. This question will come back in other sections.

      We have updated Figure 1D to mark the positions of all mutations (V211A/G, G214A/R, E219A/G/K and Y221A/H) as spheres. The Ω- and R2-loops are also highlighted. All mutations map to the Ω-loop, indicating that these substitutions directly perturb this region. Notably, K67 forms a hydrogen bond with the backbone of G220 within the Ω-loop and another with the phenolic hydroxyl of Y150. Y150, in turn, hydrogen-bonds with A292 in the R2 loop. Together, the residue interaction network (G220– K67–Y150–A292) suggest a pathway by which Ω-loop mutations propagate their effects to the R2 loop.

      (6) The authors then analyze the network of polar residues in the active site and the hydrogen bonds observed there. For the K67-N152 hydrogen bond, for example, there is a reduction in the occupancy from ~70% in the wild-type enzyme to ~30% and 40% in the mutants E219K and Y221, respectively. This finding is interesting. The question that remains is "why is that"? From the structural point of view, how does the replacement of E219 with a Lysine alter the hydrogen bond formation between K67 and N152? Is it due to direct competition? Solvent rearrangement? The reader is left without a clue in this section. Also, Figure 3B won't help the reader, since the mutated residues are not shown there. Please consider adding some information about why the authors believe that the mutations are disrupting the active site hydrogen bond network and showing it in Figure 3B.

      We appreciate the comment and have updated Figures 1D and 3B to highlight the mutation sites. The change from ~70% in the wild type to ~30–40% in the E219K and Y221T variants reported in Table 1 refers to the S64–K67 hydrogen bond. In the wild type, K67 forms an additional hydrogen bond with G220 on the Ω-loop, which helps anchor the K67 side chain in a geometry that favors the S64–K67 interaction. In the variants, the mutations reshape the Ω-loop and frequently disrupt the K67–G220 contact. The loss of this local anchor increases the conformational dispersion of K67, which is consistent with the observed reduction of the S64–K67 occupancy. Furthermore, our observation that the mutations are disrupting the active-site hydrogen-bond network is a data-driven conclusion rather than a subjective inference. Across ten systems, our AB-MD simulations provided 30 µs of sampling per system. Saving one frame every nanosecond yielded 30,000 conformations per system and 300,000 in total. All hydrogen-bond and salt-bridge statistics were computed over this full ensemble. Thus, the conclusion that the mutations disrupt the active-site hydrogen-bond network follows directly from these ensemble statistics. 

      (7) The pKa calculations and the pocket volume calculations show that the mutations expand the volume of the catalytic site and alter the microenvironment. Is there any change in the solvation associated with these changes? If the volume expands and the environment becomes more acidic, are there more water molecules in the mutants as compared to the wt enzyme? If so, can changes in solvation be associated with the changes in the hydrogen bond network? Would a simulation in the presence of a substrate be meaningful here? ( I guess it would!).

      Regarding solvation, we observe a modest increase in transient water occupancy associated with the increase in volume of the pocket. The conserved deacylation water molecule is the most important and is always present throughout the simulation. Additional waters enter and leave the pocket but do not form persistent interactions that measurably perturb the hydrogen-bond network of the Ω- and R2-loops. We agree that simulations with a bound substrate would be informative. However, our study focuses on how Ω-loop mutations modulate the active site of apo PDC-3 and its variants. Within this scope, we find: (i) Amino acid substitutions change the flexibility of Ω-loops and R2-loops; (ii) E219K and Y221A mutations facilitate the proton transfer; (iii) Substitutions enlarge the active-site pocket to accommodate bulkier R1 and R2 groups of β-lactams.

      (8) I have some concerns regarding the Markov State Modeling as shown here. After a time-independent component analysis, the authors show the projections on the components, which is different between wild wild-type enzyme and the mutants, and draw some conclusions from these changes. For example, the authors state that "From the metastable state results, we observe that E219K adopts a highly stable conformation in which all the tridentate hydrogen-bonding interactions (K67(NZ)-S64(OG), K67(NZ)N152(OD1) and K67(NZ)-G220(O) mentioned above are broken". This is conclusion is very difficult to draw from Figure 5 alone. Unless the macrostates observed in the MSM can be shown (their structures) and could confirm the broken interactions, I really don't believe that the reader can come to the same conclusion as drawn by the authors here. I would recommend the authors to map the macrostates back to the coordinates and show them (what structure corresponds to what macrostate). After showing that, it makes sense to discuss what macrostate is being favored by what mutation. Taking conclusions from tiCA projections only is not recommended. I very strongly suggest that the authors revisit this entire section, adding more context so that the reader can draw conclusions from the data that is shown.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern. In the Markov state modeling section, our objective is to quantify the timescales (via mean first passage times) associated with the formation and disruption of the critical hydrogen bonds (K67(NZ)-S64(OG), K67(NZ)-N152(OD1), K67(NZ)-G220(O), Y150(N)A292(O), N287(ND2)-N314(OD1)) mentioned above. Representative structures illustrating these interactions are shown in Figures 3B and 4A. We agree that the main Figure 5 alone does not convey structural information. Accordingly, we provide Figure 5—figure supplements 12–16. Together, Figure 5B and Figure 5—figure supplements 12–16 map structures to metastable states, whereas Figures 3B and 4A supply atomistic detail of the interactions. Author response image 1 presents selected subplots from Figure 5— figure supplements 12–14. Together with the free-energy landscape in Figure 5A, these data indicate that E219K adopts a highly stable conformation in which all three K67-centered hydrogen bonds (K67(NZ)–S64(OG), K67(NZ)–N152(OD1), and K67(NZ)–G220(O)) are broken.

      Author response image 1.

      TICA plot illustrates the distribution of E219K with the colour indicating the K67(NZ)-S64(OG), K67(NZ)-N152(OD1) and K67(NZ)-G220(O) distance.

      (9) As a very minor issue, there are a few typos in the manuscript text. The authors might want to take some time to revisit their entire text. Examples in lines 70, 197, etc.

      Thank you for your comment. We have corrected these typos.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      This manuscript aims to explore how mutations in the PDC-3 3 β-lactamase alter its ability to bind and catalyse reactions of antibiotic compounds. The topic is interesting, and the study uses MD simulations to provide hypotheses about how the size of the binding site is altered by mutations that change the conformation and flexibility of two loops that line the binding pocket.

      However, the study doesn't clearly describe the way the data is generated and potentially lacks statistical rigour, which makes it uncertain if the key results are significant. As such, it is difficult to judge if the conclusions made are supported by data.

      All necessary data-acquisition methods are described in the Methods section. The Markov state models have been validated by the ITS plot and the Chapman-Kolmogorov (CK) test (Figure 5—figure supplement 2–11) . The two-sample t-tests were also carried out for the volume and SASA (Table 2).

      The results section jumps straight to reporting RMSD and RMSF values; however, it is not clear what simulations are used to generate this information. Indeed, the main text does not mention the simulations themselves at all. The methods section mentions that 10 independent MD simulations were set up for each system, but no information is given as to how long these were run or the equilibration protocol used. Then it says that AB-MD simulations were run, but it is not clear what starting coordinates were used for this or how the 10 replicates were fed into these simulations. Most importantly, are the RMSD and RMSF calculations and later distance distribution information derived from the equilibrium MD runs or from the AB-MD simulations?

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have added “To investigate how the mutations in the Ω-loop affect PDC-3 dynamics, adaptive-bandit molecular dynamics (AB-MD) simulations were carried out for each system. 100 trajectories of 300 ns each (totaling 30 μs per system) were run.” to the Results and Discussion section. We didn’t run 10 independent MD simulations per system. We regret the typo in the Methods section that confused the reviewer. The sentence should have read – ‘All-atom MD simulations of wild-type PDC-3 and its variants were performed.’ Each system was equilibrated for 5 ns at 1 atmospheric pressure using Berendsen barostat. AB-MD simulations were initiated from these equilibrated structures. All analyses, apart from CpHMD, are based on the AB-MD trajectories.

      If these are taken from the equilibrium simulations, then it is critical that the reproducibility and statistical significance of the simulations is established. This can be done by calculating the RMSD and RMSF values independently for each replicate and determining the error bars. From this, the significance of differences between WT and mutant simulations can be determined. Without this, I have no data to judge if the main conclusions are supported or not. If these are derived from the AB-MD simulations, then I want to know how the independent simulations were combined and reweighted to generate overall RMSD, RMSF, and distance distributions. Unless I misunderstand the approach, the individual simulations no longer sample all regions of conformational space the same relative amount you would see in a standard MD simulation - specific conformational regions are intentionally run more to enhance sampling, then the overall conformational distributions cannot be obtained from these simulations without some form of reweighting scheme. But no such scheme is described. In addition, convergence of the data is required to ensure that the RMSD, RMSF, and distances have reached stable values. It is possible that I am misunderstanding the approach here. But in that case, I hope the authors can clarify the method and provide a means of ensuring that the data presented is converged. Many of the differences are clear by eye, but it is important to know they are not random differences between simulations and rather reflect differences between them.

      Thank you for raising this important point. In our AB-MD workflow, the adaptive bandit is used only for starting-structure selection (adaptive seeding). After each epoch, it chooses new starting snapshots from previously sampled conformations and launches the next runs. Each trajectory itself is standard, unbiased MD with no biasing potentials and no modification of the Hamiltonian. In other words, AB decides where we start, but does not alter the physics or sampling dynamics within an individual trajectory. In addition, our goal in this work is to compare variants under the same adaptive-bandit (AB) protocol, rather than to estimate equilibrium (Boltzmann) populations. Hence, we did not apply equilibrium reweighting to RMSD, RMSF, or distance distributions. However, MSM section provides reweighted reference results based on the MSM stationary distribution.

      In the response to reviews, the authors state that the "RMSF is a statistical quantity derived from averaging the time series of atomic displacements, resulting in a fixed value without an inherent error bar." But normally we would run multiple replicates and get an error bar from the different values in each. To dismiss the request for uncertainties and error bars seems to miss the point. I strongly agree with the prior reviewer that comparisons between RMSF or other values should be accompanied by uncertainties and estimates of statistical significance.

      Regarding the reviewers’ suggestion to present the data as a bar graph with error bars, we would like to note that RMSF is calculated as the time average of the fluctuations of each residue’s Cα atom over the entire simulation. As such, RMSF is a statistical quantity derived from averaging the time series of atomic displacements, resulting in a fixed value without an inherent error bar. We believe that our current presentation clearly and accurately reflects the local flexibility differences among the variants. Nearly all published studies report RMSF in this way, as indicated by the following examples:

      Figure 3a in DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/jacsau.2c00077

      Figure 2 in DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jcim.4c00089

      Supplementary Fig. 1, 2, 5, 9, 12, 20, 22, 24, and 26 in DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-022-293313

      However, in response to the reviewers’ strong request, we present RMSF plots with error bars in our response letter. 

      Author response image 2.

      The root-mean-square fluctuation (RMSF) profiles of wild-type PDC-3 and its variants. Blue lines show the mean RMSF across 100 independent MD trajectories for each system; red translucent bands denote the standard deviation across trajectories. The Ω-loop (residues G183 to S226) is highlighted in yellow, and the R2-loop (residues L280 to Q310) is highlighted in blue.

      It was good to see that convergence of the constant-pH simulations was shown. While it can be challenging to get absolute pH values from the implicit solvent-based simulations, the differences between the systems are large and the trends appear significant. I was not clear how the starting coordinates were chosen for these simulations. Is the end point of the classical simulations, or is a representative snapshot chosen somehow?

      To ensure comparison, all systems used the X-ray crystal structure (PDB ID: 4HEF) with T79A substitution as the initial structure. The E219K and Y221A mutants were generated in silico using the ICM mutagenesis module. We have added the clarification in Methods section: “The starting structures were identical to those used for AB-MD.”

      Significant figures: Throughout the text and tables, the authors present data with more figures than are significant. 1071.81+-157.55 should be reported as 1100 +/ 160 or 1070 =- 160 . See the eLife guidelines for advice on this.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have amended these now. 

      The manuscript is very long for the results presented, and I feel that a clearer story would come across if the authors shortened the text so that the main conclusions and results were not lost.

      We appreciate the suggestion. We examined the twenty most recent research articles published in eLife and found that they are either longer than or comparable in length to our manuscript.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1 (R1)

      R1 General statement: Here, Escalera-Maurer and colleagues, present an up-to-date distribution of homologues of Hok toxic proteins belonging to the well-annotated, but otherwise functionally obscure, hok/Sok type I toxin-antitoxin system, across the RefSeq database. Although such computational analyses have been done in the past, the authors here find many more hok homologs than described before, and they categorise their distribution based on whether they are encoded on chromosomes, plasmids, or (pro)phages. These computational analyses are in general tricky with T1TAs, as their toxins are quite short (~50 amino acids, as is the case for Hok), which is why the authors here used three separate approaches to expand their search (nucleotide-level BLAST, protein-homology, or both combined with Infernal). The authors cluster the Hok homologues they find based on a 60% sequence identity cut-off (expanding the known clusters in the process), and proceeded to test 31 candidates belonging to 15 sequence-clusters for their toxicity in Salmonella Typhimurium LT2, showing that 30/31 were toxic upon induction. An interesting finding from their endeavours is that hok/Sok homologues are enriched within prophages and large plasmids, but are not enriched near bacterial anti-phage defense systems (in contrast to the SymE/SymR T1TA). The findings suggest that hok/Sok are indeed sometimes linked to phage and plasmid biology, although they might not be antiphage defenses per se (they have been clearly shown in the past to be addiction modules, and this is still clearly true).

      Authors' answer to R1 General statement: __We do not state here that hok/Sok are not anti-phage defense systems, but we simply observe that they do not cluster with anti-phage defense systems. We have also observed (unpublished data) that known defense systems do not systematically cluster together with other defense systems. Therefore, strong association with other defense systems would have been a strong indication of their function in phage defense but the fact that we did not observe any association with defense systems does not exclude they are involved in phage defense. __

      R1_C1: My expertise lies towards the experimental side of the authors' work, I thus cannot comment on the accuracy/robustness of the computational analyses performed here. The authors do a fine job in clearly stating their findings overall; I could follow most of the conclusions, and I deemed that most of them were supported by their work. Additionally, I find that this paper is a missed opportunity to uncover even more novel biology connected to the interesting hok/Sok T1TAs. The paper does not provide a new framework to think about what is the function of the chromosomal/prophage hok/Sok T1TA systems, although I realize that this is very difficult to accomplish, especially when considering that hok/Sok systems have been around in the literature for almost 40 years.

      Authors' answer to R1_C1: We agree with the reviewer, as we indeed performed this analysis having in mind to clarify the role of hok/Sok systems. However, we still believe that our strong survey of Hok loci put in light their enrichment in various mobile genetic elements, such as prophage and large conjugative plasmids, which is indubitably linked to their function. In addition, our study will guide future experimental efforts in uncovering the function of these systems, for example by helping researchers to select relevant homologs to test for a specific function.__ __

      R1_C2: My major comment is in regard to the Hok toxicity assays (Fig. 2). The authors state in the discussion that "Hok peptides originating from chromosomes are as toxic as those from plasmids", but I believe that the way that they tested their constructs might not have allowed them to see toxicity differences between the two groups. Specifically, using the multi-copy plasmid pAZ3 (pBR322 origin of replication; ~15-20 plasmid copies per chromosome) to induce the different Hok toxin homologues in Salmonella Typhimurium LT2 with arabinose might have masked toxicity differences that would otherwise be apparent on the chromosomal expression-level.

      Some of the authors themselves have previously used the FASTBAC-Seq method to study the Hok homologue from plasmid R1, a useful technique during which a toxin is integrated in the chromosome, in order to study their toxicity under natural levels of expression. I believe that an ideal scenario would be to apply FASTBAC-seq to some of the 31 Hok homologues described here (e.g., a subset of plasmidic vs chromosomal Hok homologues) to shed light on potential toxicity differences between the Hok clusters. This would increase the value of the presented study.

      Alternatively, the authors could employ an L-arabinose concentration gradient to titrate the expression levels of the Hok toxins in order to potentially see different toxicity levels from the different homologues. However, this is not going to work in the system as they are using it now for two reasons:

      1. a) the S. Typhimurium LT2 (STm) used here has its arabinose utilization operon intact (araBAD), which means that Salmonella can catabolize arabinose to use it as a carbon source. This catabolization process interferes with the arabinose induction (i.e., Salmonella eats arabinose instead of using it as the Hok inducer). To ameliorate this, the authors could delete the araBAD operon in STm, rendering STm incapable of catabolizing arabinose, and repeat the experiments in that strain. Or use E. coli BW25113 as the expression host, which already has the araBAD operon deleted (it is not clear to me why the different Hok homologues would not be toxic in E. coli, as the different Hok homologues are widely diverse in sequence, as the authors found here).
      2. b) Even with the araBAD operon deleted, the arabinose induction would be bimodally on or off in the population, due to the bimodal expression of the arabinose transporter (AraE; see Khlebnikov et al., 2002). This would again not allow for titratable arabinose-inducible expression from different concentrations of arabinose. The solution for this would be to co-express a separate plasmid with araE, which would render every cell the same in regards to arabinose permeability, and thus the system would be titratable (as explained in Khlebnikov et al., 2002). Therefore, if the authors would be interested to go towards this route, they would have to first delete the araBAD from STm, then transform STm with an araE plasmid, and redo the experiments. In addition, I would propose to the authors to use the drop plate method (agar plate-based), which is more sensitive compared to the liquid assays employed here.

      Having said all that, I understand that all this experimental work would be strenuous and time-consuming, and although I would like to see it happen, this is not my paper. I would be content therefore if the authors toned down the claim that plasmidic vs chromosomal Hok homologues have the same toxicity, and discuss that chromosomal levels of toxicity are an important caveat that has not been explored here.

      __Authors' answer to R1_C2: __ We thank the reviewer for the detailed suggestion on how to better assess toxicity differences by using an araBAD deletion mutant overexpressing araE. We repeated the arabinose induction assays using drop assays and strain BW25223 with plasmid pJAT13araE and our pAZ3 based plasmid carrying Hok CDS homologs. However, we obtained similar data, not being able to distinguish between the toxicity of chromosomal versus plasmidic CDS, even using different concentration of Arabinose. This is probably because low concentration of the Hok protein are sufficient for activity, but here we are bypassing all post-transcriptional silencing by the native Hok mRNAs by expressing directly the protein, and we are using a multicopy plasmid. We now included 0.01% arabinose induction drop assays in the manuscript as the data obtained with other arabinose concentration did not provide new information. In any case, we are still not accessing the native expression levels for the following reasons 1/ chromosomal level of toxicity were not explored here and 2/ only the toxicity of the coding sequence but not the full mRNA was tested. Indeed, we do not know the exact sequence of the hok homolog mRNAs and this is beyond the scope of the study. These remarks were clearly added in the discussion.

      We agree that the sentence "Hok peptides originating from chromosomes are as toxic as those from plasmids" was too strong and we have added the caveats of our experimental design in the discussion. While we indeed did not compare the toxicity of the peptides, we still showed that chromosomal Hok can be toxic upon overexpression, which would not be the case if the sequences were degenerated.

      The reviewer also suggests the use of the FASTBAC-Seq method, that we previously used to study Hok from the R1 plasmid, which is a method to study toxic type I toxins at the native expression level. While FASTBAC-Seq identifies loss-of-function mutants of the systems, it does not allow to determine a difference of toxicity between systems per se. In addition, FASTBAC-Seq was always done in the context of the full mRNA, not only the coding sequence, and these sequences are presently unknown for most homologs.

      Other comments:

      __R1_C3: __a) There is barely any discussion of the Sok component (RNA antitoxin) of the homologues; why is that? Could you please discuss Sok differences across the homologues, or at least explain why this is not discussed at all in the paper (e.g., in the discussion)?

      Authors' answer to R1_C3: __It is not trivial to identify the Sok RNA sequence, this is why it was not done in this study, a paragraph was added in the discussion explaining this. __

      __R1_C4: __b) In the results section, the Hok clusters are referred to as 62 in number ("Because Hok sequences were too short and variable to construct a meaningful phylogenetic tree, we clustered the Hok sequences with a 60% identity threshold and obtained 62 clusters"), but then in the discussion section, the cluster number becomes 74 ("We highlighted the high sequence variability within Hok peptides by obtaining a total of 74 clusters with 60% identity (Fig. S7)."). Which one is the right number, and why is there a discrepancy?

      Authors' answer to R1_C4: We apologize for the discrepancy between the number. The first number corresponded to the Hok hits from the refSeq and we then added the Hok hits from the plasmid and virus databases (performed later in the manuscript). We clarified this information both in the result and discussion texts (61 clusters from RefSeq and 79 in total, 74 was a typo).__ __

      __R1 Significance: __The most well-clarified aspect of the paper presented here is the distribution of Hok homologues, with the novel aspect of the location in which the hok/Sok T1TAs reside (i.e., chromosome, plasmid, or phage). There is room for the molecular genetics part to be developed further, as I discussed earlier, however this study is the most up-to-date characterization of the diversity of Hok homologues, and will be of interest to the T1TA and the general toxin-antitoxin field.

      __Reviewer #2 (R2) __

      R2 General statement: The authors examined how the Hok toxins are spread across bacterial genomes. The manuscript including its figures is hard to read and understand. I commented figure 1 in details, but similar comments apply to the other figures. Overall, the data lack clarity and precision. Finding information about sequences, clusters in the supplementary materials was not easy. The manuscript should be thoroughly revised. In addition, I believe that other aspects should be developed to expand the interest of the study, such as the co-occurrence of multiple systems in chromosomes, on plasmids and whether they are able to crosstalk. This might provide some evolutionary insights into the biology of these toxins.

      __Authors' answer to R2 General statement: __We designed all figures according to established standards for scientific data visualization, although we recognize that different presentations may work better for different audiences. In our detailed response to Figure 1A, we explain how UpSet plots are constructed and interpreted, which we hope clarifies the visualization approach for the full dataset. We are open to discussing specific improvements if the reviewer has suggestions for enhanced clarity. To address concerns about accessibility, we want to clarify that all sequences are compiled in Table S1 with their clus100 identifiers, making them easy to locate. We are open to reorganizing supplementary materials if a different structure would be more user-friendly. Finally, we agree that an extensive analysis of co-occurrences and crosstalks would be valuable. However, predicting crosstalk bioinformatically for all genomes presents challenges, as it would require predicting RNA:RNA interactions between hok mRNA and Sok sequences, which are currently unknown. Given these limitations, this analysis was beyond the scope of the current study.

      R2_C1: The introduction lacks information regarding the Hok protein (size, structure prediction, localization) as well as a bit of explanation about the reason of looking at these toxins. The description of the potential roles should be a bit expanded.

      Authors' answer to R2_C1: Following the comment from the reviewer, we have provided additional information about Hok in the introduction.

      __R2_C2: __When the authors talk about 'loci', they mean genes encoding Hok homologs if I understand correctly. They did not look for the Sok sequences (hok-sok loci).

      __Author's answer to R2_C2: __Indeed, we did not look for the Sok sequences and we are only describing Hok homologs loci, that could either encode or lack a Sok homolog.

      __R2_C3: __It is not clear what the authors did with the sequences for which they could not detect a start codon and a SD (although it is unusual to refer to SD in the context of protein sequence)

      Authors' answer to R2_C3: The peptides were annotated by extending the initial hit until the first start codon. Therefore, all annotated peptides have a start codon. Shine-Dalgarno sequences were annotated when confidently predicted, to provide additional information. Sequences were not excluded based on the presence or absence of the SD.

      __R2_C4: __Figure 1A is not clear. The total of the bars equal 32,532 which is the number of 'loci' detected by the combination of the different methods. However, it is not clear to me how many are redundant. For instance, I suppose that all the 8483 sequences that were retrieved using blastn and Infernal were retrieved using MMseqs2, blastn and Infernal. So, what is the actual number of sequences that were found? When the authors talk about 1264 distinct peptides, what do they mean? What are the numbers on the X axis (18209, 2260, 27728)?

      Author's answer to R2_C4: Figure A1 is a very typical "UpSet" plot, as indicated in the legend (A. Lex, N. Gehlenborg, H. Strobelt, R. Vuillemot and H. Pfister, "UpSet: Visualization of Intersecting Sets," in IEEE Transactions on Visualization and Computer Graphics, vol. 20, no. 12, pp. 1983-1992, 31 Dec. 2014, doi: 10.1109/TVCG.2014.2346248). Those plots are a data visualization method for showing data with more than two intersecting sets. The Hok sequence hits were obtained by 3 different methods stated on the rows (MMseqs2, blastn and Infernal, therefore the number 18209 is the number of hits by the MMseqs2, 22680 the number of hits by blastn and 27728 the number of hits by Infernal). The columns show the intersections between these three sets. For example, the mentioned 8483 sequences (second column) were only found by blastn and Infernal but not by MMseqs2. The actual total number of sequences found is indeed 32 532. The 1264 distinct peptides are peptides with different sequences. After removing false positives, degenerated sequences and small peptides, we obtained 1264 unique Hok sequences that are found in the 32532 bacterial loci.

      __R2_C5: __About Infernal: first the authors are stating that only 8% of the sequences are lost when not considering the mRNA structure - which they seem to consider as negligeable. Then in the next section, they state that Infernal is the best tool at identifying clusters that are not detected otherwise. Seems a bit contradictory.

      __Authors' answer to R2_C5: __We appreciate the reviewer pointing out this apparent contradiction, we have clarified this part in the revised manuscript. Infernal uses both sequence and structure information simultaneously for homology detection. While only 8% of Infernal's hits are detected uniquely when structural information was considered, these sequences account for 9 additional clusters with notably high sequence diversity, which would otherwise have been undetected. Therefore, we believe that Infernal is the best tool to capture novel cluster diversity.

      __R2_C6: __Cluster determination. The threshold was put at 60% identity. What is the rationale for the 60% identity? Given that the Hok sequences (like toxins and antitoxins from TA systems in general) are highly variable, this leads to a high number of clusters. I'm not sure of the relevance of these clusters. Are there any other criteria to define clusters?

      Authors' answer to R2_C6: We selected 60% identity as a balance between capturing sequence diversity and generating interpretable results. We also tested 70, 80 and 90% and obtained 128, 221, 377 clusters, respectively, which would be too many for a meaningful visualization and interpretation. The best clustering method would be constructing a phylogenetic tree. However, as explained in the discussion, because the high sequence diversity prevented the construction of a reliable phylogenetic tree, clustering was used as an alternative strategy to identify and interpret patterns of sequence variability.

      __R2_C7: __The authors claim that most of the Hok diversity is found on chromosomes. However, the number of chromosomal Hok is higher than that located on plasmids, which might be related to the different sizes of the different replicons ie, chromosomes being larger than plasmids. Is there a way to normalize by determining the density per size?

      Authors' answer to R2_C7: We do not claim that chromosomes contain most of Hok diversity, as this would be indeed influenced by biases in the databases. We are just describing that we found most of the diversity in chromosomes, but we cannot conclude whether this is a true representation of the frequencies in nature.__ __

      R2_C8: '46 of the 62 clusters contained 10 or less distinct sequences and might be in the process of degenerating'. The authors also linked this with SD detection. Please explain. From what was indicated earlier, I understand that sequences with premature stop codons or short sequences (Authors' answer to R2_C8: We did not remove sequences for which we could not predict the SD. Indeed, lacking SD is a sign that the hok mRNA might not be able to play its biological role and would be indicative that the sequences have degenerated. To evaluate this hypothesis, we experimentally tested 5 sequences without a predicted SD and two of those were not toxic (see Table S2). In order to assess if the low abundant clusters contained degenerated sequences we experimentally tested representatives from some of the clusters with only one Hok CDS and found most of them to be toxic.

      R2_C9: 'Only 7.3% of the unique sequences were found on both plasmids and chromosomes'. From this observation, the authors conclude that 'there is little stable transfer from chromosomes to plasmids or vice-versa'. I don't understand what this means. Do they mean identical sequences? The fact that sequences differ from chromosomes to plasmids does not rule out 'stable transfer'. What do they actually mean by stable transfer? Once the gene is horizontally transferred, it is fixed and vertically transmitted? Same comments apply to the inter-genera horizontal transfer by plasmids.

      __Authors' answer to R2_C9: __Due to the impossibility of constructing a reliable phylogenetic tree, we used identity of sequences across different localizations or genera as our marker for recent, stable transfer events. We define stable transfer as the persistence of sequences in an unchanged form following horizontal transfer; long enough to be detected in current databases. Our approach likely underestimates total transfer events, as sequences accumulating mutations after transfer would not be captured. We would expect to observe numerous identical sequences across plasmids and chromosomes if frequent exchange were occurring, unless rapid mutation after the transfer prevented their detection as identical sequences. We have added a sentence to clarify this in the manuscript and removed the term stable transfer.

      __R2_C10: __I don't understand the next section about 'family'. What do the authors mean about 'family'? Genera? The same apply to the next section about the Y to C recoding. Did the authors do point mutations in the conserved amino acids/codons to test whether they are important for toxicity? Some Hok variants lacks some of the conserved amino acids and are toxic (under overexpression conditions in Salmonella). What about T18, C31 and E42?

      Authors' answer to R2_C10: Families (Enterobacteriaceae, Vibrionaceae etc... ) and genera (Escherichia, Salmonella etc...) refer to the taxonomic categories. Following the reviewer comment, we experimentally assessed the toxicity of Hok from R1 plasmid after mutating the conserved amino acids to alanine residues. All the mutants were found to be toxic under our expression conditions.

      __R2_C11: __The prevalence of Hok in chromosomes or on plasmids might depend on various confounding parameters, such as the size, number of sequences available among others. The authors should find methods to correct for all that.

      Authors' answer to R2_C11: Normalization would indeed be needed if we were comparing the prevalence on chromosomes vs the prevalence on plasmids. Here, we do not claim that Hok homologs are more prevalent in plasmid or chromosomes and only describe where we found them.

      __R2_C12: __Link with defense systems. The threshold was set at 20 kb. Why this threshold?

      Authors' answer to R2_C12: The size of defense islands in a previous report was approximately 40 kb, by setting up a 20 kb threshold we searched for defense systems in a region of 40 kb adjacent to each of the homologs (https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aar4120). If the specific homolog was part of a defense island we would expect that it is less than 20 kb apart from any defense system.

      __R2 Significance: __The paper in its current state appears to serve the role of a data repository rather than a thorough and original analysis. It requires extensive revisions before it can be of interest to experts in the toxin-antitoxin field.

      __ ____Reviewer #3 (R3): __

      R3 General statement: In the manuscript, "The Hok bacterial toxin: diversity, toxicity, distribution and genomic localization," by Escalera-Maurer et al., investigate the distribution of Hok type I toxin proteins across bacterial species. The Hok-Sok type I toxin-antitoxin system was first described on plasmids where it serves to maintain the plasmid in a population of bacterial cells: translation of the hok mRNA is prevented via the small antitoxin RNA Sok. Upon plasmid loss, with no new transcription of sok, the highly stable hok mRNA is translated into a small protein, killing the plasmid-less cell. Homologues to the system were identified in the chromosome of E. coli in the 1990s, and subsequent analyses have identified identical systems in other bacterial chromosomes, though they are close relatives to E. coli. Given the increased number of bacterial genomes sequenced, the group examined how widespread Hok may be across bacteria. They used a combination of BLASTn, MMseqs2 (protein) and Infernal (RNA) to identify, as best possible, all possible homologs. They then used sequence identity cut-offs to form Hok "clusters," and identified key features of the cluster as well as tested toxicity of overproduction of 31 homologs in a strain of Salmonella. Overall, though a variety of bioinformatic predictions and analyses, the manuscript identifies an expanded number of Hok members not previously identified and broaden the species it is found in, supported that Hok is not associate with defense systems, and provides additional support that horizontal transfer of hok genes is likely via plasmids (where hok is presumed to have originated).

      Major comments: There are some areas of the text that are a bit too definitive (these can be fixed or better explained in the text) and a few questions raised about the analyses and interpretations.

      Authors' answer to R3 Major Comment: As suggested by the reviewer, we rephrased parts of the manuscript.

      __These are the specific comments: __

      Introduction R3_C1: First paragraph: "Toxin production leads to the death of the cell encoding it" For many chromosomally encoded systems, toxicity has only been observed via artificial overexpression. This is an important point, as for many systems, a true biological function remains unknown. Further, add caveats regarding toxin function (for systems with validated function, they are involved in...). Again, there are still many questions for many t-at systems, in particular the Type I systems.

      __Authors' answer to R3_C1: __Indeed, the function of type 1 TA, in particular chromosomal ones, is still a matter of debate. While for hok/Sok R1, we previously showed death by expression at the chromosomal level, this was not shown for all TA (Le Rhun et al., NAR, 2023). We added that it could lead to the death or growth arrest of the cell instead and added the reviewer changes to for the function part.

      __R3_C2: __Introduction: type I's are more narrow in distribution, but much of this is due to their size and lack of biochemical domains. Again, please clarify more here.

      __Authors' answer to R3_C2: __We added the reviewer suggestion to the text.

      __R3_C3: __Introduction: while Hok's have been found on chromosomes, in E. coli strains, there is clear evidence that many are inactive. This comes up in the discussion, but it is worth including briefly in the introduction.

      Authors' answer to R3_C3: We have now added in the introduction that in the K12 laboratory strain, most chromosomal hok/Sok were found to be inactive.

      __R3_C4: __For the predicted transmembrane domain: it would be worth to include a box/indication as to where that is within the peptide (with the understanding it may not be exact). Is there more/less variation here? I'm assuming all clusters/family have a predicted TM domain?

      __Authors' answer to R3_C4: __When predicting the TM domain using DeepTMHMM - 1.0 prediction (https://services.healthtech.dtu.dk/services/DeepTMHMM-1.0/), 227 out of the 1264 unique Hok sequence are predicted to have a TM (transmembrane), 7 a SP (signal peptide) and a TM and 1025 have a SP. When predicting the TM of the consensus sequence (most abundant amino-acid) shown in Fig. 1D, region A8 to L25 is predicted to be inserted in the membrane, with the Nterm inside and Cterm outside.

      __R3_C5: __What is the cutoff for being a Hok? Did they take the "last hit" and use that in additional searches to see if more appeared? If that was done, and the search was exhaustive, this really important to add for the reader.

      Authors' answer to R3_C5: The MMseqs2 search was performed using 5 iterations as indicated in the M&M, meaning that the hits of the one search were used to search the database again five time in a raw. Importantly, an attempt to increase the number of iterations to 10 did not significantly increase the number of hits. Therefore, at least for the MMseqs2 search in the RefSeq database, we are close to being exhaustive.

      __R3_C6: __Figure S4: the authors state that there was no difference in the degree of toxicity between the clusters. There do appear to be some peptides tested that at the arabinose concentration used did not repress growth as immediately as others. If higher arabinose concentration is used, does that eliminate these differences? OR are many of these suppressors-if diluted back again, do they grow as if they are non-toxic in arabinose?

      Authors' answer to R3_C6: As suggested by Reviewer 1 (R1_C2), we performed titration of arabinose in a system overexpressing araE in a ΔaraBAD but were not able to find difference of toxicity in our conditions, see also our answer to R1_C2.

      __R3_C7: __Discussion: "because non-functional homologs are expected to quickly accumulate mutations..." is a bit problematic. Hok is highly regulated-as are some of the other well-described type I toxins. In MG1655, while the coding sequence may be intact, there are other mutations and/or insertion elements that prevent expression (and be extension, function. Given the lack of consensus data for type Is, it is best to provide more context for this. If the authors wish to argue that they should quickly accumulate mutations, it would be good to provide additional rates/evidence (even for other loci) from the Enterobacteriaceae.

      __Authors' answer to R3_C7: __We agree this statement might need to be supported further. We have removed this sentence to address this concern.

      __Minor comments: __

      __R3_C8: __For the sequences used in the search: please provide the sequence used in addition to the reference to the T1TAdb. Was the full-length hok mRNA, including mok, used? Please provide the nucleic acid sequence (and include description of whether full-length, etc.) in Materials and Methods or in Supplemental.

      __Authors' answer to R3_C8: __Sequences and code were deposited on https://gitub.u-bordeaux.fr/alerhun/Escalera-Maurer_2025. This files named curated_Hok.fasta and hok.fa, corresponding to Hok protein and mRNA sequences respectively are available in the file "T1TAdb input".

      __R3_C9: __60% identity was used for clustering. Did this become a problem-meaning separation of same property amino acid?

      __Authors' answer to R3_C9: __We checked amino acid signatures for each cluster (Fig S2), but could not find anything relevant.

      __R3_C10: __Fig. S2: for the clusters shown, please add in HokB, HokE, etc., to better correspond to Figure 1 in the main text.

      __Authors' answer to R3_C10: __The clusters were annotated according to the suggestion.

      __R3_C11: __Fig S1: this figure is challenging to orient-what are the numbers (8_10_85)?

      Authors' answer to R3_C11: The figure was generated using the CLANS tool, with each unique sequence retrieved by our analysis shown as a dot. Hok homologous sequences are in red and cluster together, the outlier clusters are annotated with the numbers corresponding to their 60% identity cluster. We understand that separating the number using an underscore could lead to confusion, therefore we have now separated the numbers using a coma.

      __R3_C12: __Please make a separate table or sheet for the experimentally tested peptides. Table S1 is quite large and a separate table/sheet would make this easier to find. If possible, please give the files names a more descriptive title (Table S1 in the name for example). This may be an issue with Review Commons but the individual file names were non-descript and the descriptions on the webpage did not indicate what the file contained.

      __Authors' answer to R3_C12: __We named the files Table S1 and File_S1 to S7. We added a table S2 with the experimentally tested peptides. Note that identical peptides can be sometime found in several bacterial loci.

      __R3_C13: __Figure S9: the black arrow for Hok is hard to see-it appears that the long grey bar going through multiple loci is indicative of Hok. Perhaps label this differently to make it easier on the reader (the line initially seemed to be a formatting issue and not indicative of the position of Hok.

      __Authors' answer to R3_C13: __We have now added a new label to indicate where is Hok, and clarified it in the figure legend.

      __R3_C14: __While the authors focused on Hok for this approach, which is fine and appropriate, can they comment at all about where mok is there in these new clusters/sub-families? Sok potential?

      __Authors' answer to R3_C14: __We added a paragraph about Mok in the discussion.

      __R3 Significance: __Overall the paper is a sound bioinformatic exercise and is improved with the testing of numerous "new" Hok proteins. Most of the comments can be done with some clarifications and maybe some additional analyses and/or verification which should take minimal time. The authors are over-emphatic at points as indicated and need to be more careful and precise with their language.

      In terms of advancement, it advances the distribution of these systems and adds to the depth of sub-classes. The audience will be more specialized to those who study these systems.

      Expertise: I have been studying type I toxin-antitoxin systems since the mid-2000s. We published a study examining (and mentioned well by this article!) the distribution in chromosomes of type I toxin-antitoxin systems, identified brand-new systems (that were chromosomally-limited at the time). My lab has continued to study regulation of type I toxins and distribution of chromosomally-only-encoded systems (so not Hok).

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The authors examined how the Hok toxins are spread across bacterial genomes. The manuscript including its figures is hard to read and understand. I commented figure 1 in details, but similar comments apply to the other figures. Overall, the data lack clarity and precision. Finding information about sequences, clusters in the supplementary materials was not easy. The manuscript should be thoroughly revised. In addition, I believe that other aspects should be developed to expand the interest of the study, such as the co-occurrence of multiple systems in chromosomes, on plasmids and whether they are able to crosstalk. This might provide some evolutionary insights into the biology of these toxins.

      Introduction:

      The introduction lacks information regarding the Hok protein (size, structure prediction, localization) as well as a bit of explanation about the reason of looking at these toxins. The description of the potential roles should be a bit expanded.

      Results:

      When the authors talk about 'loci', they mean genes encoding Hok homologs if I understand correctly. They did not look for the Sok sequences (hok-sok loci).

      It is not clear what the authors did with the sequences for which they could not detect a start codon and a SD (although it is unusual to refer to SD in the context of protein sequence)

      Figure 1A is not clear. The total of the bars equal 32,532 which is the number of 'loci' detected by the combination of the different methods. However, it is not clear to me how many are redundant. For instance, I suppose that all the 8483 sequences that were retrieved using blastn and Infernal were retrieved using MMseqs2, blastn and Infernal. So, what is the actual number of sequences that were found? When the authors talk about 1264 distinct peptides, what do they mean? What are the numbers on the X axis (18209, 2260, 27728)?

      About Infernal: first the authors are stating that only 8% of the sequences are lost when not considering the mRNA structure - which they seem to consider as negligeable. Then in the next section, they state that Infernal is the best tool at identifying clusters that are not detected otherwise. Seems a bit contradictory.

      Cluster determination. The threshold was put at 60% identity. What is the rationale for the 60% identity? Given that the Hok sequences (like toxins and antitoxins from TA systems in general) are highly variable, this leads to a high number of clusters. I'm not sure of the relevance of these clusters. Are there any other criteria to define clusters?

      The authors claim that most of the Hok diversity is found on chromosomes. However, the number of chromosomal Hok is higher than that located on plasmids, which might be related to the different sizes of the different replicons ie, chromosomes being larger than plasmids. Is there a way to normalize by determining the density per size?

      '46 of the 62 clusters contained 10 or less distinct sequences and might be in the process of degenerating'. The authors also linked this with SD detection. Please explain. From what was indicated earlier, I understand that sequences with premature stop codons or short sequences (<40aa) were removed from the analysis earlier. Lacking an SD is a sign of decay? Were these sequences lacking SD not discarded before starting the analysis? Did the authors experimentally validate some of these sequences?

      'Only 7.3% of the unique sequences were found on both plasmids and chromosomes'. From this observation, the authors conclude that 'there is little stable transfer from chromosomes to plasmids or vice-versa'. I don't understand what this means. Do they mean identical sequences? The fact that sequences differ from chromosomes to plasmids does not rule out 'stable transfer'. What do they actually mean by stable transfer? Once the gene is horizontally transferred, it is fixed and vertically transmitted? Same comments apply to the inter-genera horizontal transfer by plasmids.

      I don't understand the next section about 'family'. What do the authors mean about 'family'? Genera? The same apply to the next section about the Y to C recoding. Did the authors do point mutations in the conserved amino acids/codons to test whether they are important for toxicity? Some Hok variants lacks some of the conserved amino acids and are toxic (under overexpression conditions in Salmonella). What about T18, C31 and E42?

      The prevalence of Hok in chromosomes or on plasmids might depend on various confounding parameters, such as the size, number of sequences available among others. The authors should find methods to correct for all that.

      Link with defense systems. The threshold was set at 20 kb. Why this threshold?

      Significance

      The paper in its current state appears to serve the role of a data repository rather than a thorough and original analysis. It requires extensive revisions before it can be of interest to experts in the toxin-antitoxin field.

    1. dweb.archive

      ]Lollypop](https://lollypop.design/blog/2025/august/micro-saas/) Building Your First Micro SaaS:

      A Step-by-Step Guide What Micro SaaS is, how it differs from traditional SaaS, how to build one from scratch, and the most promising Micro SaaS opportunities.

    1. On fait une vérification avec 20 labels test. Si ces 20 labels sont déjà présents dans la base alors le modèle d'embeddings est le même.

      expliquer ?

    2. Cette documentation ne s'intéressera pas à l'usage classique de openrefine-wikibase. Pour des informations à ce sujet se référer à la documentation du répository mentionné précedement.

      reformuler

  5. shs-cairn-info.bibelec.univ-lyon2.fr shs-cairn-info.bibelec.univ-lyon2.fr
    1. la Troisième République – au moins jusqu’en 1914 – s’est toujours pensée sous le signe de la fragilité et du combat

      => trope de la "République en danger"

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) The authors devote significant effort to characterizing the physical interaction between Bicc1 and Pkd2. However, the study does not examine or discuss how this interaction relates to Bicc1's well-established role in posttranscriptional regulation of Pkd2 mRNA stability and translation efficiency.

      The reviewer is correct that the present study has not addressed the downstream consequences of uthis interaction considering that Bicc1 is a posttranscriptional regulator of Pkd2 (and potentially Pkd1). We think that the complex of Bicc1/Pkd1/Pkd2 retains Bicc1 in the cytoplasm and thus restrict its activity in participating in posttranscriptional regulation (see Author response image 1). We, however, do not yet have data to support this and thus have not included this model in the manuscript. Yet, we have updated the discussion of the manuscript to further elaborate on the potential mechanism of the Bicc1/Pkd1/Pkd2 complex.

      We have updated the discussion to include a discussion on the potential consequences on posttranscriptional regulation by Bicc1.

      Author response image 1.

      Model of BICC1, PC1 and PC2 self-regulation. In this model Bicc1 acts as a positive regulator of PKD gene expression. In the presence of ‘sufficient’ amounts of PC1/PC2 complex, it is tethered to the complex and remains biologically inactive (Fig. 1A). However, once the levels of the PC1/PC2 complex are reduced, Bicc1 is now present in the cytoplasm to promote expression of the PKD proteins, thereby raising their levels (Fig. 4B), which then in turn will ‘shutdown’ Bicc1 activity by again tethering it to the plasma membrane.

      (2) Bicc1 inactivation appears to downregulate Pkd1 expression, yet it remains unclear whether Bicc1 regulates Pkd1 through direct interaction or by antagonizing miR-17, as observed in Pkd2 regulation. This should be further examined or discussed.

      This is a very interesting comment. Vishal Patel published that PKD1 is regulated by a mir-17 binding site in its 3’UTR (PMID: 35965273). We, however, have not evaluated whether BICC1 participates in this regulation. A definitive answer would require utilization of the mice described in above reference, which is beyond the scope of this manuscript. We, however, have revised the discussion to elaborate on this potential mechanism. 

      We have updated the discussion to include a statement on the potential direct regulation of Pkd1 mRNA by Bicc1.

      (3) The evidence supporting Bicc1 and ADPKD gene cooperativity, particularly with Pkd1, in mouse models is not entirely convincing, likely due to substantial variability and the aggressive nature of Bpk/Bpk mice. Increasing the number of animals or using a milder Bicc1 strain, such as jcpk heterozygotes, could help substantiate the genetic interaction.

      We have initially performed the analysis using our Bicc1 complete knockout, we previously reported on (PMID 20215348) focusing on compound heterozygotes. Yet, similar to the Pkd1/Pkd2 compound heterozygotes (PMID 12140187) no cyst development was observed when we sacrificed the mice as late as P21. Our strain is similar to the above mentioned jcpk, which is characterized by a short, abnormal transcript thought to result in a null allele (PMID: 12682776). We thank the reviewer for pointing us to the reference showing the heterozygous mice exhibit glomerular cysts in the adults (PMID: 7723240). This suggestion is an interesting idea we will investigate. In general, we agree with the reviewer that a better understanding of the contribution of Bicc1 to the adult PKD phenotype will be critical. To this end, we are currently generating a floxed allele of Bicc1 that will allow us to address the cooperativity in the adult kidney, when e.g. crossed to the Pkd1<sup>RC/RC</sup> mice. Yet, these experiments are beyond the timeframe for this revision. 

      No changes were made in the revised manuscript. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) These results are potentially interesting, despite the limitation, also recognized by the authors, that BICC1 mutations seem exceedingly rare in PKD patients and may not "significantly contribute to the mutational load in ADPKD or ARPKD". The manuscript has several intrinsic limitations that must be addressed. 

      As mentioned above, the study was designed to explore whether there is an interaction between BICC1 and the PKD1/PKD2 and whether this interaction is functionally important. How this translates into the clinical relevance will require additional studies (and we have addressed this in the discussion of the manuscript).

      (2) The manuscript contains factual errors, imprecisions, and language ambiguities. This has the effect of making this reviewer wonder how thorough the research reported and analyses have been. 

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer on the latter interpretation. The study was performed with rigor. We have carefully assessed the critiques raised by the reviewer. As presented below, most of the criticisms raised by the reviewer have been easily addressed in the revised version of the manuscript. Yet, none of the critiques seems to directly impact the overall interpretation of the data. 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The manuscript requires further editing. For example, figure panels and legends are mismatched in Figure 1

      We have corrected the labeling of Figure 1. 

      (2) Y-axis units and values are inconsistent in Figures 4b-4g, Supplementary Figures S2e and S2f are not referenced in the text, genotypes are missing in Supplementary Figure S3f, and numerous typographical errors are present.

      In respect to the y-axis in Figure 4b-g, the scale is different for each of them, but that is intentional as one would lose the differences if they were all scaled identically. But we have now mentioned this in the figure legend to make the reader aware of it. In respect to the Supplemental Figure S2e,f, we included the panels in the description of the mutant BICC1 lines, but unfortunately forgot to reference them. This has now been done.

      We have updated the labeling of the Y-axis for the cystic indices adding “[%]” as the unit and updated the figure legend of Figure 4. We have included the genotypes in Supplementary Figure S3f. The Supplementary Figure S2e,f is now mentioned in the supplemental material (page 9, 2<sup>nd</sup> paragraph). 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Previous data from mouse, Xenopus, and zebrafish suggest a crucial role for the RNAbinding protein Bicc1 in the pathogenesis of PKD, although BICC1 mutations in human PKD have not been previously reported." The cited sources (and others that were not cited) link Bicc1 mutations to renal cysts, similar to a report by Kraus (PMID: 21922595) that the authors cite later. However, a more direct link to PKD was reported by Lian and colleagues using whole Pkd1 mice (PMID: 20219263) and by Gamberi and colleagues using Pkd1 kidneys and human microarrays (PMID: 28406902). Although relevant, neither is cited here, and only the former is cited later in the manuscript.

      Thanks for pointing this out. We have added these three citations.

      We have added these three citations (PMID: 21922595, PMID: 20219263 and PMID: 28406902) in the indicated sentence.

      (2) In Figure 1B, the lanes do not seem to correspond among panels, particularly evident in the panel with myc-mBicc1. Hence, it is difficult to agree with the presented conclusions.

      We have corrected the labeling of the lanes in Figure 1b.

      (3) In the Figure 1 legend: "(g) Western blot analysis following co-IP experiments, using an anti-mouse Bicc1 or anti-goat PC2 antibody as bait, identified protein interactions between endogenous PC2 and BICC1 in UCL93 cells. Non-immune goat and mouse IgG were included as a negative control." There is no mention of panel H, although this reviewer can imagine what the authors meant. The capitalization differs in the figure and legend. More troublingly, in panel G, a non-defined star indicates a strong band present in both immune and non-immune control.

      We have corrected the figure legend of Figure 1 and clarified the non-specific band in the figure legend.

      (4) In Figure 4, the authors do not show the matched control for the Bicc1 Pkd1 interaction in panel d, nor do they show a scale bar in either a) or d). Thus, the phenotypic severity cannot be properly assessed.

      Thanks for pointing out the missing scale bars, which have now been added. In respect to the two kidneys shown in Figure 4d, the two kidneys shown are from littermates to illustrate the kidney size in agreement with the cumulative data shown in Figure 4e. Unfortunately, this litter did not have a wildtype control. As the data analysis in Figure 4e is based on littermates, mixing and matching kidneys of different litters does not seem appropriate. Thus, we have omitted showing a wildtype control in this panel. However, the size of the wildtype kidney can be seen in Figure 4a.

      We have added the scale bar to both panels and have updated the figure legend to emphasize that the kidneys shown are from littermates and that no wildtype littermate was present in this litter.

      (5) "Surprisingly, an 8-fold stronger interaction was observed between full-length PC1 and myc-mBicc1-ΔKH compared to mycmBicc1 or myc-mBicc1-ΔSAM." Assuming all the controls for protein folding and expression levels have been carried out and not shown/mentioned, this sentence seems to contradict the previous statement that Bicc1deltaSAM reduced the interaction with PC1 by 55%. Because the full length and SAM deletion have different interaction strengths, the latter sentence makes no sense.

      The reduction in the levels of myc-mBicc1-ΔSAM compared to wildtype mycmBicc1 in respect to PC1 binding was not significant. We have clarified this in the text.

      We have corrected the sentence and modified the Figure accordingly. 

      (6) Imprecise statements make a reader wonder how to interpret the data: "More than three independent experiments were analyzed." Stating the sample size or including it in the figure would save space and improve confidence in the data presented.

      We have stated the exact number of animals per conditions above each of the bars.

      (7) "Next, we performed a similar mouse study for Pkd1 by reducing the gene dose of Pkd1 postnatally in the collecting ducts using a Pkhd1-Cre as previously described40" What did the authors mean?

      The reference was included to cite the mouse strain, but realized that it can be mis-interpreted that the exact experiments has been performed previously. We have clarified this in the text.

      We have reworded the sentence to avoid misinterpretation. 

      (8) The authors examined the additive effects of knocking down Bicc1, Pkd1, and Pkd2 with morpholinos in Xenopus and, genetically, in mice. While the Bicc1[+/-] Pkd1 or 2[+/-] double heterozygote mice did not show phenotypes, the authors report that the Bicc1[-/-] Pkd1 or 2 [+/-] did instead show enlarged kidneys. What is the phenotype of a Bicc1[+/-] Pkd1 or 2 [-/-]? What we learn from the author's findings among the PKD population suggests that the latter situation would be potentially translationally relevant.

      The mouse experiments were designed to address a cooperativity between Bicc1 and either Pkd1 or Pkd2 and whether removal of one copy of Pkd1 or Pkd2 would further worsen the Bicc1 cystic kidney phenotype. Thus, the parental crosses were chosen to maximize the number of animals obtained for these genotypes. Unfortunately, these crosses did not yield the genotypes requested by the reviewer. To address the contribution of Bicc1 towards the PKD population, we will need to perform a different cross, where we eliminate Pkd1 or Pkd2 in a floxed background of Bicc1 postnatally in adult mice. While we are gearing up to perform such an experiment, this is timewise beyond the scope of the manuscript. In addition, please note that we have addressed the question about the translation towards the PKD population already in the discussion of the original submission (page 13/14, last/first paragraph).

      No changes have been made to the revised version of the manuscript.

      (9) How do the authors interpret the milder effects of the Bicc1[-/-] Pkd1[+/-] compared to Bicc1[-/-] Pkd2[+/-] relative to the respective protein-protein interactions?

      The milder effects are due to the nature of the crosses. While the Pkd2 mutant is a germline mutation, the Pkd1 mutant is a conditional allele eliminating Pkd1 only in the collecting ducts of the kidney. As such, we spare other nephron segments such as the proximal tubules, which also significantly contribute to the cyst load. As such these mouse data support the interaction between Pkd1 and Pkd2 with Bicc1, but do not allow us to directly compare the outcomes. While this was mentioned in the previous version of the manuscript, we have expanded on this in the revised version of the manuscript.

      We have expanded the results section in the revised version of the manuscript highlighting that the two different approaches cannot be directly compared.

      (10) How do the authors interpret that the strong Bicc1[Bpk] Pkd1 or Pkd2 double heterozygote mice did not have defects and "kidneys from Bicc1+/-:Pkd2+/- did not exhibit cysts (data not shown)", when the VEO PKD patients and - although not a genetic reduction - also the morpholino-treated Xenopus did?

      VEO PKD patients are characterized by a loss of function of PKD1 or PKD2 and – as we propose in this manuscript - that BICC1 further aggravates the phenotype. Yet, we do not address either in the mouse or Xenopus experiments whether BICC1 is a genetic modifier. We are simply addressing whether the two genes show a genetic interaction. In the mouse studies, we eliminate one copy of Pkd1 or Pkd2 in the background of a hypomorphic allele of Bicc1. Similarly, in the Xenopus experiments, we employ suboptimal doses of the morpholino oligomers, i.e., concentrations that did not yield a phenotypic change and then asked whether removing both together show cooperativity. It is important to state that this is based on a biological readout and not defined based on the amount of protein. While we have described this already in the original manuscript (page 7, first paragraph), we have amended our description of the Xenopus experiment to make this even clearer. 

      Finally, we agree with the reviewer that if we were to address whether Bicc1 is a modifier of the PKD phenotype in mouse, we would need to reduce Bicc1 function in a Pkd1 or Pkd2 mutants. Yet, we have recognized this already in the initial version of the manuscript in the discussion (page 14, first paragraph).

      We have expanded the results section when discussing the suboptimal amounts of the morpholino oligos (Page 6, 1<sup>st</sup> paragraph).

      (11) Unclear: "While variants in BICC1 are very rare, we could identify two patients with BICC1 variants harboring an additional PKD2 or PKD1 variant in trans, respectively." Shortly after, the authors state in apparent contradiction that "the patients had no other variants in any of other PKD genes or genes which phenocopy PKD including PKD1, PKD2, PKHD1, HNF1s, GANAB, IFT140, DZIP1L, CYS1, DNAJB11, ALG5, ALG8, ALG9, LRP5, NEK8, OFD1, or PMM2."

      The reviewer is correct. This should have been phrased differently. We have now added “Besides the variants reported below” to clarify this more adequately.

      The sentence was changed to start with “Besides the variants reported below, […].”

      (12) "The demonstrated interaction of BICC1, PC1, and PC2 now provides a molecular mechanism that can explain some of the phenotypic variability in these families." How do the authors reconcile this statement with their reported ultra-rare occurrence of the BICC1 mutations?

      As mentioned in the manuscript and also in response to the other two reviewers, Bicc1 has been shown to regulate Pkd2 gene expression in mice and frogs via an interaction with the miR-17 family of microRNAs. Moreover, the miR-17 family has been demonstrated to be critical in PKD (PMID: 30760828, PMID: 35965273, PMID: 31515477, PMID: 30760828). In fact, both other reviewers have pointed out that we should stress this more since Bicc1 is part of this regulatory pathway. Future experiments are needed to address whether Bicc1 contributes to the variability in ADPKD onset/severity. Yet, this is beyond the scope of this study. 

      Based on the comments of the two other reviewers we have further addressed the Bicc1/miR-17 interaction.

      (13) The manuscript should use correct genetic conventions of italicization and capitalization. This is an issue affecting the entire manuscript. Some exemplary instances are listed below.

      (a) "We also demonstrate that Pkd1 and Pkd2 modifies the cystic phenotype in Bicc1 mice in a dose-dependent manner and that Bicc1 functionally interacts with Pkd1, Pkd2 and Pkhd1 in the pronephros of Xenopus embryos." Genes? Proteins?

      The data presented in this section show that a hypomorphic allele of Bicc1 in mouse and a knockdown in Xenopus yields this. As both affect the proteins, the spelling should reflect the proteins.

      No changes have been made in the revised manuscript.

      (b) The sentence seems to use both the human and mouse genetic capitalization, although it refers to experiments in the mouse system “to define the Bicc1 interacting domains for PC2 (Fig. 2d,e). Full-length PC2 (PC2-HA) interacted with full-length myc-mBICC1.”

      We agree with the review that stating the species of the molecules used is critical, we have adapted a spelling of Bicc1, where BICC1 is the human homologue, mBicc1 is the mouse homologue and xBicc1 the Xenopus one.

      We have highlighted the species spelling in the methods section and labeled the species accordingly throughout the manuscript and figures. 

      (14) “Together these data supported our biochemical interaction data and demonstrated that BICC1 cooperated with PKD1 and PKD2.” Are the authors implying that these results in mice will translate to the human protein?

      We agree that we have not formally shown that the same applies to the human proteins. Thus, we have changed the spelling accordingly.

      We have revised the capitalization of the proteins. 

      (15) The text is often unclear, terse, or inconsistent.

      (a) “These results suggested that the interaction between PC1 and Bicc1 involves the SAM but not the KH/KHL domains (or the first 132 amino acids of Bicc1). It also suggests that the N-terminus could have an inhibitory effect on PC1-BICC1 association.” How do the authors define the N-terminus? The first 132 aa? KH/KHL domains?

      This was illustrated in the original Figure 2A. The DKH constructs lack the first 351 amino acids. 

      To make this more evident, we have specified this in the text as well.

      (b) Similarly, the authors state below, "Unlike PC1, PC2 interacted with mycmBICC1ΔSAM, but not myc-mBICC1-ΔKH suggesting that PC2 binding is dependent on the N-terminal domains but not the SAM domain." It is unclear if the authors refer to the KH/KHL domains or others. Whatever the reference to the N-terminal region, it should also be consistent with the section above.

      This is now specified in the text.

      (c) Unclear: "We have previously demonstrated that Pkd2 levels are reduced in a complete Bicc1 null mice,22 performing qRT-PCR of P4 kidneys (i.e. before the onset of a strong cystic phenotype), revealed that Bicc1, Pkd1 and Pkd2 were statistically significantly down9 regulated (Fig. 4h-j)".

      We have changed the text to clarify this. 

      (d) “Utilizing recombinant GST domains of PC1 and PC2, we demonstrated that BICC1 binds to both proteins in GST-pulldown assays (Fig. 1a, b)." GST-tagged domains? Fusions?

      We have changed the text to clarify this. 

      (e) "To study the interaction between BICC1, PKD1 and PKD2 we combined biochemical approaches, knockout studies in mice and Xenopus, genetic engineered human kidney cells" > genetically engineered.

      We have changed the text to clarify this.

      (f) Capitalization (e.g., see Figure S3, ref. the Bpk allele) and annotation (e.g., Gly821Glu and G821E) are inconsistent.

      We have homogenized the labeling of the capitalization and annotations throughout the manuscript. 

      (g) What do the authors mean by "homozygous evolutionarily well-conserved missense variant"?

      We have changed this is the revised version of the manuscript. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review/Recommendations to the authors):

      (1) A further study in HUREC cells investigating the critical regulatory role of BICC1 and potential interaction with mir-17 may yet lead to a modifiable therapeutic target.

      (2) This study should ideally include experiments in HUREC material obtained from patients/families with BICC1 mutations and studying its effects on the PKD1/2 complex in primary cell lines.

      This is an excellent suggestion. We agree with the reviewer that it would have been interesting to analyze HUREC material from the affected patients. Unfortunately, besides DNA and the phenotypic analysis described in the manuscript neither human tissue nor primary patient-derived cells collected once the two patients with the BICC1 p.Ser240Pro variant passed away.

      No changes to the revised manuscript have been made to address this point.

      (3) Please remove repeated words in the following sentence in paragraph 2 of the introduction: "BICC1 encodes an evolutionarily conserved protein that is characterized by 3 K-homology (KH) and 2 KH-like (KHL) RNA-binding domains at the N-terminus and a SAM domain at the C-terminus, which are separated by a by a disordered intervening sequence (IVS).23-28".

      This has been changed.

    1. L'Intelligence Artificielle en Éducation : Défis Pédagogiques et Enjeux Démocratiques

      Synthèse de la Direction

      L'émergence de l'intelligence artificielle générative (IAG) en éducation représente bien plus qu'une simple innovation technique ; elle constitue une rupture anthropologique majeure.

      Si l'IA promet une efficacité accrue par l'individualisation radicale des apprentissages via le learning analytics, elle menace paradoxalement les fondements de l'école républicaine : la construction du commun, l'exercice du jugement critique et le désir d'apprendre.

      Le défi actuel n'est pas d'interdire l'outil, déjà omniprésent, mais de développer une pédagogie de la vigilance. Celle-ci repose sur le principe de réversibilité — n'utiliser l'IA que pour ce que l'on sait déjà faire — et sur la réaffirmation du rôle irremplaçable de l'enseignant comme passeur de valeurs et médiateur du débat démocratique.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Nature et Fonctionnement de l'Intelligence Artificielle Générative

      L'IA générative, popularisée par des outils comme ChatGPT ou Mistral, repose sur des mécanismes statistiques précis qui définissent ses capacités et ses limites.

      Mécanismes techniques

      Base de données : Une accumulation massive de données (750 000 fois la Bible pour ChatGPT), qui reste néanmoins limitée par rapport à l'ensemble de la production humaine.

      Calculateur d'occurrences statistiques : L'IA ne « pense » pas ; elle calcule le mot qui a statistiquement le plus de probabilités de suivre le précédent.

      Le "Transformer" : Un outil récent permettant de prendre en compte le contexte pour affiner la pertinence statistique.

      Température et fluctuation : Réglée généralement à 0,8, la « température » permet d'introduire une part de fluctuation pour rendre les textes moins rigides et plus proches d'une opinion moyenne (opinion modale).

      Lissage linguistique : Un traitement systématique qui produit des textes à la syntaxe et à l'orthographe parfaites, souvent corrigés manuellement en amont par des opérateurs humains.

      Une externalisation de la mémoire

      L'IA s'inscrit dans la lignée historique de l'externalisation de la mémoire humaine (écriture, imprimerie, moteurs de recherche).

      Ce phénomène soulève un débat ancien, déjà identifié par Platon dans le Phèdre : l'outil apporte-t-il la science ou seulement sa « semblance » ?

      Le risque souligné est celui d'une remémoration venant « du dehors » plutôt que « du dedans », affaiblissant l'exercice même de la pensée.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. La Rupture du Learning Analytics et la Fin de la Forme Scolaire

      L'IA introduit une rupture radicale à travers le learning analytics, une technique d'analyse de données visant à modéliser les stratégies d'apprentissage individuelles.

      | Concept | Description et Conséquences | | --- | --- | | Individualisation Totale | Analyse des comportements sur tablette pour créer un logiciel strictement adapté au rythme, aux handicaps et aux préférences de l'élève. | | Séparation Instruction/Socialisation | Proposition de certains théoriciens (ex: Paul Jorion) de dissocier la transmission (confiée aux machines le matin) de la socialisation (activités sportives/artistiques l'après-midi). | | Obsolescence de la Classe | La classe traditionnelle, jugée inefficace pour gérer l'hétérogénéité, est remplacée par un tutorat machine disponible 24h/24. | | Risque d'Enfermement | L'adaptation permanente à l'utilisateur empêche la découverte de l'altérité et le dépassement de ses propres limites. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Ambitions vs Réalités : Une Analyse Critique

      Le document identifie un décalage structurel entre les prétentions de l'IA et la réalité de sa production.

      L'accès à la connaissance : Si l'IA offre une rapidité d'investigation fabuleuse, elle est tributaire de sa base de données (biais idéologiques, absence d'événements censurés, prédominance masculine des concepteurs).

      La synthèse rigoureuse : L'IA privilégie l'académisme à la rigueur.

      Elle procède par énumérations (souvent en base 3 ou 10) et agrège des concepts qu'il conviendrait de distinguer (ex: confondre besoin, niveau et intérêt).

      L'interdisciplinarité : Elle offre une illusion de complexité, mais réduit souvent le réel à des lieux communs et au "déjà-dit".

      La décision "pertinente" : En médecine ou en droit, l'IA réduit la situation (complexe et humaine) au seul problème (technique et algorithmique).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Impacts et Défis pour l'Éducation

      L'intégration de l'IA dans le milieu éducatif impose une refonte des pratiques d'évaluation et de transmission.

      La mutation de l'évaluation

      Face à l'industrialisation de la fraude, l'école doit :

      • Passer du paradigme de la conformité (une seule bonne réponse) à celui de l'originalité de pensée.

      • Réévaluer l'importance de l'oralité et du débat en face à face.

      • Valoriser la démarche d'enquête (comment l'élève a cherché) plutôt que le seul résultat final.

      Le principe de réversibilité

      L'éducation doit enseigner que l'IA ne peut être utilisée que pour accélérer des tâches que l'individu sait déjà accomplir manuellement.

      Utiliser l'IA pour ce que l'on ne maîtrise pas (ex: résumer un texte sans en comprendre la structure) conduit à une « bêtise artificielle » et à une perte de jugement.

      Du savoir au désir d'apprendre

      L'IA « comble le désir de savoir mais tue le désir d'apprendre ».

      En fournissant des réponses immédiates, elle tarit la curiosité.

      Le rôle de l'enseignant devient alors d'être un promoteur d'interrogations plutôt qu'un simple distributeur d'informations.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. IA, Réseaux Sociaux et Menaces sur la Démocratie

      Le document souligne le lien entre l'IA et les mécanismes addictifs des réseaux sociaux, structurés pour enfermer l'utilisateur.

      Le tournant de 2009 : L'introduction des algorithmes de profilage (Facebook, puis TikTok) a remplacé l'ordre chronologique par le ciblage publicitaire.

      L'effet "Tunnel" : Contrairement à l'éducateur qui « ouvre des fenêtres », les algorithmes enferment l'individu dans ce qu'il aime déjà, empêchant toute sérendipité (découverte fortuite).

      L'anthropomorphisme (Effet Elisa) : L'IA se fait passer pour une personne pour gagner la confiance de l'utilisateur.

      Il est impératif d'utiliser l'infinitif (ex: "faire", "chercher") plutôt que l'impératif pour marquer la distance avec la machine.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Conclusions et Impératifs Éthiques

      L'IA ne peut délibérer ni porter de valeurs. Elle ignore la temporalité humaine et la dimension incarnée du savoir.

      Recommandations pour l'avenir :

      1. Réhabiliter la conversation argumentée : Seul l'humain peut sortir d'un désaccord par le haut, en prenant en compte les divergences sans humilier l'autre.

      2. Dénoncer le "solutionnisme technologique" : Tout problème humain n'est pas réductible à une solution technique. L'éthique doit primer sur l'efficacité.

      3. Résister à la "machinisation" : Citant Adorno, le document rappelle que la barbarie commence par l'obéissance mécanique aux règles.

      L'éducation doit donner la force de douter et de dire « non » aux évidences suggérées par les algorithmes.

      En somme, l'IA doit rester un outil supervisé. L'enjeu civilisationnel est de préserver ce que seul l'humain peut faire : habiter sa parole, éprouver de la curiosité et construire un destin commun à travers le débat.

    1. exprimées en cours d’activité, des interviews des personnels concernés et une analyse clinique des réactions et normes qui émergent au sein des collectifs de travail. La conclusion so

      je ne suis pas d'accord avec cet exemple

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors analysed large-scale brain-state dynamics while humans watched a short video. They sought to identify the role of thalamocortical interactions.

      Major concerns

      (1) Rationale for using the naturalistic stimulus

      In terms of brain state dynamics, previous studies have already reported large-scale neural dynamics by applying some data-driven analyses, like energy landscape analysis and Hidden Markov Model, to human fMRI/EEG data recorded during resting/task states. Considering such prior work, it'd be critical to provide sufficient biological rationales to perform a conceptually similar study in a naturalistic condition, i.e., not just "because no previous work has been done". The authors would have to clarify what type of neural mechanisms could be missed in conventional resting-state studies using, say, energy landscape analysis, but could be revealed in the naturalistic condition.

      We appreciate your insightful comments regarding the need for a biological rationale in our study. As you mentioned, there are similar studies, just like Meer et al. utilized Hidden Markov Models to identify various activation modes of brain networks that included subcortical regions[1], Song et al. linked brain states to narrative understandings and attentional dynamics[2, 3]. These studies could answer why we use naturalistic stimuli datasets. Moreover, there is evidence suggesting that the thalamus plays a crucial role in processing information in a more naturalistic context while pointing out the vital role in thalamocortical communications[4, 5]. So, we tended to bridge thalamic activity and cortical state transition using the energy landscape description.

      To address these gaps in conventional resting-state studies, we explored an alternative method—maximum entropy modeling based on the energy landscape. This allowed us to validate how the thalamus responds to cortical state transitions. To enhance clarity, we will update our introduction to emphasize the motivations behind our research and the significance of examining these neural mechanisms in a naturalistic setting.

      (2) Effects of the uniqueness of the visual stimulus and reproducibility

      One of the main drawbacks of the naturalistic condition is the unexpected effects of the stimuli. That is, this study looked into the data recorded from participants who were watching Sherlock, but what would happen to the results if we analyzed the brain activity data obtained from individuals who were watching different movies? To ensure the generalizability of the current findings, it would be necessary to demonstrate qualitative reproducibility of the current observations by analysing different datasets that employed different movie stimuli. In fact, it'd be possible to find such open datasets, like www.nature.com/articles/s41597-023-02458-8.

      We appreciate your concern regarding the reproducibility of our findings. The dataset from the "Sherlock" study is of high quality and has shown good generalizability in various research contexts. We acknowledge the importance of validating our results with different datasets to enhance the robustness of our conclusions. While we are open to exploring additional datasets, we intend to pursue this validation once we identify a suitable alternative. Currently, we are considering a comparison with the dataset from "Forrest Gump" as part of our initial plan.

      (3) Spatial accuracy of the "Thalamic circuit" definition

      One of the main claims of this study heavily relies on the accuracy of the localization of two different thalamic architectures: matrix and core. Given the conventional or relatively low spatial resolution of the fMRI data acquisition (3x3x3 mm^3), it appears to be critically essential to demonstrate that the current analysis accurately distinguished fMRI signals between the matrix and core parts of the thalamus for each individual.

      We acknowledge the importance of accurately localizing the different thalamic architectures, specifically the matrix and core regions. To address this, we downsampled the atlas of matrix and core cell populations from the previous study from a resolution of 2x2x2 mm<sup>3</sup> to 3x3x3 mm<sup>3</sup>, which aligns with our fMRI data acquisition. We would report the atlas as Supplementary Figures in our revision.

      (4) More detailed analysis of the thalamic circuits

      In addition, if such thalamic localisation is accurate enough, it would be greatly appreciated if the authors perform similar comparisons not only between the matrix and core architectures but also between different nuclei. For example, anterior, medial, and lateral groups (e.g., pulvinar group). Such an investigation would meet the expectations of readers who presume some microscopic circuit-level findings.

      We appreciate your suggestion regarding a more detailed analysis of thalamic circuits. We have touched upon this in the discussion section as a forward-looking consideration. However, we believe that performing nuclei segmentation with 3T fMRI may not be ideal due to well-documented concerns regarding signal-to-noise ratio and spatial resolution. That said, we are interested in exploring these nuclei-pathway connections to cortical areas in future studies with a proper 7T fMRI naturalistic dataset.

      (5) Rationale for different time window lengths

      The authors adopted two different time window lengths to examine the neural dynamics. First, they used a 21-TR window for signal normalisation. Then, they narrowed down the window length to 13-TR periods for the following statistical evaluation. Such a seemingly arbitrary choice of the shorter time window might be misunderstood as a measure to relax the threshold for the correction of multiple comparisons. Therefore, it'd be appreciated if the authors stuck to the original 21-TR time window and performed statistical evaluations based on the setting.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback regarding the choice of time window lengths. We aimed to maintain consistency in window lengths across our analyses. In light of your comments and suggestions from other reviewers, we plan to test our results using different time window lengths and report findings that generalize across these variations. Should the results differ significantly, we will discuss the implications of this variability in our revised manuscript.

      (6) Temporal resolution

      After identifying brain states with energy landscape analysis, this study investigated the brain state transitions by directly looking into the fMRI signal changes. This manner seems to implicitly assume that no significant state changes happen in one TR (=1.5sec), which needs sufficient validation. Otherwise, like previous studies, it'd be highly recommended to conduct different analyses (e.g., random-walk simulation) to address and circumvent this problem.

      Thank you for raising this important point regarding temporal resolution. Many fMRI studies, such as those examining event boundaries during movie watching, operate under similar assumptions concerning state changes within one TR. For example, Barnett et al. processed the dynamic functional connectivity (dFC) with a window of 20 TRs (24.4s). So, we do not think it is a limitation but is a common question related to fMRI scanning parameters. To strengthen our analysis of state transitions and ensure they are not merely coincidental, we plan to conduct random-walk simulations, as suggested, to validate our findings in accordance with methodologies used in previous research.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Liu et al. investigated cortical network dynamics during movie watching using an energy landscape analysis based on a maximum entropy model. They identified perception- and attention-oriented states as the dominant cortical states during movie watching and found that transitions between these states were associated with inter-subject synchronization of regional brain activity. They also showed that distinct thalamic compartments modulated distinct state transitions. They concluded that cortico-thalamo-cortical circuits are key regulators of cortical network dynamics.

      Strengths:

      A mechanistic understanding of cortical network dynamics is an important topic in both experimental and computational neuroscience, and this study represents a step forward in this direction by identifying key cortico-thalamo-cortical circuits. The analytical strategy employed in this study, particularly the LASSO-based analysis, is interesting and would be applicable to other data types, such as task- and resting-state fMRI.

      We thanks for this comment and encouragement.

      Weaknesses:

      Due to issues related to data preprocessing, support for the conclusions remains incomplete. I also believe that a more careful interpretation of the "energy" derived from the maximum entropy model would greatly clarify what the analysis actually revealed.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestions, and we apologize for any misunderstandings regarding the interpretation of the energy landscape in our study. To address this issue, we will include a dedicated paragraph in both the methods and results sections to clarify our use of the term "energy" derived from the maximum entropy model. This addition aims to eliminate any ambiguity and provide a clearer understanding of what our analysis reveals.

      (1) I think the method used for binarization of BOLD activity is problematic in multiple ways.

      a) Although the authors appear to avoid using global signal regression (page 4, lines 114-118), the proposed method effectively removes the global signal. According to the description on page 4, lines 117-122, the authors binarized network-wise ROI signals by comparing them with the cross-network BOLD signal (i.e., the global signal): at each time point, network-wise ROI signals above the cross-network signal were set to 1, and the rest were set to −1. If I understand the binarization procedure correctly, this approach forces the cross-network signal to be zero (up to some noise introduced by the binarization of network-wise signals), which is essentially equivalent to removing the global signal. Please clarify what the authors meant by stating that "this approach maintained a diverse range of binarized cortical states in data where the global signal was preserved" (page 4, lines 121-122).

      Thank you for highlighting the potential issue with our binarization method. We appreciate your insights regarding the comparison of network-wise ROI signals with the cross-network BOLD signal, as this may inadvertently remove the global signal. To address this, we will conduct a comparative analysis of results obtained from both our current approach and the original pipeline. If we decide to retain our current method, we will carefully reconsider the rationale and rephrase our descriptions to ensure clarity regarding the preservation of the global signal and the diversity of binarized cortical states.

      b) The authors might argue that they maintained a diverse range of cortical states by performing the binarization at each time point (rather than within each network). However, I believe this introduces another problem, because binarizing network-wise signals at each time point distorts the distribution of cortical states. For example, because the cross-network signal is effectively set to zero, the network cannot take certain states, such as all +1 or all −1. Similarly, this binarization biases the system toward states with similar numbers of +1s and −1s, rather than toward unbalanced states such as (+1, −1, −1, −1, −1, −1). These constraints and biases are not biological in origin but are simply artifacts of the binarization procedure. Importantly, the energy landscape and its derivatives (e.g., hard/easy transitions) are likely to be affected by these artifacts. I suggest that the authors try a more conventional binarization procedure (i.e., binarization within each network), which is more robust to such artifacts.

      Related to this point, I have a question regarding Figure S1, in which the authors plotted predicted versus empirical state probabilities. As argued above, some empirical state probabilities should be zero because of the binarization procedure. However, in Figure S1, I do not see data points corresponding to these states (i.e., there should be points on the y-axis). Did the authors plot only a subset of states in Figure S1? I believe that all states should be included. The correlation coefficient between empirical and predicted probabilities (and the accuracy) should also be calculated using all states.

      Thank you for your thoughtful examination of our data processing pipeline. We agree that a comparison between the conventional binarization method and our current approach is warranted, and we appreciate your suggestion. Upon reviewing Figure S1, we discovered that there was indeed an error related to the plotting style set to "log10." As you correctly pointed out, the data should reflect that the probabilities for states where all networks are either activated or deactivated are zero. We are very interested in exploring the state distributions obtained from both the original and current approaches, as your comments highlight important considerations. We sincerely appreciate your insightful feedback and will make sure to address these points thoroughly in our first revision.

      c) The current binarization procedure likely inflates non-neuronal noise and obscures the relationship between the true BOLD signal and its binarized representation. For example, consider two ROIs (A and B): both (+2%, +1%) and (+0.01%, −0.01%) in BOLD signal changes would be mapped to (+1, −1) after binarization. This suggests that qualitatively different signal magnitudes are treated identically. I believe that this issue could be alleviated if the authors were to binarize the signal within each network, rather than at each time point.

      Thank you for your important observation regarding the potential inflation of non-neuronal noise in our current binarization procedure. We recognize that this process could lead to qualitatively different signal magnitudes being treated similarly after binarization, as you illustrated with your example. While we acknowledge your point, we believe that conventional binarization pipelines may also encounter this issue, albeit by comparing signals to a network's temporal mean activity. To address this concern and maintain consistency with previous studies, we will discuss this limitation in our revised manuscript. Additionally, if deemed necessary, we will explore implementing a percentile-based threshold above the baseline to further refine our binarization approach. Your suggestion provides a valuable perspective, and we appreciate your insights.

      (2) As the authors state (page 5, lines 145-148), the "energy" described in the energy landscape is not biological energy but rather a statistical transformation of probability distributions derived from the Boltzmann distribution. If this is the case, I believe that Figure 2A is potentially misleading and should be removed. This type of schematic may give the false impression that cortical state dynamics are governed by the energy landscape derived from the maximum entropy model (which is not validated).

      Thank you for your valuable feedback regarding Figure 2A. We apologize for any confusion it may have created. While we recognize that similar figures are commonly used in literature involving energy landscapes (maximum entropy model), we agree that Figure 2A may mislead readers into thinking that cortical state dynamics are directly governed by the energy landscape derived from the maximum entropy model, which has not been validated. In light of your comments, we will remove Figure 2A and instead emphasize the analytical strategy presented in Figure 2B. Additionally, we will provide a simplified line graph as an illustrative example to clarify the concepts without the potential for misinterpretation.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Liu et al. analyze fMRI data collected during movie watching, applied an energy landscape method with pairwise maximum entropy models. They identify a set of brain states defined at the level of canonical functional networks and quantify how the brain transitions between these states. Transitions are classified as "easy" or "hard" based on changes in the inferred energy landscape, and the authors relate transition probabilities to inter-subject correlation. A major emphasis of the work is the role of the thalamus, which shows transition-linked activity changes and dynamic connectivity patterns, including differential involvement of parvalbumin- and calbindin-associated thalamic subdivisions.

      Strengths:

      The study is methodologically complex and technically sophisticated. It integrates advanced analytical methods into high-dimensional fMRI data. The application of energy landscape analysis to movie-watching data appears to be novel as well. The finding on the thalamus involved energy state transition and provides a strong linkage to several theories on thalamic control functions, which is a notable strength.

      Thanks for your comments on the novelty of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is the conceptual clarity and advances that this otherwise sophisticated set of analyses affords. A central conceptual ambiguity concerns the energy landscape framework itself. The authors note that the "energy" in this model is not biological energy but a statistical quantity derived from the Boltzmann distribution. After multiple reads, I still have major trouble mapping this measure onto any biological and cognitive operations. BOLD signal is a measure of oxygenation as a proxy of neural activity, and correlated BOLD (functional connectivity) is thought to measure the architecture of information communication of brain systems. The energy framework described in the current format is very difficult for most readers to map onto any neural or cognitive knowledge base on the structure and function of brain systems. Readers unfamiliar with maximum entropy models may easily misinterpret energy changes as reflecting metabolic cost, neural effort, or physiological variables, and it is just very unclear what that measure is supposed to reflect. The manuscript does not clearly articulate what conceptual and mechanistic advances the energy formalism provides beyond a mathematical and statistical report. In other words, beyond mathematical description, it is very hard for most readers to understand the process and function of what this framework is supposed to tell us in regards to functional connectivity, brain systems, and cognition. The brain is not a mathematical object; it is a biological organ with cognitive functions. The impact of this paper is severely limited until connections can be made.

      Thank you for your insightful and constructive comments regarding the conceptual clarity of our energy landscape framework. We appreciate your perspective on the challenges of mapping the statistical measure of "energy" derived from the Boltzmann distribution onto biological and cognitive operations. To address these concerns, we will revise our manuscript to clarify our expressions surrounding "energy" and emphasize its probabilistic nature. Additionally, we will incorporate a series of analyses that explicitly relate the features of the energy landscape to cognitive processes and key parameters, such as brain integration and functional connectivity. We believe these changes will help bridge the gap between our mathematical framework and its relevance to understanding brain systems and cognitive functions.

      Relatedly, the use of metaphors such as "valleys," "hills," and "routes" in multidimensional measures lacks grounding. Valleys and hills of what is not intuitive to understand. Based on my reading, these features correspond to local minima and barriers in a probability distribution over binarized network activation patterns, but similar to the first point, the manuscript does not clearly explain what it means conceptually, neurobiologically, or computationally for the brain to "move" through such a landscape. The brain is not computing these probabilities; they are measurement tools of "something". What is it? To advance beyond mathematical description, these measurements must be mapped onto neurobiological and cognitive information.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. In our revisions, we would aim to link the concept of rapid transition routes in the energy landscape to cognitive processes, such as narrative understanding and related features. By exploring these connections, we hope to provide a clearer context for how our framework can enhance understanding of cognitive functions and their neural correlates.

      This conceptual ambiguity goes back to the Introduction. At the level of motivation, the purpose and deliverables of the study are not defined in the Introduction. The stated goal is "Transitions between distinct cortical brain states modulate the degree of shared neural processing under naturalistic conditions". I do not know if readers will have a clear answer to this question at the end. Is the claim that state transitions cause changes in inter-subject correlation, that they index moments of narrative alignment, or that they reflect changes in attentional or cognitive mode? This level of explanation is largely dissociated from the methods in their current form.

      Thank you for highlighting this important point regarding the conceptual clarity in our Introduction. We appreciate your feedback about the motivation and objectives of the study. To clarify the stated goal of investigating how transitions between distinct cortical brain states modulate shared neural processing under naturalistic conditions, we will revise the manuscript to explicitly define the specific claims we aim to address. We will ensure that these explanations are closely tied to the methods employed in our study, providing a clearer framework for our readers.

      Several methodological choices can use clarification. The use of a 21-TR window centered on transition offsets is unusually long relative to the temporal scale of fMRI dynamics and to the hypothesized rapidity of state transitions. On a related note, what is the temporal scale of state transition? Is it faster than 21 TRs?

      Thank you for your insightful questions regarding our methodological choices. Our focus on specific state transitions necessitated the use of a 21-TR window. While it’s true that other transitions may occur within this window, averaging across the same transitions at different times allows us to identify distinctive thalamic BOLD patterns that precede cortical state transitions. This methodology enables us to capture relevant dynamics while ensuring that we focus on the transitions of interest. We appreciate your feedback, and this clarification will be included in our revised manuscript. We would also add a figure that describe the dwell time of cortical states.

      The choice of movie-watching data is a strength. But, many of the analyses performed here, energy landscape estimation, clustering of states, could in principle be applied to resting-state data. The manuscript does not clearly articulate what is gained, mechanistically or cognitively, by using movie stimuli beyond the availability of inter-subject correlation.

      Thank you for your question, which closely aligns with a concern raised by Reviewer #1. Our core hypothesis posits that naturalistic stimuli yield a broader set of brain states compared to those observed during resting-state conditions. To support this assertion, we will clearly articulate the findings from previous studies that relate to this hypothesis. Additionally, if appropriate, we will provide a comparative analysis between our data and resting-state data to highlight the differences and emphasize the uniqueness of the brain states elicited by naturalistic stimuli.

      Because of the above issues, a broader concern throughout the results is the largely descriptive nature of the findings. For example, the LASSO analysis shows that certain state transitions predict ISC in a subset of regions, with respectable R² values. While statistically robust, the manuscript provides little beyond why these particular transitions should matter, what computations they might reflect, or how they relate to known cognitive operations during movie watching. Similar issues arise in the clustering analyses. Clustering high-dimensional fMRI-derived features will almost inevitably produce structure, whether during rest, task, or naturalistic viewing. What is missing is an explanation of why these specific clusters are meaningful in functional or mechanistic terms.

      Thank you for your questions. In our revisions, we will perform additional analyses aimed at linking state transitions to cognitive processes more explicitly. Regarding clustering, we will provide a thorough discussion in the revised manuscript.

      Finally, the treatment of the thalamus, while very exciting, could use a bit more anatomical and circuit-level specificity. The manuscript largely treats the thalamus as a unitary structure, despite decades of work demonstrating big functional and connectivity differences across thalamic nuclei. A whole-thalamus analysis without more detailed resolution is increasingly difficult to justify. The subsequent subdivision into PVALB- and CALB-associated regions partially addresses this, but these markers span multiple nuclei with overlapping projection patterns.

      This suggestion aligns with the feedback from Reviewer #1. We believe that performing nuclei segmentation with 3T fMRI may not be ideal due to well-documented concerns regarding signal-to-noise ratio and spatial resolution. Therefore, investigating core and matrix cell projections across different thalamic nuclei using 7T fMRI presents a promising avenue for further study.

      (1) Van Der Meer J N, Breakspear M, Chang L J, et al. Movie viewing elicits rich and reliable brain state dynamics [J]. Nature Communications, 2020, 11(1): 5004.

      (2) Song H, Park B Y, Park H, et al. Cognitive and Neural State Dynamics of Narrative Comprehension [J]. Journal of Neuroscience, 2021, 41(43): 8972-8990.

      (3) Song H, Shim W M, Rosenberg M D. Large-scale neural dynamics in a shared low-dimensional state space reflect cognitive and attentional dynamics [J]. Elife, 2023, 12.

      (4) Shine J M, Lewis L D, Garrett D D, et al. The impact of the human thalamus on brain-wide information processing [J]. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 2023, 24(7): 416-430.

      (5) Yang M Y, Keller D, Dobolyi A, et al. The lateral thalamus: a bridge between multisensory processing and naturalistic behaviors [J]. Trends in Neurosciences, 2025, 48(1): 33-46.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Liu et al. investigated cortical network dynamics during movie watching using an energy landscape analysis based on a maximum entropy model. They identified perception- and attention-oriented states as the dominant cortical states during movie watching and found that transitions between these states were associated with inter-subject synchronization of regional brain activity. They also showed that distinct thalamic compartments modulated distinct state transitions. They concluded that cortico-thalamo-cortical circuits are key regulators of cortical network dynamics.

      Strengths:

      A mechanistic understanding of cortical network dynamics is an important topic in both experimental and computational neuroscience, and this study represents a step forward in this direction by identifying key cortico-thalamo-cortical circuits. The analytical strategy employed in this study, particularly the LASSO-based analysis, is interesting and would be applicable to other data types, such as task- and resting-state fMRI.

      Weaknesses:

      Due to issues related to data preprocessing, support for the conclusions remains incomplete. I also believe that a more careful interpretation of the "energy" derived from the maximum entropy model would greatly clarify what the analysis actually revealed.

      (1) Major Comment 1:

      I think the method used for binarization of BOLD activity is problematic in multiple ways.

      a) Although the authors appear to avoid using global signal regression (page 4, lines 114-118), the proposed method effectively removes the global signal. According to the description on page 4, lines 117-122, the authors binarized network-wise ROI signals by comparing them with the cross-network BOLD signal (i.e., the global signal): at each time point, network-wise ROI signals above the cross-network signal were set to 1, and the rest were set to −1. If I understand the binarization procedure correctly, this approach forces the cross-network signal to be zero (up to some noise introduced by the binarization of network-wise signals), which is essentially equivalent to removing the global signal. Please clarify what the authors meant by stating that "this approach maintained a diverse range of binarized cortical states in data where the global signal was preserved" (page 4, lines 121-122).

      b) The authors might argue that they maintained a diverse range of cortical states by performing the binarization at each time point (rather than within each network). However, I believe this introduces another problem, because binarizing network-wise signals at each time point distorts the distribution of cortical states. For example, because the cross-network signal is effectively set to zero, the network cannot take certain states, such as all +1 or all −1. Similarly, this binarization biases the system toward states with similar numbers of +1s and −1s, rather than toward unbalanced states such as (+1, −1, −1, −1, −1, −1). These constraints and biases are not biological in origin but are simply artifacts of the binarization procedure. Importantly, the energy landscape and its derivatives (e.g., hard/easy transitions) are likely to be affected by these artifacts. I suggest that the authors try a more conventional binarization procedure (i.e., binarization within each network), which is more robust to such artifacts.

      Related to this point, I have a question regarding Figure S1, in which the authors plotted predicted versus empirical state probabilities. As argued above, some empirical state probabilities should be zero because of the binarization procedure. However, in Figure S1, I do not see data points corresponding to these states (i.e., there should be points on the y-axis). Did the authors plot only a subset of states in Figure S1? I believe that all states should be included. The correlation coefficient between empirical and predicted probabilities (and the accuracy) should also be calculated using all states.

      c) The current binarization procedure likely inflates non-neuronal noise and obscures the relationship between the true BOLD signal and its binarized representation. For example, consider two ROIs (A and B): both (+2%, +1%) and (+0.01%, −0.01%) in BOLD signal changes would be mapped to (+1, −1) after binarization. This suggests that qualitatively different signal magnitudes are treated identically. I believe that this issue could be alleviated if the authors were to binarize the signal within each network, rather than at each time point.

      (2) Major Comment 2:

      As the authors state (page 5, lines 145-148), the "energy" described in the energy landscape is not biological energy but rather a statistical transformation of probability distributions derived from the Boltzmann distribution. If this is the case, I believe that Figure 2A is potentially misleading and should be removed. This type of schematic may give the false impression that cortical state dynamics are governed by the energy landscape derived from the maximum entropy model (which is not validated).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1(Public review):

      In this study, Acosta-Bayona et al. aim to better understand how environmental conditions could have influenced specific gene functions that may have been selected for during the domestication of teosinte parviglumis into domesticated maize. The authors are particularly interested in identifying the initial phenotypic changes that led to the original divergence of these two subspecies. They selected heavy metal (HM) stress as the condition to investigate. While the justification for this choice remains speculative, paleoenvironmental data would add value; the authors hypothesize that volcanic activity near the region of origin could have played a role.

      The justification of choice to investigate the effects of heavy metal stress is not speculative. As mentioned now in the Abstract, the elucidation of the genome from the Palomero toluqueño maize landrace revealed heavy metal effects during domestication (Vielle-Calzada et al., Science 2009). Our aim was to test the hypothesis that heavy metal (HM) stress influenced the evolutionary transition of teosinte parviglumis to maize.

      (1) Although the paper presents some interesting findings, it is difficult to distinguish which observations are novel versus already known in the literature regarding maize HM stress responses. The rationale behind focusing on specific loci is often lacking. For example, a statistically significant region identified via LOD score on chromosome 5 contains over 50 genes, yet the authors focus on three known HM-related genes without discussing others in the region. It is unclear why ZmHMA1 was selected for mutagenesis over ZmHMA7 or ZmSKUs5.

      We appreciated the depth and value of this comment.

      Maize phenotypic responses to sublethal concentrations to heavy metals – copper (Cu) and cadmium (Cd) in particular - are well characterized and published, and in agreement with our results. In the first section of the Results (pgs 7 and 8), we added pertinent references to clearly show which observations are already known. By contrast, teosinte parviglumis responses are in all cases novel. To our knowledge this is the first study that analyzed in detail the phenotypic response of teosinte to sublethal concentrations of heavy metals, specifically Cu and Cd. We have now emphasized the novelty of these observations (pg 8).

      To address the fact that we only focused on three known HM-related genes without discussing others in the statistically significant region identified via LOD score on chr.5, we have added a full section that reads as follows (pgs. 11 to 13 of the new version):

      “Large-scale genomic and transcriptomic comparisons indicate that many HM response genes were positively selected across the maize genome.

      To expand the results well beyond the analysis of the three genes previously described, we performed a detailed analysis of genetic diversity across the 11.47 Mb genomic region comprised between Z_mSKUs5_ and ZmHMA1. This additional analysis reveals general tendencies in the quantity and nature of loci that were affected by positive selection during the teosinte parviglumis to maize transition in a region identified via LOD score on chr.5. We compared nucleotide variability by using 100 bp bins covering loci composed of two 30 Kb segments up and downstream of coding sequences, respectively, and the coding sequence itself, for 173 genes present within the genomic region comprised between ZmSKUs5 and ZmHMA (Figure S1 and Supplementary File 6). Two types of statistical tests (ANOVA and Wilcoxon) were applied to nucleotide variability comparisons using the entirety of each locus. The Benjamini-Hochber procedure allowed an estimation of the false discovery rate (FDR<0.05) to avoid type I errors (false positives). Although some individual loci appear as differently classified depending on the statistical test applied (22 out of 173 loci), the general differences in nucleotide variability are consistently maintained within the subregions described below. We found that 166 out of 173 loci show signatures of positive selection and are roughly organized in five independent subregions of variable length. The first six loci are consecutively ordered in a 402 Kb subregion that includes ZmSKUs5. A second group of 13 consecutive loci expands over a 1.44 Mb subregion that contains NRAMP ALUMINUM TRANSPORTER1, also involved in HM response through uptake of divalent ions. A third group of 17 consecutive loci expands over 1.28 Mb; eleven contain genes encoding for uncharacterized proteins. The fourth group is composed of 57 consecutive loci expanding over 3.22 Mb and contains genes encoding for DEFECTIVE KERNEL55, AUXIN RESPONSE FACTOR16, and peroxydases involved in responses to oxydative stress. The fifth group contains 12 consecutive loci expanding over 713 Kb and contains ZmHMA1. An additional segment of approximately 1.17 Mb and containing 25 consecutive loci that were positively selected expands away from the ZmSKUs5-ZmHMA1 segment; it also contains several genes encoding for peroxydases. Although multiple loci include genes that could be involved in abiotic stress and oxidative responses, these results suggest that multiple factors other than HM stress could have played a role in the evolutionary mechanisms that affected the genetic diversity of chr.5 during the teosinte parviglumis to maize transition.

      To further analyze the possibility that HM response could have played a role in maize emergence and subsequent domestication, we analyzed large scale transcriptomic data corresponding to independent experiments aiming at understanding the response of maize roots to HM stress. Six available transcriptomes were selected for in-depth analysis because they presented a fold change strictly higher than 1, and their results were supported by false discovery rates (FDR<0.05). These six transcriptomes (Table S5) included HM response datasets corresponding to growth conditions that not only incorporated Cu, but also lead (Pb) and chromium (Cr) that were not included in the substrate of our experiments. Transcriptional profiles were obtained from roots of plants at different stages: maize seedlings (Shen et al., 2012; Gao et al., 2015; Zhang et al., 2024a), three week old plantlets (Yang et al., 2023), and plants at V2 stage (Zhang et al., 2024b; Fengxia et al., 2025). A total of 120 genes shared by all six transcriptomes were found to be differentially expressed under HM stress conditions (66 upegulated and 54 downregulated; Figure S3), including ZmSKUs5, ZmHMA1 and ZmHMA7; 52 of them (43.3%) are located in maize loci showing less than 70% of the nucleotide variability found in teosinte parviglumis, suggesting that they were affected by positive selection (Yamasaki et al., 2005; Supplementary File 7). Of 18 mapping in chr.5, twelve are within the 82 cM that fractionates into multiple QTLs under selection during the parviglumis to maize transition. Interestingly, five additional loci containing HM response genes completely lack SNPs within their total length in both parviglumis and maize, and 19 additional loci lack SNPs in at least one 30 Kb segment or their coding region (Supplementary File 7), suggesting the frequent presence of ultraconserved genomic regions in many loci containing HM response genes. When this same analysis was conducted in a set of loci comprising 63 genes previously identified as differentially expressed in response to abiotic stress not directly related to HM responses (hypoxia; nutritional deficiency; soil alkalinity; drought; soil salinity), 18 loci (28.6%) showed less than 70% of the nucleotide variability found in teosinte parviglumis. Only one of them maps in chr.5 and none contained segments or coding regions lacking SNPs in parviglumis or maize. These results suggest that in contrast to other types of abiotic stress response genes, loci comprising a large set of genes that unambiguously respond to HM stress caused by chemical elements of diverse nature were affected by positive selection during the parviglumis to maize transition, irrespectively of their position in the genome.”

      The detailed analysis of genetic diversity across 11.47 Mb of chr.5 in the genomic region comprised between ZmSKUs5 and ZmHMA1 in presented as Supplementary File 6.

      The analysis of genetic diversity in loci encompassing heavy metal response genes shared by six transcriptomes and abiotic stress controls are described in Supplementary File 7.

      In the Discussion (pgs. 21 and 22), we added a paragraph section that reads as follows:

      “Although loss of genetic diversity is usually the result of human selection during domestication, it can also represent a consequence of natural selective pressures favoring fitness of specific teosinte parviglumis allelic variants better adapted to environmental changes and subsequently affected by human selection during the domestication process. This possibility is reflected by widely spread selective sweeps affecting a large portion of chr.5 that contains hundreds of genes showing signatures of positive selection. The analysis of 11.47 Mb covering the ZmHMA1ZmSKUs5 segment confirms the presence of large but discrete genomic subregions that were positively selected during the teosinte parviglumis to maize transition. Although several contain genes involved in HM response and oxidative stress, the diversity of gene functions does not necessarily favor abiotic stress over other factors that could be at the origin of selective forces affecting these regions. By contrast, a large scale transcriptomic survey indicates that genes consistently responding to HMs (Cu, Cd, Pb and Cr ) show signatures of positive selection at unusual high frequencies (43.3%) as compared to loci containing genes responding to other types of abiotic stress (28.6%). Our identification of HM response genes affected by positive selection is far from being exhaustive. Nevertheless, it agrees with the expected effects of a widespread selective sweep caused by environmental changes that influenced the parviglumis to maize transition at the genetic level. Of intriguing interest are 24 loci that partially or completely lack SNPs in both teosinte parviglumis and maize, suggesting possible genetic bottlenecks occurred before the teosinte to maize transition. Examples of other edaphological factors driving genetic divergence either in the teosintes or maize include local adaptation to phosphorus concentration in mexicana and parviglumis (Aguirre-Liguori et al. 2019), and fast maize adaptation to changing iron availability through the action of genes involved in its mobilization, uptake, and transport (Benke and Stich 2011). Our results reveal a teosinte parviglumis environmental plasticity that could be related to the function of HM response genes positively selected during the teosinte parviglumis to maize transition. Previous studies have demonstrated that transposable elements (TEs) contribute to activation of maize genes in response to abiotic stress, affecting up to 20% of the genes upregulated in response to abiotic stress, and as many as 33% of genes that are only expressed in response to stress (Makarevitch et al., 2015). It is therefore possible that the HM response of some specific genes that influenced maize emergence or domestication could be mediated by TEs influencing or driving their transcriptional regulation.”

      The mutagenic analysis of ZmHMA7 and ZmSKUs5 will be included in a different publication.

      (2) The idea that HM stress impacted gene function and influenced human selection during domestication is of interest. However, the data presented do not convincingly link environmental factors with human-driven selection or the paleoenvironmental context of the transition. While lower nucleotide diversity values in maize could suggest selective pressure, it is not sufficient to infer human selection and could be due to other evolutionary processes. It is also unclear whether the statistical analysis was robust enough to rule out bias from a narrow locus selection. Furthermore, the addition of paleoclimate records (Paleoenvironmental Data Sources as a starting point) or conducting ecological niche modeling or crop growth models incorporating climate and soil scenarios would strengthen the arguments.

      We think that the detailed analysis of genetic diversity across 11.46 Mb covering the ZmSKUs5 to ZmHMA1 genomic segment – and its statistical validation - provides a precise understanding of the selective sweep dimensions in chr.5.

      We do agree that lower nucleotide diversity values in maize are not sufficient to infer human selection. Because many HM response loci show unusually low nucleotide variability in teosinte parviglumis (see the results of the transcriptomic analysis presented above), we cannot discard the possibility that natural selection forces related to environmental changes could have affected native populations of teosinte parviglumis.

      To further explore the link between environmental factors, natural or human-driven selection, and the paleoenvironmental context of the parviglumis to maize transition, we revised paleoenvironmental and geological records and added results in two sections that read as follows (pgs. 17 to 20):

      “Paleoenvironmental studies reveal periods of climatic instability in the presumed region of maize emergence during the early Holocene.

      It is well accepted that temperature fluctuations, volcanism and anthropogenic impact shaped the distribution and abundance of plant species in the Transmexican Volcanic Belt (TMVB) during the last 14,000 years (Torrescano-Valle et al. 2019). The TMVB has produced close to 8000 volcanic structures (Ferrari et al., 2011), transforming the relief multiple times, and causing hydrographic and soil changes that actively modified the distribution and composition of plant communities in Central Mexico. Detailed paleoenvironmental data for the Pleistocene and Holocene is available for several lacustrine zones located within the 50 to 100 km range of the region currently considered the cradle of maize domestication (Matzuoka et al. 2002; Figure 5a). In Lake Zirahuén (102°44′ W; 19°26′ N and approximately 2075 meters above sea level; index [i] in Figure 5a), pollen, microcharcoal and magnetic susceptibility analyses of two sedimentary sequences reveals three periods of major ecological change during the early and middle Holocene.

      Between 9500 and 9000 calibrated years before present (cal yr BP), pine forests seem to have been associated with summer insolation increases. A second peak of forest change occurred at around 8200 cal yr BP, coinciding with cold oscillations documented in the North Atlantic. Finally, events occurred between 7500 and 7100 cal yr BP shows an abrupt change in the plant community related to humid Holocene climates and a presumed volcanic event (Lozano-García et al., 2013). The environmental history of the central Balsas watershed has also been documented by pollen, charcoal, and sedimentary analysis conducted in three lakes and a swamp of the Iguala valley (Piperno et al. 2007). Paleoecological records of lake Ixtacyola (8°20N, 99°35W and approximately 720 meters above sea level; index [ii] in Figure 5a) and lake Ixtapa (8°21N, 99°26W) indicate that an important increase in temperature and precipitation occurred between 13000 and 10000 cal yr BP. The pollen record of Ixtacyola showed that members of the genus Zea were already part of the vegetation coverage by 12900 to 13000 cal yr BP, suggesting that some teosintes – likely including parviglumis - were commonly found at elevation areas where they do not presently occur. Lake Almoloya (also named Chignahuapan; 19°05N, 99°20E and approximately 2575 meters above sea level; index [iii] in Figure 5a) in the upper Lerma basin is only 20 Km from the crater of the Nevado de Toluca that is responsible for creating the late Pleistocene Upper Toluca Pumice layer over which the Lerma basin is deposited. Pollen records indicate the presence of Zea species by 11080 to 10780 cal yr BP. As for other locations, an important period of climatic instability prevailed between 11500 and 8500 cal yr BP (Ludlow-Wiechers et al., 2005). Humidity fluctuations occurred until 8000 cal yr BP, with a stable temperate climate between 8500 and 5000 cal yr BP. Although pollen and diatom studies are often difficult to interpret at a regional scale, the overall results presented above suggest consistent periods of Zea plants present in periods of environmental and climatic instability that correlate with the history of volcanic activity during the early Holocene, as described in the next section.

      Temporal and geographical convergence between volcanic eruptions and maize emergence during the Holocene.

      Current evidence indicates that the emergence and domestication of maize initiated in Mesoamerica some time around 9,000 yr BP (Matsuoka et al. 2002). The current location of teosinte parviglumis populations that are phylogenetically most closely allied with maize are currently distributed in a region located between the Michoacan-Guanajuato Volcanic Field (MGVF) at their northwest, and the Nevado de Toluca and Popocatéptl volcanoes at their east and northeast (Figure 5a; Matsuoka et al. 2002). Precise records of field data indicate that ten accessions were collected in the Balsas river drainage near Teloloapan and Sierra de Huautla (Guerrero), at approximately 100 km south of the Nevado de Toluca crater. Three other accessions were collected near Tejupilco de Hidalgo and Zacazonapan (Estado de México), at approximately 50 to 60 km from the Nevado de Toluca crater (8762, JSG y LOS-161, and JSG-391). And four other accessions were located in Michoacan, at a location within the MGVF (accession 8763), or at mid-distance between the MGVF and the Nevado de Toluca crater (accessions JSG y LOS-130, 8761, and 8766).

      The most important source of HMs in ancient soils of Mesoamerica is TMBV-dependent volcanic activity through short- and long-term effects related to lava deposits, ores, hydrothermal flow, and ash (Torrescano-Valle et al. 2019). The Nevado de Toluca volcano produced one of the most powerful eruptions from central Mesoamerica in the Holocene, giving rise to the Upper Toluca Pumice deposit at 12621 to 12025 cal yr BP (Arce et al., 2003; Figure 5b). The pumice fallout blanketed the Lerma and Mexico basins with 40 cm of coarse ash (Bloomfield and Valastro 1977; Arce et al. 2003). A second eruption dated by 36Cl exposure occurred at 9700 cal yr BP (Arce et al. 2003; Figure 5b), and the most recent eruption occurred at 3580 to 3831 cal yr BP (Macías et al. 1997). During the early and middle Holocene, the Popocatéptl volcano produced at least four eruptions dated 13037-12060, 10775–9564, 8328-7591, and 6262-5318 cal yr BP (Siebe et al. 1997); three other important eruptions occurred during the late Holocene, between 2713 and 733 cal yr BP (Siebe and Macías, 2006). In addition, the MGFV is a monogenetic volcanic field for which 23 independent eruptions have been documented during the Holocene, 21 of them located towards the southern part of the field, in close proximity to the region harboring some of the teosinte parviglumis populations most closely related to maize. Three of these eruptions occurred in the early Holocene (El Huanillo 1130 to 9688 cal yr BP; La Taza 10649 to 10300 cal yr BP; Cerro Grande 10173 to 9502 cal yr BP; Figure 5b), and three others during the initial period of the middle Holocene, between 8400 and 7696 cal yr BP (La Mina, Los Caballos, and Cerro Amarillo; Figure 5b). On average, a new volcano forms every ~435 years in the MGFV (Macías and Arce, 2019). No less than 16 other eruptions occurred between 7159 cal yr BP and the present time (Figure 5b). Soils of volcanic origin (andosols) are currently distributed in regions north-west from the Nevado de Toluca and Popocatéptl craters, in close proximity with teosinte parviglumis populations most closely related to maize (Figure S5). Although modern distribution of teosinte populations may differ from their distribution around 9000 yr BP, and unknown populations more closely related to maize may yet to be discovered, this data indicates that the date and region where maize emerged is convergent with the dates and locations of several volcanic eruptions occurred during the Holocene in that same region.”

      (3) Despite the interest in examining HM stress in maize and the presence of a pleiotropic phenotype, the assessment of the impact of gene expression is limited. The authors rely on qPCR for two ZmHMA genes and the locus tb1, known to be associated with maize architecture. A transcriptomic analysis would be necessary to 1- strengthen the proposed connection and 2- identify other genes with linked QTLs, such as those in the short arm of chromosome 5.

      Real-time qPCR is an accurate and reliable approach to assess the expression of specific genes such as ZMHMA1 and Tb1, but we agree that our results do not allow to establish a direct regulatory link between the function of Tb1, the pleiotropic parviglumis phenotype under HM stress, and the function of ZmHMA1. We also concede that the large transcriptional analysis of HM response in maize (presented above) does not allow to elucidate a possible connection between these two genes. We have substantially downplayed our conclusion in this section by modifying the end of the section in pg. 17, that now reads:

      “These results do not allow to directly link the regulation of ZmHMA1 expression to the function of Tb1; however, they open an opportunity to further investigate the possibility that under HM stress, the formation of secondary ramifications in teosinte parviglumis could be repressed by transcription factors of the TCP family, including Tb1.”

      This is also emphasized in the Discussion (pg 21) as follows:

      “Under HM stress, we also show that Tb1 is overexpressed in the apical meristem of teosinte parviglumis, suggesting that formation of secondary ramifications is repressed by Tb1 function under HM stress, as in extant maize. At this stage we cannot discard the possibility that Tb1 upregulation in parviglumis reflects a more generalized response to abiotic stress; however, the expression ZmHMA1 is downregulated in W22 wild-type maize meristems in the presence of HMs but upregulated in teosinte parviglumis meristems, suggesting that a specific regulatory shift relating HM responses and ZmHMA1 function occurred during the teosinte parviglumis to maize transition.”

      On the other hand, the transcriptional analysis the identification of 52 additional HM response genes showing signatures of positive selection occurred during the parviglumis to maize transition; 12 of them map to chr.5 within the region having linked QTLs within the short arm of chr.5. So far, genes involved in HM response and oxidative stress represent the most prevalent class of genes identified within the genomic region showing pleiotropic effects on domestication and multiple linked QTLs in chr.5.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work explores the phenotypic developmental traits associated with Cu and Cd responses in teosinte parviglumis, a species evolutionary related to extant maize crops. Cu and Cd could serve as a proxy for heavy metals present in the soils. The manuscript explores potential genetic loci associated with heavy metal responses and domestication identified in previous studies. This includes heavy metal transporters, which are unregulated during stress. To study that, the authors compare the plant architecture of maize defective in ZmHMA1 and speculate on its association with domestication.

      Strengths:

      Very few studies covered the responses of teosintes to heavy metal stress. The physiological function of ZmHMA1 in maize also gives some novelty in this study. The idea and speculation section is interesting and well-implemented.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors explored Cu/Cd stress but not a more comprehensive panel of heavy metals, making the implications of this study quite narrow. Some techniques used, such as end-point RT-PCR and qPCR, are substandard for the field. The phenotypic changes explored are not clearly connected with the potential genetic mechanisms associated with them, with the exception of nodal roots. If teosintes in response to heavy metal have phenotypic similarity with modern landraces of maize, then heavy metal stress might have been a confounding factor in the selection of maize and not a potential driving factor. Similar to the positive selection of ZmHMA1 and its phenotypic traits. In that sense, there is no clear hypothesis of what the authors are looking for in this study, and it is hard to make conclusions based on the provided results to understand its importance. The authors do not provide any clear data on the potential influence of heavy metals in the field during the domestication of maize. The potential role of Tb-1 is not very clear either.

      Thank you for these comments. We have now emphasized our hypothesis in the abstract and the last paragraph of the Introduction (pg. 6):

      “To test the hypothesis that heavy metal (HM) stress influenced the evolutionary transition of teosinte to maize, we exposed both subspecies to sublethal concentrations of copper and cadmium etc…”

      A comprehensive panel of heavy metals would not be more accurate in terms of simulating the composition of soils evolving across 9,000 years in the region where maize presumably emerged. Copper (Cu) and cadmium (Cu) correspond each to a different affinity group for proteins of the ZmHMA family. ZmHMA1 has preferential affinity for Cu and Ag (silver), whereas ZmHMA7 has preferential affinity to Cd, Zn (zinc), Co (cobalt), and Pb (lead). Since these P1b-ATPase transporters mediate the movement of divalent cations, their function remains consistent regardless of the specific metal tested, provided it belongs to the respective affinity group. By applying sublethal concentrations of Cd (16 mg/kg) and Cu (400 mg/kg), we caused a measurable physiological response while allowing plants to complete their life cycle, including the reproductive phase, facilitating a comprehensive analysis of metal stress adaptation. Whereas higher doses impair flowering or are lethal, lower Cu/Cd concentrations do not consistently show conventional phenotypic responses such as reduced plant growth (AbdElgawad et al. 2020; Atta et al., 2023)

      Based on comments by both reviewers, we present now a large transcriptional analysis that incorporates HM responses to lead (Pb) and chromium (Cr), in addition to Cu. Results show that many genes responding to Pb and Cr were also positively selected across the maize genome, suggesting that HM stress led to a ubiquitous rather than a specific evolutionary response to heavy metals (please see our response to Reviewer#1 and sections in pgs. 11 to 13) .

      Real-time qPCR is an accurate and reliable approach to assess the expression of specific genes such as ZMHMA1 and Tb1, but we agree that our results do not allow to establish a direct regulatory link between the function of Tb1, the pleiotropic parviglumis phenotype under HM stress, and the function of ZmHMA1. We also concede that the large transcriptional analysis of HM response in maize (presented above) does not allow to elucidate a possible connection between these two genes. Therefore, we have substantially downplayed our conclusion in this section by modifying the end of the section in pg. 17, that now reads:

      “These results do not allow to directly link the regulation of ZmHMA1 expression to the function of Tb1; however, they open an opportunity to further investigate the possibility that under HM stress, the formation of secondary ramifications in teosinte parviglumis could be repressed by transcription factors of the TCP family, including Tb1.”

      There are two phenotypic changes clearly connected with the genetic mechanisms involved in the parviglumis to maize transition: plant height and the number of seminal roots (not nodal roots). These changes have been now emphasized in the Abstract and the description of the results.

      Regarding the possibility for HM stress to represent a confounding factor in the selection of maize and not a driving factor, we expanded the genomic analysis of genetic diversity well beyond the analysis of the three genes under initial study, to cover a segment of 11.47 Mb comprised between ZmSKUs5 and ZmHMA1. We compared nucleotide variability by using 100 bp bins covering loci composed of two 30 Kb segments up and downstream of coding sequences, respectively, and the coding sequence itself, for 173 genes present within the genomic region comprised between ZmSKUs5 and ZmHMA (Figure S1 and Supplementary File 6). The full analysis is presented in a new section pgs. 11 and 12. We found that 166 out of 173 loci show signatures of positive selection and are roughly organized in five independent subregions of variable length. Four out of five subregions contain more than one HM or oxidative stress response gene within loci showing signatures of positive selection. Although multiple factors other than HM stress could have played a role in the evolutionary mechanisms that affected the genetic diversity of chr.5, large scale transcriptomic data corresponding to independent experiments aiming at understanding the response of maize roots to HM stress allowed the identification of 49 additional HM response genes within loci showing positive selection across the genome, a proportion (43.3%) far greater than the proportion of loci containing response genes to other types of abiotic stress not related to HMs (28.6%). These results are described in detail in pgs. 12 and 13 (Figure S3 and Supplementary File 7). These results provide strong evidence in favor of HM stress and not another factor driving positive selection.

      We now provide precise and pertinent paleoenvironmental data on the potential influence of heavy metals in the field. In sections pgs. 17 to 20 we review paleoenvironmental studies revealing periods of climatic instability in the presumed region of maize emergence during the early Holocene, and data indicating that the date and region where maize emerged is convergent with the dates and locations of several volcanic eruptions occurred during the early and middle Holocene in that same region. Please see responses to Reviewer#1 for details.

      We agree that our results do not allow to establish a direct regulatory link between the function of Tb1, the pleiotropic parviglumis phenotype under HM stress, and the function of ZmHMA1. We also concede that the large transcriptional analysis of HM response in maize (presented above) does not allow to elucidate a possible connection between these two genes. Therefore, we have substantially downplayed our conclusion in this section by modifying the end of the section in pg. 17, that now reads:

      “These results do not allow to directly link the regulation of ZmHMA1 expression to the function of Tb1; however, they open an opportunity to further investigate the possibility that under HM stress, the formation of secondary ramifications in teosinte parviglumis could be repressed by transcription factors of the TCP family, including Tb1.”

      This is also emphasized in the Discussion (pg 21) as follows:

      “Under HM stress, we also show that Tb1 is overexpressed in the apical meristem of teosinte parviglumis, suggesting that formation of secondary ramifications is repressed by Tb1 function under HM stress, as in extant maize. At this stage we cannot discard the possibility that Tb1 upregulation in parviglumis reflects a more generalized response to abiotic stress; however, the expression ZmHMA1 is downregulated in W22 wild-type maize meristems in the presence of HMs but upregulated in teosinte parviglumis meristems, suggesting that a specific regulatory shift relating HM responses and ZmHMA1 function occurred during the teosinte parviglumis to maize transition.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      While the dataset generated provides an interesting foundation for hypothesis testing on HM stress and domestication, the current data do not sufficiently support the conclusions of the manuscript.

      (1) The description of maize and teosinte architecture under HM stress is well presented.

      However, traits like shoot height, leaf size reduction, and biomass loss also occur under other environmental stresses such as drought and salinity. Additional evidence beyond shoot and root architecture would help validate the link between tb1 expression and specific ZmHMA genes under HM stress, or whether it reflects a more generalized stress response.

      We have already addressed in detail this point in the public response to Reviewer#1.

      (2) The nucleotide variability analysis is interesting, but I would have liked to see additional information to clarify the choice of the data selection and the strength of the conclusions with human selection.

      We have already addressed in detail this point in the public response to Reviewer#1.

      a) The choice of Tripsacum dactyloides as the outgroup to determine nucleotide variability seems to be distant, and I wonder whether other combinations with a closer outgroup or multiple outgroups were tried to provide a more accurate context.

      Nucleotide variability in Tripsacum dactyloides is used to graphically illustrate an external reference and not as an outgroup in the extended analysis of genetic diversity at the locus and genomic level. We did not used Tripsacum dactyloides as an outgroup in our statisticalm analysis. We could have indeed a closer teosinte subspecies as an outgroup, but at this stage no data warrants that environmentally-related selective pressures could have affected genetic diversite in other teosintes. This possibility in currently being investigated.

      b) Evolutionary differences not related to human influence could affect the results. The phrase "order of magnitude difference in π values" needs statistical validation (e.g., confidence intervals, p-values).

      We agree and have eliminated the sentence, as it is no longer relevant at the light of the detailed genomic analysis of genetic diversity prsented in Supplementary File 6.

      c) The comparison with ZmGLB1, a neutral control locus, suggests that domestication-related changes in nucleotide variability are specific to the three candidate genes. However, the concept of neutrality is complex, and while ZmGLB1 may be considered neutral in this case, the argument does not address the possibility of other factors, such as linked selection, that could influence variability in these genes. Referencing Hufford et al. is insufficient and would require a deeper argument.

      We also agree with this comment. We think that the influence and consequences of linked selection are now well documented for 11.46 Mb analyzed in chr.5 (pgs 11 and 12) in the main text and Supplementary File 6).

      (3) The statement: "Our evidence indicates that HM stress revealed a teosinte parviglumis environmental plasticity that is directly related to the function of specific HM response genes that were affected by domestication through human selection" is not supported by the presented data. The rationale for the specific Cd/Cu dosage used is unclear. A dose-response gradient would better demonstrate the nature and strength of the plastic response.

      Previous reports support the rationale for the specific HM dosage in this study; Cu/Cd dosage response gradients have been conducted in maize (AbdElgawad et al. 2020; Atta et al., 202), but since no studies have been conducted in teosinte, we reasoned that it was important to apply the same treatment to both subspecies. We have now emphasized this rationale by adding the following in pg XX: “Whereas higher doses impair flowering or are lethal, lower Cu/Cd concentrations do not consistently show conventional phenotypic responses such as reduced plant growth (AbdElgawad et al. 2020; Atta et al., 2023)”.

      We agree that the statement raised by the reviewer needed revision at the light of our results. We did revise the statement to accurately reflect our current evidence as follows: “Our results reveal a teosinte parviglumis environmental plasticity that is likely related to the function of HM response genes positively selected during the teosinte parviglumis to maize transition.”

      (4) In maize, TEs are known to influence gene expression under abiotic stress, including for tb1 (PMID: 25569788). Since the author appears to make a causative conclusion between ZmHMA1, TB1, and HM stress, I would have liked to see a whole-transcriptome analysis and not a curation of two genes to determine whether other factors, such as TEs, can have that would lead to similar outcomes.

      We agree that is definetely a possibility that we have not investigated at this stage. However, we added a pargraph to reflect this pertinent suggestion:

      “Previous studies have demonstrated that transposable elements (TEs) contribute to activation of maize genes in response to abiotic stress, affecting up to 20% of the genes upregulated in response to abiotic stress, and as many as 33% of genes that are only expressed in response to stress (Makarevitch et al., 2015). It is therefore possible that the HM response of some specific genes that influenced maize emergence or domestication could be mediated by TEs influencing or driving their transcriptional regulation.”

      (5) I would suggest that the authors carefully review the tables, figures, and the corresponding legends. For example :

      a) Table 2 is called before Table 1, I would therefore suggest changing the numbering to reflect the paragraph order.

      Thank you for your help, we did change the order of the Tables in the new version.

      b) In Table 2, it is not clear whether the P value applies to the mean difference between WT and the mutant zmhma1, either in the presence or the absence of heavy metals. In addition, the authors need to use the P-value to estimate the differences between WT in the absence vs presence of HM, and WT in the absence of HM versus the mutant in the absence of HM (idem for presence).

      We did address this issue in detail and added P-values and specific pairwise comparisons to that Table (now Table 1). Data are presented as mean ± standard deviation and were tested by a paired Student’s T-Test. When the effects were significant according to T-Test, the treatments were compared with the Welch two sample T-Test at P < 0.05.

      c) Table 1 and Table 2: Indicate what type of statistical test was used and the number of plants used for each experiment (n). Also, I recommend the use of scientific notation for the P-values.

      The statistical tests have now been indicated, scientific notation has been added to the P-values; the number of plants and biological replicates are indicated in the Methods section.

      d) Lines 202 and 204: I assume Table 1 should be called instead of Table 2.

      This error has been corrected.

      e) General: In the text, when significance is highlighted along with measurements, the p-value needs to be added.

      We have added the P-value along the measurement for all significant differences.

      f) In the text, it is also mentioned that "the expression of ZMHMA1 was significantly increased in the presence of HMs (Figure 3c)". We are looking here at an RT-PCR, which is qualitative and without a robust quantitative comparison and statistics, I cannot conclude this assessment based on the presented evidence. No statistical measure is indicated here.

      Panel 3c is not RT-PCR but a real-time qPCR, showing relative fold-change, normalized to actin, with a 3-technical triplicate per 3 biological replicates). We have added error bars (SD) and P-values represented by asterisks (calculated with Student's t statistic) to support significant differences (P<0.05 and P<0.01). ZmHMA1 expression was significantly increased in the presence of HMs only in teosinte; there was no significant difference in maize.

      g) Figure 3 should at least have the gene name in the figure to quickly understand the figure panel. The key conserved domains should also be identified.

      We agree and apologize for the omission. The gene names have been added adjacent to the structures.

      h) Sentence at lines 459-460 lacks words and punctuation.

      This unfortunate rror has also been corrected.

      i) Figure S1, the reference Lemmon and Doebley, 2024 should be Lemmon and Doebley, 2014 to harmonize with the text.

      The correct year is 2014. We have corrected this error.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The narrative should be clearer, starting with a clearer hypothesis that is later sustained or not in the results, and then discussed in the idea and speculation section.

      Thank you for the comment. We have clarified the hypothesis, it is included in the abstract and the last paragraph of the Introduction. We hope it is now clear that the evidence presented supports our hypothesis

      (2) Focus more on traits that are relevant, for example, nodal and seminal roots.

      We modified the text to emphasize three relevant traits. In the case of teosinte under HM stress, absence of tillering and increase in the number of female inflorescences. In the case of the zmha1 mutant under HM stress, differences in the number of nodal roots, and differences in height.

      (3) RNA-seq in Cu/Cd stress could make the work much more useful and complete.

      As previously mentioned, we have incorporated a large scale transcriptional analysis on the basis of six transcriptomes statistically validated (Table S5). Please see sections pgs. 11 to 13 for details.

    1. Lyell’s notion of the greater age of Earth gave more time for gradual change in species,

      Why was it necessary for scientist to believe that earth was i-la in order for Darwin’s theory of gradual evolution by natural selection work?

    1. However, an importantshortcoming of current research is that PA + CA pro-grams have yet to be tested in real-life settings. There isa need for translational research developing effective andfeasible, real-life PA + CA programs which are sustain-able, scalable and easily accessible to the majority of theolder population.

      This is the gap researchers want to address: lack of real-life PA + CA programs which are accessible to older adults

    2. It is argued that com-bining physical and cognitive activity (PA + CA) has asynergistic impact on brain plasticity: whereas PA facili-tates plasticity, additional CA promotes the survival ofthe newly-formed neurons and its functional integrationinto the existing neural networks

      synergistic impact of PA + CA

    Annotators

    1. Le Sentiment d'Appartenance : Moteur de la Réussite Scolaire

      Synthèse Exécutive

      Le sentiment d'appartenance en milieu scolaire est un besoin psychologique fondamental, défini comme le sentiment d'être accepté, respecté, inclus et soutenu au sein de la communauté éducative.

      Loin d'être un simple facteur de confort émotionnel, il constitue un levier puissant pour la motivation, la réussite des élèves et la prévention du décrochage.

      Son contraire, le sentiment de rejet ou d'exclusion, engendre des émotions négatives telles que l'anxiété et la dépression.

      La construction de ce sentiment ne se décrète pas ; elle se cultive à travers une approche systémique et intentionnelle.

      Elle repose sur la satisfaction de trois besoins psychologiques de base : l'autonomie, la compétence et l'appartenance sociale.

      Les stratégies efficaces incluent la co-construction de projets d'établissement impliquant l'ensemble des acteurs (élèves, enseignants, personnels), la création de rituels et de symboles fédérateurs, et la mise en place d'un climat de confiance et de respect mutuel.

      Les initiatives de terrain, comme les systèmes de "maisons", peuvent dynamiser ce sentiment mais comportent des risques de conformité et de rivalité si elles ne sont pas soigneusement encadrées.

      Le sentiment d'appartenance ne concerne pas uniquement les élèves.

      Il est tout aussi crucial pour les personnels, dont l'engagement et le bien-être dépendent fortement de leur intégration dans une équipe soudée et d'un projet partagé.

      En fin de compte, un fort sentiment d'appartenance enclenche un cercle vertueux, renforçant le sentiment d'efficacité personnelle et collective, et incitant les individus à s'engager dans des défis plus complexes, générant ainsi un épanouissement et un accomplissement accrus pour toute la communauté scolaire.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Définition et Fondements Théoriques du Sentiment d'Appartenance

      A. Un Besoin Humain Fondamental

      Le sentiment d'appartenance est une motivation humaine si essentielle que son absence peut entraîner de graves conséquences psychologiques.

      S'appuyant sur les travaux de référence de Roy Baumeister et Mark Leary (1995), le professeur Jean Eut le définit comme "le sentiment d'être accepté et compris par les gens qui nous entourent".

      Ce besoin satisfait génère des émotions positives comme le bien-être et la joie.

      Inversement, son contraire est défini comme "le sentiment d'être rejeté, exclu ou ignoré par les autres", menant à des émotions négatives telles que l'anxiété, la dépression, la solitude et la jalousie.

      Les recherches montrent que, parmi toutes les variables objectives pouvant contribuer au bonheur (dans les sociétés où les besoins physiologiques sont satisfaits), la seule qui ressort objectivement est la présence d'un réseau social solide.

      B. Spécificités en Contexte Scolaire

      Appliqué à l'école, le sentiment d'appartenance est défini par Carole Good et Kathleen Grady (1993) comme "la mesure dans laquelle les élèves se sentent personnellement acceptés, respectés, inclus et soutenu par les autres dans l'environnement social scolaire".

      Il s'agit d'une construction multidimensionnelle complexe, dont la terminologie dans la recherche est variée (lien scolaire, engagement, climat scolaire, etc.), ce qui a pu affaiblir la cohérence des travaux sur le sujet.

      Néanmoins, trois facteurs semblent déterminants pour qu'un enfant se sente bien à l'école :

      1. Se sentir compétent sur le plan académique.

      2. Se sentir socialement lié et valorisé.

      3. Se sentir relativement autonome.

      Un outil de mesure, l'échelle du sentiment psychologique d'appartenance à l'école, a été validé en version française en 2024, offrant un moyen pratique pour la communauté éducative d'appréhender ce concept.

      C. La Théorie de l'Autodétermination

      Le sentiment d'appartenance est l'un des trois piliers de la théorie de l'autodétermination d'Edward Deci et Richard Ryan.

      Pour qu'un individu soit en bonne santé mentale et psychique, trois besoins fondamentaux doivent être satisfaits :

      Le besoin d'autonomie : Le sentiment d'être à l'origine de ses propres actions.

      Le besoin de compétence : Le sentiment d'être efficace dans son environnement.

      Le besoin d'appartenance sociale : Le sentiment d'être connecté et accepté par les autres.

      Ces trois besoins sont intrinsèquement liés et doivent être considérés de manière globale lors de la conception de tout dispositif visant à renforcer le climat scolaire.

      2. La Construction du Sentiment d'Appartenance : Approches et Stratégies

      L'analyse des pratiques de terrain révèle deux approches complémentaires pour cultiver le sentiment d'appartenance : une approche systémique, pilotée par la direction, et des initiatives de terrain portées par les équipes pédagogiques.

      A. Une Approche Systémique : Le Projet du Lycée Charles Mérieux

      Pierre Ronchaud, proviseur d'un lycée ouvert en 2021, a dû créer une culture d'établissement à partir d'une "feuille blanche".

      Son approche illustre comment le sentiment d'appartenance peut être intégré au cœur de la stratégie d'un établissement.

      Principes fondateurs :

      ◦ Le sentiment d'appartenance "ne se décrète pas", il doit naître et être cultivé.  

      ◦ Il repose sur un lieu, une histoire à écrire et une "adhésion à un projet".   

      ◦ Le projet doit être co-construit de manière collaborative, non descendante, avec les élèves et l'ensemble des personnels.

      Actions concrètes mises en œuvre :

      Projet d'établissement : Document fédérateur centré sur des valeurs fortes comme le partage, l'émancipation et la création, applicables à tous (élèves et adultes).   

      Aménagement des espaces : Chaque classe dispose de sa propre salle, que les élèves peuvent utiliser en autonomie lorsqu'ils n'ont pas cours.   

      Suppression de la sonnerie : Une mesure qui vise à responsabiliser l'ensemble de la communauté.  

      Laboratoire Pédagogique : Un temps de concertation de deux heures, sanctuarisé tous les 15 jours (vendredi de 16h à 18h), financé sur la dotation globale horaire de l'établissement.

      Ce choix managérial fort positionne la collaboration comme un élément central du travail des enseignants.  

      Inclusion de tous les personnels : Une attention particulière est portée à l'intégration de tous les membres de la communauté, y compris les agents d'accueil, reconnus comme les premiers représentants du lycée.

      B. Une Initiative de Terrain : Le Système des Maisons au Collège

      Natacha Strolsler, enseignante au collège Langevin-Wallon, a mis en place un système de "maisons" (Griffon, Dragon, Phénix, Sphinx) inspiré des modèles anglo-saxons.

      Fonctionnement :

      ◦ Chaque élève et adulte volontaire est assigné à une maison.   

      ◦ Des activités collectives (olympiades, défis, rallye lecture) sont organisées tout au long de l'année pour rapporter des points et remporter une coupe finale.   

      ◦ Des symboles matériels renforcent l'identité des maisons (blasons, t-shirts, sweatshirts).  

      ◦ Les adultes ("doyens") jouent un rôle crucial d'animation et de motivation, incarnant "l'exemplarité".

      Impacts observés :

      ◦ Forte motivation des élèves qui adhèrent au projet, y compris ceux en difficulté qui trouvent des domaines où ils peuvent exceller.  

      ◦ Création d'une fierté d'appartenance et d'un esprit de groupe.  

      ◦ Tous les élèves n'accrochent pas, le dispositif étant imposé en 6ème.

      C. Analyse et Points de Vigilance

      Jean Eut apporte un regard de chercheur sur ces dispositifs :

      Sur le système des maisons :

      Potentiels : Il peut avoir un "effet booster", encourager l'auto-organisation et peut être ludique.  

      Risques : Il peut imposer une forte conformité et pousser certains à adopter des comportements ou des valeurs qui ne sont pas les leurs.

      Une rivalité exacerbée entre les maisons peut conduire à des dérives dangereuses si le projet est pris "au premier degré".

      Il faut également distinguer l'enthousiasme initial ("intérêt situationnel") d'un impact durable sur les valeurs.

      Sur l'approche systémique :

      ◦ La démarche du lycée Charles Mérieux est jugée "fondamentalement importante" et "tout à fait pertinente".  

      ◦ Sanctuariser un temps de concertation est une décision managériale qui reconnaît les enseignants comme des "cadres concepteurs" et non de simples exécutants.    ◦

      L'objectif final n'est pas l'activité en elle-même, mais de "faire évoluer le système" dans son ensemble.

      3. Cultiver l'Appartenance à Toutes les Échelles

      A. Le Sentiment d'Appartenance des Enseignants

      Le sentiment d'appartenance des enseignants à leur institution est souvent faible.

      Ils subissent une pression permanente et une dégradation de la confiance à leur égard.

      Un climat d'établissement positif, où règne une forte cohésion d'équipe et un soutien de la hiérarchie, est fondamental pour leur bien-être et leur maintien dans des environnements parfois difficiles.

      B. L'Intégration des Nouveaux Arrivants

      Intégrer de nouveaux enseignants dans une équipe déjà soudée est un enjeu majeur. L'expérience de Pierre Ronchaud montre que :

      • L'imposition est contre-productive.

      • Le collectif est le meilleur vecteur de persuasion.

      Il est plus efficace de laisser les collègues expliquer et convaincre un nouvel arrivant que de le faire via la hiérarchie.

      • Des entretiens réguliers et informels sont essentiels pour écouter et accompagner les nouveaux personnels.

      C. Le Cercle Vertueux : Appartenance et Sentiment d'Efficacité

      Il existe un lien direct entre le sentiment d'appartenance et le sentiment d'efficacité personnelle.

      Le modèle heuristique de Jean Eut postule que :

      1. Le sentiment d'appartenance sociale est le point de départ.

      2. Il a un effet positif sur le sentiment d'efficacité personnelle et collective.

      3. Cela incite les individus à s'engager dans des actions plus complexes, en sentant le soutien du groupe.

      4. La réussite de ces défis "hors norme" génère un sentiment d'accomplissement qui renforce à son tour la cohésion du groupe.

      4. Recommandations et Inspirations

      A. Principes Clés pour les Pilotes

      Pierre Ronchaud propose trois principes directeurs pour un chef d'établissement souhaitant cultiver le sentiment d'appartenance :

      1. Ne pas être donneur de leçons (Humilité) : Chaque contexte est unique, il n'y a pas de recette miracle.

      2. S'appuyer sur l'intelligence collective : Le collectif est la force motrice du changement.

      3. Rester centré sur l'intérêt des élèves : Toute action doit viser à les aider à s'épanouir, grandir et réussir.

      B. Ressources Suggérées

      | Type de Ressource | Auteur(s) / Titre | Description | | --- | --- | --- | | Article Scientifique | Sarasin, Tessier & Trouillou (2006) | Un article de fond dans la Revue française de pédagogie sur le climat motivationnel instauré par l'enseignant et ses effets sur l'implication des élèves. | | Article de Synthèse | Deci & Ryan (2008) | Une traduction en français d'une allocution présentant la théorie de l'autodétermination pour favoriser la motivation et la santé mentale. | | Ouvrage de Management | Jean Eut | Un ouvrage intitulé Piloter l'innovation de l'intérieur, utilisé en formation de cadres pour susciter la réflexion. | | Référence Littéraire | Carlo Lévi - Le Christ s'est arrêté à Eboli | L'histoire d'un intellectuel assigné à résidence qui, par le respect et la mise à profit de ses compétences, parvient à s'intégrer et à être reconnu au sein d'une communauté isolée. |

  6. www.planalto.gov.br www.planalto.gov.br
    1. Parágrafo único
      • Exceção ao efeito inter partes da coisa julgada, pois, mesmo sem a citação da sociedade, com a regular citação de todos os sócios, a sociedade também ficará sujeita aos efeitos da decisão e à coisa julgada.

      • Logo, citados todos os sócios, dispensa-se a citação da sociedade; ressalvando-se que, embora não citada, a sociedade estará sujeita à coisa julgada.

    1. Rapport de Briefing : État du Sexisme en France et Menace Masculiniste (Édition 2026)

      Synthèse de la Direction

      Le rapport 2026 du Haut Conseil à l’Égalité (HCE) révèle une société française où le sexisme demeure un système structurel et systémique, malgré une condamnation morale de principe.

      Le sexisme s'articule autour d'une double dimension : hostile (rejet explicite) et paternaliste (protection infantilisante).

      Un focus inédit souligne l'émergence d'une menace radicale : le masculinisme.

      Cette idéologie structurée, alimentée par les réseaux sociaux et des financements transnationaux, ne se limite plus à la sphère numérique mais constitue désormais un enjeu de sécurité nationale.

      Le rapport appelle à une réponse publique coordonnée, allant de la régulation algorithmique des plateformes à une stratégie nationale de lutte contre la radicalisation misogyne.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. La Structuration du Sexisme en France

      L'analyse du baromètre 2026, reposant sur l'Inventaire du sexisme ambivalent, démontre que le sexisme n'est pas monolithique mais bi-dimensionnel.

      1. Les deux visages de l'idéologie sexiste

      Le Sexisme Hostile (17 % de la population) : Concerne environ 10 millions d'individus.

      Il se manifeste par une dévalorisation systématique des femmes, perçues comme manipulatrices ou inaptes.

      Il est particulièrement présent chez les hommes (23 %) et corrélé aux appartenances politiques de droite/extrême droite et aux convictions religieuses.

      Le Sexisme Paternaliste (23 % de la population) : Concerne 12,5 millions de personnes.

      Plus insidieux, il se pare d'une apparente bienveillance (femmes perçues comme "naturellement douces" ou devant être "protégées").

      Il enferme les femmes dans une dépendance structurelle et bénéficie d'une plus grande acceptation sociale.

      2. Fractures générationnelles et de genre

      On observe une polarisation croissante des perceptions, appelée « Gender Gap » :

      Jeunesse (15-24 ans) : 75 % des jeunes femmes considèrent le fait d'être une femme comme un désavantage massif, contre seulement 42 % des jeunes hommes.

      Séniors (65 ans et plus) : La reconnaissance des inégalités chute drastiquement ; près de la moitié des hommes et des femmes de cette catégorie estiment que l'égalité est « déjà atteinte ».

      Le récit de l'inversion : 16 % de la population (et une part croissante de jeunes hommes) adhèrent au discours masculiniste prétendant que les hommes sont désormais les principaux désavantagés de la société.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Un Continuum de Violences et une Culture du Viol Persistante

      Le sexisme ordinaire (blagues, remarques) constitue le moteur d'un continuum menant aux violences les plus graves.

      1. Statistiques critiques de l'expérience féminine

      Harcèlement et agressions : 84 % des femmes ont déjà vécu une situation sexiste. 62 % ont subi du harcèlement dans l'espace public.

      Violences sexuelles : 21 % des femmes déclarent avoir été victimes d'un viol.

      Dans les transports, 91 % des victimes de violences sexuelles sont des femmes.

      Défiance institutionnelle : 66 % des femmes ne font pas confiance à la justice.

      Ce sentiment est corroboré par les chiffres : les condamnations ne représentent que 3,3 % des plaintes pour viols.

      2. Les paradoxes du comportement masculin

      Le rapport souligne un écart frappant entre les principes déclarés et les actes :

      Consentement : Si seulement 7 % des hommes jugent acceptable d'insister pour un rapport, 26 % avouent avoir déjà douté du consentement de leur partenaire sans pour autant cesser l'acte.

      Consommation de contenus : 82 % des hommes désapprouvent moralement la pornographie, mais 63 % en consomment régulièrement.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Focus : La Menace Masculiniste

      Le masculinisme est défini comme un mouvement réactionnaire défendant les privilèges masculins sous couvert de dénoncer une « crise de la masculinité ».

      1. La Nébuleuse de la Manosphère

      Le masculinisme s'organise en plusieurs sous-communautés distinctes mais poreuses :

      | Groupe | Caractéristiques et Discours | | --- | --- | | Incels (Célibataires involontaires) | Groupe le plus dangereux. Haine extrême des femmes, glorification de la violence de masse et des terroristes misogynes. | | MRA (Men's Rights Activists) | Militants des droits des pères. Utilise une rhétorique victimaire sur la garde des enfants pour contester les avancées féministes. | | PUA (Pick-up Artists) | "Coachs en séduction" utilisant des techniques de manipulation et de coercition s'apparentant à une stratégie d'agresseur. | | MGTOW | Prônent un retrait total des relations avec les femmes, perçues comme manipulatrices et vénales. | | Tradwives | Femmes valorisant un retour aux rôles domestiques traditionnels et à la soumission, légitimant ainsi l'ordre patriarcal. |

      2. Un enjeu de Sécurité Nationale

      Le masculinisme n'est plus une simple dérive numérique. Il est devenu un vecteur de radicalisation :

      Terrorisme : En juin 2025, un attentat masculiniste (mouvance Incel) a été déjoué à Saint-Étienne.

      Le Parquet national anti-terroriste (PNAT) s'est saisi de l'affaire.

      Influence géopolitique : Le rapport note une convergence entre les mouvements masculinistes, l'extrême droite mondiale et des financements massifs (1,18 milliard de dollars alloués aux acteurs anti-genre en Europe entre 2019 et 2023).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. La Responsabilité des Plateformes Numériques

      Les réseaux sociaux (TikTok, X, YouTube) sont identifiés comme des accélérateurs de la haine envers les femmes.

      Amplification algorithmique : Les algorithmes favorisent les contenus clivants et toxiques pour maximiser l'engagement.

      Les adolescents de 13-17 ans sont particulièrement exposés à des bulles de misogynie.

      Cybersexisme : 84 % des victimes de discours de haine en ligne sont des femmes.

      Nouvelles menaces : Les "deepfakes" à caractère sexuel visent à 99 % des femmes.

      Limites de la régulation : Malgré le Règlement sur les Services Numériques (RSN), la modération reste insuffisante.

      Les plateformes privilégient leur modèle économique basé sur l'économie de l'attention.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      V. Recommandations Stratégiques du HCE

      Le HCE propose 26 recommandations articulées autour de trois axes majeurs :

      Axe 1 : Éducation et Culture de l'Égalité

      Éducation (EVARS) : Rendre les séances d'éducation à la vie affective et sexuelle obligatoires (6h/an), avec un programme national et des financements dédiés.

      Conditionnalité de la commande publique : Exclure des marchés publics les entreprises ne respectant pas leurs obligations de prévention des violences sexistes.

      Budget sensible au genre : Instaurer un mécanisme budgétaire contraignant pour évaluer l'impact des dépenses publiques sur l'égalité.

      Axe 2 : Régulation du Numérique

      Transparence algorithmique : Contraindre les plateformes à l'intelligibilité de leurs algorithmes de recommandation.

      Soutien aux signaleurs de confiance : Garantir un financement stable aux associations qui notifient les contenus illicites.

      Contrôle des utilisateurs : Permettre aux individus de personnaliser leurs propres algorithmes de modération.

      Axe 3 : Sécurité et Lutte contre la Radicalisation

      Stratégie Nationale : Créer un plan interministériel de lutte contre la radicalisation masculiniste.

      Doctrine de Renseignement : Intégrer le « terrorisme misogyne » dans les cadres d'analyse de la DGSI.

      Observatoire National : Confier au HCE une mission d'observatoire permanent du masculinisme et des radicalisations sexistes.

    1. non-odoriferous precursors and specific enzymes of Corynebacteria that transformthem into volatile substances:a specific Zn-dependent Na-acyl-glutamine aminoacylase(N-AGA) triggers the release of the acids 3M2 H and HMHA from Na-acyl-glutamineconjugates secreted in the axilla [13], and a b-lyase releases sulfanyl alcohols fromsynthetic cysteine conjugates and from axilla secretions

      Human armpit sweat is initially odourless because it contains non-odoriferous precursors — molecules that do not smell on their own. Body odour only develops when skin bacteria, particularly Corynebacteria, break these precursors down.

      These bacteria produce specific enzymes that act like biological scissors. The enzymes cut or transform the odorless precursor molecules into small, volatile substances that can evaporate into the air and be detected by the nose.

      Overall, human body odour is not produced directly by the body, but results from an interaction between odorless sweat molecules and bacterial enzymes on the skin. People tend to have the same types of odour compounds, but in different proportions, which explains why individuals smell different.

    Annotators

    1. La Chine va s'étendre ALAFOIS dans le pacifique et le contient eurasiatique. Devenant LA puissance centrale hyperdangereuse.

      Faut il continuer la guerre à la Russie dans ce contexte ?

      Putain de bordel de merde, NON !

    1. Building the habit of delegating — and using language clear and precise enough for a teenaged girl who doesn’t live in my house to understand — has really helped with leveraging LLMs.

      Ha! n:: habit building of delegating, good point using precise language to teens as training for llms

    1. D. Agregue un prefijo de asunto a los eventos de cierre de sesión. Cree una suscripción a Azure Event Grid. Configure la suscripción para usar el filtro subjectBeginsWith.

      D. Correct

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      __Reply to the Reviewers __

      We thank the Reviewers for their positive assessment and recognition of the paper achievements. The insightful comments will strengthen the data and manuscript.

      Referee #1* *

      Minor comments

      1. Fig 1B - add arrows showing mRNAs being translated or not (the latter mentioned in line 113 is not so easy to see). We have magnified the inset of the colocalisation in the right column; we added arrows and arrowheads to differentiate colocalised and non-colocalised bcd with translating SunTag.

      2. Fig 2A - add a sentence explaining why 1,6HD, 2,5HD and NaCl disrupt P bodies. *

      We have added the information on the use of 1,6HD, 2,5HD, and NaCl to disrupt P-bodies as below. Revised line 158: “To further show that bcd storage in P bodies is required for translational repression, we treated mature eggs with chemicals known to disrupt RNP granule integrity (31, 37, 69-72). Previous work has shown that the physical properties of P bodies in mature Drosophila oocytes can be shifted from an arrested to a more liquid-like state by addition of the aliphatic alcohol hexanediol (HD) (Sankaranarayanan et al., 2021, Ribbeck and Görlich, 2002; Kroschwald et al., 2017). While 1,6 HD has been widely used to probe the physical state of phase-separated condensates both in vivo and in vitro (Alberti et al., 2019; McSwiggen et al., 2019; Gao et al., 2022), in some cells it appears to have unwanted cellular consequences (Ulianov et al., 2021). These include a potentially lethal cellular consequences that may indirectly affect the ability of condensates to form (Kroschwald et al., 2017) and wider cellular implications thought to alter the activity of kinases (Düster et al., 2021). While we did not observe any noticeable cellular issues in mature Drosophila oocytes with 1,6 HD, we also used 2,5 HD, known to be less problematic in most tissues (Ulianov et al., 2021) and the monovalent salt sodium chloride (NaCl), which changes electrostatic interactions (Sankaranarayanan et al., 2021).”

      *Fig 4C - explain in the legend what the white lines drawn over the image represent. And why is there such an obvious distinction in the staining where suddenly the DAPI is much more evident (is the image from tile scans)? *

      Figure 4C is the tile scan image of a n.c.10 embryo and the white line classified the image into four quadrants. We used this image to quantify the extent of bcd (magenta) colocalisation to SunTag (green) in the anterior and posterior domains of the embryo in the bar graph shown in panel C’. There is a formatting error in the image. We will correct this in the revised version. We will also include the details of white lines in the legends. Finally, based on further reviewer comments, in the revised version this data is shifted to the supplementary information.

      • Line 215 - 'We did not see any significant differences in the translation of bcd based on their position, however, there appears an enhanced translation of bcd localised basally to the nuclei (Figure S5).' Since the difference is not significant, I do not think the authors should conclude that translation is enhanced basally. *

      We agree with the reviewer. In this preliminary revision we have changed this statement to: “We did not see any differences in the translation of bcd based on their position with respect to the nuclei position (Figure S5)” (revised line 238-239).

      *Line 218: 'The interphase nuclei and their subsequent mitotic divisions appeared to displace bcd towards the apical surface (Figure S6B).' Greater explanation is needed in the legend to Fig S6B to support this statement as the data just seem to show a nuclear division - I would have thought an apical-basal view is needed to conclude this. *

      We have rearranged this figure and shown in clarity the apical-basal view of the blastoderm nuclei and the displacement of bcd from the surface of the blastoderm in Figure S8.

      New Figure S8: n.c.8 - pre-cortical migration; n.c.12,14- post cortical migration; Mitosis stages of n.c.9-10. The cortical interphase nuclei at n.c. 12,14 displaces bcd. The nuclear area (DAPI, cyan) does not show any bcd particles (magenta) indicated by blue stars. The mitotic nuclei (yellow arrowheads, yellow stars) displace bcd along the plane of nuclear division (doubled headed yellow arrows).

      Fig 5B - the authors compare Bcd protein distribution across developmental time. However, in the early time points cytoplasmic Bcd is measured (presumably as it does not appear nuclear until nc8 onwards) and compare the distribution to nuclear Bcd intensities from nc9 onwards. Is most/all of the Bcd protein nuclear localised form nc9 to validate the nuclear quantitation? Does the distribution look the same if total Bcd protein is measured per volume rather than just the nuclear signal? Are the authors assuming a constant fast rate of nuclear import?

      From n.c.8 onwards, the Bcd signal in interphase nuclei builds up, with the nuclear intensity becoming very high compared to cytoplasmic Bcd. However, we do see significant Bcd signal in the cytoplasm (i.e., above background). In earlier work, gradients of the nuclear Bcd and nuclear-import mutant Bcd overlapped closely (Figure 1B, Grimm et al., 2010). This essentially suggests the nuclear Bcd gradient reflects the corresponding gradient of cytoplasmic Bcd. Further, the nuclear import of Bcd occurs rapidly after photobleaching (Gregor et al., 2007). Based on these observations, and our own measurements, prior to n.c. 9, the cytoplasmic gradient is likely a good approximation of the overall shape, whereas post n.c. 9 the Bcd signal is largely nuclear localised. Further, the overall profile is not dependent on the nuclear volume.

      • Line 259 - 'We then asked if considering the spatiotemporal pattern of bcd translation' - the authors should clarify what new information was included in the model. Similarly in line 286, 'By including more realistic bcd mRNA translation' - what does this actually mean? In line 346, 'We see that the original SDD model .... was too simple.' It would be nice to compare the outputs from the original vs modified SDD models to support the statement that the original model was too simple. *

      We will improve the linking of the results to the model. The important point is that when and where Bcd production occurs is more faithfully used, compared with previous approximations. By including more realistic production domains, we can replicate the observed Bcd gradient within the SDD paradigm without resorting to more complex models.

      Fig S1A - clarify what the difference is between the 2 +HD panels shown.__ __

      The two +HD panels at stage 14 indicate that upon the addition of HD, there are no particles in 70% of the embryos, and 30% show reduced particles. We will add this information to the figure legend.

      • Fig S2E - the graph axis label/legend says it is intensity/molecule. Since intensity/molecule is higher in the anterior for bcd RNAs, is this because there are clumps of mRNAs (in which case it's actually intensity/puncta)? *

      The density of mRNA is very high in the anterior pole; there is a chance that more than one bcd particle is within the imaged puncta (due to optical resolution limitations). We will change the y-axis to average intensity per molecule to average intensity per puncta.


      • Fig S4 - I think this line is included in error: '(B) The line plots of bcd spread on the Dorsal vs. Ventral surfaces.'*

      Yes, we will correct this in the revision.

      • In B, D, E - is the plot depth from the dorsal surface? I would have preferred to see actual mRNA numbers rather than normalised mRNAs. In Fig S4D moderate, from 10um onwards there are virtually no mRNA counts based on the normalised value, but what is the actual number? The equivalent % translated data in Fig S4E look noisy so I wonder if this is due to there being a tiny mRNA number. The same is true for Figs S4D, E 10um+ in the low region.*

      Beyond 10um from the dorsal surface, the number of bcdsun10 counts is very low. It becomes negligible at the moderate and low domains. We will attach the actual counts of mRNA in all these domains as a supplementary table in the revised version.

      General assessment Strengths are: 1) the data are of high quality; 2) the study advances the field by directly visualising Bcd mRNA translation during early Drosophila development; 3) the data showing re-localisation of bcd mRNAs to P bodies nc14 provides new mechanistic insight into its degradation; 4) a new SDD model for Bcd gradient formation is presented. Limitations of the study are: 1) there was already strong evidence (but no direct demonstration) that bcd mRNA translation was associated with release from P bodies at egg activation; 2) it is not totally clear to me how exactly the modified SDD model varies from the original one both in terms of parameters included and model output.

      This is the first direct demonstration of the translation of bcd mRNA released as a single mRNA from P bodies. Previously, we have shown that P bodies disruption releases single bcd from the condensates (31). We have captured a comprehensive understanding of the status of individual bcd translation events, from their release from P bodies at the end of oocyte maturation until the end of blastoderm formation.

      The underlying SDD model – that of localised production, diffusion, and degradation – is still the same (up to spatially varying diffusion). Yet the model as originally formulated did not fit all aspects of the data, especially with regards to the system dynamics. Here, we demonstrate that by including more accurate approximations of when and where Bcd is produced, we can explain the formation of the Bcd morphogen gradient without recourse to any further mechanism.


      Referee #2

      1. Line 114: The authors claim to have validated the SunTag using a fluorescent reporter, but do not show any data. Ref 60 is a general reference to the SunTag, and not the Bcd results in this paper. Perhaps place their data into a supplemental figure or movie? To show the validation of our bcdSun32 line, we have composed a new Figure S1 that shows the translating bcdSun32 (magenta) colocalising to the ScFV-mSGFP2 (green). Yellow arrowheads in the zoom (right panel) points to the translating bcdSun32 (magenta) and red arrowheads points to the untranslated bcdSun32. In addition, we have also shown the validation of bcdSun32 with the anti-GCN4 staining in the main Figure 1B.

      Further, we have dedicated supplementary Figure S3 (previously Figure S2) for the validation of our bcdSun10 construct. Briefly, bcdSun10 is inserted into att40 site of chr.2. We did a rescue experiment, where bcdSun10 rescued the lethality of homozygous bcdE1 null mutant. We then performed a colocalisation experiment using smFISH, where we demonstrated that almost all bcd in the anterior pole are of type bcdSun10. We targeted specific fluorescent FISH probes against 10xSunTag sequence (magenta, Figure S2A) and bcd coding sequence (magenta, Figure S2A). Upon colocalisation, we found ~90% of the mRNA are of bcdSun10 type. The remaining 10% could likely be contributed by the noise level (Figure S2B). We will make sure these points are clear in the revised manuscript.

      Line 128 and Fig. 1E: The claim that bcd becomes dispersed is difficult to verify by looking at the image. The language could also be more precise. What does it mean to lose tight association? Perhaps the authors could quantify the distribution, and summarize it by a length scale parameter? This is one of the main claims of the paper (cf. Line 23 of the abstract) but it is described vaguely and tersely here.

      We have changed the text from, “We also confirmed that bcd becomes dispersed, losing its tight association with the anterior cortex (Figure 1E) (31)” to, “We also confirmed that bcd is released from the anterior cortex at egg activation (Figure 1E) (31, 21).” (Revised line 131).

      The release of bcd mRNA at egg activation was first shown in 2008 (Ref 21, Figure 4, D-E) and again in 2021 (Ref 31, Figure 7 B and E). The main point in line 127-128, “P bodies disassembled and bcd was no longer colocalised with P bodies” and the novel aspect of line 23 is “translation observed”. The distribution of bcd mRNA after egg activation was not the point of this section. We have improved the writing in the revision to make this clearer.

      Line 146, Fig. 1G: This is a really important figure in the paper, but it is confusing because it seems the authors use the word "translation," when they mean "presence of Bcd protein." In other places in the paper, the authors give the impression that "bcd translation" means translation in progress (assayed by the colocalization of GCN4 and bcd mRNA). However, in Fig. 1G, the focus is only on GCN4. Detecting Bcd protein only at the anterior does not mean that translation happens only at the anterior (e.g., diffusion or spatially-restricted degradation could be in play).

      In Figure 1G, we have shown only the “translated” Bcd by staining with a-GCN4. We have changed line 146 from, “Consistent with previous findings, we only observed bcd translation at the anterior of the activated egg and early embryo (Figure 1G-H) (3, 68)” to, “Consistent with previous findings, we only observed the presence of Bcd protein at the anterior of the activated egg and early embryo (Figure 1G-H) (3, 68). (Revised line 151-153). We will use “translating bcd” or “bcd in translation” where we show colocalisation of bcd with BcdSun10 or BcdSun32 elsewhere in the manuscript.

      We did not mean to claim that translation occurred only in the anterior pole. We show that the abundance of bcd is very high in the anterior pole (in agreement with previous work) and that this is where the majority of observed translation events took place. Indeed, we have also shown that posteriorly localised mRNAs have the same BcdSun10 intensity per bcd puncta from the posterior pole (Figure 3B & 4C’ and Figure S2 E), but these are much fewer in number.

      *It would also be helpful to show a plot with quantification of Bcd detection (or translation) on the y-axis and a continuous AP coordinate on the x-axis, instead of just two points (anterior and posterior poles, the latter of which is uninteresting because observing no Bcd at the posterior pole is expected). *

      In Figure 1G,H, our aim was to test whether release from P bodies allowed for bcd mRNA to be translated. We used the presence of Bcd protein at the anterior domain of the oocytes to show this. The posterior pole was included as an internal control. To show the spatial distribution of bcd mRNA and its translation, we used early blastoderm (Figure 3, Figure S4).

      • *

      Another issue with Fig. 1G is that the A and P panels presumably have different brightness and contrast. If not, just from looking at the A and P panels, the conclusion would be that Bcd protein is diffuse (and abundant) in the posterior and concentrated into puncta in the anterior. The authors should either make the brightness and contrast consistent or state that the P panel had a much higher brightness than the A panel.

      We agree with this shortcoming. We have now added the following to Figure 1 legend to clarify this observation. “G: Representative fixed 10 µm Z-stack images (from 10 samples) showing BcdSun32 protein (anti-GCN4) is only present at the anterior of an in vitro activated egg or early embryo 30-minute post fertilization. BcdSun32 protein is not detected in these samples at the posterior pole (image contrast increased to highlight the lack of distinct particles at the posterior). BcdSun32 protein is also not detected at the anterior or posterior of a mature oocyte or an in vitro activated egg incubated with NS8953 (images have the contrast increased to highlight the lack of distinct particles). Scale bar: 20 mm; zoom 2 mm.” (Revised line 623).

      • Line 176: This section is very confusing, because at this point the authors already addressed the spatial localization of translation in Fig. 1G,H (see my above comment). However, here it seems the authors have switched the definition of translation back to "translation in progress." Therefore, the confusion here could be eliminated by addressing the above point.*

      In the revised version, we will use Bcd protein when shown with anti-GCN4 staining. We will use “translating bcd” or “bcd in translation” where we show colocalisation of bcd with a-GCN4 (BcdSun10 or BcdSun32). We will change this in the corresponding text.

      Line 185: The sentence here is seemingly contradictory: "most...within 100 microns" implies that at least some are beyond 100 microns, while the sentence ends with "[none]...more than 100 microns." The language could perhaps be altered to be less vague/contradictory.

      We will clarify this in the revised version. There are few particles visible beyond 100 um. In the lower panel of Figure 3B, the posterior domain shows few particles. However, their actual number compared to bcd counts within the 100 um is negligible (Figure3C). Nonetheless, the few bcd particles we observe do seem to be under translation (quantified in Figure 4C’ and Figure S2E).

      • Line 204: It would be really nice to have quantification of the translation events, such as curves of rate of translation as a function of a continuous AP coordinate, and a curve for each nc.*__ __

      In the revised version we will provide the results quantifying the translation events across the anterior- posterior axis. This will provide a clarity to the presence of bcd and their translation in the posterior domain with time.

      Our colocalisation analysis is semi-automated. It includes an automated counting of the individual bcd particle counts and a manual judgement of the colocalised BcdSun10 protein (distinct spots, above noise) to bcd particles (Figure S3D). The bcd particle counts ran into thousands in each cyan square box (measuring 50um radius and ~ 20um deep from the dorsal surface). We selected three such boxes covering 150um (continuously) from the anterior pole across A-P axis and 20um deep of the flattened embryo mounts across D-V axis (Figure 3A-C, Figure S4). We have also scanned scarce particles in the posterior; however, bcd counts are very low compared to the anterior. Further, in Figure 4 we have repeated the same technique to measure translation of bcd particles in embryos at different nuclear cycles.

      We have also shown continuous intensity measurements of bcd particles with their respective BcdSun10 gradient in Figure 5 across the A-P axis at different nuclear cycles. Here, we know BcdSun10 intensity is not only from the “translating” bcd (colocalised BcdSun10 to bcd particles) but also from the translated BcdSun10 freely diffusing (non-colocalised BcdSun10 to bcd particles). As asked by the reviewer, in the revised version we will add bcd counts and their translation status from anterior to posterior axis for each of the nuclear cycles.

      In our future work, we planned to generate MS2 tagged bcdSun10 to measure the rates of translation in live across all nuclear cycles.

      • *

      *Line 209 and Fig 4C: The authors use the terms "intensity of translation events" or "translation intensity" without clearly defining them. From the figure (specifically from the y-axis label), it looks like the authors are quantifying the intensity per molecule (which is not clearly the same thing as "translation intensity"), but it would be nice if that were stated explicitly. *

      In the relevant result section, we have changed the results text to “the intensity of translation events” for explaining the results of Figure 4C’.

      • In addition, the authors again quantify only two points. This is a continuously frustrating part of the manuscript, which applies to nearly all figures where the authors looked only at two points in space. At a typical sample size of N = 3, it seems well within time constraints to image at multiple points along the AP axis.*__ __

      In addition to the quantification shown at the anterior and posterior locations of the embryo in the Figure 3 and 4, we will show in the revised version, the quantification of translation events across all locations from the anterior to the posterior. We will use three embryos for each nuclear cycle from n.c.1 to 14.

      • Furthermore, it sounds like the authors are saying the "translation intensity" is the same in anterior and the posterior, which is counterintuitive. The expectation is that translation would be undetectable at the posterior end, in part because bcd mRNA would not be present. (Note that this expectation is even acknowledged by the authors on Line 185, which I comment on above, and also on Line 197). There should also be very low levels of Bcd protein (possibly undetectable) at the posterior pole. As such, the authors should explain how they think their claim of the same "translation intensities" in the anterior vs posterior fits into the bigger picture of what we know about Bcd and what they have already stated in the manuscript. They should also explain how they observed enough molecules to quantify at the posterior end. The authors should also disclose how many points are in each box in the boxplot. For example, the sample size is N = 3 embryos. In just three embryos, how many bcd/GCN4 colocalizations did the authors observe at the posterior end of the embryo?*

      In n.c.4 in Figure3, we saw few bcd particles in the posterior. However, at n.c.10 in Figure 4C’ the number of posterior bcd particles are higher than at the early stages. We have quantified them in Figure 4C’. We will clarify this from the new set of quantification we are undertaking now to quantify translation across the A-P axis in the revision.

      Finally, we will also provide the number of bcd particle counts and their colocalisation with a-GCN4 as a supplementary table.

      • Line 215: The sentence that starts on this line seems self-contradictory: I cannot tell whether or not there is a difference in translation based on position. *

      We have not observed any difference in the translation of bcd particles depending on the position along the Z-axis. We will edit this in our revised version.

      • Line 229: Long-ranged is a relative term. From the graph, one could state there is some spatial extent to the mRNA gradient, so it is unclear what the authors mean when they say it is not "long-ranged." Could the mRNA gradient be quantified, such as with a spatial length scale? This would provide more information for readers to make their own conclusions about whether it is long-ranged.*

      We have quantified the bcd mRNA gradient for each n.c. (Figure 5B-C); absolute bcd intensities in Figure 5B, left panel and the normalised intensities in Figure 5C. The length of the mRNA spread appears constant with the half-length maximum of ~75um across all nuclear cycles. Our conclusion of a long ranged Bcd gradient is based on the comparisons of the half-length maximum measurements of bcd particles and BcdSun10 (Figure 5D).

      *Line 230: When the authors claim the Bcd gradient is steeper earlier, a quantification of the spatial extent (exponential decay length scale) would be appropriate. Indeed, lambda as a function of time would be beneficial. It should also be placed in context of earlier papers that claim the spatial length scale is constant. *

      We will show this effectively from the live movies of bcdSun10/nanos-scFv-sGFP2 in the revised version.

      • Lines 235-236: The two sentences that start on these two lines are vague and seemingly contradictory. The first sentence says there is a spatial shift, but the second sentence sounds like it is saying there is no spatial change. The language could be more precise to explain the conclusions. *

      We agree with the reviewer. We will edit this in revision.

      Minor comments

        • Line 81: Probably meant "evolutionarily conserved" * Yes, we have changed, “P bodies are an evolutionarily cytoplasmic RNP granule” to, “P bodies are an evolutionarily conserved cytoplasmic RNP granule.”(Revised line 84-85).

      *Figure 1 legend: part B says "from 15 samples" but also says N = 20. Which is it, or do these numbers refer to different things? *

      We have edited this from, “early embryo (from 15 samples)” to, “early embryo (from 20 samples)”. (Revised line 602).

      • Line 217: migration of what? *

      Edited to “cortical nuclear migration”.

      • Line 228: "early embryo" is vague. The authors should give specific time points or nuclear cycle numbers.*

      Edited to “nuclear cycles 1-8”.

      • Line 301: Other locations in the paper say 75 microns or 100 microns. *

      We will make the changes. It is 100 um.

      • Fig. 5: all images should be oriented such that the dorsal midline is on the upper half of the embryo/image. *

      We will flip the image to match.

      • Fig. 5B: There are light tan and/or light orange curves (behind the bold curves) that are not explained. *

      It is the standard deviation. This will be explained.

      • Fig. 5C: the plot says "normalized" but nowhere do the authors describe what the curves are normalized to. There is also no explanation for what the broad areas of light color correspond to.*__ __

      Normalised to the bcd intensity maxima. This will be explained.

      Significance

      The results, if upheld, are highly significant, as they are foundational measurements addressing a longstanding question of how morphogen gradients are formed, using Bcd (the foundational morphogen gradient) as a model. They also address fundamental questions in genetics and molecular biology: namely, control of mRNA distribution and translation.__ __

      We thank Reviewer 2 for highlighting the importance of our work in the field. We are confident that we address the issues raised by Reviewer 2 with the new set of quantifications we are currently working on.

      Referee #3

        • It is not evident from the main results and methods text that the new SDD model incorporates the phenomenon reported in figure 4B. From my reading, the parameter beta accounts for the Bcd translation rate, which according to figure 7B(ii) effectively switches from off to on around fertilization and thereafter remains constant. Figure 4B shows that the fraction of bcd mRNA engaged in translation decreases beginning around NC12/13, and this is one of the more powerful results that comes from monitoring translation in addition to RNA localization/abundance/stability. My expectation based on figure 4B would be that parameter beta should decrease over time beginning around 90-100 minutes and approach zero by ~150 minutes. This rate could be fit to the experimental data that yields figure 4B. The modeling should be repeated while including this information. This is a good observation. Currently, the reduced rate of bcd translation is modelled by incorporating an increased rate of bcd *mRNA degradation. Of course, this could also be reduced by a change in the rate of translation directly. As stated already, the beta parameter is the least well characterised. In the revision, we will include a model where beta changes but not the mRNA degradation rate. We will improve the discussion to make this point clearer.
      1. The presentation of the SDD model should be expanded to address how well the characteristic decay length fits A) measured Bcd protein distributions, B) measured at different nuclear cycles. This would strengthen the claim that the new SDD model better captures gradient dynamics given the addition of translation and RNA distribution. These experimental data already exist as reported in Figure 5. In the current Figure 7, panels D and D' add little to the story and could be moved to a supplement if the authors want to include it (in any case, please fix the typo on the time axis of fig 7D' to read "hours"). The model per cell cycle and the comparison of experimental and modeled decay lengths could replace current D and D'.*

      Originally, we kept discussion of the SDD model only to core points. It is clear from all Reviewers that expanding this discussion is important. In the revision, we will refocus Figure 7 on describing new results that we can learn. As outlined in the responses above, this paper reveals an important insight: the SDD model – with suitable modifications such as temporally restricted Bcd production – can explain all observed properties of Bcd gradient formation. Other mechanisms – such as bcd mRNA gradients – are not required.

      • The exposition of the manuscript would benefit significantly by including a section either in the introduction or the appropriate section of the results that defines the competing models for gradient formation. In the current version, these models are only cited, and the key details only come out late (e.g., lines 302 onward, in the Discussion). Nevertheless, some of the results are presented as if in dialog with these models, but it reads as a one-sided conversation. For instance: Figure 3. The undercurrent in this figure is the RNA-gradient model. In the context of this model, the results clearly show that translation of bcd is restricted to the anterior. Without this context, Figure 3 could read as a fairly unremarkable observation that translation occurs wherever there is mRNA. Restructuring the manuscript to explicitly name competing models and to address how experimental results support or detract from each competing model would greatly enhance the impact of the exposition.*

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We will add the current models of Bcd gradient formation in the introduction section and will change the narrative of results in the section explaining the models.

      (4A) Related to point 3: The entire results text surrounding Figure 2 should be revised to include more detail about A) what specific hypotheses are being tested; and B) to critically evaluate the limitations of the experimental approaches used to evaluate these hypotheses. Hexanediol and high salt conditions are not named explicitly in the text, but the text touts these as "chemicals" that "disrupt P-body integrity." This implies that the treatments are specific to P-bodies. Neither of these approaches are only disrupting P Body integrity. This does not invalidate this approach, but the manuscript needs to state what hypothesis HD and NaCl treatment addresses, and acknowledge the caveats of the approach (such as the non-specificity and the assumptions about the mechanism of action for HD).

      We have made the following edits to resolve this point. Revised line 158: “To further show that bcd storage in P bodies is required for translational repression, we treated mature eggs with chemicals known to disrupt RNP granule integrity (31, 37, 69-72). Previous work has shown that the physical properties of P bodies in mature Drosophila oocytes can be shifted from an arrested to a more liquid-like state by addition of the aliphatic alcohol hexanediol (HD) (Sankaranarayanan et al., 2021, Ribbeck and Görlich, 2002; Kroschwald et al., 2017). While 1,6 HD has been widely used to probe the physical state of phase-separated condensates both in vivo and in vitro (Alberti et al., 2019; McSwiggen et al., 2019; Gao et al., 2022), in some cells it appears to have unwanted cellular consequences (Ulianov et al., 2021). These include a potentially lethal cellular consequences that may indirectly affect the ability of condensates to form (Kroschwald et al., 2017) and wider cellular implications thought to alter the activity of kinases (Düster et al., 2021). While we did not observe any noticeable cellular issues in mature Drosophila oocytes with 1,6 HD, we also used 2,5 HD, known to be less problematic in most tissues (Ulianov et al., 2021) and the monovalent salt sodium chloride (NaCl), which changes electrostatic interactions (Sankaranarayanan et al., 2021).”

      (4B) Continuing the comment above: it is good that the authors checked that HD and NaCl treatment does not cause egg activation. But no one outside of the field of Drosophila egg activation knows what the 2-minute bleach test is and shouldn't have to delve into the literature to understand this sentence. Please explain in one sentence that "if eggs are activated, then x happens following a short exposure to bleach (citations). We exposed HD and NaCl treated eggs to bleach and observed... ."

      We have made the following edits to resolve this point. Revised line 174: “After treating mature eggs with these solutions, we observed BcdSun32 protein in the oocyte anterior (Figure 2A-B). One caveat to this experiment could be that treating mature eggs with these chemicals results in egg activation which would in turn generate Bcd protein. To eliminate this possibility, we first screened for phenotypic egg activation markers, including swelling and a change in the chorion (73). We also applied the classic approach of bleaching eggs for two minutes which causes lysis of unactivated eggs (74). All chemically treated eggs failed this bleaching test meaning they were not activated (74). While we unable to rule out non-specific actions of these treatments, these experiments corroborate that storage in P bodies that adopt an arrested physical state is crucial to maintain bcd translational repression (31).”

      (4C) Continuing the comment above: The section of the results related to the endos mutation needs additional information. It is not apparent to the average reader how the endos mutation results in changes in RNP granules, nor what the expected outcome of such an effect would "further test the model" set up by the HD and NaCl experiments. The average reader needs more hand-holding throughout this entire section (related to figure 2) to follow the exposition of the results.

      We have made the following edits to resolve this point. Edited line 185: “Finally, we used a genetic manipulation to change the physical state of P bodies in mature oocytes. Mutations in Drosophila Endosulfine (Endos), which is part of the conserved phosphoprotein ⍺-endosulfine (ENSA) family (75), caused a liquid-like P body state after oocyte maturation, similar to that observed with chemical treatment (Figure 2C) (31). This temporal effect matched the known roles of Endos as the master regulator of oocyte maturation (75, 76). endos mutant oocytes lost the colocalisation of bcd mRNA and P bodies, concurrent with P bodies becoming less viscous during oocyte maturation (Figure 2D, Figure S1). Particle size and position analysis showed that bcd mRNA prematurely exhibits an embryo distribution in these mutants (Figure 2E). Due to genetic and antibody constraints, we are unable to test for translation of bcd in the endos mutant. However, it follows that bcd observed in this diffuse distribution outside of P bodies would be translationally active (Figure 2E-F).”

      • (4D) Continuing the comment above: The average reader also needs a better explanation of what hypothesis is being tested in Figure 1 with the pharmacological inhibition of calcium. *

      We have made the following edits to resolve this point. Revised line 138: “We next sought to maintain the relationship between bcd mRNA and P bodies through egg activation. This would act as a control to further test if colocalisation of bcd to P bodies was necessary for its translational repression. Previous work has shown that a calcium wave is required at egg activation for further development (references to add Kaneuchi et al., 2015; York-Anderson et al., 2019; Hu and Wolfner, 2019). Chemical treatment with NS8593 disrupts this calcium wave, while other phenotypic markers of egg activation are still observed (58). Using NS8593 to disrupt the calcium wave in the activated egg, we show P bodies are retained during ex vivo egg activation (Figure 1E). In these treated eggs, bcd mRNA remains colocalised with the retained P bodies (Figure 1F). Based on these results and previous observations (31, 66), we hypothesised that the loss of colocalisation between bcd and P bodies correlates with bcd translation.”

      *It is unclear why Bcd translation could not be measured in the endos mutant background, but it would be necessary to measure Bcd translation in the endos background. If genotypically it is not possible/inconvenient to invoke the suntag reporter in the endos background, would it not be sufficient to immunostain against Bcd itself? Different Bcd antisera have recently been reported and distributed by the Wieschaus and the Zeitlinger groups. *

      We have recently received the Bcd antibody from the Zeitlinger group. This has not been shown to work for immunostaining. It remains unclear if it will be successful in this capacity, but we are currently testing it and will include this experiment in the revision if successful.

      *Figure 4 overall is glorious, but there is a problem with panel C. What are the white lines? Why does the intensity for the green and magenta channel change abruptly in the middle of the embryo? *

      These white lines divide the embryo into 4 compartments. We used this method to quantify the intensity of Bcd translation with respect to the bcd puncta. We will correct this image as there is a problem in formatting.

      *It is noted that neither the methods section or the supplement does not contain any mention of how the modeling was performed. How was parameter beta fit? At least a brief section should be added to the methods describing how beta was fit (pending adjustments suggested in comment 1 above). A platinum-level addition would include a modeling supplement that reports the sensitivity of model outcomes to changes in parameters. *

      We apologise for this omission and will include full methodological details in the revision.

      Minor Comments:

        • Line 28: "Source-Diffusion-Degradation" should be changed to "Synthesis-..."* We will edit in the revised version.

      *Line 39: "blastocyst" should be "blastoderm stage embryo". *

      We will edit in the revised version.

      • Line 81: "P bodies are an evolutionarily cytoplasmic RNP granule." is "conserved" missing here? *

      We will edit in the revised version.

      • Throughout the manuscript, there should be better reporting of the imaged genotypes and whether the suntag is being visualized by indirect immunostaining of fixed tissues or through an encoded nanobody-GFP fusion. *

      We will explain in detail in the revised version.

      • Figure 1G: Why is the background staining so different across conditions? Is this a normalization artifact?*__ __

      We agree with this shortcoming. We have now added the following to the figure legend to clarify this observation. “G: Representative fixed 10 µm Z-stack images (from 10 samples) showing BcdSun32 protein (anti-GCN4) is only present at the anterior of an in vitro activated egg or early embryo 30-minute post fertilization. BcdSun32 protein is not detected in these samples at the posterior pole (image contrast increased to highlight the lack of distinct particles at the posterior). BcdSun32 protein is also not detected at the anterior or posterior of a mature oocyte or an in vitro activated egg incubated with NS8953 (images have the contrast increased to highlight the lack of distinct particles). Scale bar: 20 mm; zoom 2 mm.” (Revised line 623).

      Figure 2 legend: what is +Sch in the x-axis labels of figure 2B? The legend says that 2B is the quantification of the data in 2A, but there is no (presumed control) +Sch image in 2A.__ __

      Thank you for this suggestion we have added the data to Figure 2A.

      • Figure 5A largely repeats information presented in figure 4A. Please consider moving to a supplement. Also, please re-orient embryos to follow the convention that dorsal-most surfaces be presented on the top of the displayed images. *

      Thank you for this suggestion. We will consider moving Figure 5A to the supplementary.

      • The lower-case roman numerals referred to in the text for figure 7B are not included in the corresponding figure panel. *

      We will edit in the revised version.

      • Figure 7C y-axis typo (concentration). *

      We will edit in the revised version.

      • Line 222: "make a long-range functional gradient": more accurate to say, "but also marks mature, Bcd protein which resolves in the expected long-range gradient." *

      We will edit in the revised version.

      • Methods: Please check that all buffers referred to as acronyms are both compositionally defined in the reagents table, and that full names are written out at the time of first mention in the presented order. For instance, Schneider's media is referred to a few times before defining the acronym about midway through the methods section.*__ __

      We have added to Figure 2B: “Quantification of experiments shown in A. The number of oocytes that displayed Bcd protein at the anterior as measured by the presence of BcdSun32 at the anterior of the oocyte, but not the posterior. Schneider’s Insect Medium (+Sch) used as a negative control. N = 30 oocytes for each treatment. Scale bar: 5 um.” (Revised line 646).

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This is a review of "Dynamics of bicoid mRNA localization and translation dictate morphogen gradient formation" by Athilingam et al. In this manuscript, the authors perform quantification of mRNA localization and translation of bicoid, spanning oogenesis through the maternal to zygotic transition, yielding a definitive characterization of Bicoid gradient formation. The experiments, analysis, and interpretation are on the whole performed rigorously. I very much enjoyed this paper, partly for incorporating the aspects of bcd regulation during oogenesis, which compared to embryonic function of bcd is relatively under-studied. Also valuable is improving the characterization of how bcd expression is shut down at NC14. I have several major comments for revision, and a few minor comments. I should stress that none of the major comments are terrible but are intended to improve the impact/readability/flow of this nice manuscript. With the exception of a straightforward immunostaining experiment, all major comments constitute reworking of the model or the text.

      Major Comments:

      1) It is not evident from the main results and methods text that the new SDD model incorporates the phenomenon reported in figure 4B. From my reading, the parameter beta accounts for the Bcd translation rate, which according to figure 7B(ii) effectively switches from off to on around fertilization and thereafter remains constant. Figure 4B shows that the fraction of bcd mRNA engaged in translation decreases beginning around NC12/13, and this is one of the more powerful results that comes from monitoring translation in addition to RNA localization/abundance/stability. My expectation based on figure 4B would be that parameter beta should decrease over time beginning around 90-100 minutes and approach zero by ~150 minutes. This rate could be fit to the experimental data that yields figure 4B. The modeling should be repeated while including this information.

      2) The presentation of the SDD model should be expanded to address how well the characteristic decay length fits A) measured Bcd protein distributions, B) measured at different nuclear cycles. This would strengthen the claim that the new SDD model better captures gradient dynamics given the addition of translation and RNA distribution. These experimental data already exist as reported in Figure 5. In the current Figure 7, panels D and D' add little to the story and could be moved to a supplement if the authors want to include it (in any case, please fix the typo on the time axis of fig 7D' to read "hours"). The model per cell cycle and the comparison of experimental and modeled decay lengths could replace current D and D'.

      3) The exposition of the manuscript would benefit significantly by including a section either in the introduction or the appropriate section of the results that defines the competing models for gradient formation. In the current version, these models are only cited, and the key details only come out late (e.g., lines 302 onward, in the Discussion). Nevertheless, some of the results are presented as if in dialog with these models, but it reads as a one-sided conversation. For instance: Figure 3. The undercurrent in this figure is the RNA-gradient model. In the context of this model, the results clearly show that translation of bcd is restricted to the anterior. Without this context, Figure 3 could read as a fairly unremarkable observation that translation occurs wherever there is mRNA. Restructuring the manuscript to explicitly name competing models and to address how experimental results support or detract from each competing model would greatly enhance the impact of the exposition.

      4A) Related to point 3: The entire results text surrounding Figure 2 should be revised to include more detail about A) what specific hypotheses are being tested; and B) to critically evaluate the limitations of the experimental approaches used to evaluate these hypotheses. Hexanediol and high salt conditions are not named explicitly in the text, but the text touts these as "chemicals" that "disrupt P-body integrity." This implies that the treatments are specific to P-bodies. Neither of these approaches are only disrupting P Body integrity. This does not invalidate this approach, but the manuscript needs to state what hypothesis HD and NaCl treatment addresses, and acknowledge the caveats of the approach (such as the non-specificity and the assumptions about the mechanism of action for HD).

      4B) Continuing the comment above: it is good that the authors checked that HD and NaCl treatment does not cause egg activation. But no one outside of the field of Drosophila egg activation knows what the 2-minute bleach test is and shouldn't have to delve into the literature to understand this sentence. Please explain in one sentence that "if eggs are activated, then x happens following a short exposure to bleach (citations). We exposed HD and NaCl treated eggs to bleach and observed... ."

      4C) Continuing the comment above: The section of the results related to the endos mutation needs additional information. It is not apparent to the average reader how the endos mutation results in changes in RNP granules, nor what the expected outcome of such an effect would "further test the model" set up by the HD and NaCl experiments. The average reader needs more hand-holding throughout this entire section (related to figure 2) to follow the exposition of the results.

      4D) Continuing the comment above: The average reader also needs a better explanation of what hypothesis is being tested in Figure 1 with the pharmacological inhibition of calcium.

      5) It is unclear why Bcd translation could not be measured in the endos mutant background, but it would be necessary to measure Bcd translation in the endos background. If genotypically it is not possible/inconvenient to invoke the suntag reporter in the endos background, would it not be sufficient to immunostain against Bcd itself? Different Bcd antisera have recently been reported and distributed by the Wieschaus and the Zeitlinger groups.

      6) Figure 4 overall is glorious, but there is a problem with panel C. What are the white lines? Why does the intensity for the green and magenta channel change abruptly in the middle of the embryo?

      7) It is noted that neither the methods section or the supplement does not contain any mention of how the modeling was performed. How was parameter beta fit? At least a brief section should be added to the methods describing how beta was fit (pending adjustments suggested in comment 1 above). A platinum-level addition would include a modeling supplement that reports the sensitivity of model outcomes to changes in parameters.

      Minor Comments:

      • Line 28: "Source-Diffusion-Degradation" should be changed to "Synthesis-..."
      • Line 39: "blastocyst" should be "blastoderm stage embryo".
      • Line 81: "P bodies are an evolutionarily cytoplasmic RNP granule." is "conserved" missing here?
      • Throughout the manuscript, there should be better reporting of the imaged genotypes and whether the suntag is being visualized by indirect immunostaining of fixed tissues or through an encoded nanobody-GFP fusion.
      • Figure 1G: Why is the background staining so different across conditions? Is this a normalization artifact?
      • Figure 2 legend: what is +Sch in the x-axis labels of figure 2B? The legend says that 2B is the quantification of the data in 2A, but there is no (presumed control) +Sch image in 2A.
      • Figure 5A largely repeats information presented in figure 4A. Please consider moving to a supplement. Also, please re-orient embryos to follow the convention that dorsal-most surfaces be presented on the top of the displayed images.
      • The lower-case roman numerals referred to in the text for figure 7B are not included in the corresponding figure panel.
      • Figure 7C y-axis typo (concentration).
      • Line 222: "make a long-range functional gradient": more accurate to say, "but also marks mature, Bcd protein which resolves in the expected long-range gradient."
      • Methods: Please check that all buffers referred to as acronyms are both compositionally defined in the reagents table, and that full names are written out at the time of first mention in the presented order. For instance, Schneider's media is referred to a few times before defining the acronym about midway through the methods section.

      Referees cross-commenting

      OK, We've been asked to comment on each others' reviews. I am reviewer 3. We have not been asked, as far as I can tell, to come up with a consensus review.

      Overall, I feel that we are all generally enthusiastic about this manuscript. From most to least enthusiastic, we have reviewer 1, 3, and finally 2. But all three of us are apparently advocating positively and encouraging revision and clarification because, as we all agree, these results are important to publish.

      Consensus Strengths:

      1. The experimental approach is elegant, rigorous, and innovative, especially the real-time visualization of Bcd translation.
      2. The data provide new mechanistic insight into when and where bcd is translated and how this changes over developmental time.
      3. The relocalization of bcd mRNAs to P bodies during nc14 and the implications for RNA degradation are particularly compelling.
      4. The manuscript establishes a path toward refining reaction-diffusion models of morphogen gradients using direct measurements of translation dynamics.

      I agree with all of Reviewer 1's minor points.

      I agree with Reviewer 2's points about:

      • Showing the SunTag validation data using the fluorescent reporter.
      • Clarifying the noted "translation" vs. "protein" issues. This bothered me too, but I wasn't able to articulate the issue as well as done here. This major issue summarizes several of the Reviewer's comments.
      • Generally tightening the precision with which the results are discussed.

      Overall: we have all provided favorable reviews that require mostly tightening of the text, showing some control datasets, maybe quantifying more points across the AP axis, and presenting the SDD model more comprehensively (comparing with old/translation-agnostic model, reporting characteristic decay lengths at different nuclear cycles, incorporating the reported change in translation rate across nuclear cycles (if this survives the clarification of what 'translation' means per Reviewer 2's comments), and perhaps providing more methodological detail on how parameters were fit).

      Significance

      The importance of this study is at several levels. For the developmental biologist, it addresses important mechanisms of translational control and RNA stability over the functional lifetime of a single, critical biological cue that governs embryonic patterning. Not only do the experiments provide quantification of these features, but also point to likely candidates (P-bodies) for gating bcd's translation in the narrow window between egg activation and cellular blastoderm. For the biophysically-inclined, this adds critical quantitative information of translational state that allows for further refining computational models for how this manifestation of a reaction-diffusion system actually comes together in a complex biological context.

      The primary audience for this work will be the two groups above: developmental biologists and scientists interested in the quantitative modeling of biological phenomena.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      In this paper the authors use the Suntag system to visualise bcd mRNA translation in the Drosophila embryo. They elucidate the relationship between bcd mRNA translation and P body localisation. In the oocyte, bcd mRNAs are localised in P bodies and translationally repressed, but upon egg activation bcd mRNAs are released from P bodies and translated. In addition, during mid-nc14, bcd mRNAs become localised to embryonic P bodies and degraded. The authors use their data to modify the Synthesis, Diffusion, Degradation model of Bcd gradient formation, which recapitulates the Bcd gradient detected experimentally.

      Overall, I think the data are of high quality and support the authors' conclusions. I only have minor comments, as follows:

      Fig 1B - add arrows showing mRNAs being translated or not (the latter mentioned in line 113 is not so easy to see).

      Fig 2A - add a sentence explaining why 1,6HD, 2,5HD and NaCl disrupt P bodies.

      Fig 4C - explain in the legend what the white lines drawn over the image represent. And why is there such an obvious distinction in the staining where suddenly the DAPI is much more evident (is the image from tile scans)?

      Line 215 - 'We did not see any significant differences in the translation of bcd based on their position, however, there appears an enhanced translation of bcd localised basally to the nuclei (Figure S5).' Since the difference is not significant, I do not think the authors should conclude that translation is enhanced basally.

      Line 218: 'The interphase nuclei and their subsequent mitotic divisions appeared to displace bcd towards the apical surface (Figure S6B).' Greater explanation is needed in the legend to Fig S6B to support this statement as the data just seem to show a nuclear division - I would have thought an apical-basal view is needed to conclude this.

      Fig 5B - the authors compare Bcd protein distribution across developmental time. However, in the early time points cytoplasmic Bcd is measured (presumably as it does not appear nuclear until nc8 onwards) and compare the distribution to nuclear Bcd intensities from nc9 onwards. Is most/all of the Bcd protein nuclear localised form nc9 to validate the nuclear quantitation? Does the distribution look the same if total Bcd protein is measured per volume rather than just the nuclear signal? Are the authors assuming a constant fast rate of nuclear import?

      Line 259 - 'We then asked if considering the spatiotemporal pattern of bcd translation' - the authors should clarify what new information was included in the model. Similarly in line 286, 'By including more realistic bcd mRNA translation' - what does this actually mean? In line 346, 'We see that the original SDD model .... was too simple.' It would be nice to compare the outputs from the original vs modified SDD models to support the statement that the original model was too simple.

      Fig S1A - clarify what the difference is between the 2 +HD panels shown.

      Fig S2E - the graph axis label/legend says it is intensity/molecule. Since intensity/molecule is higher in the anterior for bcd RNAs, is this because there are clumps of mRNAs (in which case it's actually intensity/puncta)?

      Fig S4 - I think this line is included in error: '(B) The line plots of bcd spread on the Dorsal vs. Ventral surfaces.' In B, D, E - is the plot depth from the dorsal surface? I would have preferred to see actual mRNA numbers rather than normalised mRNAs. In Fig S4D moderate, from 10um onwards there are virtually no mRNA counts based on the normalised value, but what is the actual number? The equivalent % translated data in Fig S4E look noisy so I wonder if this is due to there being a tiny mRNA number. The same is true for Figs S4D, E 10um+ in the low region.

      Referees cross-commenting

      I think the concerns raised by reviewers 2 and 3 are valid, and that it is feasible for the authors to address all the reviewers' concerns in order to improve the manuscript.

      Significance

      General assessment

      Strengths are: 1) the data are of high quality; 2) the study advances the field by directly visualising Bcd mRNA translation during early Drosophila development; 3) the data showing re-localisation of bcd mRNAs to P bodies nc14 provides new mechanistic insight into its degradation; 4) a new SDD model for Bcd gradient formation is presented. Limitations of the study are: 1) there was already strong evidence (but no direct demonstration) that bcd mRNA translation was associated with release from P bodies at egg activation; 2) it is not totally clear to me how exactly the modified SDD model varies from the original one both in terms of parameters included and model output.

      Advance

      The advance is conceptual, technical and mechanistic.

      Audience

      The results will be important to a broad range of researchers interested in the formation of developmental morphogen gradients and the post-transcriptional regulation of gene expression, particularly the relationship with P bodies.

      My expertise

      Wetlab developmental biologist

    1. Les opinions se déplacent, de l'essentiel décrit par les sciences "sociales": l’accroissement de la pauvreté, l’explosion des inégalités et l’urgence climatique et, la focalisation croissante sur les questions d’immigration, de sécurité ou d’identité.

      Tout est dit. Et si c'était les deux ?

    1. Rapport d'Information : L'Augmentation Alarmante des Cancers chez les Jeunes Adultes

      Résumé Exécutif

      La France fait face à une transformation majeure de l'épidémiologie du cancer, marquée par ce que les experts qualifient de « tsunami à venir ».

      Au cours des 30 dernières années, le nombre de nouveaux cas de cancers d'apparition précoce (chez les moins de 50 ans) a bondi de près de 80 %.

      Cette tendance est particulièrement visible pour le cancer du sein et le cancer du pancréas, ce dernier ayant doublé chez les hommes et triplé chez les femmes entre les années 1990 et 2020.

      Face à cette urgence, une loi a été adoptée à l'unanimité pour créer un Registre National des Cancers, visant à pallier le manque de données exhaustives.

      Parallèlement, la recherche scientifique s'intensifie pour explorer des causes environnementales et alimentaires, dépassant les facteurs de risque classiques (tabac, alcool).

      Ce document détaille les défis liés au diagnostic précoce, les pistes de causalité étudiées et les initiatives de soutien pour les quelque 15 000 jeunes diagnostiqués chaque année en France.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. État des Lieux Épidémiologique : Une Pathologie de plus en plus Précoce

      Le cancer, longtemps perçu comme une maladie liée au vieillissement, touche désormais une population de plus en plus jeune.

      Statistiques Clés

      Croissance globale : +80 % de nouveaux cas chez les jeunes en trois décennies.

      Cancer du pancréas : En passe de devenir la deuxième cause de mortalité par cancer en France. Entre 1990 et 2023, l'incidence a été multipliée par deux chez les hommes et par trois chez les femmes.

      Cancer du sein : La France détient le taux d'incidence le plus élevé au monde.

      Volume annuel : Environ 15 000 jeunes sont diagnostiqués chaque année.

      Témoignages et Réalités Cliniques

      Les cas de Soline (23 ans, cancer du sein) et de Yann (35 ans, cancer du pancréas métastatique) illustrent cette réalité.

      Ces patients ne présentent souvent aucun facteur de risque traditionnel : non-fumeurs, sportifs, sans antécédents familiaux et avec une hygiène de vie saine.

      Pour ces jeunes, le diagnostic est vécu comme un « coup de massue » qui interrompt brutalement le début de leur vie active et sociale.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Le Défi du Diagnostic et les Limites du Dépistage

      Le système de santé actuel n'est pas optimalement configuré pour détecter les cancers chez les jeunes adultes.

      Absence de dépistage organisé : Pour le cancer du sein, le dépistage systématique (mammographie) commence à 50 ans.

      Les femmes plus jeunes ne sont pas concernées, sauf en cas de mutation génétique ou d'antécédents familiaux marqués.

      Difficultés diagnostiques : Les médecins généralistes peuvent être induits en erreur par la jeunesse de leurs patients.

      Soline s'est entendu dire qu'une mammographie ne montrerait rien à son âge ; Yann a initialement été traité pour de simples remontées acides.

      Évolution silencieuse : Le cancer du pancréas progresse rapidement et sans symptômes spécifiques, conduisant souvent à des diagnostics à des stades avancés (métastatiques) lors d'admissions aux urgences.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Recherche des Causes : Vers une Approche Environnementale

      L'augmentation des cas chez des patients sans facteurs de risque avérés (alcool, tabac, obésité) pousse les chercheurs à explorer de nouvelles hypothèses.

      L'Exposition Environnementale et le "Cocktail"

      Les chercheurs et patients s'interrogent sur l'impact de l'environnement moderne :

      Pesticides : Le docteur Mathias Brugel a mené une étude dosant les pesticides dans la graisse de patients atteints de cancers du pancréas.

      Les résultats suggèrent un risque accru corrélé à la concentration de ces substances.

      Pollution et perturbateurs endocriniens : L'exposition en milieu urbain et rural est scrutée, tout comme l'impact des ondes et des microplastiques.

      Effet cocktail : La sénatrice Sonia de la Provoté souligne la complexité des expositions multiples (atmosphériques, chimiques, ondes) qui créent un changement majeur de notre environnement.

      Facteurs Nutritionnels

      L'étude Nutrinette-Santé, impliquant 180 000 volontaires, analyse les liens entre alimentation et cancer :

      Additifs et aliments ultra-transformés : Des corrélations sont observées entre la consommation de certains additifs et un risque accru de cancer.

      Risques avérés : Les charcuteries (classées cancérigènes par l'OMS) et la viande rouge (cancérigène probable) restent des facteurs déterminants.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Institutionnalisation de la Surveillance : Le Registre National

      Jusqu'à récemment, la France faisait figure d'exception en Europe par l'absence de registre national exhaustif.

      | Caractéristique | Situation Antérieure | Nouveau Registre National | | --- | --- | --- | | Couverture | Registres locaux (ex: Calvados) | Couverture nationale exhaustive | | Population suivie | 20 % à 24 % de la population | 100 % de la population française | | Méthode | Extrapolation de données partielles | Données réelles et centralisées | | Objectif | Observation limitée | Identifier les clusters et causes environnementales |

      Ce registre doit permettre d'établir la « vérité des chiffres », notamment pour les cancers rares, émergents (cerveau, hémopathies) ou géographiquement localisés (zones rurales exposées aux pesticides vs zones urbaines sédentaires).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Vivre Après et Avec le Cancer : Soutien et Séquelles

      La survie n'est pas synonyme de retour à la normale. Yann, considéré comme un « miraculé » après 7 ans de lutte et 100 séances de chimiothérapie, souligne que l'épreuve laisse des traces indélébiles.

      Problématiques Spécifiques aux Jeunes

      Sociales et professionnelles : Interruption de carrière, impact sur la vie de couple et projets de parentalité (ou non-parentalité forcée par les traitements).

      Médicales : Effets secondaires lourds de l'hormonothérapie (bouffées de chaleur, crampes, sécheresse cutanée, prise de poids) prescrite sur 5 à 10 ans.

      Psychologiques : Sentiment de solitude face à des patients plus âgés qui ne partagent pas les mêmes enjeux de vie.

      Initiatives Associatives

      Jeun'et Rose : Organise les « ateliers Pouette-Pouette » pour enseigner l'auto-palpation et briser l'isolement des jeunes femmes.

      Association Aïda : Mobilise des jeunes bénévoles pour intervenir auprès de patients de leur âge hospitalisés, afin de maintenir un lien social hors du contexte purement médical.

      Cure 51 : Start-up étudiant les « survivants » (ceux ayant survécu plus de 5-15 ans à des cancers normalement condamnables) pour comprendre les mécanismes de résistance.

      Conclusion

      L'explosion des cancers chez les jeunes adultes constitue une urgence de santé publique en France.

      La création du Registre National des Cancers marque une étape décisive pour comprendre cette dynamique épidémiologique.

      Cependant, la lutte contre ce « tsunami » nécessite une double approche : une sensibilisation accrue au dépistage précoce (notamment l'auto-palpation) et une accélération de la recherche sur l'impact de notre environnement et de notre mode de vie industriel.

    1. uch fields of illicit action are limited only byculture, precedent , opportunity, and the swiftness and certaint y of sanc-tion. If large profits are easily available with relatively little risk, thepotential for organized criminal entrepreneurship is enhanced. This pointseems obvious enough, yet history and experience show that it ha s rarelybeen acted upon by designers of criminal justice systems

      This comment is pointing out the flaws of our justice system for not addressing the cultural and economic causes of crime, how can anything change without a systematic difference?

    1. Devos, Raymond.

      La date de consultation du document se trouve dans les métadonnées.

      De plus, j'ai supprimé la note de bas de page qui mentionnait cette référence et l'ai remplacé par une clef de citation.

    1. books aimed at youth are future oriented while those about young people aimed at an adult audience are more likely to depict in a realistic fashion, the challenges that adolescents face.  In addition, some writers suggest that the YA novel is a 20th century marketing phenomenon – in many countries YA novels are called “jeans prose” because of their emphasis on the material culture of adolescents

      1) I would like to hear someones take on this

    1. sincronización administrativa

      ver si hay sincronizacion (cambios en el sim) el unico que tiene cambios es esim. con la unica capacidad de cambiar imcsi y imsi

    1. as much as you can because it will help you,” but when I asked him what stopped high school students from doing this, his immediate response was “fear”—fear “that their writing isn’t at the level that the university students are used to seeing or maybe just embarrassment that [the college students are] going to make fun of them” (Octavio)

      After reading this, I just felt like it was very relatable even being a student. Writing is definitely not an area of expertise for me and at times you can feel judged by others for the ay you write or even communicate verbally because you feel like you maybe aernt as good as other peopl. ANd this all comes from comparison, which is the true thief of joy. I think it is mor about structuring it in a way where you realize that you should only compare to yourself. So, if writing is something you want to improve at then you should compare yourself and see if you get 1 percent better everyday.

  7. www.planalto.gov.br www.planalto.gov.br
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Lai and Doe address the integration of spatial information with temporal patterning and genes that specify cell fate. They identify the Forkhead transcription factor Fd4 as a lineage-restricted cell fate regulator that bridges transient spatial transcription factors to terminal selector genes in the developing Drosophila ventral nerve cord. The experimental evidence convincingly demonstrates that Fd4 is both necessary for lateborn NB7-1 neurons, but also sufficient to transform other neural stem cell lineages toward the NB7-1 identity. This work addresses an important question that will be of interest to developmental neurobiologists: How can cell identities defined by initial transient developmental cues be maintained in the progeny cells, even if the molecular mechanism remains to be investigated? In addition, the study proposes a broader concept of lineage identity genes that could be utilized in other lineages and regions in the Drosophila nervous system and in other species.

      Thanks for the accurate summary and positive comments!

      While the spatial factors patterning the neuroepithelium to define the neuroblast lineages in the Drosophila ventral nerve cord are known, these factors are sometimes absent or not required during neurogenesis. In the current work, Lai and Doe identified Fd4 in the NB7-1 lineage that bridges this gap and explains how NB7-1 neurons are specified after Engrailed (En) and Vnd cease their expression. They show that Fd4 is transiently co-expressed with En and Vnd and is present in all nascent NB7-1 progenies. They further demonstrate that Fd4 is required for later-born NB7-1 progenies and sufficient for the induction of NB7-1 markers (Eve and Dbx) while repressing markers of other lineages when force-expressed in neural progenitors, e.g., in the NB56 lineage and in the NB7-3 lineage. They also demonstrate that, when Fd4 is ectopically expressed in NB7-3 and NB5-6 lineages, this leads to the ectopic generation of dorsal muscle-innervating neurons. The inclusion of functional validation using axon projections demonstrates that the transformed neurons acquire appropriate NB7-1 characteristics beyond just molecular markers. Quantitative analyses are thorough and well-presented for all experiments.

      Thanks for the positive comments!

      (1) While Fd4 is required and sufficient for several later-born NB7-1 progeny features, a comparison between early-born (Hb/Eve) and later-born (Run/Eve) appears missing for pan-progenitor gain of Fd4 (with sca-Gal4; Figure 4) and for the NB7-3 lineage (Figure 6). Having a quantification for both could make it clearer whether Fd4 preferentially induces later-born neurons or is sufficient for NB7-1 features without temporal restriction.

      We quantified the percentage of Hb+ and Runt+ cells among Eve+ cells with sca-gal4, and the results are shown in Figure 4-figure supplement 1. We found that the proportion of early-born cells is slightly reduced but the proportion of later-born cells remain similar. Interestingly, we also found a subset of Eve+ cells with a mixed fate (Hb+Runt+) but the reason remains unclear.

      (2) Fd4 and Fd5 are shown to be partially redundant, as Fd4 loss of function alone does not alter the number of Eve+ and Dbx+ neurons. This information is critical and should be included in Figure 3.

      Because every hemisegment in an fd4 single mutant is normal, we just added it as the following text: “In fd4 mutants, we observe no change in the number of Eve+ neurons or Dbx+ neurons (n=40 hemisegments).”

      (3) Several observations suggest that lineage identity maintenance involves both Fd4dependent and Fd4-independent mechanisms. In particular, the fact that fd4-Gal4 reporter remains active in fd4/fd5 mutants even after Vnd and En disappear indicates that Fd4's own expression, a key feature of NB7-1 identity, is maintained independently of Fd4 protein. This raises questions about what proportion of lineage identity features require Fd4 versus other maintenance mechanisms, which deserves discussion.

      We agree, thanks for raising this point. We add the following text to the Discussion. “Interestingly, the fd4 fd5 mutant maintains expression of fd4:gal4, suggesting that the fd4/fd5 locus may have established a chromatin state that allows “permanent” expression in the absence of Vnd, En, and Fd4/Fd5 proteins.”

      (4) Similarly, while gain of Fd4 induces NB7-1 lineage markers and dorsal muscle innervation in NB5-6 and NB7-3 lineages, drivers for the two lineages remain active despite the loss of molecular markers, indicating some regulatory elements retain activity consistent with their original lineage identity. It is therefore important to understand the degree of functional conversion in the gain-of-function experiments. Sparse labeling of Fd4 overexpressing NB5-6 and NB7-3 progenies, as was done in Seroka and Doe (2019), would be an option.

      We agree it is interesting that the NB7-3 and NB5-6 drivers remain on following Fd4 misexpression. To explore this, we used sca-gal4 to overexpress Fd4 and observed that Lbe expression persisted while Eg was largely repressed (Author response image 1). The results show that Lbe and Eg respond differently to Fd4. A non-mutually exclusive possibility is that the continued expression of lbe-Gal4 UAS-GFP or eg-Gal4 UAS-GFP may be due to the lengthy perdurance of both Gal4 and GFP.

      Author response image 1.

      (5) The less-penetrant induction of Dbx+ neurons in NB5-6 with Fd4-overexpression is interesting. It might be worth the authors discussing whether it is an Fd4 feature or an NB56 feature by examining Dbx+ neuron number in NB7-3 with Fd4-overexpression.

      In the NB7-3 lineages misexpressing Fd4, only 5 lineages generated Dbx+ cells (0.1±0.4, n=64 hemisegments), suggesting that the low penetrance of Dbx+ induction is an intrinsic feature of Fd4 rather than lineage context. We have added this information in the results section.

      (6) It is logical to hypothesize that spatial factors specify early-born neurons directly, so only late-born neurons require Fd4, but it was not tested. The model would be strengthened by examining whether Fd4-Gal4-driven Vnd rescues the generation of laterborn neurons in fd4/fd5 mutants.

      When we used en-gal4 driver to express UAS-vnd in the fd4/fd5 mutant background, we found an average 7.4±2.2 Eve+ cells per hemisegment (n=36), significantly higher than fd4/fd5 mutant alone (3.9±0.8 cells, n=52, p=2.6x10<sup>-11</sup>) (Figure 3J). In addition, 0.2±0.5 Eve+ cells were ectopic Hb+ (excluding U1/U2), indicating that Vnd-En integration is sufficient to generate both early-born and late-born Eve+ cells in the fd4/fd5 mutants. We have added the results to the text.

      (7) It is mentioned that Fd5 is not sufficient for the NB7-1 lineage identity. The observation is intriguing in how similar regulators serve distinct roles, but the data are not shown. The analysis in Figure 4 should be performed for Fd5 as supplemental information.

      Thanks for the suggestion. Because the results are exactly the same as the wild type, we don’t think it is necessary to provide an additional images or analysis as supplemental information.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Via a detailed expression analysis, they find that Fd4 is selectively expressed in embryonic NB7-1 and newly born neurons within this lineage. They also undertake a comprehensive genetic analysis to provide evidence that fd4 is necessary and sufficient for the identity of NB7-1 progeny.

      Thanks for the accurate summary!

      The analysis is both careful and rigorous, and the findings are of interest to developmental neurobiologists interested in molecular mechanisms underlying the generation of neuronal diversity. Great care was taken to make the figures clear and accessible. This work takes great advantage of years of painstaking descriptive work that has mapped embryonic neuroblast lineages in Drosophila.

      Thanks for the positive comments!

      The argument that Fd4 is necessary for NB7-1 lineage identity is based on a Fd4/Fd5 double mutant. Loss of fd4 alone did not alter the number of NB7-1-derived Eve+ or Dbx+ neurons. The authors clearly demonstrate redundancy between fd4 and fd5, and the fact that the LOF analysis is based on a double mutant should be better woven through the text.The authors generated an Fd5 mutant. I assume that Fd5 single mutants do not display NB7-1 lineage defects, but this is not stated. The focus on Fd4 over Fd5 is based on its highly specific expression profile and the dramatic misexpression phenotypes. But the LOF analysis demonstrates redundancy, and the conclusions in the abstract and through the results should reflect the existence of Fd5 in the conclusions of this manuscript.

      We agree, and have added new text to clarify the single mutant phenotypes (there are none) and the double mutant phenotype (loss of NB7-1 molecular and morphological features. The following text is added to the manuscript: “Not surprisingly, we found that fd4 single mutants or fd5 single mutants had no phenotype (Eve+ neurons were all normal). Thus, to assess their roles, we generated a fd4 and fd5 double mutant. Because many Eve+ and Dbx+ cells are generated outside of NB7-1 lineage, it was also essential to identify the Eve+ or Dbx+ cells within NB7-1 lineage in wild type and fd4 mutant embryos. To achieve this, we replaced the open reading frame of fd4 with gal4 (called fd4-gal4) (see Methods); this stock simultaneously knocked out both fd4 and fd5 (called fd4/fd5 mutant hereafter) while specifically labeling the NB7-1 lineage. For the remainder of this paper we use the fd4/fd5 double mutant to assay for loss of function phenotypes.”

      It is notable that Fd4 overexpression can rewire motor circuits. This analysis adds another dimension to the changes in transcription factor expression and, importantly, demonstrates functional consequences. Could the authors test whether U4 and U5 motor axon targeting changes in the fd4/fd5 double mutant? To strengthen claims regarding the importance of fd4/fd5 for lineage identity, it would help to address terminal features of U motorneuron identity in the LOF condition.

      Thanks for raising this important point. We examined the axon targeting on body wall muscles in both wild type and in fd4/fd5 mutant background and added the results in Figure 3-figure supplement 2. We found that the axon targeting in the late-born neuron region (LL1) is significantly reduced, suggesting that the loss of late-born neurons in fd4/fd5 mutant leads to the absence of innervation of corresponding muscle targets.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The goal of the work is to establish the linkage between the spatial transcription factors (STFs) that function transiently to establish the identities of the individual NBs and the terminal selector genes (typically homeodomain genes) that appear in the newborn postmitotic neurons. How is the identity of the NB maintained and carried forward after the spatial genes have faded away? Focusing on a single neuroblast (NB 7-1), the authors present evidence that the fork-head transcription factor, fd4, provides a bridge linking the transient spatial cues that initially specified neuroblast identity with the terminal selector genes that establish and maintain the identity of the stem cell's progeny.

      Thanks for the positive comments!

      The study is systematic, concise, and takes full advantage of 40+ years of work on the molecular players that establish neuronal identities in the Drosophila CNS. In the embryonic VNC, fd4 is expressed only in the NB 7-1 and its lineage. They show that Fd4 appears in the NB while the latter is still expressing the Spatial Transcription Factors and continues after the expression of the latter fades out. Fd4 is maintained through the early life of the neuronal progeny but then declines as the neurons turn on their terminal selector genes. Hence, fd4 expression is compatible with it being a bridging factor between the two sets of genes.

      Thanks for the accurate summary!

      Experimental support for the "bridging" role of Fd4 comes from a set of loss-of-function and gain-of-function manipulations. The loss of function of Fd4, and the partially redundant gene Fd5, from lineage 7-1 does not aoect the size of the lineage, but terminal markers of late-born neuronal phenotypes, like Eve and Dbx, are reduced or missing. By contrast, ectopic expression of fd4, but not fd5, results in ectopic expression of the terminal markers eve and Dbx throughout diverse VNC lineages.

      Thanks for the accurate summary!

      A detailed test of fd4's expression was then carried out using lineages 7-3 and 5-6, two well-characterized lineages in Drosophila. Lineage 7-3 is much smaller than 7-1 and continues to be so when subjected to fd4 misexpression. However, under the influence of ectopic Fd4 expression, the lineage 7-3 neurons lost their expected serotonin and corazonin expression and showed Eve expression as well as motoneuron phenotypes that partially mimic the U motoneurons of lineage 7-1.

      Thanks for the positive comments!

      Ectopic expression of Fd4 also produced changes in the 5-6 lineage. Expression of apterous, a feature of lineage 5-6, was suppressed, and expression of the 7-1 marker, Eve, was evident. Dbx expression was also evident in the transformed 5-6 lineages, but extremely restricted as compared to a normal 7-1 lineage. Considering the partial redundancy of fd4 and fd5, it would have been interesting to express both genes in the 5-6 lineage. The anatomical changes that are exhibited by motoneurons in response to Fd4 expression confirm that these cells do, indeed, show a shift in their cellular identity.

      We appreciate the positive comments. We agree double misexpression of Fd4 and Fd5 might give a stronger phenotype (as the reviewer says) but the lack of this experiment does not change the conclusions that Fd4 can promote NB7-1 molecular and morphological aspects at the expense of NB5-6 molecular markers.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The title of Figure 4 may be intended to include the term "Widespread", not "Wild spread". (Though the expansion of the Eve and Dbx with Fd4 is quite remarkable…).

      Done!

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 138. Is part of the sentence missing? Did the authors mean to say "that fd5 is coexpressed with fd4 in NB7-1 and its .....".

      Done!

      (2) ln 237: In trying to explain the "U-like" phenotype of the transformed motoneurons in lineage 7-3, the authors speculate that "perhaps their late birth did not give them time to extend to the most distant dorsal muscles ". It is very difficult to convince a motoneuron to stop growing in the absence of a target! An alternate possibility is that since there is only one or two U neurons made instead of the normal five, the growing motoneuron has enough information to direct them to the dorsal domain, but they lack the specification that allows them to recognize a specific muscle target.

      We agree there are additional possibilities, and now update the text to say: “We observed that these transformed neurons did not innervate the dorsal muscles, perhaps their late birth did not give them time to extend to the most distant dorsal muscles, or they were incompletely specified.”

      (3) In the References, I think that the Anderson et al. reference should also include "BioRxiv" before the DOI.

      Done!

      (4) Figure 6A for wild-type 7-3 lineage. The corazonin expression appears to be expressed in EW2 as well as EW3. This should be explained.

      We agree it looks that way, due to the 3D rotation used; we now replace it with a more representative image. Note that our quantification always shows a single Cor+ neuron per hemisegment.

      (5) Figure 7: Issues of terminology. The designation of "longitudinal" for muscles is traditionally in reference to the body axis, such as the Dorsal Longitudinal Muscles (DLM) of the adult thorax. The "longitudinal" muscles in the figure are really "transverse" muscles. I also suggest using "axon" or "neurites" rather than "filament". For the middle and bottom parts of E and F, are these lateral and ventral views? They should be designated as such.

      Thanks, we agree and have made the changes, using Axon instead of Filament, and labeling the views (lateral and ventro-lateral).

    1. Note de synthèse : La Prosocialité Humaine et les Mécanismes de Coopération

      Cette note de synthèse explore les thèmes principaux et les idées clés issues des extraits de la conférence "L'expérience sociale la plus intéressante de ces dernières décennies".

      Elle se concentre sur la nature de la coopération humaine, ses déclencheurs, ses freins et les mécanismes sociaux développés pour la maintenir.

      1. La Nature Intrinsèque de la Prosocialité Humaine

      Le discours débute par la description du "jeu du bien public", une expérience courante en économie expérimentale qui révèle des insights fondamentaux sur le comportement humain.

      Dans ce jeu, les participants reçoivent une somme d'argent (par exemple, 20 €) et peuvent miser une partie de cette somme dans un pot commun qui sera ensuite doublé et redistribué équitablement.

      • Coopération spontanée et initiale : Contrairement à l'hypothèse de l'Homo Economicus purement égoïste et rationnel, les humains, même entre inconnus et sous anonymat, tendent à coopérer spontanément au premier tour.

      "En général la moitié des gens participent enfin les gens participent spontanément même entre inconnus même quand il y a des avec de l'anonymat même s'ils sont entre personnes qui qui n'ont jamais vu au premier tour ils vont quand même participer à hauteur de la moitié de de ce qu'ils ont". Cette tendance est observée "partout dans le monde".

      • L'Homo Economicus comme modèle de laboratoire :

      Le modèle de l'humain rationnel et égoïste est qualifié d'"animal de laboratoire", un "modèle théorique qui aurait dû juste rester au laboratoire". L'être humain est "beaucoup plus prosocial que ce que dit le modèle".

      • L'intuition au service de la coopération : Une expérience de Harvard montre que lorsque les participants sont contraints de répondre rapidement et intuitivement ("dépêchez-vous de répondre réfléchissez pas vous avez 2 secondes pour répondre et pour miser ou pas"), ils misent davantage dans le pot commun.

      À l'inverse, lorsque le mode "rationnel" est activé ("prenez le temps réfléchissez répondez pas trop vite"), la participation diminue.

      "Plus on réfléchit plus on est dans le mental plus on se méfie moins on participe".

      • Stress et prosocialité : Le stress peut également augmenter la coopération.

      Les participants à qui on annonçait une prise de parole en public stressante par la suite "ont plus misé dans le mot peau commun que quand que si on que à ceux qu'on avait dit qu'ils allaient pas parler en public".

      • L'empathie comme fondement : Cette prosocialité est "très ancré en nous" et découle de notre capacité à l'empathie.

      L'existence de "neurones de miroir" permet de "vivre ce que l'autre sent", et cette capacité n'est pas limitée aux humains, s'étendant à d'autres espèces et même à des "bouts de bois" ou de simples symboles visuels.

      • Altruisme précoce chez les bébés : Des études sur les enfants et les bébés montrent que "les capacités prosociales d'empathie et d'altruisme se retrouvent chez les bébés jusqu'à 6 mois même 5 mois".

      Avant même le langage et le raisonnement, les bébés peuvent distinguer les coopérateurs des non-coopérateurs et chercher à aider, et même une récompense peut "démotiver à aider", soulignant une nature intrinsèquement altruiste.

      2. L'Érosion de la Coopération et les Mécanismes de Stabilisation

      Malgré cette tendance initiale à la coopération, le jeu du bien public montre que "au fil des bah des tours (...) l'entraide s'effrite et puis la la confiance s'effrite et puis finalement on se retire bien commun".

      C'est le défi : "comment on fait pour ne pas que ça s'effrite avec le temps".

      Les cultures ont développé des "systèmes des mécanismes sociaux pour stabiliser l'entraide et pour stimuler l'entraide".

      • La réciprocité renforcée : C'est le mécanisme le plus courant et le plus efficace.

      • Récompenser les altruistes : Encourager et reconnaître ceux qui contribuent positivement.

      • Punir les tricheurs et les égoïstes : L'introduction de cette règle dans l'expérience du bien public a eu des "effets miraculeux", faisant exploser et stabiliser les niveaux de prosocialité.

      Les humains sont prêts à dépenser de l'argent ("punition altruiste") pour punir les non-coopérateurs, "ça va même jusqu'à une une grande proportion du salaire mensuel c'est une passion".

      • Plaisir neuronal associé : Coopérer, voir autrui coopérer, ou même anticiper un acte d'altruisme, active le circuit de la récompense dans le cerveau, procurant un "vrai plaisir", même chez les enfants.

      Inversement, le "circuit de dégoût" est activé par la punition d'un altruiste ou la récompense d'un égoïste/tricheur (ex: "quand au hasard quelqu'un du gouvernement est mise en examen pour corruption et est relâché").

      Cela montre l'importance de la justice perçue pour la coopération (ex: plaisir à payer des impôts si l'argent est bien dépensé).

      La réciprocité indirecte et la réputation :

      • Ce mécanisme implique que l'aide donnée à une personne peut inciter une tierce personne à aider le donneur initial, ou qu'un acte altruiste est observé par des témoins, ce qui étend l'entraide dans le groupe.

      • Les "ragots et les Cancans" comme moteur : Ces interactions sociales informelles sont cruciales car elles "créent la réputation". Avoir une "bonne réputation" est un "capital social" précieux qui renforce la coopération.

      • L'expérience de la réputation : Une expérience a montré que lorsque le jeu du bien public est alterné avec un jeu de réputation, les niveaux de coopération restent élevés.

      Cependant, si les participants apprennent que la fin du jeu est proche et que la réputation n'aura plus d'importance, la coopération s'effondre ("ils se sont mis à en profiter à mort ils en avaient plus rien à foutre la réputation n'était pas en plus en jeu").

      • Le sentiment d'être observé : Se sentir observé ("Big Brother", les religions avec un Dieu omniscient) augmente significativement la coopération. Même de simples points évoquant un visage sur un mur peuvent avoir cet effet inconscient.

      3. Les Fondements Profonds de la Relation Humaine et l'Élargissement du Cercle d'Empathie

      La distinction entre interagir avec un humain ou un ordinateur est fondamentale : la coopération avec un ordinateur n'active pas le circuit de la récompense, indiquant que "c'est quelque chose de profondément humain".

      • La relation "Je et Tu" : Le philosophe Martin Buber est cité avec son concept de "Je et Tu" par opposition à "Je et ça".

      La relation "Je et Tu" implique une reconnaissance mutuelle de l'autre comme sujet doté d'empathie, créant une "relation de miroir" infinie.

      • La déshumanisation : L'horreur survient lorsque l'on "sort quelqu'un de notre champ d'empathie", transformant une relation "Je et Tu" en "Je et ça", et déshumanisant l'autre.

      "C'est ce qui s'est passé pour les juifs pendant la guerre au Rwanda avec les les utou et les tutti et probablement en Ukraine dans toutes les guerres on on peut arriver basculer dans l'horreur lorsqu'on sort les humains de notre champ d'empathie ça peut arriver très vite".

      • Élargir le cercle d'empathie : Le défi contemporain est d'élargir ce cercle d'empathie au-delà des seuls humains (souvent limité aux animaux domestiques), pour inclure les animaux et les plantes.

      Considérer le monde non pas comme "entouré d'objets mais entouré de sujets" permettrait de "retrouver des relations de réciprocité et donc de prosocialité et donc tous les circuits vont s'enclencher et ça va faire un un monde totalement différent".

      En conclusion, la prosocialité est une caractéristique fondamentale et spontanée de l'être humain, ancrée dans l'empathie et activée par l'intuition.

      Bien qu'elle puisse s'effriter avec le temps, des mécanismes sociaux tels que la récompense des altruistes, la punition des tricheurs et l'importance de la réputation sont essentiels pour stabiliser et renforcer la coopération.

      Le maintien et l'élargissement de notre "cercle d'empathie" sont cruciaux pour prévenir la déshumanisation et construire un monde plus coopératif et juste.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      The technical approach is strong and the conceptual framing is compelling, but several aspects of the evidence remain incomplete. In particular, it is unclear whether the reported changes in connectivity truly capture causal influences, as the rank metrics remain correlational and show discrepancies with the manipulation results.

      We agree that our functional connectivity ranking analyses cannot establish causal influences. As discussed in the manuscript, besides learning-related activity changes, the functional connectivity may also be influenced by neuromodulatory systems and internal state fluctuations. In addition, the spatial scope of our recordings is still limited compared to the full network implicated in visual discrimination learning, which may bias the ranking estimates. In future, we aim to achieve broader region coverage and integrate multiple complementary analyses to address the causal contribution of each region.

      The absolute response onset latencies also appear slow for sensory-guided behavior in mice, and it is not clear whether this reflects the method used to define onset timing or factors such as task structure or internal state.

      We believe this may be primarily due to our conservative definition of onset timing. Specifically, we required the firing rate to exceed baseline (t-test, p < 0.05) for at least 3 consecutive 25-ms time windows. This might lead to later estimates than other studies, such as using the latency to the first spike after visual stimulus onset (Siegle et al., 2021) or the time to half-max response (Goldbach, Akitake, Leedy, & Histed, 2021).

      The estimation of response onset latency in our study may also be affected by potential internal state fluctuations of the mice. We used the time before visual stimulus onset as baseline firing, since firing rates in this period could be affected by trial history, we acknowledge this may increase the variability of the baseline, thus increase the difficulty to statistically detect the onset of response.

      Still, we believe these concerns do not affect the observation of the formation of compressed activity sequence in CR trials during learning.

      Furthermore, the small number of animals, combined with extensive repeated measures, raises questions about statistical independence and how multiple comparisons were controlled.

      We agree that a larger sample size would strengthen the robustness of the findings. However, as noted above, the current dataset has inherent limitations in both the number of recorded regions and the behavioral paradigm. Given the considerable effort required to achieve sufficient unit yields across all targeted regions, we wish to adjust the set of recorded regions, improve behavioral task design, and implement better analyses in future studies. This will allow us to both increase the number of animals and extract more precise insights into mesoscale dynamics during learning.

      The optogenetic experiments, while intended to test the functional relevance of rank increasing regions, leave it unclear how effectively the targeted circuits were silenced. Without direct evidence of reliable local inhibition, the behavioral effects or lack thereof are difficult to interpret.

      We appreciate this important point. Due to the design of the flexible electrodes and the implantation procedure, bilateral co-implantation of both electrodes and optical fibers was challenging, which prevented us from directly validating the inhibition effect in the same animals used for behavior. In hindsight, we could have conducted parallel validations using conventional electrodes, and we will incorporate such controls in future work to provide direct evidence of manipulation efficacy.

      Details on spike sorting are limited.

      We have provided more details on spike sorting in method section, including the exact parameters used in the automated sorting algorithm and the subsequent manual curation criteria.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      I had several major concerns:

      (1) The number of mice was small for the ephys recordings. Although the authors start with 7 mice in Figure 1, they then reduce to 5 in panel F. And in their main analysis, they minimize their analysis to 6/7 sessions from 3 mice only. I couldn't find a rationale for this reduction, but in the methods they do mention that 2 mice were used for fruitless training, which I found no mention in the results. Moreover, in the early case, all of the analysis is from 118 CR trials taken from 3 mice. In general, this is a rather low number of mice and trial numbers. I think it is quite essential to add more mice.

      We apologize for the confusion. As described in the Methods section, 7 mice (Figure 1B) were used for behavioral training without electrode array or optical fiber implants to establish learning curves, and an additional 5 mice underwent electrophysiological recordings (3 for visual-based decision-making learning and 2 for fruitless learning).

      As we noted in our response to Reviewer #1, the current dataset has inherent limitations in both the number of recorded regions and the behavioral paradigm. Given the considerable effort required to achieve high-quality unit yields across all targeted regions, we wish to adjust the set of recorded regions, improve behavioral task design, and implement better analyses in future studies. These improvements will enable us to collect data from a larger sample size and extract more precise insights into mesoscale dynamics during learning.

      (2) Movement analysis was not sufficient. Mice learning a go/no-go task establish a movement strategy that is developed throughout learning and is also biased towards Hit trials. There is an analysis of movement in Figure S4, but this is rather superficial. I was not even sure that the 3 mice in Figure S4 are the same 3 mice in the main figure. There should be also an analysis of movement as a function of time to see differences. Also for Hits and FAs. I give some more details below. In general, most of the results can be explained by the fact that as mice gain expertise, they move more (also in CR during specific times) which leads to more activation in frontal cortex and more coordination with visual areas. More needs to be done in terms of analysis, or at least a mention of this in the text.

      Due to the limitation in the experimental design and implementation, movement tracking was not performed during the electrophysiological recordings, and the 3 mice shown in Figure S4 (now S5) were from a separate group. We have carefully examined the temporal profiles of mouse movements and found it did not fully match the rank dynamics for all regions, and we have added these results and related discussion in the revised manuscript. However, we acknowledge the observed motion energy pattern could explain some of the functional connection dynamics, such as the decrease in face and pupil motion energy could explain the reduction in ranks for striatum.

      Without synchronized movement recordings in the main dataset, we cannot fully disentangle movement-related neural activity from task-related signals. We have made this limitation explicit in the revised manuscript and discuss it as a potential confound, along with possible approaches to address it in future work.

      (3) Most of the figures are over-detailed, and it is hard to understand the take-home message. Although the text is written succinctly and rather short, the figures are mostly overwhelming, especially Figures 4-7. For example, Figure 4 presents 24 brain plots! For rank input and output rank during early and late stim and response periods, for early and expert and their difference. All in the same colormap. No significance shown at all. The Δrank maps for all cases look essentially identical across conditions. The division into early and late time periods is not properly justified. But the main take home message is positive Δrank in OFC, V2M, V1 and negative Δrank in ThalMD and Str. In my opinion, one trio map is enough, and the rest could be bumped to the Supplementary section, if at all. In general, the figure in several cases do not convey the main take home messages. See more details below.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable critique. The statistical significance corresponding to the brain plots (Figure 4 and Figure 5) was presented in Figure S3 and S5 (now Figure S5 and S7 in the revised manuscript), but we agree that the figure can be simplified to focus on the key results.

      In the revised manuscript, we have condensed these figures to focus on the most important comparisons to make the visual presentation more concise and the take-home message clearer.

      (4) The analysis is sometimes not intuitive enough. For example, the rank analysis of input and output rank seemed a bit over complex. Figure 3 was hard to follow (although a lot of effort was made by the authors to make it clearer). Was there any difference between the output and input analysis? Also, the time period seems redundant sometimes. Also, there are other network analysis that can be done which are a bit more intuitive. The use of rank within the 10 areas was not the most intuitive. Even a dimensionality reduction along with clustering can be used as an alternative. In my opinion, I don't think the authors should completely redo their analysis, but maybe mention the fact that other analyses exist

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. In brief, the input- and output-rank analyses yielded largely similar patterns across regions in CR trials, although some differences were observed in certain areas (e.g., striatum) in Hit trials, where the magnitude of rank change was not identical between input and output measures. We have condensed the figures to only show averaged rank results, and the colormap was updated to better covey the message.

      We did explore dimensionality reduction applied to the ranking data. However, the results were not intuitive as well and required additional interpretation, which did not bring more insights. Still, we acknowledge that other analysis approaches might provide complementary insights.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      The weakness is also related to the strength provided by the method. It is demonstrated in the original method that this approach in principle can track individual units for four months (Luan et al, 2017). The authors have not showed chronically tracked neurons across learning. Without demonstrating that and taking advantage of analyzing chronically tracked neurons, this approach is not different from acute recording across multiple days during learning. Many studies have achieved acute recording across learning using similar tasks. These studies have recorded units from a few brain areas or even across brain-wide areas.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s important point. We did attempt to track the same neurons across learning in this project. However, due to the limited number of electrodes implanted in each brain region, the number of chronically tracked neurons in each region was insufficient to support statistically robust analyses. Concentrating probes in fewer regions would allow us to obtain enough units tracked across learning in future studies to fully exploit the advantages of this method.

      Another weakness is that major results are based on analyses of functional connectivity that is calculated using the cross-correlation score of spiking activity (TSPE algorithm). Functional connection strengthen across areas is then ranked 1-10 based on relative strength. Without ground truth data, it is hard to judge the underlying caveats. I'd strongly advise the authors to use complementary methods to verify the functional connectivity and to evaluate the mesoscale change in subnetworks. Perhaps the authors can use one key information of anatomy, i.e. the cortex projects to the striatum, while the striatum does not directly affect other brain structures recorded in this manuscript

      We agree that the functional connectivity measured in this study relies on statistical correlations rather than direct anatomical connections. We plan to test the functional connection data with shorter cross-correlation delay criteria to see whether the results are consistent with anatomical connections and whether the original findings still hold.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The small number of mice, each contributing many sessions, complicates the  interpretation of the data. It is unclear how statistical analyses accounted for the small  sample size, repeated measures, and non-independence across sessions, or whether  multiple comparisons were adequately controlled.

      We realized the limitation from the small number of animal subjects, yet the difficulty to achieve sufficient unit yields across all regions in the same animal restricted our sample size. Though we agree that a larger sample size would strengthen the robustness of the findings, however, as noted below the current dataset has inherent limitations in both the scope of recorded regions and the behavioral paradigm.

      Given the considerable effort required to achieve sufficient unit yields across all targeted regions, we wish to adjust the set of recorded regions, improve behavioral task design, and implement better analyses in future studies. This will allow us to both increase the number of animals and extract more precise insights into mesoscale dynamics during learning.

      (2) The ranking approach, although intuitive for visualizing relative changes in  connectivity, is fundamentally descriptive and does not reflect the magnitude or  reliability of the connections. Converting raw measures into ordinal ranks may obscure  meaningful differences in strength and can inflate apparent effects when the underlying  signal is weak.

      We agree with this important point. As stated in the manuscript, our motivation in taking the ranking approach was that the differences in firing rates might bias cross-correlation between spike trains, making raw accounts of significant neuron pairs difficult to compare across conditions, but we acknowledge the ranking measures might obscure meaningful differences or inflate weak effects in the data.

      We added the limitations of ranking approach in the discussion section and emphasized the necessity in future studies for better analysis approaches that could provide more accurate assessment of functional connection dynamics without bias from firing rates.

      (3) The absolute response onset latencies also appear quite slow for sensory-guided  behavior in mice, and it remains unclear whether this reflects the method used to  determine onset timing or factors such as task design, sensorimotor demands, or  internal state. The approach for estimating onset latency by comparing firing rates in  short windows to baseline using a t-test raises concerns about robustness, as it may  be sensitive to trial-to-trial variability and yield spurious detections.

      We agree this may be primarily due to our conservative definition of onset timing. Specifically, we required the firing rate to exceed baseline (t-test, p < 0.05) for at least 3 consecutive 25-ms time windows. This might lead to later estimates than other studies, such as using the latency to the first spike after visual stimulus onset (Siegle et al., 2021) or the time to half-max response (Goldbach, Akitake, Leedy, & Histed, 2021).

      The estimation of response onset latency in our study may also be affected by potential internal state fluctuations of the mice. We used the time before visual stimulus onset as baseline firing, since firing rates in this period could be affected by trial history, we acknowledge this may increase the variability of the baseline, thus increase the difficulty to statistically detect the onset of response.

      Still, we believe these concerns do not affect the observation of the formation of compressed activity sequence in CR trials during learning.

      (4) Details on spike sorting are very limited. For example, defining single units only by  an interspike interval threshold above one millisecond may not sufficiently rule out  contamination or overlapping clusters. How exactly were neurons tracked across days  (Figure 7B)?

      We have added more details on spike sorting, including the processing steps and important parameters used in the automated sorting algorithm. Only the clusters well isolated in feature space were accepted in manual curation.

      We attempted to track the same neurons across learning in this project. However, due to the limited number of electrodes implanted in each brain region, the number of chronically tracked neurons in each region was insufficient to support statistically robust analyses.

      This is now stated more clearly in the discussion section.

      (5) The optogenetic experiments, while designed to test the functional relevance of  rank-increasing regions, also raise questions. The physiological impact of the inhibition  is not characterized, making it unclear how effectively the targeted circuits were  actually silenced. Without clearer evidence that the manipulations reliably altered local  activity, the interpretation of the observed or absent behavioral effects remains  uncertain.

      We appreciate this important point. Due to the design of the flexible electrodes and the implantation procedure, bilateral co-implantation of both electrodes and optical fibers was challenging, which prevented us from directly validating the inhibition effect in the same animals used for behavior. In hindsight, we could have conducted parallel validations using conventional electrodes, and we will incorporate such controls in future work to provide direct evidence of manipulation efficacy. 

      (6) The task itself is relatively simple, and the anatomical coverage does not include  midbrain or cerebellar regions, limiting how broadly the findings can be generalized to more flexible or ethologically relevant forms of decision-making.

      We appreciate this advice and have expanded the existing discussion to more explicitly state that the relatively simple task design and anatomical coverage might limit the generalizability of our findings.

      (7) The abstract would benefit from more consistent use of tense, as the current mix of  past and present can make the main findings harder to follow. In addition, terms like  "mesoscale network," "subnetwork," and "functional motif" are used interchangeably in  places; adopting clearer, consistent terminology would improve readability.

      We have changed several verbs in abstract to past form, and we now adopted a more consistent terminology by substituting “functional motif” as “subnetwork”. We still feel the use of

      “mesoscale network” and “subnetwork” could emphasize different aspects of the results according to the context, so these words are kept the same.

      (8) The discussion could better acknowledge that the observed network changes may  not reflect task-specific learning alone but could also arise from broader shifts in  arousal, attention, or motivation over repeated sessions.

      We have expanded the existing discussion to better acknowledge the possible effects from broader shifts in arousal, attention, or motivation over repeated sessions.

      (9) The figures would also benefit from clearer presentation, as several are dense and  not straightforward to interpret. For example, Figure S8 could be organized more  clearly to highlight the key comparisons and main message

      We have simplified the over-detailed brain plots in Figure 4-5, and the plots in Figure 6 and S8 (now S10 in the revised manuscript).

      (10) Finally, while the manuscript notes that data and code are available upon request,  it would strengthen the study's transparency and reproducibility to provide open access  through a public repository, in line with best practices in the field.

      The spiking data, behavior data and codes for the core analyses in the manuscript are now shared in pubic repository (Dryad). And we have changed the description in the Data Availability secition accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (A) Introduction:

      (1) "Previous studies have implicated multiple cortical and subcortical regions in visual  task learning and decision-making". No references here, and also in the next sentence.

      The references were in the following introduction and we have added those references here as well.

      We also added one review on cortical-subcortical neural correlates in goal-directed behavior (Cruz et al., 2023).

      (2) Intro: In general, the citation of previous literature is rather minimal, too minimal.  There is a lot of studies using large scale recordings during learning, not necessarily  visual tasks. An example for brain-wide learning study in subcortical areas is Sych et  al. 2022 (cell reports). And for wide-field imaging there are several papers from the  Helmchen lab and Komiyama labs, also for multi-area cortical imaging.

      We appreciate this advice. We included mainly visual task learning literature to keep a more focused scope around the regions and task we actually explored in this study. We fear if we expand the intro to include all the large-scale imaging/recording studies in learning field, the background part might become too broad.

      We have included (Sych, Fomins, Novelli, & Helmchen, 2022) for its relevance and importance in the field.

      (3) In the intro, there is only a mention of a recording of 10 brain regions, with no  mention of which areas, along with their relevance to learning. This is mentioned in the  results, but it will be good in the intro.

      The area names are now added in intro.

      (B) Results:

      (1) Were you able to track the same neurons across the learning profile? This is not  stated clearly.

      We did attempt to track the same neurons across learning in this project. However, due to the limited number of electrodes implanted in each brain region, the number of chronically tracked neurons in each region was insufficient to support statistically robust analyses.

      We now stated this more clearly in the discussion section.

      (2) Figure 1 starts with 7 mice, but only 5 mice are in the last panel. Later it goes down  to 3 mice. This should be explained in the results and justified.

      We apologize for the confusion. As described in the Methods section, 7 mice (Figure 1B) were used for behavioral training without electrode array or optical fiber implants to establish learning curves, and an additional 5 mice underwent electrophysiological recordings (3 for visual-based decision-making learning and 2 for fruitless learning).

      (3) I can't see the electrode tracks in Figure 1d. If they are flexible, how can you make  sure they did not bend during insertion? I couldn't find a description of this in the  methods also.

      The electrode shanks were ultra-thin (1-1.5 µm) and it was usually difficult to recover observable tracks or electrodes in section.

      The ultra-flexible probes could not penetrate brain on their own (since they are flexible), and had to be shuttled to position by tungsten wires through holes designed at the tip of array shanks. The tungsten wires were assembled to the electrode array before implantation; this was described in the section of electrode array fabrication and assembly. We also included the description about the retraction of the guiding tungsten wires in the surgery section to avoid confusion.

      As an further attempt to verify the accuracy of implantation depth, we also measured the repeatability of implantation in a group of mice and found a tendency for the arrays to end in slightly deeper location in cortex (142.1 ± 55.2 μm, n = 7 shanks), and slightly shallower location in subcortical structure (-122.6 ± 71.7 μm, n = 7 shanks). We added these results as new Figure S1 to accompany Figure 1.

      (4) In the spike rater in 1E, there seems to be ~20 cells in V2L, for example, but in 1F,  the number of neurons doesn't go below 40. What is the difference here? 

      We checked Figure 1F, the plotted dots do go below 40 to ~20. Perhaps the file that reviewer received wasn’t showing correctly?

      (5) The authors focus mainly on CR, but during learning, the number of CR trials is  rather low (because they are not experts). This can also be seen in the noisier traces  in Figure 2a. Do the authors account for that (for example by taking equal trials from  each group)? 

      We accounted this by reconstructing bootstrap-resampled datasets with only 5 trials for each session in both the early stage and the expert stage. The mean trace of the 500 datasets again showed overall decrease in CR trial firing rate during task learning, with highly similar temporal dynamics to the original data.

      The figure is now added to supplementary materials (as Figure S3 in the revised manuscript).

      (6) From Figure 2a, it is evident that Hit trials increase response when mice become  experts in all brain areas. The authors have decided to focus on the response onset  differences in CRs, but the Hit responses display a strong difference between naïve  and expert cases.

      Judged from the learning curve in this task the mice learned to inhibit its licking action when the No-Go stimuli appeared, which is the main reason we focused on these types of trials.

      The movement effects and potential licking artefacts in Hit trials also restricted our interpretation of these trials.

      (7) Figure 3 is still a bit cumbersome. I wasn't 100% convinced of why there is a need  to rank the connection matrix. I mean when you convert to rank, essentially there could  be a meaningful general reduction in correlation, for example during licking, and this  will be invisible in the ranking system. Maybe show in the supp non-ranked data, or  clarify this somehow

      We agree with this important point. As stated in the manuscript and response to Reviewer #1, our motivation in taking the ranking approach was that the differences in firing rates could bias cross-correlation between spike trains, making raw accounts of significant neuron pairs difficult to compare across conditions, but we acknowledge the ranking measures might obscure meaningful differences or inflate weak effects in the data.

      We added the limitations of ranking approach in the discussion section and emphasized the necessity in future studies for better analysis approaches that could provide more accurate assessment of functional connection dynamics without bias from firing rates.

      (8) Figure 4a x label is in manuscript, which is different than previous time labels,  which were seconds.

      We now changed all time labels from Figure 2 to milliseconds.

      (9) Figure 4 input and output rank look essentially the same.

      We have compressed the brain plots in Figures 4-5 to better convey the take-home message.

      (10) Also, what is the late and early stim period? Can you mark each period in panel A? Early stim period is confusing with early CR period. Same for early respons and late response.

      The definition of time periods was in figure legends. We now mark each period out to avoid confusion.

      (11) Looking at panel B, I don't see any differences between delta-rank in early stim,  late stim, early response, and late response. Same for panel c and output plots.

      The rankings were indeed relatively stable across time periods. The plots are now compressed and showed a mean rank value.

      (12) Panels B and C are just overwhelming and hard to grasp. Colors are similar both  to regular rank values and delta-rank. I don't see any differences between all  conditions (in general). In the text, the authors report only M2 to have an increase in  rank during the response period. Late or early response? The figure does not go well  with the text. Consider minimizing this plot and moving stuff to supplementary.

      The colormap are now changed to avoid confusion, and brain plots are now compressed.

      (13) In terms of a statistical test for Figure 4, a two-way ANOVA was done, but over  what? What are the statistics and p-values for the test? Is there a main effect of time  also? Is their a significant interaction? Was this done on all mice together? How many  mice? If I understand correctly, the post-hoc statistics are presented in the  supplementary, but from the main figure, you cannot know what is significant and what  is not.

      For these figures we were mainly concerned with the post-hoc statistics which described the changes in the rankings of each region across learning.

      We have changed the description to “t-test with Sidak correction” to avoid the confusion.

      (14) In the legend of Figure 4, it is reported that 610 expert CR trials from 6 sessions,  instead of 7 sessions. Why was that? Also, like the previous point, why only 3 mice?

      Behavior data of all the sessions used were shown in Figure S1. There were only 3 mice used for the learning group, the difficulty to achieve sufficient unit yields across all regions in the same animal restricted our sample size

      (15) Body movement analysis: was this done in a different cohort of mice? Only now  do I understand why there was a division into early and late stim periods. In supp 4,  there should be a trace of each body part in CR expert versus naïve. This should also  be done for Hit trials as a sanity check. I am not sure that the brightness difference  between consecutive frames is the best measure. Rather try to calculate frame-to frame correlation. In general, body movement analysis is super important and should  be carefully analyzed.

      Due to the limitation in the experimental design and implementation, movement tracking was not performed during the electrophysiological recordings, and the 3 mice shown in Figure S4 (now S5) were from a separate group. We have carefully examined the temporal profiles of mouse movements and found it did not fully match the rank dynamics for all regions, and we have added these results and related discussion in the revised manuscript. However, we acknowledge the observed motion energy pattern could explain some of the functional connection dynamics, such as the decrease in face and pupil motion energy could explain the reduction in ranks for striatum.

      Without synchronized movement recordings in the main dataset, we cannot fully disentangle movement-related neural activity from task-related signals. We have made this limitation explicit in the revised manuscript and discuss it as a potential confound, along with possible approaches to address it in future work.

      (16) For Hit trials, in the striatum, there is an increase in input rank around the  response period, and from Figure S6 it is clear that this is lick-related. Other than that,  the authors report other significant changes across learning and point out to Figure 5b,c. I couldn't see which areas and when it occurred.

      We did naturally expect the activity in striatum to be strongly related to movement.

      With Figure S6 (now S7) we wished to show that the observed rank increase for striatum could not simply be attributed to changes in time of lick initiation.

      As some readers may argue that during learning the mice might have learned to only intensely lick after response signal onset, causing the observed rise of input rank after response signal, we realigned the spikes in each trial to the time of the first lick, and a strong difference could still be observed between early training stage and expert training stage.

      We still cannot fully rule out the effects from more subtle movement changes, as the face motion energy did increase in early response period. This result and related discussion has been added to the results section of revised manuscript.

      (17) Figure 6, again, is rather hard to grasp. There are 16 panels, spread over 4 areas,  input and output, stim and response. What is the take home message of all this?  Visually, it's hard to differentiate between each panel. For me, it seems like all the  panels indicate that for all 4 areas, both in output and input, frontal areas increase in  rank. This take-home message can be visually conveyed in much less tedious ways.  This simpler approach is actually conveyed better in the text than in the figures  themselves. Also, the whole explanation on how this analysis was done, was not clear  from the text. If I understand it, you just divided and ranked the general input (or  output) into individual connections? If so, then this should be better explained.

      We appreciate this advice and we have compressed the figures to better convey the main message.The rankings for Figure 6 and Figure S8 (now Figure S9) was explained in the left panel of Figure 3C. Each non-zero element in the connection matrix was ranked to value from 1-10, with a value of 10 represented the 10% strongest non-zero elements in the matrix.

      We have updated the figure legends of Figure 3, and we have also updated the description in methods (Connection rank analyses) to give a clearer description of how the analyses were applied in subsequent figures.

      (18) Figure 7: Here, the authors perform a ROC analysis between go and no-go  stimuli. They balance between choice, but there is still an essential difference between  a hit and a FA in terms of movement and licks. That is maybe why there is a big  difference in selective units during the response period. For example, during a Hit trial  the mouse licks and gets a reward, resulting in more licking and excitement. In FAs,the mouse licks, but gets punished, which causes a reduction in additional licking and  movements. This could be a simple explanation why the ROC was good in the late  response period. Body movement analysis of Hit and FA should be done as in Figure  S4.

      We appreciate this insightful advice.

      Though we balanced the numbers of basic trial types, we couldn’t rule out the difference in the intrinsic movement amount difference in FA trials and Hit trials, which is likely the reason of large proportion of encoding neurons in response period.

      We have added this discussion both in result section and discussion section along with the necessity of more carefully designed behavior paradigm to disentangle task information.

      (19) The authors also find selective neurons before stimulus onset, and refer to trial  history effects. This can be directly checked, that is if neurons decode trial history.

      We attempted encoding analyses on trial history, but regrettably for our dataset we could not find enough trials to construct a dataset with fully balanced trial history, visual stimulus and behavior choice.

      (20) Figure 7e. What is the interpretation for these results? That areas which peaked  earlier had more input and output with other areas? So, these areas are initiating  hubs? Would be nice to see ACC vs Str traces from B superimposed on each other.  Having said this, the Str is the only area to show significant differences in the early  stim period. But is also has the latest peak time. This is a bit of a discrepancy.

      We appreciate this important point.

      The limitation in the anatomical coverage of brain regions restricted our interpretation about these findings. They could be initiating hubs or earlier receiver of the true initiating hubs that were not monitored in our study.

      The Str trace was in fact above the ACC trace, especially in the response period. This could be explained by the above advice 18: since we couldn’t rule out the difference in the intrinsic movement amount difference in FA trials and Hit trials, and considering striatum activity is strongly related to movement, the Str trace may reflect more in the motion related spike count difference between FA trials and Hit trials, instead of visual stimulus related difference.

      This further shows the necessity of more carefully designed behavior paradigm to disentangle task information.

      The striatum trace also in fact didn’t show a true double peak form as traces in other regions, it ramped up in the stimulus region and only peaked in response period. This description is now added to the results section.

      In the early stim period, the Striatum did show significant differences in average percent of encoding neurons, as the encoding neurons were stably high in expert stage. The striatum activity is more directly affected Still the percentage of neurons only reached peak in late stimulus period.

      (21) For the optogenetic silencing experiments, how many mice were trained for each  group? This is not mentioned in the results section but only in the legend of Figure 8. This part is rather convincing in terms of the necessity for OFC and V2M

      We have included the mice numbers in results section as well.

      (C) Discussion

      (1) There are several studies linking sensory areas to frontal networks that should be  mentioned, for example, Esmaeili et a,l 2022, Matteucci et al., 2022, Guo et a,l 2014,Gallero Salas et al, 2021, Jerry Chen et al, 2015. Sonja Hofer papers, maybe. Probably more.

      We appreciate this advice. We have now included one of the mentioned papers (Esmaeili et al., 2022) in the results section and discussion section for its direct characterization of the enhanced coupling between somatosensory region and frontal (motor) region during sensory learning.The other studies mentioned here seem to focus more on the differences in encoding properties between regions along specific cortical pathways, rather than functional connection or interregional activity correlation, and we feel they are not directly related to the observations discussed.

      (2) The reposted reorganization of brain-wide networks with shifts in time is best  described also in Sych et al. 2021.

      We regret we didn’t include this important research and we have now cited this in discussion section.

      (3) Regarding the discussion about more widespread stimulus encoding after learning,  the results indicate that the striatum emerges first in decoding abilities (Figure 7c left  panel), but this is not discussed at all.

      We briefly discussed this in the result section. We tend to attribute this to trial history signal in striatum, but since the structure of our data could not support a direct encoding analysis on trial history, we felt it might be inappropriate to over-interpret the results.

      (4) An important issue which is not discussed is the contribution of movement which  was shown to have a strong effect on brain-wide dynamics (Steinmetz et al 2019;  Musall et al 2019; Stringer et al 2019; Gilad et al 2018) The authors do have some movement analysis, but this is not enough. At least a discussion of the possible effects of movement on learning-related dynamics should be added.

      We have included these studies in discussion section accordingly. Since the movement analyses were done in a separate cohort of mice, we have made our limitation explicit in the revised manuscript and discuss it as a potential confound, along with possible approaches to address it in future work.

      (D) Methods

      (1) How was the light delivery of the optogenetic experiments done? Via fiber  implantation in the OFC? And for V2M? If the red laser was on the skull, how did it get  to the OFC?

      The fibers were placed on cortex surface for V2M group, and were implanted above OFC for OFC manipulation group. These were described in the viral injection part of the methods section.

      (2) No data given on how electrode tracking was done post hoc

      As noted in our response to the advice 3 in results section, the electrode shanks were ultra-thin (1-1.5 µm) and it was usually difficult to recover observable tracks or electrodes in section.

      As an attempt to verify the accuracy of implantation depth, we measured the repeatability of implantation in a group of mice and found a tendency for the arrays to end in slightly deeper location in cortex (142.1 ± 55.2 μm, n = 7 shanks), and slightly shallower location in subcortical structure (-122.6 ± 71.7 μm, n = 7 shanks). We added these results as new Figure S1 to accompany Figure 1.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The manuscript uses decision-making in the title, abstract and introduction.  However, nothing is related to decision learning in the results section. Mice simply  learned to suppress licking in no-go trials. This type of task is typically used to study behavioral inhibition. And consistent with this, the authors mainly identified changes  related to network on no-go trials. I really think the title and main message is  misleading. It is better to rephrase it as visual discrimination learning. In the  introduction, the authors also reviewed multiple related studies that are based on  learning of visual discrimination tasks.

      We do view the Go/No-Go task as a specific genre of decision-making task, as there were literature that discussed this task as decision-making task under the framework of signal detection theory or updating of item values (Carandini & Churchland, 2013; Veling, Becker, Liu, Quandt, & Holland, 2022).

      We do acknowledge the essential differences between the Go/No-Go task and the tasks that require the animal to choose between alternatives, and since we have now realized some readers may not accept this task as a decision task, we have changed the title to visual discrimination task as advised.

      (2) Learning induced a faster onset on CR trials. As the no-go stimulus was not  presented to mice during early stages of training, this change might reflect the  perceptual learning of relevant visual stimulus after repeated presentation. This further  confirms my speculation, and the decision-making used in the title is misleading. 

      We have changed the title to visual discrimination task accordingly.

      (3) Figure 1E, show one hit trial. If the second 'no-go stimulus' is correct, that trial  might be a false alarm trial as mice licked briefly. I'd like to see whether continuous  licking can cause motion artifacts in recording. 

      We appreciate this important point. There were indeed licking artifacts with continuous licking in Hit trials, which was part of the reason we focused our analyses on CR trials. Opto-based lick detectors may help to reduce the artefacts in future studies.

      (4) What is the rationale for using a threshold of d' < 2 as the early-stage data and d'>3  as expert stage data?

      The thresholds were chosen as a result from trade-off based on practical needs to gather enough CR trials in early training stage, while maintaining a relatively low performance.

      Assume the mice showed lick response in 95% of Go stimulus trials, then d' < 2 corresponded to the performance level at which the mouse correctly rejected less than 63.9% of No-Go stimulus trials, and d' > 3 corresponded to the performance level at which the mouse correctly rejected more than 91.2% of No-Go stimulus trials.

      (5) Figure 2A, there is a change in baseline firing rates in V2M, MDTh, and Str. There  is no discussion. But what can cause this change? Recording instability, problem in  spiking sorting, or learning?

      It’s highly possible that the firing rates before visual stimulus onset is affected by previous reward history and task engagement states of the mice. Notably, though recorded simultaneously in same sessions, the changes in CR trials baseline firing rates in the V2M region were not observed in Hit trials.

      Thus, though we cannot completely rule out the possibility in recording instability, we see this as evidence of the effects on firing rates from changes in trial history or task engagement during learning.

      References:

      Carandini, M., & Churchland, A. K. (2013). Probing perceptual decisions in rodents. Nat Neurosci, 16(7), 824-831. doi:10.1038/nn.3410.

      Cruz, K. G., Leow, Y. N., Le, N. M., Adam, E., Huda, R., & Sur, M. (2023).Cortical-subcortical interactions in goal-directed behavior. Physiol Rev, 103(1), 347-389. doi:10.1152/physrev.00048.2021

      Esmaeili, V., Oryshchuk, A., Asri, R., Tamura, K., Foustoukos, G., Liu, Y., Guiet, R., Crochet, S., & Petersen, C. C. H. (2022). Learning-related congruent and incongruent changes of excitation and inhibition in distinct cortical areas. PLOS Biology, 20(5), e3001667. doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.3001667

      Goldbach, H. C., Akitake, B., Leedy, C. E., & Histed, M. H. (2021). Performance in even a simple perceptual task depends on mouse secondary visual areas. Elife, 10, e62156. doi:10.7554/eLife.62156.

      Siegle, J. H., Jia, X., Durand, S., Gale, S., Bennett, C., Graddis, N., Heller, G.,Ramirez, T. K., Choi, H., Luviano, J. A., Groblewski, P. A., Ahmed, R., Arkhipov, A., Bernard, A., Billeh, Y. N., Brown, D., Buice, M. A., Cain, N.,Caldejon, S., Casal, L., Cho, A., Chvilicek, M., Cox, T. C., Dai, K., Denman, D.J., de Vries, S. E. J., Dietzman, R., Esposito, L., Farrell, C., Feng, D., Galbraith, J., Garrett, M., Gelfand, E. C., Hancock, N., Harris, J. A., Howard, R., Hu, B.,Hytnen, R., Iyer, R., Jessett, E., Johnson, K., Kato, I., Kiggins, J., Lambert, S., Lecoq, J., Ledochowitsch, P., Lee, J. H., Leon, A., Li, Y., Liang, E., Long, F., Mace, K., Melchior, J., Millman, D., Mollenkopf, T., Nayan, C., Ng, L., Ngo, K., Nguyen, T., Nicovich, P. R., North, K., Ocker, G. K., Ollerenshaw, D., Oliver, M., Pachitariu, M., Perkins, J., Reding, M., Reid, D., Robertson, M., Ronellenfitch, K., Seid, S., Slaughterbeck, C., Stoecklin, M., Sullivan, D., Sutton, B., Swapp, J., Thompson, C., Turner, K., Wakeman, W., Whitesell, J. D., Williams, D., Williford, A., Young, R., Zeng, H., Naylor, S., Phillips, J. W., Reid, R. C., Mihalas, S., Olsen, S. R., & Koch, C. (2021). Survey of spiking in the mouse visual system reveals functional hierarchy. Nature, 592(7852), 86-92. doi:10.1038/s41586-020-03171-x

      Sych, Y., Fomins, A., Novelli, L., & Helmchen, F. (2022). Dynamic reorganization of the cortico-basal ganglia-thalamo-cortical network during task learning. Cell Rep, 40(12), 111394. doi:10.1016/j.celrep.2022.111394

      Veling, H., Becker, D., Liu, H., Quandt, J., & Holland, R. W. (2022). How go/no-go training changes behavior: A value-based decision-making perspective. Current Opinion in Behavioral Sciences, 47,101206.

      doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cobeha.2022.101206.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors' goal was to arrest PsV capsids on the extracellular matrix using cytochalasin D. The cohort was then released, and interaction with the cell surface, specifically with CD151, was assessed.

      The model that fragmented HS associated with released virions mediates the dominant mechanism of infectious entry has only been suggested by research from a single laboratory and has not been verified in the 10+ years since publication. The authors are basing this study on the assumption that this model is correct, and these data are referred to repeatedly as the accepted model despite much evidence to the contrary.

      We stated in the introduction on line 65/66 ´Two release mechanisms are discussed, that mutually are not exclusive´. This implies that we do not consider the shedding model as ‘the accepted model’. Furthermore, we do not state in the discussion neither that the shedding model is the preferred one. However, we referred to the shedding model in the discussion, because we find HS associated with transferred PsVs, which is in line with this model.

      The discussion in lines 65-71 concerning virion and HSPG affinity changes is greatly simplified. The structural changes in the capsid induced by HS interaction and the role of this priming for KLK8 and furin cleavage have been well researched. Multiple laboratories have independently documented this. If this study aims to verify the shedding model, additional data need to be provided.

      Our findings are compatible with both models, and we do not aim to verify the shedding model neither want to disprove the priming model. However, as we understand, the referee wishes more visibility of the priming model. Therefore, using inhibitors previously used in the field, we tested whether inhibition of KLK8 or furin reduces PsV translocation to the cell body (after CytD wash off). Leupeptin blocks transport, while Furin inhibitor I still allows some initial translocation. We incorporated this new data as Figure 2 (line 265): “…we would expect that inhibition of L1 processing during the CytD incubation prevents the recovery of PsV translocation from the ECM to the cell body (Figure 2A and D). To test for this possibility, as employed in earlier studies, the protease inhibitor leupeptin was used to inhibit proteases including KLK8 which is required for L1 cleavage (Cerqueira et al. 2015). Employing this inhibitor, the PCC between PsV-L1 and F-actin staining remains negative after CytD removal, showing that for translocation indeed the action of proteases is required (Figure 2B and D). In contrast, inhibition of L2 cleavage by a furin specific inhibitor has no effect on the PCC (Figure 2C and D). However, it should be noted that we occasionally observe PsVs not completely translocating but accumulating at the border of the F-actin stained area (for example see Figure 2C (60 min)). This results in an increase of the PCC almost equal to complete translocation, explaining why the PCC remains unaffected despite a furin inhibitory effect. Hence, furin inhibition may have some effect on translocation that, however, is undetected in this type of analysis.’

      Moreover, we have added a paragraph discussing how our data integrates into the established model of the HPV infection cascade (line 604): ‘HPV infection is the result of several steps, starting with the initial binding of virions via electrostatic and polar interactions (Dasgupta et al. 2011) to the primary attachment site HS (Richards et al. 2013), which induces capsid modification (Feng et al. 2024; Cerqueira et al. 2015) and HS cleavage (Surviladze et al. 2015), enabling the virion to be released from the ECM or the glycocalyx. Next, virions bind to the cell surface to a secondary receptor complex that forms over time, and become internalized via endocytosis, before they are trafficked to the nucleus (Ozbun and Campos 2021; Mikuličić et al. 2021). Regarding the transition from the primary attachment site to cell surface binding, as already outlined in the introduction, two models are discussed. In one model, proteases cleave the capsid proteins. After priming, the capsids are structurally modified and the virion can dissociate from its HS attachment site. It has been suggested that capsid priming is mediated by KLK8 (Cerqueira et al. 2015) and furin (Richards et al. 2006). In our system, KLK8 inhibition blocks PsV transport, while furin inhibition has some effect that, however, cannot be detected in this analysis (Figure 2) suggesting furin engagement at later steps in the infection cascade. This is in line with earlier in vitro studies on the role of cell surface furin (Surviladze et al. 2015; Day et al. 2008; Day and Schiller 2009). In any case, our results align with both models of ECM detachment: one involving HS cleavage (HS co-transfer) and another involving capsid modification (by e.g., KLK8).’

      The model should be fitted into established entry events,…

      Please see our reply above.

      or at minimum, these conflicting data, a subset of which is noted below, need to be acknowledged.

      (1) The Sapp lab (Richards et al., 2013) found that HSPG-mediated conformational changes in L1 and L2 allowed the release of the virus from primary binding and allowing secondary receptor engagements in the absence of HS shedding.

      (2) Becker et al. found that furin-precleaved capsids could infect cells independently of HSPG interaction, but this infection was still inhibited with cytochalasin D.

      (3) Other work from the Schelhaas lab showed that cytochalasin D inhibition of infection resulted in the accumulation of capsids in deep invaginations from the cell surface, not on the ECM

      (4) Selinka et al., 2007, showed that preventing HSPG-induced conformational changes in the capsid surface resulted in noninfectious uptake that was not prevented with cytochalasin D.

      (5) The well-described capsid processing events by KLK8 and furin need to be mechanistically linked to the proposed model. Does inhibition of either of these cleavages prevent engagement with CD151?

      The authors need to consider an explanation for these discrepancies.

      We do not see any discrepancies; our observations are compatible with aspects of both the shedding and the priming model. That PsVs carry HS-cleavage products doesn´t imply that HS cleavage is sufficient or required for infection, or that the priming model would be wrong. We do not view our data as being in conflict with the priming model. Most of the above-mentioned papers are now cited.

      Altogether, we acknowledge that the study gains importance by directly testing the priming model within our experimental system. We are thankful for the above comments and addressed this issue.

      Other issues:

      (1) Line 110-111. The statement about PsVs in the ECM being too far away from the cell surface to make physical contact with the cell surface entry receptors is confusing. ECM binding has not been shown to be an obligatory step for in vitro infection.

      Not obligatory, but strongly supportive (Bienkowska-Haba et al., Plos Path., 2018; Surviladze et al., J. Gen. Viro., 2015). As recently published by the Sapp lab (Bienkowska-Haba et al., Plos Path., 2018), ´Direct binding of HPV16 to primary keratinocytes yields very inefficient infection rates for unknown reasons.´ Moreover, the paper shows that HaCaT cell ECM binding of PsVs increases the infection of NHEK by 10-fold and of HFK by almost 50-fold.

      This idea is referred to again on lines 158-159 and 199. The claim (line 158) that PsV does not interact with the cell within an hour needs to be demonstrated experimentally and seems at odds with multiple laboratories' data. PsV has been shown to directly interact with HSPG on the cell surface in addition to the ECM. Why are these PsVs not detected?

      The reviewing editor speculated that HaCaT cells may be a model system in which the in vivo relevant binding to the ECM can be better studied as in non-polarized cell types. This is because binding to the ECM cannot be bypassed by direct cell surface binding. The observation that only few PsVs bind to the basal cell membrane indeed suggests restricted diffusional access of PsVs to binding receptors of the basal membrane. The reviewing editor asked for an experiment showing that more PsVs bind after cell detachment. We performed this experiment and indeed find more PsVs binding to the cell surface of detached cells. This point is very important for the understanding of the study and now we mention it in several sections of the manuscript, as outlined in the following.

      Line 125: ‘Many PsVs that bind to the ECM may locate distal from the cell surface and are thus unable to establish direct contact with entry receptors. However, they are capable of migrating by an actindependent transport along cell protrusions towards the cell body (Smith et al. 2008; Schelhaas et al. 2008). We aimed for blocking this transport in HaCaT cells, a cell line that is widely used as a cell culture model for HPV infection. HaCaT cells closely resemble primary keratinocytes in key aspects: they are not virally transformed and produce large amounts of ECM that facilitates infection (Bienkowska-Haba et al. 2018; Gilson et al. 2020). In addition, HaCaT cells exhibit cellular polarity that enforces binding of virus particles to the ECM, as the virions cannot bind to receptors/entry components, such as CD151, Itgα6 and HSPGs that co-distribute on the basolateral membrane of polarized keratinocytes (Sterk et al. 2000; Cowin et al. 2006; Mertens et al. 1996), making them inaccessible by diffusion.’

      Line 205: ‘During the CytD incubation, PsVs bind to HSPGs of the basolateral membrane for 5 h. Still, in the cell body area hardly any PsVs are present (0.14 PsV/µm<sup>2</sup>, Supplementary Figure 1B). In the control, the PsV density is several-fold larger (Supplementary Figure 1B). This is expected, as the PsVs bind to the ECM and translocate to the cell body. We wondered whether there are more binding sites at the basal membrane that remain inaccessible to PsVs by diffusion because of the insufficient space between glass-coverslip and basolateral membrane. For clarification, we incubated EDTA detached HaCaT cells in suspension with PsVs for 1 h at 4 °C, followed by re-attachment for 1 h. Under these conditions, we find a PsV density 12.4-fold larger than after 5 h of CytD incubation of adhered cells (Supplementary Figure 1B and D). However, it should be noted that these values cannot be directly compared. Aside from the different treatments, another difference lies in the size of the basal membrane, as re-attachment of cells is not complete after only 1 h (compare size of adhered membranes in Supplementary Figure 1A and C). Therefore, the imaged membranes are likely strongly ruffled, which results in the underestimation of the size of the adhered membrane. As a result, we overestimate the PsVs per µm<sup>2</sup> (please note that we cannot re-attach cells for longer times as we would then lose PsVs due to endocytosis). On the other hand, we would underestimate the PsV density at the basal membrane if after re-attachment we image in part also some apical membrane. In any case, the experiment suggests that PsVs bind more efficiently if membrane surface receptors are accessible by diffusion. This is in support of the above notion that the basal membrane may provide more entry receptors than one would expect from the low density of PsVs bound after 5 h CytD (Supplementary Figure 1B). This suggests that under our assay conditions, PsVs cannot easily bypass the translocation from the ECM to the cell body by diffusing directly to the basal membrane. Hence, the large majority of PsVs that enter the cell were previously bound to the ECM. Therefore, HaCaT cells serve as an ideal model for studying the transfer of ECM bound HPV particles to the cell surface, which is similar to in vivo infection of basal keratinocytes after binding to the basement membrane (Day and Schelhaas 2014; Kines et al. 2009; Schiller et al. 2010; Bienkowska-Haba et al. 2018).’

      Line 529: ‘Filopodia usage not only facilitates infection but also increases the likelihood of virions to reach their target cells during wound healing, namely the filopodia-rich basal dividing cells. In fact, several types of viruses exploit filopodia during virus entry (Chang et al. 2016), hinting at the possibility that for HPV and other types of viruses actin-driven virion transport may play a more important role than it is currently assumed. If this is the case, sub-confluent HaCaT cells, or even better single HaCaT cells, would be an ideal model system for the study of these very early infection steps that involve ECM attachment and subsequent filopodia-dependent transport. As shown in Supplementary Figure 1, HaCaT cells have many binding sites for the HPV16 PsVs. However, as they are polarized and the binding receptors are only at the basal membrane, they remain relatively inaccessible by diffusion. Therefore, the ECM binding that is also observed in vivo (Day and Schelhaas 2014) and subsequent transport via filopodia are used upon infection of HaCaT cells that locate at the periphery of cell patches. Here, PsVs bind to the ECM which strongly enhances infection of primary keratinocytes (Bienkowska-Haba et al. 2018). In contrast, HPV can readily bind to HSPGs on the cell surface of nonpolarized cells, and by this bypasses ECM mediated virus priming and the filopodia dependency. We propose that HaCaT cells are a valuable system for studying the very early events in HPV infection that allows for dissecting capsid interaction with ECM resident priming factors and cell surface receptors.’

      Finally, please note that in the previous version of the manuscript, we did not question that in many cellular systems PsVs interact with heparan sulfate proteoglycans (HSPGs) present on the cell surface, or both on the cell surface and the ECM. We stated on line 59 ´While in cell culture virions bind to HS of the cell surface and the ECM, it has been suggested that in vivo they bind predominantly to HS of the extracellular basement membrane (Day and Schelhaas, 2014; Kines et al., 2009; Schiller et al., 2010).´

      We hope that after adding the above explanations and the experiment requested by the reviewing editor it is now clear why only few PsVs bind directly (not via the ECM) to the cell surface. We appreciate the reviewer’s and the reviewing editor’s input that has significantly improved the manuscript.

      (2) The experiments shown in Figure 5 need to be better controlled. Why is there no HS staining of the cell surface at the early timepoints? This antibody has been shown to recognize N-sulfated glucosamine residues on HS and, therefore, detects HSPG on the ECM and cell surface.

      There is staining. However, as the staining at the periphery is stronger and images are shown at the same settings of brightness and contrast, the impression is given that the cell surface is not stained. We have added more images showing HS cell surface staining.

      (i) Supplementary Figure 4C shows an enlarged view of the CytD/0 min cell shown in Figure 6A. In the area stained by Itgα6, that marks the cell body, HS staining is present, although less abundant in comparison to the ECM.

      (ii) In Figure 8, CytD/30 min, a cell is shown with abundant HS in the cell body region (compare cyan and green LUT).

      (iii) In newly added Figure 3A, lower panel, another cell with HS in the cell body region is shown.

      Please note that the staining is highly variable. We indicate this by stating on Line 373: ‘The pattern of the HS staining (cyan LUT) and the overlap of HS with PsVs and Itgα6 are highly variable (Figure 6A).’

      Therefore, the conclusion that this confirms HS coating of PsV during release from the ECM (line 430431) is unfounded. How do the authors distinguish between "HS-coated virions" and HSPG-associated virions?

      The transient increase in the PCC at CytD/30 min can be interpreted as PsV/HS co-transport or as direct binding of PsVs to cell surface HSPGs. However, two arguments support co-transport.

      First, we find that CytD/PsVs increases the HS intensity (see newly added Figure 3, confirming old Figure 5 that is now Figure 6). We state on line 290 ‘… that without actin-dependent PsV translocation HS cleavage products are retained in the ECM, consistent with the hypothesis that cleaved HS remains associated with PsVs (Ozbun and Campos 2021).

      Second, the distance between HS and Itgα6 (the cell body marker) decreases over time after CytD removal, which suggests movement of HS to the cell body (Supplementary Figure 8D). We state on line 422: ‘The movement of HS towards the cell body after removal of CytD, which indirectly demonstrates that PsVs are coated with HS, is suggested by a shortening of the HS-Itgα6 distance over time (Supplementary Figure 8D).’

      It is difficult to comprehend how the addition of 50 vge/cell of PsV could cause such a global change in HS levels.

      Some areas are covered with confluent cells, to which hardly any PsVs are bound, because accessing their basolateral membrane is nearly impossible, and PsVs do not bind to the exposed apical membrane as well. We assume this is a major difference to cultures of unpolarized cells, where PsVs should distribute more or less equally over cells. This means that in our experiments the vge/cell is not a suitable parameter for relating the magnitude of an effect to a defined number of PsVs. In the ECM, the PsV density is very high, enabling one cell to collect, in theory, several hundred PsVs, much more than expected from the 50 vge/cell.

      We state on line 135: ‘Frequently, we observe patches of confluent cells which are common to HaCaT cells. Cells at the center of these patches are dismissed during imaging, because there are no anterogradely migrating PsVs at these cells. A second reason for our dismissal of these cells is that hardly any PsVs are bound to them, possibly because their basal membranes are inaccessible by diffusion. Instead, we focus on isolated HaCaT cells or cells at the periphery of cell patches. In these cells, we find more PsVs per cell than one would expect from the employed 50 viral genome equivalents (vge) per cell, indicating that PsVs are unequally distributed between the cells.’

      The claim that the HS levels are decreased in the non-cytochalasin-treated cells due to PsV-induced shedding needs to be demonstrated.

      We did not claim that PsVs induce shedding, we rather believe they retain shedded HS. Without PsVs, the shedded HS is washed off from the ECM. We have reproduced the observation made in old Figure 5 (now Figure 6) in the newly added Figure 3 that also shows that PsVs alone have no effect on the HS intensity, only when present together with CytD. We state on line 277: ‘As outlined above, during the 5 h incubation with CytD, proteases in the ECM are expected to cleave HS chains. These cleavage products should be able to diffuse out of the ECM, unless they remain associated with nontranslocating PsVs. In the control, PsV associated HS cleavage products would leave the ECM through PsV translocation…. Using an antibody that reacts with an epitope in native heparan sulfate chains, only after CytD and if PsVs are present, the level of HS staining is significantly increased (Figure 3B). As shown in Figure 3A, stronger HS staining at PsVs (open arrows) and as well in PsV free areas (closed arrows) was observed… Collectively, our findings indicate that without actin-dependent PsV translocation HS cleavage products are retained in the ECM, consistent with the hypothesis that cleaved HS remains associated with PsVs (Ozbun and Campos 2021).’

      If HS is actually shed, staining of the cell periphery could increase with the antibody 3G10, which detects the HS neoepitope created following heparinase cleavage.

      We have tested the antibody by which we obtain only a very weak staining (Supplementary Figure 2), not allowing to differentiate between an increase in the cell periphery and the cell body area. We still include the experiment as it suggests that CytD has no effect on HS processing. We state on line 286: ‘As additional control and shown in Supplementary Figure 2, we use an antibody that reacts with a HS neo-epitope generated by heparitinase-treated heparan sulfate chains (Yokoyama et al. 1999; for details see methods). This neo-epitope staining is independent of the presence of CytD and the incubation time, suggesting that CytD does not directly affect HS processing.’

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Massenberg and colleagues aimed to understand how Human papillomavirus particles that bind to the extracellular matrix (ECM) transfer to the cell body for later uptake, entry, and infection. The binding to ECM is key for getting close to the virus's host cell (basal keratinocytes) after a wounding scenario for later infection in a mouse vaginal challenge model, indicating that this is an important question in the field.

      Strengths:

      The authors take on a conceptually interesting and potentially very important question to understand how initial infection occurs in vivo. The authors confirm previous work that actin-based processes contribute to virus transport to the cell body. The superresolution microscopy methods and data collection are state-of-the art and provide an interesting new way of analysing the interaction with host cell proteins on the cell surface in certain infection scenarios. The proposed hypothesis is interesting and, if substantiated, could significantly advance the field.

      Weaknesses:

      As a study design, the authors use infection of HaCaT keratinocytes, and follow virus localisation with and without inhibition of actin polymerisation by cytochalasin D (cytoD) to analyse transfer of virions from the ECM to the cell by filopodial structures using important cellular proteins for cell entry as markers.

      First, the data is mostly descriptive besides the use of cytoD, and does not test the main claim of their model, in which virions that are still bound to heparan sulfate proteoglycans are transferred by binding to tetraspanins along filopodia to the cell body.

      The study identifies a rapid translocation step from the ECM to CD151 assemblies. We have no data that demonstrates a physical interaction between PsVs and CD151. In the model figure, we draw CD151 as part of the secondary receptor complex. We are sorry for having raised the impression that PsVs would bind directly to CD151 and have modified the model Figure accordingly. In the new model figure (Figure 9), the first contact established is to a CD151 free receptor.

      Second, using cytoD is a rather broad treatment that not only affects actin retrograde flow, but also virus endocytosis and further vesicular transport in cells, including exocytosis. Inhibition of myosin II, e.g., by blebbistatin, would have been a better choice as it, for instance, does not interfere with endocytosis of the virus.

      As we focus on early events, we are not concerned about CytD blocking as well late steps in the infection cascade, like endocytosis. However, we agree that a comparison between CytD and blebbistatin would be very interesting. We added Figure 8, showing that blebbistatin only partially stops migration.

      Line 429: ‘Actin retrograde transport, which underlies the here observed virion transport, is the integrative result of three components (Smith et al. 2008; Schelhaas et al. 2008)…. As CytD broadly interferes with F-actin dependent processes, we investigated the effects upon inhibition of only one of the three components, namely the myosin II mediated retrograde movement towards the cell body. Instead of CytD, we employed in the 5 h preincubation the myosin II inhibitor blebbistatin. For the control (0 min), we show in Figure 8A one example of a cell with comparatively many PsVs at the periphery (as mentioned above, the PsV pattern is highly variable) to better illustrate the difference to the PsV pattern occasionally seen with blebbistatin. After blebbistatin treatment (0 min), PsVs are still distal to the cell body but less dispersed than after CytD treatment, seemingly as if translocation started but stopped in the midst of the pathway (Figure 8A, blebbistatin). The PCC between PsVs and HS, like after CytD (Figure 6C), is elevated after blebbistatin, albeit the effect is not significant (Figure 8C). The cell body PCC, is not at 30 min (CytD) but already at 0 min elevated (compare Figure 6D to Figure 8D), which can be explained by partial translocation. This is further supported by the fact that only 8% of PsVs are closely associated with HS (Figure 8E; blebbistatin, 0 min) compared to 15% after CytD treatment (Figure 6E; 0 min). Furthermore, after 0 min PsV incubation with blebbistatin we observe no effect on the HS intensity (compare Figure 8B to Figure 3B and Figure 6B). Hence, in contrast to CytD, blebbistatin does not trap the PsVs in the ECM where they associate with HS, but ongoing actin polymerization pushes actin filaments along with PsVs towards the cell body.’

      Third, the authors aim to study transfer from ECM to the cell body and the effects thereof. However, there are substantial, if not the majority of, viruses that bind to the cell body compared to ECM-bound viruses in close vicinity to the cells.

      Please see our detailed reply to referee #1 that has raised the same issue. In brief, we agree that in multiple cell culture systems viruses bind preferentially to the cell surface directly. However, in HaCaT cells, the majority of PsVs does not bind directly to the basal membrane but gets there after initial binding to the ECM. Thus, we believe our system appropriately models the physiologically relevant scenario of ECM-to-cell transfer, as also speculated by the reviewing editor that has suggested an experiment showing that more PsVs bind to detached cells (please see above).

      This is in part obscured by the small subcellular regions of interest that are imaged by STED microscopy, or by the use of plasma membrane sheets. As a consequence, the obtained data from time point experiments is skewed, and remains for the most part unconvincing due to the fact that the origin of virions in time and space cannot be taken into account. This is particularly important when interpreting association with HS, the tetraspanin CD151, and integral alpha 6, as the low degree of association could originate from cell-bound and ECM-transferred virions alike.

      As already stated above, we observe massive binding of PsVs to the ECM, in contrast to very few PsVs that diffuse beneath the basolateral membrane of the polarized HaCaT cells and do bind directly to the cell surface. In other cellular systems, cells may hardly secrete ECM, are not polarized, and therefore virions can easily bypass ECM binding. Therefore, it is reasonable to assume that in HaCaT cells the large majority of PsVs found on the cell body originates from the ECM.

      Fourth, the use of fixed images in a time course series also does not allow for understanding the issue of a potential contribution of cell membrane retraction upon cytoD treatment due to destabilisation of cortical actin. Or, of cell spreading upon cytoD washout.

      The newly added blebbistatin experiment suggests that the initial translocation is exclusively dependent on retrograde actin flow. However, we agree that we are not able to unravel more details regarding the different possible contributions to the movement. Importantly, the lack of PCC increase after CytD/leupeptin removal (Figure 2D) suggest there is not much cell spreading into the area of accumulated PsVs. Please see our more detailed reply to the same issue raised by the same referee in the recommendations for the authors.

      The microscopic analysis uses an extension of a plasma membrane stain as a marker for ECM-bound virions, which may introduce a bias and skew the analysis.

      The dye TMA-DPH stains exclusively cellular membranes and not the ECM. The stain is actually used to delineate the cell body from the ECM area (please see Figure 1).

      Fifth, while the use of randomisation during image analysis is highly recommended to establish significance (flipping), it should be done using only ROIs that have a similar density of objects for which correlations are being established.

      We agree that the way of how randomization is done is very important. Regarding the association of PsVs with CD151 and HS, we corrected for random background association, which is now explained in more detail in in the Figure legend of Supplementary Figure 7: “On flipped images, we often find values more than half of the values of the original images, demonstrating that many PsVs have a distance ≤ 80 nm to CD151 merely by chance (background association)… (C) Each time point in (A) and (B) obtained from flipped images is the average of three biological replicates. We use these altogether 24 data points, plotting the fraction of closely associated PsVs against the CD151 maxima density. The fraction increases with the maxima density, as the chance of random association increases with the maxima density. The fitted linear regression line describes the dependence of the background association from the maxima density. As a result, the background association (y) can be calculated for any maxima density (x) in original images with the equation y = 2.04x. Please note that the CytD/0 min may be overcorrected as we subtract background association with reference to the CD151 maxima density of the entire ROI (for an example ROI see Supplementary Figure 6A), although the local maxima density at distal PsVs is lower. On the other hand, PsVs at the cell border may have a larger local CD151 maxima density and consequently are undercorrected.’

      For instance, if one flips an image with half of the image showing the cell body, and half of the image ECM, it is clear that association with cell membrane structures will only be significant in the original.

      We are aware of this problem. For instance, it would produce ‘artificially’ low PCCs after flipping images of PsV/HS stainings (please see negative PCC value after flipping in Supplementary Figure 8). In this case, we do not use as argument that in flipped images the PCC is lower. Instead, we would argue that over time the PCC changes in the original images. We still provide the PCC values of flipped images, as additional information, showing that in most cases we obtain after flipping a PCC of zero, as expected

      Hence, we fully agree that careful controls in image analysis is required, and used the above-described method for the correction of background association when the fraction of closely associated PsVs is analyzed. We do not use a lower PCC value in flipped images as argument if not appropriate.

      I am rather convinced that using randomisation only on the plasma membrane ROIs will not establish any clear significance of the correlating signals.

      Figure 6D and 8D show the PCC specifically of the cell body (only of plasma membrane ROIs). In flipped images (not shown in the previous version for clarity), we obtain significantly lower PCCs (Supplementary Figure 8F/G and Supplementary Figure 10C/D. We propose that in this case it would be appropriate to use a lower PCC of flipped images as argument for specific association. Still, also in this experiment we argue with a change in the PCC over time, and not with a PCC of zero after flipping. As above, we still provide the PCC values of flipped images as additional information.

      Also, there should be a higher n for the measurements.

      One replicate is based on the average of 14-15 cells for each condition (more for figure 4). Hence, in a typical experiment (Control and CytD with 4 time points) about 120 cells are analyzed, which is a broad basis for the averages of one replicate.

      We realize that with three biological replicates we find significant effects only if we have strong effects or moderate effects with very low variance.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor:

      The focus on the events of HPV infection between ECM binding and keratinocyte-specific receptor binding is unique and interesting. However, I agree with the reviewers that some of the conclusions could use more experimental support, as detailed in their comments. The failure to detect direct binding of the PsV to HSPGs on the cell surface in in vitro assays contradicts much of the published literature. For example, others have found that HPV capsids bind cultured cell lines in suspension, i.e, in the absence of ECM. Do EDTA-suspended HaCaT cells bind PsV? Is the binding HSPG dependent? If the authors think that failure to detect direct cell binding of HaCaTs is an unusual feature of these cell lines or culture condition,s then it would be helpful to provide an explanation. However, it is worth noting that an in vitro system where the cells do not directly bind capsids through HSPG interactions would be a much better model for studying the stages of HPV infection that are the focus of this study, since there is no direct binding of keratinoctyes in vivo.

      We are thankful for this comment that had a strong influence on the revision. The suggested experiment has been incorporated as new Supplementary Figure 1. It shows that many more PsVs bind to the cell surface of cells in suspension than to adhered cells. As suggested by the reviewing editor, we explain now that HaCaT cells are a suitable model system for studying the in vivo transport from the ECM to the cell body that in these cells, due to their polarization, cannot be bypassed (for more details please see our replies above addressing these issues).

      Because conclusions drawn regarding HS interactions are largely based on experiments using a single HS mAb, it is important that the specificity of this mAb is described in more detail, either based on the literature or further experimentation.

      We provide now detailed information about the HS antibodies used in the study. We state on line 282 ‘Using an antibody that reacts with an epitope in native heparan sulfate chains…’ and on line 286 ‘we use an antibody that reacts with a HS neo-epitope generated by heparitinase-treated heparan sulfate chains…’ and in the methods section ‘For Heparan sulfate (HS) a mouse IgM monoclonal antibody (1:200) (amsbio, cat# 370255-S) was used that reacts with an epitope in native heparan sulfate chains and not with hyaluronate, chondroitin or DNA, and poorly with heparin (mAb 10E4 (David et al., 1992)). For HS neo-epitope (Yokoyama et al., 1999) detection, a mouse monoclonal antibody (1:200) (amsbio, cat#370260-S) was used that reacts only with heparitinase-treated heparan sulfate chains, proteoglycans, or tissue sections, and not with heparinase treated HSPGs. The antibody recognizes desaturated uronic acid residues (mAb 3G10 (David et al., 1992)).’

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The phrase "tight association" or similar is repeatedly used and is not acceptable for microscopic studies; use "close association", which has no affinity connotations.

      Has been changed as suggested by the referee.

      (2) Why are lysine-coated coverslips used for microscopy? HaCaT cells adhere tightly to untreated glass, and this coating could affect the distribution of ECM and extracellular PsV.

      We believe a tight association of the basal cell membrane to its substrate, as in vivo, where the basal membrane is tightly adhered to other cells, is important in these experiments. In weakly adherent cells more PsVs may bind to the cell surface, bypassing the transport step. Hence, although HaCaT cells may not require the coat and would be able to adhere to glass, the association may not be tight enough to mimic in vivo conditions.

      (3) What is the reason to use detection of the pseudogenome for some of the experiments instead of L1 detection throughout? The process of EdU detection is sufficiently denaturing to affect some protein epitopes. The introduction of this potential artifact doesn't seem warranted for capsid detection experiments.

      The L1 and the Itgα6 antibody are from the same species, wherefore we have used in Figures 4 and 6 click-labeling of the reporter plasmid. We do not disagree with the notion of the referee, that EdU detection may denature the epitope of some proteins. For instance, we have observed a different staining pattern for CD151; for Itgα6 and HS we saw no obvious difference in the staining patterns. In double staining experiments using L1 antibody and click-labeling, both staining patterns overlapped very well, indicating that click-labeling is suitable to visualize PsVs.

      (4) What concentration of TMA-DPH was used?

      TMA-DPH is a poorly water-soluble dye that becomes strongly fluorescent upon insertion into a membrane. Because of its poor water solubility, a precise concentration cannot be given. We added 50 µl of a saturated TMA-DPH solution in PBS to 1 ml of PBS in the imaging chamber. We state this now in the methods section.

      (5) Line 419: This statement is misleading. Although PsV interaction with HSPG on the ECM is crucial for infectious transfer to cells, the majority of the PsV binding on the ECM has been attributed to interaction with laminin 332. Treatment of PsV with heparin causes sequestration to the ECM.

      We are sorry for the confusion and have removed the misleading statement.

      (6) Some reference choices are poor:

      Line 54: Ozbun and Campos, this is not the correct reference

      In the review we cited, in the introduction it is stated that PsVs establish infection via a break in the epithelial barrier? However, we have replaced this reference by a review that focuses more on epithelial wounding: ‘Ozbun, Michelle A. (2019): Extracellular events impacting human papillomavirus infections: Epithelial wounding to cell signaling involved in virus entry. In Papillomavirus research (Amsterdam, Netherlands) 7, pp. 188–192. DOI: 10.1016/j.pvr.2019.04.009.’

      Line 2012: Doorbar et al., this is not the correct reference.

      Thank you for pointing this out (..we assume the referee refers to line 104 and not line 2012). We have noticed this error during revision. As it is difficult to get a specialized review on this topic, we now cite Ozbun and Campus, 2021 that states PsVs are ‘structurally and immunologically indistinguishable from lesion- and tissue-derived HPVs.’

      Minor issues:

      (1) It is difficult to appreciate the ECM and cell surface binding pattern from the provided images, which do not even contain an entire cell. We need to see a few representative field views with the ECM delineated with laminin 332 staining, as HS antibodies stain both the ECM and cell surface.

      We now provide overview images in Supplementary Figure 4. The only experiment requiring a clear delineation between ECM and cell surface is the experiment of Figure 4. Here, we do not use the HS as a reference staining because it stains both the ECM and the cell surface.

      (2) For Figure 1E, the cells were only infected for 24 hours. The half-time for infectious internalization of HaCaT cells was shown to be 8 hours for cell-associated PsV and closer to 20 hours for PsV that was associated with the ECM prior to cell association (Becker et al., 2018). Why was such a short infection time chosen?

      During assay establishment it has been observed that after 24 h the luciferase activity is optimal.

      (3) Figure 5, the staining of uninfected cells +/- cyto treatment needs to be included.

      Now visible in new Figure 3.

      I am confused by lines 54-57. It seems as if the authors are claiming that HSPGs are not present on the ECM. This sentence, as written, is misleading.

      We agree, and state now on line 58 ‘Here, virions bind to the linear polysaccharide heparan sulfate (HS) that is present in the extracellular matrix (ECM) but as well on the plasma membrane surface. HS is attached to proteins forming so called heparan sulfate proteoglycans (HSPGs).’

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      There are further issues that are not pertaining to the study design that I find important.

      (1) It remains speculative whether the virions that are transferred from the ECM are actually structurally modified.

      The newly added Figure 2, showing that leupeptin blocks infection in our assay, suggests that virions indeed are primed.

      (2) The origin of HS correlated with virions on the cell body after transfer is also not clear: does the virus associate with cell surface HS, or does it bring HS from the ECM? Simply staining HS against Nsulfated moieties does not allow such conclusions.

      This issue has been already raised in the public review to which we replied above. In brief, we agree that the transient increase of the PCC between PsVs and HS in the cell body region can be also explained by PsVs coming from the ECM without HS and binding to cell surface HS, or from PsVs binding directly (not via the ECM) to cell surface HSPGs. However, there are two more arguments indicating that PsVs are coated with HS. Please see our detailed reply above.

      (3) Figure 1: There are few, if any, filopodia in untreated cells. It would be good to quantify their abundance to substantiate that resting HaCat cells are indeed a good model for filopodial transport bs. membrane retraction / spreading. In HaCat ECM, the virus also binds to laminin-332 for a good part. Would this not also confound the analysis?

      At first glance, the number of filopodia appears to be too low to account for such an efficient transport. However, please note that the formation of filopodia is very dynamic, and that they can form and disappear within minutes (see below). We also often observe many PsVs aligned at one filopodium. Moreover, not every cell periphery exhibits large accumulations of PsVs. Therefore, we believe it is in principle possible that filopodia are largely responsible for the transport. We cannot exclude that we overestimate the transport rate due to partial cell spreading after CytD removal, which, however, we consider as rather unlikely as in Figure 2 we observe no increase in the PCC when leupeptin was present during the CytD incubation. Under these conditions, PsVs do not translocate but cells could spread, and this would increase he PCC between PsVs and F-actin if cells would spread into the area of accumulated PsVs.

      We now state on line 304: ‘This suggests that the half-time of PsV translocation from the periphery to the cell body is about 15 min. In fact, the half-time maybe longer, as we cannot exclude that cell spreading after CytD removal contributes to less PsVs measured in the cell periphery.’ and on line 477 ‘As mentioned above, the half-time could be longer if cell spreading is in part responsible for the translocation of PsVs onto the cell body. However, we assume that this is rather unlikely, as cell spreading would increase the PCC between PsVs and F-actin under a condition where filopodia mediated transport is blocked but not cell spreading, which is not the case (Figure 2B and D, CytD/leupeptin).’

      (4) Figure 2: This would benefit from live cell analysis. There are considerable amounts of virions on the cell body, which partially contradicts statements from Figure 1.

      Does the referee refer to the images shown in Figure 4 (old Figure 2)? Please note that at CytD/0 min there are hardly any PsVs in the cell body region, the fluorescence (magenta LUT) is autofluorescence (this is explained in the results section). Only at later time points PsVs are in the cell body region.

      The fast transfer to the cell body after cyto D washout is based on the assumption that filopodia formation and transport along them (and not membrane extension) occur quickly. Is this reasonable?

      We are no experts on filopodia, but one finds references suggesting that they grow at rates of several µm per minutes and have lifetimes between a few seconds and several minutes. Hence, within the 15 min we determine for the transport, cells may need a few minutes to recover from CytD, a few minutes to form filopodia that reach out into the ECM, and a few minutes for the transport itself. However, we agree that we cannot exclude membrane extension contributing to our observed transport, although we consider this as rather unlikely (see above).

      (5) Figure 3: The rationale of claiming the existence of 'endocytic structures' needs to be better explained and quantified in the according supplementary figure.

      We now state in the legend ‘We propose that the agglomerated CD151 maxima close to PsVs feature the characteristics of endocytic structures, as CD151 has been shown to co-internalize with PsVs (Scheffer et al. 2013), and as these structures invaginate into the cell, like PsV filled tubular organelles previously described by electron microscopy (Schelhaas et al. 2012).’ For a proper quantification of these highly variable structures a much larger sample would be required.

      The formation of virus-filled tubules upon cytoD treatment has been previously reported. Are these viruses that come from the cell body or from the ECM?

      With the new data and explanations that have been added to the manuscript, it should be clear that it is reasonable to assume that they come largely from the ECM.

      (6) Figure 4: How are the subcellular ROIs chosen? Is there not a bias by not studying a full cell?

      We now explain better how we chose cells for analysis. We state on line 138 ‘Instead, we focus on isolated HaCaT cells or cells at the periphery of cell patches. In these cells, we find more PsVs per cell than one would expect from the employed 50 viral genome equivalents (vge) per cell, as PsVs are unequally distributed between the cells. Moreover, these PsVs usually are not homogenously distributed around the cell but concentrate at one region. We investigate the translocation of PsVs from these regions, defining ROIs for analysis that cover PsVs at the periphery and the cell body (see Supplementary Figures 6A and 8A).’

      (7) Figure 5/6: The data needs a better analysis on correlation by using randomisation as explained above.

      Please see our reply to the same point of the public review raised by the same referee.

      (8) Figure 7: This model involves CD151 being a mediator in transfer, but this has not been functionally shown. There are HaCaT CD151 KO cells available (from the Sonnenberg lab), it would be good to use those to test the model and whether transfer indeed involves CD151.

      As already stated above, we are sorry for having raised the impression that PsVs bind directly to CD151. The model Figure has been modified. Please see our reply above.

      (9) The manuscript would benefit from a number of experiments addressing the most crucial issues:

      (a) As mentioned before, the use of blebbistatin, which blocks myosin II function and arrests actin retrograde flow within seconds of addition, would be a good inhibitor to control for transfer in at least some of the most crucial experiments.

      In Figure 8 we have tested blebbistatin. Please see our reply above.

      (b) Live cell analysis would allow for monitoring of whether membrane retraction upon cytoD treatment would have to be taken into account for the analysis of the data. The same is true for the cytoD washouts, upon which most cells exhibit pronounced membrane spreading. The latter is important to support filopodial transport rather than membrane ruffling and spreading, leading to the clearance of extracellular virions from the ECM.

      We agree that this would be desirable. As replied above, we now discuss the issue of possible membrane spreading and reason why we consider it as rather unlikely.

      (c) To rid oneself of the issue of plasma membrane-bound virions as a confounding factor, one could use cells treated by sodium chlorate, which leads to undersulfation of HS on the cell surface, and seed them onto ECM with functional HSPGs. This would then indeed establish that the HS and virus are transferred together.

      We agree that this would be a smart experiment. As the main focus of our study is not clarifying whether PsVs are coated with HS or not, we gave other experiments priority.

      (10) The manuscript is, while carefully and thoughtfully worded on the issue of microscopy analysis, for a good part, extrapolating too strongly from the authors' data and unsubstantiated assumptions to conclude on their model. It would be good if the authors would support their claims with previous or their own experimental work. Just two examples of several: the assumption that cell-bound virions are negligible should be substantiated, as the literature would indicate otherwise.

      We determined the PsV density in adhered, CytD treated cells, and find around 0.14 per µm<sup>2</sup> (Supplementary figure 1B), which is 4 to 5-fold less when compared to the PsV density quantified in an area covering the cell body and the periphery (Figure 1B, see line 174 for PsVs/µm<sup>2</sup> values). Quantifying the PsV density only in the periphery would yield a severalfold larger difference. However, due to the limited resolution of the microscope we would strongly underestimate the PsV density in the accumulations. We prefer not to discuss this in detail, as exact numbers are difficult to obtain.

      Line 129: Cyto D should not inhibit the enzymes modifying HS or proteins (including virions). This is true, but cytoD may limit their secretion and abundance.

      We show in Figure 3 that CytD does not reduce HS staining (e.g., by limiting HS secretion, as suggested by the referee), suggesting that it rather does not limit secretion.

      We thank the referee´s and the reviewing editor for their helpful comments!

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      __Reviewer #1 __

      *This study "Interpreting the Effects of DNA Polymerase Variants at the Structural Level" comprises an in-depth analysis of protein sequence variants in two DNA polymerase enzymes with particular emphasis on deducing the mechanistic impact in the context of cancer. The authors identify numerous variants for prioritisation in further studies, and showcase the effectiveness of integrating various data sources for inferring the mechanistic impact of variants. *

      *All the comments below are minor, I think the manuscript is exceptionally well written. *

      *> The main body of the manuscript has almost as much emphasis on usage of the MAVISp tool as analysis of the polymerase variants. I don't think this is an issue, as an illustrated example of proper usage is very handy. I do, however, think that the title and abstract should better reflect this emphasis. E.g. "Interpreting the Effects of DNA Polymerase Variants at the Structural Level with MAVISp". This would make the paper more discoverable to people interested in learning about the tool. *

      We have changed the manuscript title according to the reviewer’s suggestions, and the current title is “Interpreting the Effects of DNA Polymerase Variants at the Structural Level using MAVISp and molecular dynamics simulations.”

      • *

      *> Figure 1. I don't believe there is much value in showing the intersection between the datasets (especially since the in-silico saturation dataset intersects perfectly with all the others). As an alternative, I suggest a flow-chart or similar visual overview of the analysis pipeline. *

      • *

      We moved the former Figure 1 to SI. We decided to keep it at least in SI because it provides guidance on the number of variants relative to the total reported across the different disease-related datasets annotated with the MAVISp toolkit. On the other hand, the suggestion of a visual scheme for the pipeline followed in the analyses is a great idea. We have thus added Figure 1, which illustrates the pipeline workflows for analysis of known pathogenic variants and for discovery of VUS and other unknown variants, as suggested by the reviewer.

      *> Please note in the MAVISp dot-plot figure legends that the second key refers to the colour of the X-axis labels rather than the dots *

      We have revised the code that produces the dotplot so the second key is placed closer to the x-axis and clearer to read.

      Missing figure reference (Figure XXX) at the bottom of page 16

      We apologize for this mistake. Figures, contents, and the order have changed significantly to address all reviewers’ comments; this statement is no longer included. Also, we have carefully proofread the final version of the manuscript before resubmitting it.


      __Reviewer #2 __

      • *

      This manuscript reports a comprehensive study of POLE and POLD1 annotated clinical variants using a recently developed framework, MAVISp, that leverages scores and classifications from evolutionary-based variant effect predictors. The resource can be useful for the community. However, I have a number of major concerns regarding the methodology, the presentation of the results.

      *** On the choice of tools in MAVISp and interpretation of their outputs *

      - Based on the ProteinGym benchmark: https://proteingym.org/benchmarks*, GEMME outperforms EVE for predicting the pathogenicity of ClinVar mutations, with an AUC of 0.919 for GEMME compared to 0.914 for EVE. Thus, it is not clear for me why the authors chose to put more emphasis on EVE for predicting mutation pathogenicity. It seems that GEMME can better predict this property, without any adaptation or training on clinical labels. *

      • *

      We appreciate this comment, but we should not exclude EVE entirely from our data collection or from VEP coverage under MAVISp, based on a difference in AUC of 0.005. It was not our intention to place more emphasis on EVE predictions, and we have revised it accordingly. We would like to clarify the workflow we use for applications of the MAVISp framework in “discovery mode,” i.e., for variants not reported as pathogenic in ClinVar. This relies on AlphaMissense to prioritize the pathogenic variants and then retain further only the ones that also have an impact according to DeMaSk, which provides further indication for loss/gain-of-fitness. DeMaSk nicely fits the MAVISp framework, as it was trained on data from experimental deep mutational scans, which we generally import in the EXPERIMENTAL_DATA module. We have revised the text to make this clearer. GEMME and EVE (or REVEL) can be used for complementary analysis in the discovery workflow. Other users of MAVISp data might want to combine them with a different design, and they have access to all the original scores in the MAVISp database CSV file and the code for downstream analysis to do so. The choice for our MAVISp discovery workflow is mainly dictated by the fact that we have noticed we do not always have full coverage of all variants in many protein instances for EVE, GEMME, and REVEL. In particular, since the reviewer highlights GEMME over EVE, GEMME is currently unavailable for a few cases in the MAVISp database. This is because we need to rely on an external web server to collect the data, which slows down data collection on our end.

      Additionally, we have encountered instances where GEMME was unable to provide an output for inclusion in the MAVISp entries. When we designed the workflow for variant characterization in focused studies, we also made practical considerations. We are also exploring the possibility of using pre-calculated GEMME scores from

      https://datadryad.org/dataset/doi:10.5061/dryad.vdncjsz1s, but we encountered some challenges at the moment that deserve further investigations and considerations. For example, MAVISp annotations rely on the canonical isoform as reported in Uniprot, which can lead to mismatches with the GeMME pre-computed scores. So far, we have identified a couple of entries whose canonical isoforms no longer match the one in the pre-computed GEMME score dataset. Another limitation is the absence of the original MSA files in the dataset, which we would need for a more in-depth comparison with the ones we used for our calculations. We are facing some challenges in reproducing the MSA output from MMseq2-based ColabFold protocol in this context that need to be solved first. Overall, the dataset shows potential for integration into MAVISp, but we need to define the inclusion criteria and compare it with the existing results in more detail.

      Additionally, since the principle behind MAVISp is to provide a framework rooted in protein structure, AlphaMissense was the most reasonable choice for us as the primary indicator among the VEPs for our discovery workflow, and it has performed reasonably well in this case study and others.

      Of course, our discovery design is one of the many applications and designs that could be envisioned using the data provided and collected by MAVISp. We also include all raw scores in the database's final CSV files, allowing other end users to decide how to use them in their own computational design. The design choice we made for the discovery phase of focused studies, using MAVISp to identify variants of interest for further studies, has been applied in other publications (see https://elelab.gitbook.io/mavisp/overview/publications-that-used-mavisp-data) in some cases together with experiments. It is also a fair choice for the application, as the ultimate goal is to provide a catalog of variants for further studies that may have a potentially damaging impact, along with a corresponding structural mechanism.

      We have now revised the results section text where Table 1 is cited to clarify this. We also revised the terminology because we are using the VEPs' capability to predict damaging variants, rather than the pathogenic variants themselves. Experiments on disease models should validate our predictions before concluding whether a variant is pathogenic in a disease context, and we want to avoid misunderstandings among readers regarding our stance on this matter.

      - Which of the predictors, among AM, EVE, GEMME, and DeMaSK, provide a classification of variants and which ones provide continuous scores? This should be clarified in the text. If some predictors do not output a classification, then evaluating their performance on a classification task is unfair. The MAVISp framework sets thresholds on the predicted scores to perform the classification and it is unclear from reading the manuscript whether these thresholds are optimal nor whether using universal cutoff values is pertinent. For instance, for GEMME, a recent study shows that fitting a Gaussian mixture to the predicted score distribution yields higher accuracy than setting a universal threshold (https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.02.09.637326*). Along this line, for predictors that do not provide a classification, I am not convinced of the benefit for the users of having access to only binary labels, instead of the continuous scores. The users currently do not have any idea of whether each variant is borderline (close to theshold) or confident (far from threshold). *

      We agree with the reviewer, and this is due to us not being sufficiently clear in the manuscript. We have now revised the first part of the results to clarify this and to explain how we use the MAVISp data for application to focused studies, where the goal is to identify the most interesting variants that are potentially damaging and have a linked structural mechanism. Of course, there are other applications for leveraging the data in the database. We do offer scores to variants instead of just classification labels in the MAVISp csv file. They can be accessed, together with the full dataset, through the MAVISp website and reused for any applications.

      Additionally, we used the scores in the revised manuscript for the VUS variant ranking (Figure 5), applying a strategy recently designed as an addition to the downstream analysis tool kit of MAVISp (​​https://github.com/ELELAB/MAVISp_downstream_analysis), thereby allowing the scores themselves to be taken into account. Also, in the final part of the manuscript, the VEP scores have been used to introduce the ACMG-like classification of the variants in response to reviewer 3 (Figure 9 and Tables S3-S4). We absolutely agree that it is informative to keep the continuous scores, and we have never overlooked this aspect. However, we also need a strategy with a simpler classification to highlight the most interesting variants among thousands or more to start an exploration. This is why we included the support with dotplots and lolliplots, for example. Our purpose here is to identify, among many cases, those with a potentially damaging signature (and thus we need a binary classification for simplicity). Next, we evaluate whether this signature entails a fitness effect (with DeMaSk), and finally, retain only the cases we can identify with a structural mechanism to study further.

      The thresholds we set as the default for data analysis of dotplots in GEMME and DeMaSk are discussed in __Supplementary Text S3 __of the original MAVISp article. In brief, we carried out an ROC analysis against the scores for known pathogenic and benign variants in ClinVar with review status higher than 2. For applicative purposes, one could design other strategies to analyze the MAVISp data too; it is not limited to the workflow we decided to set as the primary one for our focused studies, as already mentioned above.

      We have now also included classification based on the GMM model applied to GEMME scores for POLE and POLD1, so it can be evaluated against other designs for our protein of interest (see Table 1 in the revised version). The method section has been revised to include this part, and the ProteoCast pre-print is cited as a reference. We have not yet officially included this classification in the MAVISp database because we must first follow internal protocols to meet the inclusion criteria for new methods or analyses. We will do so by performing a similar comparison on the entire MAVISp dataset and focusing on high-quality variants, as ClinVar annotations, as we did to set the current thresholds for GEMME in Supplementary Table S3 of the original MAVISp article. We need to allocate time and resources to this pilot, which is scheduled for Q1 2026.

      ** On the presentation and impact of the results

      • While reading the manuscript, it is difficult to grasp the main messages. The text contains abundant discussion about the potential caveats of the framework, the care that should be taken in interpreting the results, and the dependency on the clinical context. Although these aspects are certainly important, this extensive discussion (spread throughout the manuscript) obscures the results. Moreover, the way variants are catalogued throughout the text makes it difficult to grasp key highlights. The reader is left unsure about whether the framework can actually help the clinical practitioners.

      We have revised the text to make it easier to read, including additional MD simulations of three variants of interest and more downstream analyses to clarify the mechanisms of action. We also added a recap of the most interesting variants and their associated mechanisms, along with the ranking of the variants using the different features available in the MAVISp csv file for the VUS. We hope that this makes it more accessible and valuable. In the original publication, Table 2 aimed to provide a summary of the interesting variants, and we have revised it now in light of the ranking results and the additional analyses that allow us to clarify the mechanisms of action further. We have also introduced__ Figure 9 and Tables S3 and S4__, which present data on ACMG-like classification for VUS that can fall into the likely pathogenic or benign categories.

      • In many cases, the authors state that experimental validation is required to validate the results. Could they be more explicit on the experimental design and the expected outcome?

      We have added a section on the point above at pages 21 and 30, where, alongside the summary of mechanisms per variant, we propose the experimental readouts to use based on known MAVE assays or assays that could be designed.

      • AlphaMissense seems to tend to over-predict pathogenicity. Could the authors comment on that?

      We are unsure whether this comment relates to our specific case or to a general feature of AlphaMissense.

      In the latest iteration of our small benchmarking dataset for POLE and POLD1 (as shown in the paper), we achieve a sensitivity of 1 and a balanced specificity of 0.96 for AlphaMissense, which suggests that AlphaMissense does not over-predict pathogenicity very significantly in these proteins, predicting true negatives (i.e., non-pathogenic) mutations quite accurately. As performance was sufficient in our case, we deemed recalibrating the classification threshold for AlphaMissense unnecessary.

      We are aware that this is not necessarily the case for every gene, e.g., it has been shown that AlphaMissense shows lower specificity in some cases (see e.g. 10.3389/fgene.2024.1487608, 10.1038/s41375-023-02116-3). This is also why we found it essential to evaluate its performance with its recommended classification on a gene-specific basis, as done here. In the future, we will keep a critical eye on our predictors to understand whether they are suitable for the specific case of study, or whether they require threshold recalibration or the use of a different predictor.

      ** On specific variants

      • The mention of H1066R, H1068, and D1068Y is very confusing. There seems to be a confusion between residue numbers and amino acid types.

      We have revised the text for typos and errors. This part of the text changed, so these specific variants are no longer mentioned.

      • A major limitation of the 3D modeling is this impossibility to include Zn2+ coordination by cysteine residues. This limitation holds for both POLE and POLD1. Could the authors comment on the implication of this limitation for interpreting the mechanistic impact of variants. In particular, there are several variants reported in the study that consist in gain of cysteines. The authors discuss the potential impact of some of these mutations on the structural stability but not that on Zn coordination or the formation of disulphide bridges.

      This is a great suggestion. We had, for a long time, a plan in the pipeline to include a module to tackle changes in cysteines. We have now used this occasion to include a new module that allows identifying mutations: 1) that are likely to disrupt native disulphide bridges and annotate them as damaging or 2) potential de novo formation of disulphide bridges upon a mutation of a residue to a cysteine, also annotated as damaging with respect to the original functionality. We also included a step that evaluates if the protein target is eligible for the analysis based on the cellular localization, since in specific compartments the redox condition (such as the nucleus) would not favour disulfide bridges. The module has been added to MAVISp, and we are collecting data with the module for the existing entries in the database to be able to release them at one of the following updates. More details are on the website in the Documentation section (https://services.healthtech.dtu.dk/services/MAVISp-1.0/). We could not apply the module to POLE and POLD1 since they are nuclear proteins, and it would not be meaningful to look into this structural aspect either in connection with loss of native cysteines or de novo disulfide bridge formation upon mutations that change a wild-type residue to a cysteine.

      We would like to clarify that the structures we use, as it is a focused study rather than high-throughput data collection for the first inclusion in the MAVISp database, have been modelled with zinc at the correct position. It is just the first layer of high-throughput collection with MAVISp, which uses models without cofactors unless the biocurator attempts to model them or we move to collect further data for research studies (as done here). Prompted by this confusion, we have now added a field to the metadata of a MAVISp entry indicating the cofactor state. Nevertheless, the RaSP stability prediction does not account for the cofactor's presence, even when it is bound in the model. This is discussed in the Method Section. We thus did not further analyze the variants in sites directly coordinating the metal groups due to these limitations.

      • MAVISp does not identify any mechanistic effect for a substantial portion of variants labelled as pathogenic. Could the authors comment on this point?

      We are not sure how to interpret this question. It can be read two ways. Either the reviewer is asking about the known pathogenic ClinVar variants without mechanistic indicators, or more generally, the ones that we label “pathogenic” in discovery (we actually refer to more usually damaging in the dotplots), and for which we cannot associate a mechanism.

      Overall, as a general consideration, it would be challenging to envision a mechanism for each variant predicted to be functionally damaging. For example, in the case of POLE and POLD1, we still lack models of complexes that did not meet the quality-control and inclusion criteria for the binding-free-energy scheme used by the LOCAL INTERACTION module. Also, when it comes to effects on catalysis or to analyzing effects in more detail at the cofactor sites, we could miss effects that would require QM/MM calculations. Other points we have not yet covered include cases related to changes in protein abundance due to degron exposure for degradation, which is one of the mechanistic indicators we are currently developing. Moreover, we used only unbiased molecular simulations of the free protein, and we would need future studies with enhanced sampling approaches and longer timescales to better address conformational changes and changes in the population of different protein conformational states induced by the mutation (including DNA). This can be handled formally by the MAVISp framework using metadynamics approaches, but it would be outside the scope of this work and is a direction for future studies on a subset of variants to investigate in even greater detail.

      Furthermore, modifications related to PTM differ from phosphorylations. Anyway, our scope is to use the platform to provide structure-based characterization of either known pathogenic variants or potentially damaging ones predicted by VEPs, and focus on more detailed analyses of those. As we develop MAVISp further and design new modules, we will also be able to tackle other mechanistic aspects. This discussion, however, is more relevant to the MAVISp method paper itself.

      Moreover, none of the variants discussed are associated with allosteric effect. Is this expected?

      .

      In general, allosteric mutations are rare. Nevertheless, in these case studies, the size of the proteins under investigation also poses some challenges for the underlying coarse-grain model used in the simple mode to generate the allosteric signalling map, as we have found it performs best on protein structures below 1000 residues

      __Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)): __

      The manuscript utilized the MAVISp framework to characterize 64,429 missense variants (43,415 in POLE and 21,014 in POLD1) through computational saturation mutagenesis. The authors integrate protein stability predictions with pathogenicity predictors to provide mechanistic insights into DNA polymerase variants relevant to cancer predisposition and immunotherapy response. There are discussions of known PPAP-associated variants and somatic cancer mutations in the context of known data and some proposed variants of interest (which are not validated).

      Major comments:

      I was unaware of the MAVISp framework. It concerns me that alebit this paper has a lot of technical details about the framework, its not the paper about the framework. I did look into the paper https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2022.10.22.513328v5 which keeps benign updated (version five now) for three years, but I do not see a peer reviewed version. It would be unfair of me to peer review the underlying framework of the work but together with the previous comments, I am a bit concerned.

      We have intentionally left the MAVISp resource paper as a living pre-print until we have sufficient data in the database that could be useful to the rest of the community. We have been actively revising the manuscript, thanks to comments from users in previous versions, to ensure it provides a solid resource. We had attempted approximately one and a half years ago a submission to a high-impact journal and even addressed the reviewers’ comments there. Still, we did not receive feedback for a long time, and ultimately, we were not sent to the reviewers again despite more than six months of work on our side. After that, we realized that we would benefit from collecting a larger dataset, and we invested time and effort in that and submitted again for revision, this time through Review Commons in the Summer of 2025. Anyway, the paper has been peer-reviewed by three reviewers through Review Commons. We submitted the revised version and response to reviewers, and it is now under revision with Protein Science. The reviewers’ comments and our responses can be found in the “Latested Referred Preprints” on the Review Commons website with the date of 17th of October 2025.

      We would also like to clarify another point on this. In our experience, it is common practice to keep sofware on BioRxiv even for a long and to bring it to a more complete form in parallel with the community already applying it. This allows feedback from peers in a broad manner. We had similar experiences with MoonlightR, where the first publications with applications within the TCGA-PanCancer papers came before the publication of the tool itself, and the same has been for any of our main workflows, such as MutateX or RosettaDDGPrediction, which are widely used by the community. Finally, it can be considered that the MAVISp framework has already been used in different published peer-review studies (since 2023), attesting to its integrity and potential. Here, the reviewer can read more about the studies that used MAVISp data or modules: https://elelab.gitbook.io/mavisp/overview/publications-that-used-mavisp-data

      For example, the authors are using AlphaFold models to predict DDG values. Delgado et al. (2025, Bioinformatics) explicitly tested FoldX on such models and concluded that "AlphaFold2 models are not suitable for point mutation ΔΔG estimation" after observing a correlation of 0.06 between experimental and calculated values. AlphaFold's own documentation states it "has not been validated for predicting the effect of mutations". Pak et al. (2023, PLOS ONE) showed correlation between AlphaFold confidence metrics and experimental ΔΔG of -0.17. Needless to say that these concerns seriously undermine the validity of a major part of the study.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comments and would like to clarify a point regarding the MAVISp STABILITY module, which we believe may have been misunderstood. Based on the studies cited by the reviewer, which critique the use of AF-generated mutant structures for assessing stability effects, we understand that this assumption may have led to the concern.

      The STABILITY module utilises three in silico tools (FoldX, Rosetta, and RaSP) to assess changes in protein stability resulting from missense mutations. Importantly, the input to these assessments consists of AF models of the WT protein structures, not of AF-generated mutant structures. The mutants are generated using the FoldX and Rosetta protocols, along with estimates of the changes in free energy. For further details and clarification, we kindly refer the reviewer to the MAVISp original publication.

      Also, one should consider the goal of our use of free energy calculations: not to identify the exact ΔΔG values, but to correlate with data from in vitro or biophysical experiments, such as those from cellular experiments like MAVE. We, other researchers, have shown that we have a good agreement in the MAVISp paper (case study on PTEN as an example in the original MAVISp publication and https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC5980760/ https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28422960/,10.7554/eLife.49138). Also, we had, before even designing the STABILITY module for MAVISp, verified that we can use WT structures from AlphaFold (upon proper trimming and quality control with Prockech) instead of experimental structure without compromising accuracy in the publications of the two main protocols of the STABILITY module (MutateX and RosettaDDGPrediction and a case study on p53, https://doi.org/10.1093/bib/bbac074,https://doi.org/10.1002/pro.4527). In the focused studies, we also carefully consider whether the prediction is at a site with a low pLDDT score or surrounded by other sites with a low pLDDT score before reaching any conclusions. The pLDDT score is reported in the MAVISp csv file exactly to be used for flagging variants or looking closer at them, as we discuss in this study (see, for example, Figure 2). Additionally, it should be noted that we employ a consensus approach across the two classes of methods in MAVISp to account for their limitations arising from their empirical energy function or backbone stiffness. Furthermore, in the focused studies, we also collected molecular dynamics simulations for the ensemble mode and reassessed the stability on different conformations from the trajectory to compensate for the issues with backbone stiffness of FoldX, RaSP, and Rosetta ΔΔG protocols.

      I have to add that this is also true for the technical choices: Several integrated predictors (DeMaSk, GEMME) are outperformed by newer methods according to benchmarking studies (https://www.embopress.org/doi/full/10.15252/msb.202211474). AlphaMissense, while state-of-the-art, shows substantial overcalling of pathogenic variants. could ensemble meta-predictors (REVEL, BayesDel) improve accuracy?

      The MAVISP framework includes REVEL as one of the VEPs available for data analysis. In this way, we were representing one of the ensemble meta-predictors. This is explained in the MAVISp original paper. We were not aware of BayesDel, which we will consider for one of the next pilot projects to assess new tools for the framework (see more details below on how we generally proceed). Currently, we cannot use REVEL for all variants because we do not necessarily have genomic coordinates for them. We retrieve genomic-level variants corresponding to our protein variants from mutation databases, where available (e.g., ClinVar, COSMIC, or CbioPortal). However, as we strive to cover every possible mutation, several of the variants in MAVISp are not in the database, which means we do not have the corresponding genomic variation for those, limiting our ability to annotate them with VEPs. In the future (see GitHub issue https://github.com/ELELAB/cancermuts/issues/235), we will revise the code to identify the genomic variants that could give rise to each protein mutation of interest, thereby increasing the coverage of VEP annotations.

      We can see from the work cited by the reviewer that ESM-1v, EVE, and DeepSequence are among the top performers, whereas reviewer 2 cited another work in which GEMME outperforms EVE. We have been covering all of them, except ESM-1v, in our framework. We are planning to evaluate for inclusion in MAVISP some of the new top-performing predictors, including ESM-1v, in Q2 2026 (according to the protocol described later in this answer), which is why it is not available yet.

      In our discovery protocol (i.e., when we work on VUS or variants not classified in ClinVar), we generally use AlphaMissense as the first indicator of potentially damaging variants. EVE, REVEL, or GEMME could be used in the case that AlphaMissense data are missing or as a second layer of evidence in the case we want, for example, to select a smaller pool of variants for experimental validation in a protein target with too many uncharacterized variants and too many that pass the evaluation with our discovery workflow. Finally, we rely on DeMaSk, as it also provides information on possible loss- or gain-of-fitness signatures to further filter the variant of interest for the search of mechanistic indicators. Since the MAVISp framework is modular, other users may want to use the data differently and design a different workflow. They have access to them (scores and classifications) through the web portal. The fact that we combine AlphaMissense with DeMaSk could yield final results after further variant filtering and mitigate the issue that AlphaMissense risks over-predicting pathogenicity.

      In general, we work to keep MAVISp up-to-date, and we have developed a protocol for the inclusion of new methodologies in the available module before generating and releasing data with new tools in the database. In particular, we perform comparative studies using data already available in the database to evaluate the performance of new approaches against that of the tools already included. Depending on the module, we use different golden standards that we are also curating in parallel, and it would make sense to apply for that specific module. For example, if the question is to evaluate VEP, we would compare it against ClinVar known variants with good review status. If the VEP performs better than the currently included ones, we can include it as an additional source of annotations and evaluate whether we could change the protocol for the discovery/characterization of variants. We operate similarly for the structural modules. For example, for stability, we are importing experimental data from MAVE assays on protein abundance and use them as a golden standard where we evaluate new approaches against the current FoldX and Rosetta-based consensus for changes in folding free energies. Instead, If we find evidence that suggests switching to a new method or integrating it would be beneficial, we will do so as a result of these investigations. An example of our working mode for evaluating tools for inclusion in the framework is illustrated by how we handled the comparison between RaSP and Rosetta in the MAVISp original article (Supplementary file S2) before officially switching to RaSP for high-throughput data collection. We still maintain Rosetta, especially in focused studies, to validate further variants classified as uncertain.

      *Further, I found the web site of the framework, where I looked for the data on these models, rather user unfriendly. Selecting POLD1, POLD2, or POLE tells me I am viewing entries A2ML1, ABCB11, ABCB6 respectively, when I search for POL and then click: these are the first three entries of the table, bot the what I click on. displaying the whole table and clicking on POLD1, gets me to POLD1. However, when I selected "Damaging mutations on structure" I get "Could not fetch protein structure model from the AlphaFold Protein Structure Database". Many other features are not working (Safari or Chrome, in a Mac). That is a concern for the usability of the dataset. *

      • *

      We have been able to reproduce the bugs identified by the reviewer and have fixed them. The second was connected to recent updates on the AlphaFold Protein Structure Database. We are not really sure how to work and act on the “other features that are not working” due to lack of specificity in this comment. Still, we have worked to make the website more robust: the coauthors of this work and other colleagues in the MAVISp team have extensively tested it across different proteins and with various browsers and operating systems, and we have fixed all identified issues. We also have a GitHub repository where users can open issues to share problems they have been experiencing with the website, which we will fix as promptly as we can (https://www.github.com/ELELAB/MAVISp), as we do for any of the tools we develop and maintain. If the reviewer were to come across other specific problems with the website, we recommend to (anonymously) open issues on the MAVISp repository so that they can be described more in detail and dealt with appropriately.

      This comment seems more related to the MAVISP paper itself than to the POLE and POLD1 entries. We have been doing several revisions to the web app to improve it over time. We are also afraid that the reviewer consulted it during one of these changes, and we hope it will be better now. For POLE and POLD1, the CSV files were, in any case, also available through the MAVISp website itself (https://services.healthtech.dtu.dk/services/MAVISp-1.0/), as well as in the OSF repository connected to this paper (https://osf.io/z8x4j/overview), in case the reader needed to consult them or as a reference for the analyses reported in this paper.

      Albeit this is a thorough analysis with the existing tools, and the authors make some sparse attempts to put the mutants classification in context with examples, the work stays descriptive for know effects in literature, or point out that e.g. "further functional and in vitro assays are required". The examples are not presented in a systematic way, or in an appealing manner. Thus, what this manuscript adds to the web site is unclear. It is a description of content, which could be at least more appealing if examples woudl be more clearly outlined in a conceptual framework, and illustrated more consistently. For exmaple I read in the middle of mage 16 "One such example is the F931S (p.Phe931Ser) variant (Figure 5A)" and then I see "F931 forms contacts with D626, a critical residue for the coordination of Mg2+ which is essential for the correct orientation of the incoming nucleotide (Figure XXX)". Figure 5B is not XXX as this has just many mutations labeled. These issues are very discouraging. I woudl recommend to put much more effort in examples, put them in clearer paragraphs, and decribe results rather than the methodology. Doing both in an intemigled way, clearly does not work for me.

      We have revised the storyline to make it more straightforward for the reader, focusing on the essential messages and avoiding excessive description in the results section, instead conveying the key points directly. We also included new simulation data on three variants and downstream analyses of other variants. We revised the section to focus less on methodologies and more on the actual biological results. We have also added a ranking approach for the VUS and an ACMG-like classification to facilitate the identification of the most important results.

      Additionally, we included a summary Table (Table 2) and Figure 9 that present the main findings on the VUS, and we discussed in the text the possible associated experimental validation.

      We also do not fully understand the reviewer’s comment “the work stays descriptive for know effects in literature”. We agree that we should make a better effort to write the results in a logical and easy-to-follow manner, without risking the reader getting lost in too many details, and with more dedicated subsections. However, the paper does not describe just known effects in the literature. We had, in the previous version, a section aimed at identifying mechanistic indicators for ClinVar-reported variants that are also (in some cases) functionally characterized. This is true, but it is the very first part of the results, and it is still adding structure-based knowledge to these variants. After this, we also reported predicted results with mechanisms for VUS and variants in other databases. We took the opportunity in this revised version to elaborate more on the results of the variants reported in COSMIC and cBioPortal.

      We are afraid that we also do not fully understand the reviewer's comment on the fact that “Thus, what this manuscript adds to the website is unclear.” We have generated POLE and POLD1 data with the MAVISp toolkit in both ensemble and simple mode, and the whole pool of local interactions with other proteins and DNA, specifically for this publication. It should be acknowledged that we have generated new data in ensemble mode, which relies on all-atom microsecond molecular dynamics simulations, and additional modules for the simple mode, including calculations with the flexddg protocol of Rosetta, which is also computationally demanding, to provide a comprehensive overview of the effects of variants in POLE and POLD1. The two proteins were available in the database only in simple mode with the basic default modules, and the remaining data were collected during this research article. This can also be inferred by the references in the csv file of the ensemble mode, which refer only to the DOI of the pre-print of this article. This entails a substantial effort in computing and analysis. The website is the repository for data that researchers collect using the MAVISp protocols or modules; in our opinion, it cannot replace a research project. We designed the database to store the data generated by the framework for others to consult and use for various purposes (e.g., biological studies, preparing datasets for benchmarking approaches against existing ones, or using features for machine learning applications). The entry point in the database is the simple mode, along with some compulsory modules (VEPs, STABILITY, PTM, EFOLDMINE, SASA). After this initial entry point, a biocurator or a team of researchers can decide to expand data coverage by moving into the other modules. Still, at some point, one would need to design focused studies to have a comprehensive overview of the effects on specific targets, as we did here, or, for example, in the publication https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbadis.2024.167260.

      Furthermore, there are analyses here, especially in the simulations, that are not directly available from consulting the database; in these cases, one needs to use other resources beyond MAVISp to investigate further the mechanisms underlying the predicted mechanistic indicators. We also included simulations of mutant variants to validate the hypothesis further. And another example is the analysis of the effects on the splicing site that is not covered by a structure-based framework, such as MAVISp, but is still an essential aspect in the analysis of the variants' effects.

      Will the community find this analysis useful?

      The analysis provided here will be helpful, especially for researchers interested in experimental studies of these enzymes, because they have throughout the study an extensive portfolio of structural data to consult, including a ranked list of variants by class of effect. We originally started designing MAVISp because we realized it was needed by our experimental collaborators, both in cellular biology and in more clinical research, whenever they needed to predict or simulate variants, and we expanded the concept into a robust, versatile framework for broader use. Especially for those genes where extensive MAVE data are not available (as in this case), having a set of variants to test experimentally is crucial support, as it provides the potential mechanism behind the predicted damaging variant.

      How many ClinVar VUS could be reclassified using MAVISp data under current ACMG/AMP guidelines?

      • *

      The ACMG/AMP variant classification guidelines, to the best of our knowledge, include computational evidence (PP3/BP4) and well-established functional studies (PS3/BS3). Because MAVISp provides multi-level mechanistic predictions derived from structural modelling, these data formally fall within the PP3/BP4 computational category. They cannot be used to reclassify ClinVar VUS independently under ACMG/AMP rules. This is not really the goal of our framework, which is to provide a structure-based framework for investigating potentially damaging variants predicted by VEPs. However, the suggestion of the reviewer is something we wanted to explore too in general with MAVISp data, and we failed because of a lack of time. We checked the requirements for PP3, BP4, and PM1 and developed a classifier for VUS reported in ClinVar, using MAVISp features in accordance with the ACMG/AMP guidelines. Using ClinVar pathogenic and benign variants with at least a review status of 1 for calibration, we obtained thresholds for all MAVISp-supported VEPs (REVEL, AlphaMissense, EVE, GEMME, and DeMaSk). These thresholds were then applied to all ClinVar VUS to determine PP3 (pathogenic-supporting) and BP4 (benign-supporting) evidence. In parallel, we constructed a PM1-like mechanistic evidence category that integrates MAVISp structural stability, protein–protein interactions, DNA interactions, long-range allosteric paths, functional sites, and PTM-mediated regulatory effects. Variants classified as damaging in MAVISp according to such criteria were assigned PM1-like support. These evidence tags provide mechanistic insight to support VUS classification for polymerase proofreading genes. The workflow and complete annotated VUS table are now included in the revised manuscript and in the OSF repository. Although these findings cannot formally reclassify variants under ACMG/AMP criteria, they provide prioritization for PS3/BS3 experimental validation and highlight variants that are likely to be reclassified once supporting functional evidence becomes available.

      How do MAVISp predictions meet calibrated thresholds, as in https://genomemedicine.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s13073-023-01234-y* for the exonuclease domain of POLE and POLD1? *

      • *

      Mur et al. (Genome Medicine 2023) restricted their ACMG/AMP recommendations to the exonuclease domain (ED) because (i) nearly all known pathogenic germline variants in POLE/POLD1 cluster within the ED, (ii) the ED has a well-characterised structure–function architecture, and (iii) sufficient pathogenic and benign variants exist only within the ED to support empirical calibration. To mirror this approach, we performed the calibration workflow exclusively on ED variants (POLE residues 268–471; POLD1 residues 304–533). For these ED-restricted variants, we recalibrated all MAVISp-derived computational predictors (REVEL, AlphaMissense, EVE, GEMME, DeMaSk) using ClinVar P/LP and B/LB variants. We applied the resulting POLE/POLD1-specific thresholds to all ClinVar VUS within the ED. We also applied our PM1-like structural/functional evidence exclusively to ED variants. The results of this ED-specific analysis are now reported in the revised manuscript (Figure 9 Supplementary Tables S3 and S4), as also explained in the response to the previous question. This ensures that MAVISp predictions are applied in a manner that is consistent with the principles of Mur et al. and ACMG/AMP variant interpretation.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The manuscript used the MAVISp framework to characterize 64,429 missense variants (43,415 in POLE, 21,014 in POLD1) through computational saturation mutagenesis. The authors integrate protein stability predictions with pathogenicity predictors to provide mechanistic insights into DNA polymerase variants relevant to cancer predisposition and immunotherapy response. There are discussions of known PPAP-associated variants and somatic cancer mutations in the context of known data and some proposed variants of interest (which are not validated).

      Major comments:

      I was unaware of the MAVISp framework. It concerns me that alebit this paper has a lot of technical details about the framework, its not the paper about the framework. I did look into the paper https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2022.10.22.513328v5 which keeps benign updated (version five now) for three years, but I do not see a peer reviewed version. It would be unfair of me to peer review the underlying framework of the work but together with the previous comments, I am a bit concerned. For example, the authors are using AlphaFold models to predict DDG values. Delgado et al. (2025, Bioinformatics) explicitly tested FoldX on such models and concluded that "AlphaFold2 models are not suitable for point mutation ΔΔG estimation" afte observing a correlation of 0.06 between experimental and calculated values. AlphaFold's own documentation states it "has not been validated for predicting the effect of mutations". Pak et al. (2023, PLOS ONE) showed correlation between AlphaFold confidence metrics and experimental ΔΔG of -0.17. Needless to say that these concerns seriously undermine the validity of a major part of the study. I have to add tha this is also true for toher technical choices: Several integrated predictors (DeMaSk, GEMME) are outperformed by newer methods according to benchmarking studies (https://www.embopress.org/doi/full/10.15252/msb.202211474). AlphaMissense, while state-of-the-art, shows substantial overcalling of pathogenic variants. could ensemble meta-predictors (REVEL, BayesDel) improve accuracy?

      Further, I found the web site of the framework, where I looked for the data on these models, rather user unfriendly. Selecting POLD1, POLD2, or POLE tells me I am viewing entries A2ML1, ABCB11, ABCB6 respectively, when I search for POL and then click: these are the first three entries of the table, bot the what I click on. displaying the whole table and clicking on POLD1, gets me to POLD1. However, when I selected "Damaging mutations on structure" I get "Could not fetch protein structure model from the AlphaFold Protein Structure Database". Many other features are not working (Safari or Chrome, in a Mac). That is a concern for the usability of the dataset.

      Albeit this is a thorough analysis with the existing tools, and the authors make some sparse attempts to put the mutants classification in context with examples, the work stays descriptive for know effects in literature, or point out that e.g. "further functional and in vitro assays are required". The examples are not presented in a systematic way, or in an appealing manner. Thus, what this manuscript adds to the web site is unclear. It is a description of content, which could be at least more appealing if examples woudl be more clearly outlined in a conceptual framework, and illustrated more consistently. For exmaple I read in the middle of mage 16 "One such example is the F931S (p.Phe931Ser) variant (Figure 5A)" and then I see "F931 forms contacts with D626, a critical residue for the coordination of Mg2+ which is essential for the correct orientation of the incoming nucleotide (Figure XXX)". Figure 5B is not XXX as this has just many mutations labeled. These issues are very discouraging. I woudl recommend to put much more effort in examples, put them in clearer paragraphs, and decribe results rather than the methodology. Doing both in an intemigled way, clearly does not work for me.

      Will the community find this analysis useful? How many ClinVar VUS could be reclassified using MAVISp data under current ACMG/AMP guidelines? How do MAVISp predictions meet calibrated thresholds as in https://genomemedicine.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s13073-023-01234-y for the exonuclease domain of POLE and POLD1? Such questions might undermien teh appear of the work and coudl been looked into.

      Referee cross-commenting

      I agree with all the comments raised by reviewer 2; she/he elaborates more on some issues I brought up too briefly (e.g. the choice of GEMME) while other issues that I made more comments about are also mentioned. I only want to note that the statement "A major limitation of the 3D modeling is this impossibility to include Zn2+ coordination by cysteine residues" is not accurate, as there are many 3D structure prediction tools and modeling tools that are capable og handling zinc ions coordinated by cysteines.

      While I respect that Referee 1 is clearly more positive and less concerned by methodological issues, I note that while I agree that "The authors identify numerous variants for prioritisation in further studies" (albeit in a sparse and not well organised manner in my view), I am not convinced by the present manuscript that "the effectiveness of integrating various data sources for inferring the mechanistic impact of variants" is really shown: there are hypotheses generated, but none are tested, so the effectiveness of the approach remains to be proven in my view.

      I still view this as a thorough study and a very brave attempt to be integrative and inclusive, but several methodological limitations and lack of concrete novel insight, seriously dampen my enthusiasm.

      Significance

      Strengths:

      A very comprehensive analysis of POLE and POLD1 missense variants (64,429 total), approximately 600-fold more coverage than the ~100 experimentally characterized variants in the PolED database. The multi-layered MAVISp approach provides mechanistic interpretability beyond simple pathogenic/benign classifications, potentially valuable for understanding variant effects on stability, DNA binding, protein interactions, and allosteric communication. The clinical context is highly relevant given POLE/POLD1 roles in disease.

      Limitations:

      The methodological concerns were outlined above. No solid new insight examples in a validated manner. Examples of how the datasets can be really used are not well-organised as they appear in the context of the approach in perplexed manner.

      Advance:

      The advance is primarily technical and database-driven rather than conceptually novel. Scale, Multi-dimensional assessment, Mechanistic insight and consideration of Clinical framework integration is a clear advance.

      Audience:

      The audience is the POLDPOLE experts; I however doubt if clinical scientists will find the paper useful, especially in the context of the absence of a dedicated resource and the fact that the entried in the MAVISp web-toold are not easily and intuitively accessible and clinical requirements(eg Integration with ACMG/AMP classification frameworks) are not clearly met.

      Reviewer expertise: I am a structural biologist with experience in structure analysis of experimental and predicted models, but no specific expertise or interest in polymerases.

    1. Zjistěte, co o nás říkají zákazníci Odolný vůči všem podmínkám Stan funguje fantasticky – rozkládá se rychle a bez problémů. Potisk na stěnách a střeše je intenzivní, nebojí se deště ani jiných nepříznivých povětrnostních podmínek. Slovy – ano! Jsme spokojeni s nákupem. Kinga Grundaj-Kamińska Ředitelka marketingu Auto Partner S.A. Nejlepší podpora na motoristických akcích Stany MITKO se osvědčily na kolech Horské automobilové mistrovství Polska a na dalších motoristických akcích organizovaných Automobilklubem Malopolska Krosno. Byly užitečné jako místo pro provádění kontrolních testů sportovních vozidel před závody, jako VIP stan pro pozvané hosty, stejně jako pro komentátory závodů. Lehké, estetické a praktické stany. Pokud se o ně staráte podle pokynů, budou sloužit dlouhá léta.

      delete

  8. test2025.mitkoforevents.cz test2025.mitkoforevents.cz
    1. Jaké tkaniny a potisky používáme u nůžkových stanů Octa Go? Polyester 220 g/m² z recyklovaných PET lahví Poliester 240 g/m² Polyester OG 275 g/m² Polyester 330 g/m² s PVC povlakem Bílý polyester 220 g/m² z recyklovaných PET lahví umožňuje jednostranný sublimační potisk, přičemž impregnace na rubu zůstává bílá.   Materiál lze navíc potisknout ve vybraných oblastech metodou DTF. Tento recyklovaný textil je ideální volbou pro ekologicky smýšlející klienty. Další informace o kolekci Nature najdete zde. White Sublimation Tkanina s gramáží cca 240 g/m² je opatřena dvojitou polyuretanovou vrstvou, díky níž dosahuje vysoké úrovně nepromokavosti. Bílý materiál je možné jednostranně potisknout sublimací, přičemž druhá strana zůstane bílá.   Impregnovaná lícní strana může být doplněna UV potiskem pro maximální odolnost. Všechny barevné varianty lze navíc potisknout technikou DTF na vybraná místa. Jde o materiál, který zákazníci volí nejčastěji.

      use the same as on https://test2025.mitkoforevents.cz/nuzkove-stany/3x3/

    2. Reklamní potisky jsou naší specializací Vlastní digitální tiskárna Disponujeme moderní, plně vybavenou digitální tiskárnou, ve které realizujeme potisky technologií sublimace, UV a DTF. Díky tomu máme plnou kontrolu nad kvalitou, barevností a termíny každé zakázky.   Sublimace zajišťuje trvanlivé, hluboce syté barvy na polyesterových tkaninách, UV tisk umožňuje vytvářet mimořádně odolnou, ostrou a intenzivní grafiku – také na polyestru potaženém PVC, a technologie DTF umožňuje aplikovat přesné grafické prvky na vybraná místa materiálu, a to jak na povlakované, tak nepovlakované tkaniny.   Kombinace těchto tří technologií nám poskytuje maximální flexibilitu výroby a umožňuje realizovat jednoduché i velmi náročné projekty – od drobných detailů až po rozsáhlé reklamní plochy. Dokonalý sublimovací tisk Polyesterové tkaniny používané v našich reklamních stanech jsou jednostranně potiskovány sublimací, která zaručuje estetický a mimořádně trvanlivý výsledek. Tisk je odolný proti oděru a UV záření na úrovni 5-6 na vlněné stupnici, takže barvy zůstávají intenzivní i při dlouhodobém venkovním používání.   Sublimace zajišťuje vysoké sytosti barev, ostré hrany grafiky a velmi dobrou kvalitu detailů – bez ohledu na složitost projektu. Trvanlivý UV tisk Polyestery potažené PVC tiskneme jednostranně UV technologií, která poskytuje mimořádnou trvanlivost a odolnost vůči povětrnostním vlivům. Okamžité vytvrzení inkoustu UV světlem zaručuje intenzivní barvy a ostré detaily.   Tisk se vyznačuje vysokou odolností proti oděru a slunečnímu záření – na úrovni 7-8 na vlněné stupnici – což zajišťuje dlouhodobě estetický vzhled materiálu. DTF potisk na vybraných místech materiálu

      use the same as on https://test2025.mitkoforevents.cz/nuzkove-stany/3x3/

    1. Author response:

      A more in-depth explanation of marker panel applications is needed. Specifically, how should users interpret gene panels where individual genes show only moderate or low expression levels, but the combination provides high specificity? Providing a concrete example, along with guidelines for interpreting such combinatorial signatures, would enhance the practical utility of the method.

      We appreciate the need to explain and demonstrate how to use the novel combinatorial gene marker sets that CellCover generates. To be clear, individual genes expressed at low levels and in small numbers of cells, in general, have high specificity (the ability to mark cells of a particular type without erroneously marking other cells as this type) and are often used in combinations by CellCover to achieve a panel of genes with high sensitivity (the ability to mark all cells of a particular type). Low or sparsely expressed genes of this type may represent poorly measured genes (i.e. zero inflation known to occur in single-cell data, where genes are measured as zero in cells which actually express the gene) or may represent genes which are truly expressed only in a subset of the annotated class. Because CellCover can borrow strength across genes, it can harness the true information in either class of genes, even if affected by zero inflation. Further investigation of structure within the cell class (and across other cell classes) using the CellCover gene marker panel, as well as other genes, is necessary to clarify this issue in any particular analysis. In the manuscript, we evaluate the expression of individual genes within and across classes in this manner to understand deeper structure in Figures 1A, S6 and S8.

      To demonstrate how CellCover selects individual genes with high specificity and low sensitivity, but which are complementary to one another, in order to achieve high collective sensitivity, here we consider a hypothetical dataset of many cells where we focus on one cell class that contains 100 cells composed of four subtypes.

      - Subtype A: cells 1–20

      - Subtype B: cells 21–30

      - Subtype C: cells 31–50

      - Subtype D: cells 51–100

      To illustrate how CellCover evaluates marker gene panels, in this example, the genes under instigation have very different weights (i.e. the ratio of a gene’s expression in the cell class of interest versus its expression in other cells). Suppose we have two candidate marker panels:

      Panel 1 (coarse markers).

      - Gene A: covers cells 1–30 (weight = 0.4)

      - Gene B: covers cells 30–60 (weight = 0.3)

      - Gene C: covers cells 60–100 (weight = 0.2)

      Each gene in this panel covers a relatively large portion of the population (> 30%), but their weights are comparatively high, indicating limited specificity to the focal cell type. Although the panel {A,B,C} attains full coverage, its markers are coarse and nonspecific.

      Panel 2 (fine-grained, combinatorial markers).

      - Gene A’: covers cells 1–20 (weight = 0.05)

      - Gene B’: covers cells 20–30 (weight = 0.10)

      - Gene C’: covers cells 30–50 (weight = 0.05)

      - Gene D’: covers cells 50–100 (weight = 0.10)

      Each marker is expressed in a smaller fraction of the population (individually low sensitivity), but the weights are substantially lower, reflecting strong subtype specificity. Importantly, these genes are complementary: their union covers all 100 cells (high combinatorial sensitivity), even though no single gene spans more than 20–50% of the cells.

      Under a strict covering requirement (e.g., α \= 0, requiring 100% coverage, i.e. perfect sensitiity), both panels satisfy the constraint. However, CellCover selects the second panel because its total weight (specificity) is smaller. This preference reflects the design of the objective function: the method favors markers that are highly cell-type-specific, even if they individually cover only a subset of the population, as long as their complements yield full coverage. As a result, CellCover can reveal refined subtype structure within what appears to be a single cell population.

      Interpretation guidelines. We explicitly note that CellCover marker panels should be interpreted as combinatorial signatures:

      - Individual genes may show localized, subtype-restricted expression.

      - The union of their expression defines the target cell type.

      - Low-weight genes are more specific; CellCover therefore prioritizes them whenever they provide complementary coverage.

      - The resulting panel may highlight latent heterogeneity or subpopulations within the cell type that express different subsets of the markers.

      In addition to these technical guidelines for interpreting gene panels, throughout the manuscript we use the transfer of CellCover marker gene panels to related datasets to assess the biological function of the gene sets. We propose this as a general tool in the examination of gene lists and have implemented methods to visualize the expression of any gene list (including gene lists uploaded by users) using the Projection Tool within NeMO Anlaytics.

      Further quantification of CellCover’s sensitivity in detecting rare cell subtypes or states would strengthen the evaluation of its performance. Additionally, it would be helpful to assess how CellCover performs under noisy conditions, such as low cell numbers or read depths, which are common challenges in scRNA-seq datasets.

      While CellCover is a method to define marker gene panels for cell classes that are already defined in a dataset, its performance on rare cell classes, small numbers of cells and low read depths is still a relevant issue. The analyses in the paper can speak to some of these concerns: The Telley dataset, which we use throughout the manuscript, used FlashTag labeling of cells prior to sequencing in order to ascertain the time since terminal division for each cell. This unique metadata linked to each cell’s expression data enabled many of the analyses we performed in the paper, but also limited the number of cells that were sequenced. For this reason, the number of cells in this dataset (total cells = 2756) is much lower than that seen in the vast majority of other single-cell sequencing studies, including those we use for the transfer of marker gene sets defined by CellCover in the Telley data. As a result, the cell classes for which we define marker gene panels in the paper contain relatively small numbers of cells. This is especially true in the 12-class analysis in Figures 4 and 5 where CellCover successfully defines gene panels for all 12 classes which transfer well to other datasets. Total cells per class range from 134 to 301. Figure S6 shows that the discriminative power of the 12 gene panels varied widely, with the most highly discriminative panel being from the E12.1H condition with only 189 cells).

      In addition, we note that the behavior of CellCover on rare (or any) cell classes can be characterized deterministically under mild condition. For a fixed cell class and a required covering rate of 1, a depth-k covering gene panel exists if and only if every cell in the class expresses at least k genes. Under this condition, CellCover is guaranteed to find a covering panel of depth-k. Importantly, this guarantee does not impose any restriction on the panel size. Consequently, the compactness of the resulting panel reflects intrinsic properties of the data rather than algorithmic limitations: a small panel indicates that a subset of genes is robustly and consistently expressed across most cells in the class, even if the class itself is rare, whereas a large panel suggests highly heterogeneous expression patterns, where different genes are expressed in different cells. In this sense, the feasibility and structure of a covering panel are determined by the biological and technical characteristics of the dataset (e.g., read depth, expression sparsity, and the specificty of gene expression in the defined cell classes), rather than by the performance of CellCover itself.

      It is intriguing and novel that CellCover analysis of the dataset from Telley et al. suggests cell-type-specific expression of ribosomal, mitochondrial, or tRNA genes. These findings would be significantly strengthened by additional validation. For example, the reported radial glia-specific expression of Rps18-ps3 and Rps10-ps1, as well as the postmitotic neuron-specific expression of mt-Tv and mt-Nd4l, should be corroborated using independent scRNA-seq or spatial transcriptomic datasets of the developing neocortex. Alternatively, these expression patterns could be directly examined through immunostaining or single-molecule FISH analysis.

      The main problem with such analysis is that most studies have omitted the expression of these genes (especially mitochondrial genes that are primarily viewed as QC metrics) from their datasets. We encourage researchers to retain the expression of these transcripts in their data so that their biological functions can be explored. Where available, the expression of these genes can be visualized in NeMO Analytics in the mouse where the enrichment of Rps18-ps3 expression in radial glia can be seen in the Di Bella 2021 dataset and in the human where the expression of mt-Tv can be seen in neurons in the Polioudakis 2019, Darmanis 2015, Camp 2015, and Liu 2016 datasets.

      Taking a broader perspective, a growing body of foundational work in developmental neurobiology supports the observation that mitochondrial state and metabolic programs undergo systematic changes during neuronal differentiation, consistent with our CellCover findings. For example, Khacho 2016 demonstrated that mitochondrial dynamics are essential regulators of neuronal fate commitment and that the maturation of the mitochondrial network is essential for the transition from the progenitor metabolic state to the neuronal state. Iwata 2020 further highlight cell type specific mitochondrial dynamics by showing that daughter cells with highly fragmented mitochondria tend to become neurons.

      The observation that outer radial glia (oRG) markers are expressed in neural progenitors before the emergence of gliogenic progenitors in primates and humans is compelling. This could be further supported by examining the temporal and spatial expression patterns of early oRG-specific markers versus gliogenic progenitor markers in recent human spatial transcriptomic datasets - such as the one published by Xuyu et al. (PMID: 40369074) or Wang et al. (PMID: 39779846).

      We have added the scRNA-seq data from Wang et al., as well as data from the Nano et al. 2025 meta-atlas to the NeMO Analytics data collection. oRG markers from Liu et al 2023 can now be visualized across the Wang, Nano and many more human in vivo datasets. In the Nano data, these oRG markers can be seen increasing in expression in the human neocortex from GW7-12, leading into peak neurogenesis and prior to gliogenesis. Although with lower age resolution, the peaking of oRG markers in the 2nd trimester (dring peak neurogenesis) and their precipitous drop in the 3rd trimester (during peak gliogenesis) can also be seen in the Wang data. At NeMO Analytics individual marker genes of oRGs can also visualized in these datasets.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      MPRAs are a high-throughput and powerful tool for assaying the regulatory potential of genomic sequences. However, linking MPRA-nominated regulatory sequences to their endogenous target genes and identifying the more specific functional regions within these sequences can be challenging. MPRAs that tile a genomic region, and saturation mutagenesis-based MPRAs, can help to address these challenges. In this work, Tulloch et al. describe a streamlined MPRA system for the identification and investigation of the regulatory elements surrounding a gene of interest with high resolution. The use of BACs covering a locus of interest to generate MPRA libraries allows for an unbiased and high-coverage assessment of a particular region. Follow-up degenerate MPRAs, where each nucleotide in the nominated sequences is systematically mutated, can then point to key motifs driving their regulatory activity. The authors present this MPRA platform as straightforward, easily customizable, and less time- and resource-intensive than traditional MPRA designs. They demonstrate the utility of their design in the context of the developing mouse retina, where they first use the LS-MPRA to identify active regulatory elements for select retinal genes, followed by d-MPRA, which allowed them to dissect the functional regions within those elements and nominate important regulatory motifs. These assays were able to recapitulate some previously known cis-regulatory modules (CRMs), as well as identify some new potential regulatory regions. Follow-up experiments assessing co-localization of the gene of interest with the CRM-linked GFP reporter in the target cells, and CUT&RUN assays to confirm transcription factor binding to nominated motifs, provided support linking these CRMs to the genes of interest. Overall, this method appears flexible and could be an easy-to-implement tool for other investigators aiming to study their locus of interest with high resolution.

      Strengths:

      (1) The method of fragmenting BACs allows for high, overlapping coverage of the region of interest.

      (2) The d-MPRA method was an efficient way to identify key functional transcription factor motifs and nominate specific transcription factor-driven regulatory pathways that could be studied further.

      (3) Additional assays like co-expression analyses using the endogenous gene promoter, and use of the Notch inhibitor in the case of Olig2, helped correlate the activity of the CRMs to the expression of the gene of interest, and distinguish false positives from the initial MPRA.

      (4) The use of these assays across different time points, tissues, and even species demonstrated that they can be used across many contexts to identify both common and divergent regulatory mechanisms for the same gene.

      Weaknesses:

      The LS-MPRA assay most strongly identified promoters, which are not usually novel regulatory elements you would try to discover, and the signal-to-noise ratio for more TSS-distal, non-promoter regulatory elements was usually high, making it difficult to discriminate lower activity CRMs, like enhancers, from the background. For example, NR2 and NR3 in Figure 3 have very minimal activity peaks (NR3 seems non-existent). The ex vivo data in Figure 2 are similarly noisy. Is there a particular metric or calculation that was or could be used to quantitatively or statistically call a peak above the background? The authors mention in the discussion some adjustments that could reduce the noise, such as increased sequencing depth, which I think is needed to make these initial LS-MPRA results and the benchmarking of this assay more convincing and impactful.

      Much of the statistical and quantitative data asked for by the Reviewers have been provided in the Revision. However, it is important to note that the types of statistics using peak callers asked for regarding candidate choice will be of limited value. If one is testing a library in a single cell type in vitro, and/or running genome-wide assays, these statistics could aid in the choice of candidates. However, here we are electroporating a complex and dynamic set of cells, with each cell type constituting what can be very different frequencies (e.g. Olig2-expressing cells are <2.4% of cells). This fact alone will give different apparent signal to noise values. In addition, at least for Olig2 and Ngn2, their expression is very transient, suggesting dynamic regulation by what is likely multiple positive and negative CRMs. An additional confound is that the level of expression of each gene that one might test is variable. All of these variables render a statistical prediction of candidates to be less valuable than one might hope, and might lead one to miss those CRMs of interest, particularly those in a small subset of cells. Instead, we suggest that one use one’s own level of interest and knowledge in choosing CRM candidates. We provide several examples of experimental, rather than purely statistical, approaches that might help in one’s choice of candidates. We used a functional read-out of CRM activity (Notch perturbation), carried out in the context of the entire LS-MPRA library, as one method. Co-expression in single cells of candidate regulators identified by the d-MPRA is another. One can of course use chromatin structure and sequence conservation, as used in many studies of regulatory regions, as other ways to narrow down candidates. The d-MPRA predictions also can be viewed in light of previous genetic studies, i.e. mutations in TFs that effect the cell type of interest or the regulation of the gene of interest, as we were able to do here for CRMs predicted to be regulated by Otx2.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Tulloch et al. developed two modified massively parallel reporter assays (MPRAs) and applied them to identify cis-regulatory modules (CRMs) - genomic regions that activate gene expression, controlling retinal gene expression. These CRMs usually function at specific developmental stages and in distinct cell types to orchestrate retinal development. Studying them provides insights into how retinal progenitor cells give rise to various retinal cell types.

      The first assay, named locus-specific MPRA (LS-MPRA), tests all genomic regions within 150-300 kb of the gene of interest, rather than relying on previously predicted candidate regulatory elements. This approach reduces potential bias introduced during candidate selection, lowers the cost of synthesizing a library of candidate sequences, and simplifies library preparation. The LS-MPRA libraries were electroporated into mouse retinas in vivo or ex vivo. To benchmark the method, the authors first applied LS-MPRA near stably expressed retinal genes (e.g., Rho, Cabp5, Grm6, and Vsx2), and successfully identified both known and novel CRMs. They then used LS-MPRA to identify CRMs in embryonic mouse retinas, near Olig2 and Ngn2, genes expressed in subsets of retinal progenitor cells. Similar experiments were conducted in chick retinas and postnatal mouse retinas, revealing some CRMs with conserved activity across species and developmental stages.

      Although the study identified CRMs with robust reporter activity in Olig2+ or Ngn2+ cells, the data do not provide sufficient evidence to support the claims that these CRMs regulate Olig2 or Ngn2, rather than other nearby genes, in a cell-type-specific manner. For example, the authors propose that three regions (NR1/2/3) regulate Olig2 specifically in retinal progenitor cells based on: (1) the three regions are close to Olig2, (2) increased Olig2 expression and NR1/2/3 activity upon Notch inhibition, and (3) reporter activity observed in Olig2+ cells (though also present in many Olig2- cells). While these are promising findings, they do not directly support the claims.

      The second assay, called degenerate MPRA (d-MPRA), introduces random point mutations into CRMs via error-prone PCR to assess the impact of sequence variations on regulatory activity. This approach was used on NR1/2/3 to identify mutations that alter CRM activity, potentially by influencing transcription factor binding. The authors inferred candidate transcription factors, such as Mybl1 and Otx2, through motif analysis, co-expression with Olig2 (based on single-cell RNA-seq), and CUR&RUN profiling. While some transcription factors identified in this way overlapped with the d-MPRA results, others did not. This raises questions about how well d-MPRA complements other methods for identifying transcriptional regulators.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study introduces two technically robust MPRA protocols that offer advantages over standard methods, such as avoiding reliance on predefined candidate regions, reducing cost and labor, and minimizing selection bias.

      (2) The identified regulatory elements and transcription factors contribute to our understanding of gene regulation in retinal development and may have translational potential for cell-type-specific gene delivery into developing retinas.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The claims for gene-specific and cell type-specific CRMs would benefit from further validation using complementary approaches, such as CRISPR interference or Prime editing.

      The methods that we developed were meant to provide candidates for regulatory elements for a gene of interest. These candidates could be used to further understand the regulation of a gene, a complex and difficult task, especially for dynamically regulated genes in the context of development. These candidates could also, or instead, be used to drive gene expression specifically in a target cell of interest for applications such as gene therapy or perturbations that need this type of specificity. In the first case, to use the candidates to understand the regulation of a gene, one would need to validate the candidates using the types of methods typically employed for this purpose, most rigorously in the in vivo genomic context. We did not pursue this level of validation as it would encompass a great deal of work outside the scope of the current study. However, by initially testing loci which have been studied by several groups (as cited in the manuscript, Rho, Grm6, Vsx2, and Cabp5), we were able to show that LS-MPRA can identify known CRMs. In the cases of Rho and Vsx2, previous data have shown the CRMs to be relevant in the genomic context in vivo. In addition, two Vsx2 CRM’s identified by LS-MPRA are located at -37 Kb and -17Kb, and the Grm6 CRM identified by LS-MPRA is at -8Kb. These are the same CRM locations identified previously using classical methods. These data show that the method is capable of identifying distal elements. When one has only one or a few loci of interest, i.e. one does not need to use genome-wide approaches, LS-MPRA is accurate enough to be worth the relatively small effort to identify potential CRMs, even those at some distance from the TSS. However, it is apparent that our methods are not perfect and that the LS-MPRA does not pick up all CRMs. We do not know of a method that has been shown to do so.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Use of reporter assays to understand the regulatory mechanisms controlling gene expression moves beyond simple correlations of cis-regulatory sequence accessibility, evolutionary sequence conservation, and epigenetic status with gene expression, instead quantifying regulatory sequence activity for individual elements. Tulloch et al., provide a systematic characterization of two new reporter assay techniques (LS-MPRA and d-MPRA) to comprehensively identify cis-regulatory sequences contained within genomic loci of interest during retinal development. The authors then apply LS-MPRA and d-MPRA to identify putative cis-regulatory sequences controlling Olig2 and Ngn2 expression, including potential regulatory motifs that known retinal transcription factors may bind. Transcription factor binding to regulatory sequences is then assessed via CUT&RUN. The broader utility of the techniques is then highlighted by performing the assays across development, across species, and across tissues.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors validate the reporter assays on retinal loci for which the regulatory sequences are known (Rho, Vsx2, Grm6, Cabp5) mostly confirming known regulatory sequence activity but highlighting either limitations of the current technology or discrepancies of previous reporter assays and known biology. The techniques are then applied to loci of interest (Olig2 and Ngn2) to better understand the regulatory sequences driving expression of these transcription factors across retinal development within subsets of retinal progenitor cells, identifying novel regulatory sequences through comprehensive profiling of the region.

      (2) LS-MPRA provides broad coverage of loci of interest.

      (3) d-MPRA identifies sequence features that are important for cis-regulatory sequence activity.

      (4) The authors take into account transcript and protein stability when determining the correlation of putative enhancer sequence activity with target gene expression.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In its current form, the many important controls that are standard for other MPRA experiments are not shown or not performed, limiting the interpretations of the utility of the techniques. This includes limited controls for basal-promoter activity, limited information about sequence saturation and reproducibility of individual fragments across different barcode sequences, limitations in cloning and assay delivery, and sequencing requirements. Additional quantitative metrics, including locus coverage and number of barcodes/fragments, would be beneficial throughout the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments and have provided detailed responses to the additional analyses in the subsequent Recommendations section.

      (2) There are no statistical metrics for calling a region/sequence 'active'. This is especially important given that NR3 for Olig2 seems to have a small 'peak' and has non-significant activity in Figure 4.

      See comments about peak calling in our response to Reviewer #1.

      (3) The authors present correlational data for identified cis-regulatory sequences with target gene expression. Additionally, the significance of transcription factor binding to the putative regulatory sequences is not currently tested, only correlated based on previous single-cell RNA-sequencing data. While putative regulatory sequences with potential mechanisms of regulation are identified/proposed, the lack of validation (and discrepancies with previous literature) makes it hard to decipher the utility of the techniques.

      See comments about further validation in our response to Reviewer #2.

      (4) While the interpretations that Olig2 mRNA/protein expression is dynamically regulated improved the proportions of cells that co-expressed CRM-regulated GFP and Olig2, alternate explanations (some noted) are just as likely. First, the electroporation isn't specific to Olig2+ progenitors. Also, the tested, short CRM fragments may have activating signals outside of Olig2 neurogenic cells because chromatin conformation, histone modifications, and DNA methylation are not present on plasmids to precisely control plasmid activity. Alternatively, repressive elements that control Olig2 expression are not contained in the reporter vectors.

      The electroporation of Olig2 minus and plus cells is an excellent way to determine if a CRM is active in all cells, or only a specific subset, and we therefore consider this the best way to answer the question of specificity. We agree that we were unable to show that all CRM active cells were indeed Olig2-expressing cells. As noted by the Reviewer, we went to some lengths to quantify RNA and protein co-expression, including of endogenous Olig2 protein and RNA. Even with the endogenous RNA and protein, there was a mismatch wherein one infrequently saw the two together in the same cell, which could be predicted from the short half-lives of these molecules. Regarding chromatin, etc., we are intrigued by the proper regulation that we have observed for CRMs that we have previously discovered by plasmid electroporation (e.g. Kim et al. 2008, Matsuda and Cepko, 2004, Wang et al. 2014, Emerson et al. 2013). It is indeed interesting that plasmids can recapitulate proper regulation, without the proper genomic context or chromatin modifications. We have expanded our discussion of these points in the Discussion.

      (5) It is unclear as to why the d-MPRA uses a different barcoding strategy, placing a second copy of the cis-regulatory sequence in the 3' UTR. As acknowledged by the author, this will change the transcript stability by changing the 3' UTR sequence. Because of this, comparisons of sequence activity between the LS-MPRA and d-MPRA should not be performed as the experiments are not equivalent.

      We had provided a rationale for the different strategies of barcoding in the original submission, and believe it is at the discretion of the experimenter to utilize either strategy for their specific purposes. We agree that comparing activity between different techniques would not be appropriate. The analysis of mutated CRMs using d-MPRA does not utilize data from the LS-MPRA, but is an analysis of relative activity among all mutated d-MPRA constructs.

      (6) Furthermore, details of the mutational burden in d-MPRA experiments are not provided, limiting the interpretations of these results.

      We have provided detailed responses to the additional analyses in the subsequent Recommendations section and included details of the mutational burden in Supplemental Document A.

      (7) Many figures are IGV screenshots that suffer from low resolution. Many figures could be consolidated.

      We have increased the resolution of all IGV genome tracks, but believe the content within all figures remains appropriate.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Suggestions for improving the clarity of the results in the figures:

      (1) The pie charts used the show the percentage of overlapping cells in the colocalization analyses were not especially intuitive to read, and although the percentages and any statistical significance were often written in the text, it would've been helpful to have them written in the figures. I would suggest displaying the results in stacked bar plots, possibly like the one shown in Figure 6A, to demonstrate the data more clearly.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestions. Though adding the percentages directly to the pie charts would make the relevant panels too confusing to interpret, we added supplemental tables (Tables S5-S9) with the percentages displayed in all pie charts for readers interested in the precise quantifications.

      (2) The scRNA-seq UMAPs showing co-expression of Olig2 with the TFS of interest - it is very hard to see the cells that co-express. I would recommend either having a window zoomed in on the Olig2-expressing cell population to be able to see the co-expression more clearly visually, and/or including a graph demonstrating the percentages of co-expressing cells. These numbers were written in the text, but would be useful to see in the figure.

      The resolution of the scRNA-Seq plot has been improved for the visualization of co-expressing cells, which were also brought forward in all UMAP plots to improve clarity. Because of the higher quality images, insets should no longer be necessary. We have also included percentages of co-expression in the figures (Figs. 8 and 8S) and thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Other minor suggestions/corrections:

      (3) Figures 6B and 10S are missing the overlap quantification (in bar or pie charts) like in the other figures.

      The quantification for the image in 6B (i.e., GFP fluorescence and GFP RNA) is displayed in 6D for the four Olig2 CRM plasmid constructs. In Fig. 10S, the experiments in early chick ventral neural tube delivered constructs to a very limited number of cells, and quantification of cells would not necessarily represent an accurate number of cells with CRM activity. We therefore decided to show only representative images of CRM activity in this population of cells rather than present a biased count or increase the number of experiments/samples to obtain a robust quantification.

      (4) On the second-to-last line of page 10, in the sentence "The d-MPRA approach provided a robust, high resolution method for functionally relevant TF binding sites....", I think you're missing a word between "for" and "functionally". For example, it might be "for identifying..." or "for nominating...".

      We have revised the sentence accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor suggestions:

      (1) Please indicate which mouse reference genome (e.g., mm10) was used in plots such as Figure 2.

      We have added text to the relevant sections in the Results (the reference genome was already mentioned in Methods).

      (2) In Figures 2 and 2S, the CRMs discussed in the text are not labeled or highlighted, making it unclear which regions are being referenced.

      We have labeled peaks with roman numerals in both the figures, legends, and text for clarity and thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      (3) Consider listing the genomic coordinates for the CRMs mentioned in the text, as this information would be especially useful for readers interested in exploring these regions further.

      This information was included in Table 2S in the original submission, with all relevant coordinates provided therein.

      (4) The d-MPRA plots (e.g., Figure 7C-E) do not clearly show the effects of different nucleotide substitutions. A more informative visualization style can be found in Kircher et al (PMID: 31395865, Fig. 1D) or Deng et al (PMID: 38781390, Fig. 5F).

      The precise nucleotide substitutions would be informative to visualize the effects of specific changes. However, we were more interested in how any nucleotide substitution influenced the CRM activity to hone in on relevant TFBS. We therefore believe the current visualization is the most appropriate to accomplish this. However, for some types of future applications, a more informative visualization as noted would be a valuable addition.

      (5) It would be extremely helpful to the community if the LS-MPRA data were uploaded to the UCSC genome browser and made accessible via a link.

      We have uploaded all LS-MPRA genome tracks to a Track Hub in the UCSC genome browser and provided the appropriate link to access the Hub (https://github.com/cattapre/ALAS00) in the methods section.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors should address the following metrics to showcase the utility of the techniques:

      We thank the reviewer for requesting the detailed metrics outlined below. We have addressed all inquiries and included the majority of metrics in the resubmission.

      (a) Library size

      This should be shown for each library that is generated. It is acknowledged that the complete size of the library is limited by sequencing, and the comprehensiveness of the library will change every time the library is re-prepped. However, metrics of this are not currently provided in a robust manner for each library. "Libraries of at least 7x10^6 and as many as 9x10^7 fragments are made" - vague - how was library complexity established since this seems to be an estimation, how many reads were utilized to estimate library complexity?

      We created a new supplemental table (Table S3) that displays the complexity based on sequencing rather than the estimated complexity based on the serial dilutions prior to 3D culture (which was used for the estimates listed in the results). We updated the complexity range in the text as well and thank the reviewer for the suggestion.

      Does library size scale proportionally to the BACs of different sizes?

      The fragmentation of different BACs with differing sizes does not necessarily alter the size of the library. Library size is primarily determined by the library creation pipeline, with the size selection step of the fragmented BAC and the cloning step that inserts adapter-ligated fragments into the barcoded expression vector being the primary determinants of complexity of plasmid libraries.

      (b) Sequence saturation

      Can the authors please provide evidence that the libraries have been sequenced to saturation or estimates of the degree of under-sequencing? How many reads does it take to discover a new barcode associated with a new regulatory sequence?

      We have provided library characteristics for this in Table S3 and have also generated Sequence Saturation Curves for each association library in Supplemental Document A.

      (c) Barcode saturation

      How many barcodes are present for each fragment in the libraries? Are most fragments only covered by 1 barcode? The barcoding strategy doesn't prevent the same barcode from being assigned to multiple different fragments, as barcodes are random. What is the incidence of barcode collisions?

      We have provided library characteristics for this in Table S3 and have also generated Barcode Saturation Curves for each association library in Supplemental Document A.

      Additionally, we tested whether the omission of barcode collisions would affect the output of our LS-MPRA. We reanalyzed one barcode abundance library (one replicate following 12h Notch inhibitor) and filtered the barcodes so that only unique barcodes were analyzed. We were able to replicate all previously identified peaks. Though it is not necessary to filter out barcode collisions, there may be an improvement in signal-to-noise if the sequencing depth of libraries was sufficient (see Supplemental Document B).

      (d) Normalization

      As performed, fragment activity is normalized by RNA expression compared to the presence of fragments in the library. While this is done for small libraries, for large libraries, this may not be appropriate. For large libraries, every sequence in the library will not be delivered to each cell, and many fragments contained in the library may not be electroporated at all. Ideally, the authors would have sequenced both the RNA and DNA from the electroporations to i) identify the fragment distribution of the library that was successfully electroporated and ii) provide an internal normalization factor across replicate samples. This is especially important if the libraries were ever re-prepped, as the jack-potting or asymmetries in fragment recovery can occur every time the library is re-derived.

      We agree with the reviewer’s comments about the variability in fragments delivered experimentally, though we also believe the normalization of the libraries is still appropriate. We never needed to re-prep the libraries as there was sufficient material for many more experiments than were performed. However, should one ever need to re-prep an LS-MPRA library, all experimental sequencing should be normalized to the respective sequenced association library to account for biased distributions, as the reviewer mentions.

      In the absence of these metrics (this would likely require the authors to repeat all experiments and is acknowledged to be outside the scope of revisions), the authors should provide information on the percentage of the library that is profiled in the RNA for each library.

      We have provided RNA profiles of all abundance libraries in Table S4. The overall fraction of fragments represented in the RNA pools was lower than that observed in other published MPRAs. This difference is expected given that most MPRA studies preselect fragments based on chromatin accessibility, transcription factor binding, sequence conservation, or bioinformatically predicted CRMs, thereby enriching for regulatory elements with high activity potential. Our locus-specific MPRA libraries, by contrast, include all fragments across the targeted genomic region, many of which are likely to be inactive in the tested context. Consequently, only a smaller proportion of fragments show measurable RNA expression.

      (e) Fragment sizes

      Please provide a density plot or something similar showcasing the size distribution of the libraries generated. Is there any correlation between sequence activity and the size of fragments?

      We have generated size distribution plots and correlations between fragment size and activity of all libraries and have included them in Supplemental Document A.

      (2) Questions about the statistical validity of results:

      (a) What threshold is utilized for calling a sequence as active? This is important as NR3 does not seem to be an element that has significant activity.

      See comments about peak calling in prior responses.

      (b) A Fisher's exact test using cells from single-cell RNA-sequencing as replicate samples is inappropriate as the cells are i) not from replicate experiments and ii) potentially in different cell states. The proportions of cells across replicate scRNA-seq datasets would be more appropriate.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. While we agree that individual cells do not substitute for biological replicates, we believe Fisher’s exact test remains appropriate for testing whether gene expression is associated with Olig2 expression within a single scRNA-seq dataset. The test assesses co-occurrence at the level of individual cells, which is valid under the assumption that each cell represents an independent sampling of transcriptional states, even when it is possible that cells are in different states. We use this method as an exploratory tool to identify candidate genes associated with Olig2 expression in this dataset, and in the future, this could also be further validated by comparing the proportions of cells across replicate datasets, as the reviewer mentions.

      (3) Discussion of the reporter/Olig2/Ngn2 RNA/protein disconnect needs to be expanded. Some simpler explanations for the presence of GFP in Olig2- and Ngn2- cells, as well as the presence of Olig2 or Ngn2 in GFP- cells, is that (i) these putative CRMs are being introduced to cells in plasmids, taking them out of their native genomic context where they may be inaccessible or repressed and allowing them to drive reporter expression even if their candidate target gene is not endogenously expressed, (ii) these putative CRMs may regulate genes besides just Olig2 or Ngn2, and (iii) Olig2 and Ngn2 are regulated by far more regulatory elements than the 3 or 4 being tested in each reporter assay, so their expression likely does not rely solely on the activity of the few putative CRMs tested.

      We have added these points in an expanded discussion in the text.

      (4) Problems with figures: Low resolution of many IGV genome tracks, pink 'co-expression' dots are completely indiscernible. Numbers should be listed with the pie charts. BFP expression should be shown since this is being quantified, especially since electroporation efficiency can change across age and/or tissue samples.

      We have reconfigured the IGV tracks so that they are higher resolution and have included supplemental tables for the numbers pertaining to the pie charts. For electroporation controls (BFP and RFP), BFP expression is shown in Figs 5S, 6, and 10S and the RFP electroporation control is shown in Fig. 11. Though BFP is sometimes used as a qualifier in the denominator of some of the quantification, displaying its expression, particularly in combination with three other signals that are already included in most images, provides limited utility.

      (5) More information is required to understand the utility of the d-MPRA. Detailed quantification of the number of mutations/fragments needs to be ascertained. When multiple mutations are present, how are the authors controlling for which mutation is affecting activity? What is the coverage of the loci of interest for mutational burden (ie, is every base pair mutated in at least one fragment?). For mutations that increase the activity of the element, are there specific sequence features that increase activity (new motifs generated)?

      The d-MPRA platform is a high-throughput assay that seeks to identity putative sub-regions within CRMs nominated by the LS-MPRA, or any other assay. It relies on deep mutational coverage to determine positive and negative regulatory sub-regions of the CRMs. While many reads have multiple mutations, they are broadly co-occurring across the entire fragment (see Supplemental Document A) so as not to create a false linkage between the sites. Every individual site is mutated many times with roughly even coverage across each fragment (see Supplemental Document A), thus allowing us to assess the requirement of each base in contributing to a putative CRM’s activity. Comparing d-MPRA plots using bulk fragments or fragments with singleton mutations (Supplemental Document A) yielded almost identical plots for two libraries, and a similar analysis of the third library. Any differences between analysis of fragments with one or more mutations is likely a result of either sequencing depth or the requirement of multiple bases for binding or CRM activation. Follow-up experiments investigating intra-CRM interactions would elucidate such variability. Whether new motifs are generated for any specific substitution is an interesting question, which could be followed up for a CRM of interest. The d-MPRA data that we provide would provide the starting point for such follow-up experiments.

      (6) Transcription factors as regulators of CRM-activity.

      It is appreciated that the authors validated the binding of transcription factors to NR2. However, this correlative analysis should be further tested in follow-up experiments to highlight novel biology using systems already in place. Potential experiments that could be performed include the following (reagents in hand, or performed in a manner similar to experiments performed by the lab in previous publications):

      (a) over-expression of TF using LS-MPRA library.

      (b) over-expression of TF using d-MPRA library, showing that mutations in the putative TF binding site disrupt activity compared to non-mutated sequences.

      (c) performing TF over-expression using target CRMs, including sequences where the TF binding site is mutated (similar to a small MPRA).

      (d) the quantification of target gene expression when i) TF is over-expressed, ii) CRM is activated using CRISPRa, or iii) CRM is inhibited using CRISPRi.

      These are all valid follow-up experiments. Please see prior responses we have provided regarding further validation.

      Minor points

      (1) Please acknowledge that some distal regulatory sequences may be contained outside of the BAC regions. Also, the authors should emphasize the point that the assay is NOT cell-type-specific or specific to regulatory sequences for the gene of interest, but ALL regulatory sequences contained within the locus. The discussion of this with respect to Ift122 and Rpl32 is somewhat confusing.

      We have added a sentence in the Discussion addressing possible CRMs outside the BAC coverage. We believe it is implicitly understood that the assay only screens regulatory activity in the BAC, and believe we have addressed this in the manuscript.

      If one wishes to use a candidate CRM to drive gene expression in a targeted cell type, one needs to establish specificity. In particular, specificity needs to be established in the context of the vector that is being used. Non-integrated vs integrated vectors, different types of viral vectors with their own confounding regulatory sequences, different types of plasmids and methods of delivery, and copy number can all affect specificity. We provided a double in situ hybridization method for the examination of specificity for some of the novel candidate CRMs. It was quite difficult in the case of Olig2 and Ngn2 as their RNAs and proteins are unstable. We would need to provide further evidence should we wish to use these candidate CRMs for directing expression specifically in Olig2- or Ngn2-expressing cells. We suggest that an investigator can choose the vector and method for establishing specificity depending upon the goals of the application.

      (2) I am curious as to why low-resolution, pseudo-bulked single-nucleus ATAC was utilized instead of more comprehensive retina ATAC samples at similar time-points (for example, as available in Al Diri et al., 2017 (E14, E17, P0, P3, P7, P10) samples are all available.

      The use of pseudo-bulked single-nucleus ATAC-seq data provided a convenient and consistent comparison to our LS-MPRA results. We agree that incorporating higher-resolution datasets such as those from Al Diri et al. would be valuable for future analyses aimed at linking CRM activity with broader chromatin accessibility dynamics.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This study provides valuable mechanistic insight into the mutually exclusive distributions of the histone variant H2A.Z and DNA methylation by testing two hypotheses: (i) that DNA methylation destabilizes H2A.Z nucleosomes, thereby preventing H2A.Z retention, and (ii) that DNA methylation suppresses H2A.Z deposition by ATP-dependent chromatin remodeling complexes. Through a series of well-designed and carefully executed experiments, findings are presented in support of both hypotheses. However, the evidence in support of either hypothesis is incomplete, so that the proposed mechanisms underlying the enrichment of H2A.Z on unmethylated DNA remain somewhat speculative.

      We would like to thank the editor and reviewers for their critical assessments of our manuscript. While we do acknowledge the limitations of our work, we believe that our results provide important mechanistic insights into the long-standing question of how H2A.Z is preferentially enriched in hypomethylated genomic DNA regions. First, our structural and biochemical data suggest that DNA methylation increases the openness and physical accessibility of H2A.Z, albeit the effect is relatively subtle and is sequence-dependent. Second, using Xenopus egg extracts and synthetic DNA templates, we provide the first clear and direct evidence that DNA methylation-sensitive H2A.Z deposition is due to the H2A.Z chaperone SRCAP-C, corroborated by our discovery that SRCAP-C binding to DNA is suppressed by DNA methylation. Although the molecular details by which DNA methylation inhibits binding of SRCAP-C is an important area of future study, in our current manuscript, we do provide evidence that directly links the presence of SRCAP-C to the establishment of the DNA methylation/H2A.Z antagonism in a physiological system. Thanks to criticisms by the reviewers, we realized that we did not clearly state in our Abstract that the impact of DNA methylation on intrinsic H2A.Z nucleosome stability is relatively subtle, although we did explain these observations and limitations in the main text. In our revised manuscript, we are willing to edit the text to better clarify the criticisms raised by the reviewers.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors considered the mechanism underlying previous observations that H2A.Z is preferentially excluded from methylated DNA regions. They considered two non-mutually exclusive mechanisms. First, they tested the hypothesis that nucleosomes containing both methylated DNA and H2A.Z might be intrinsically unstable due to their structural features. Second, they explored the possibility that DNA methylation might impede SRCAP-C from efficiently depositing H2A.Z onto these DNA methylated regions.

      Their structural analyses revealed subtle differences between H2A.Z-containing nucleosomes assembled on methylated versus unmethylated DNA. To test the second hypothesis, the authors allowed H2A.Z assembly on sperm chromatin in Xenopus egg extracts and mapped both H2A.Z localization and DNA methylation in this transcriptionally inactive system. They compared these data with corresponding maps from a transcriptionally active Xenopus fibroblast cell line. This comparison confirmed the preferential deposition or enrichment of H2A.Z on unmethylated DNA regions, an effect that was much more pronounced in the fibroblast genome than in sperm chromatin. Furthermore, nucleosome assembly on methylated versus unmethylated DNA, along with SRCAP-C depletion from Xenopus egg extracts, provided a means to test whether SRCAP-C contributes to the preferential loading of H2A.Z onto unmethylated DNA.

      Strengths:

      The strength and originality of this work lie in its focused attempt to dissect the unexplained observation that H2A.Z is excluded from methylated genomic regions.

      Weaknesses:

      The study has two weaknesses. First, although the authors identify specific structural effects of DNA methylation on H2A.Z-containing nucleosomes, they do not provide evidence demonstrating that these structural differences lead to altered histone dynamics or nucleosome instability. Second, building on the elegant work of Berta and colleagues (cited in the manuscript), the authors implicate SRCAP-C in the selective deposition of H2A.Z at unmethylated regions. Yet the role of SRCAP-C appears only partial, and the study does not address how the structural or molecular consequences of DNA methylation prevent efficient H2A.Z deposition. Finally, additional plausible mechanisms beyond the two scenarios the authors considered are not investigated or discussed in the manuscript.

      Although we acknowledge the limitations of our study and are willing to expand our discussion to more thoroughly discuss these points, we believe our manuscript provides several important mechanistic insights which this reviewer may not have fully appreciated.

      Our first conclusion that H2A.Z nucleosomes on methylated DNA are more open and accessible compared to their unmethylated counterparts is supported by both our cryo-EM study and the restriction enzyme accessibility assay. Although the physical effect of DNA methylation is relatively subtle and is likely sequence dependent, as we clearly noted within the manuscript, the difference does exist and is valuable information for the chromatin field at large to consider.

      The second major conclusion of our manuscript is that SRCAP-C exhibits preferential binding to unmethylated DNA over methylated DNA, and that SRCAP-C represents the major mechanism that can explain the biased deposition of H2A.Z to unmethylated DNA in Xenopus egg extracts. Furthermore, our experiments using Xenopus egg extract clearly demonstrated that H2A.Z is deposited by both DNA-methylation sensitive and insensitive mechanisms. Depletion of SRCAP-C almost completely eliminated the levels of DNA-methylation-sensitive H2A.Z deposition and reduced the total level of H2A.Z on chromatin to less than half of that seen in non-depleted extract. This result demonstrated that DNA methylation-sensitive H2A.Z loading is primarily regulated by SRCAP-C, at least in our experimental context where transcription, replication, and other epigenetic modifications are not involved. It is likely that additional mechanisms do further contribute, implicated by our sequencing experiments, particularly at regions with active transcription, and we have noted these possibilities and the rationale for their existence in the Discussion.

      Our study also suggests that a SRCAP-independent, DNA methylation-insensitive mechanism of H2A.Z loading exists, which we suspect to be mediated by Tip60-C. In line with this possibility, our data suggest that Tip60-C binds DNA in a DNA methylation-insensitive manner in Xenopus egg extract. Since antibodies to deplete Tip60-C from Xenopus egg extract are currently unavailable, we were unable to directly test that hypothesis and decided not to include Tip60-C into our final model as we lacked experimental evidence for its role. However, whether or not Tip60-C is the complex responsible for the DNA methylation-insensitive pathway does not influence our final conclusion that SRCAP-C plays a major role in DNA methylation-sensitive H2A.Z loading. We are planning to edit our manuscript to more comprehensively discuss these points.

      Please note that while Berta et al reported that DNA methylation increases at H2A.Z loci in tumors defective in SRCAP-C, they selected those regions based off where H2A.Z is typically enriched within normal tissues (Berta et al., 2021). They did not show data indicating whether H2A.Z is still retained specifically at those analyzed loci upon mutation of SRCAP-C subunits. Thus, although we greatly admire their work and are pleased that many of our findings align with theirs, their paper did not directly address whether SRCAP-C itself differentiates between DNA methylation status nor the impact that has on H2A.Z and DNA methylation colocalization. In contrast, our Xenopus egg extract system, where de novo methylation is undetectable (Nishiyama et al., 2013; Wassing et al., 2024) offers a unique opportunity to examine the direct impact of DNA methylation on H2A.Z deposition using controlled synthetic DNA substrates. Corroborated with our demonstration that DNA binding of SRCAP-C is suppressed by DNA methylation, we believe that our manuscript provides a specific mechanism that can explain the preferential deposition of H2A.Z at hypomethylated genomic regions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript aims to elucidate the mechanistic basis for the long-standing observation that DNA methylation and the histone variant H2A.Z occupy mutually exclusive genomic regions. The authors test two hypotheses: (i) that DNA methylation intrinsically destabilizes H2A.Z nucleosomes, thereby preventing H2A.Z retention, and (ii) that DNA methylation suppresses H2A.Z deposition by ATP-dependent chromatin-remodelling complexes. However, neither hypothesis is rigorously addressed. There are experimental caveats, issues with data interpretation, and conclusions that are not supported by the data. Substantial revision and additional experiments, including controls, would be required before mechanistic conclusions can be drawn. Major concerns are as follows:

      We appreciate the critical assessment of our manuscript by this reviewer. Although we acknowledge the limitations of our study and will revise the manuscript to better describe them, we would like to respectfully argue against the statement that our "conclusions […] are not supported by the data".

      (1) The cryo-EM structure of methylated H2A.Z nucleosomes is insufficiently resolved to address the central mechanistic question: where the methylated CpGs are located relative to DNA-histone contact points and how these modifications influence H2A.Z nucleosome structure. The structure provides no mechanistic insights into methylation-induced destabilization.

      The fact that the DNA resolution in the methylated structure was not high enough to resolve the positions of methylated CpGs despite a high overall resolution of 2.78 Å implies that 1) the Sat2R-P DNA was not as stably registered as the 601L sequence, requiring us to create two alternative Sat2R-P atomic models to account for the variable positioning in our samples, and 2) that the presence of DNA methylation increases that positional variability. We understand that one may prefer to see highly resolved density around each methylation mark, but we do believe that our inability to accomplish that is actually a feature rather than a weakness and has important biological implications. The decrease in local DNA resolution on the methylated Sat2R-P structure compared to its unmethylated counterpart is meaningful and suggests to us that DNA methylation weakens overall DNA wrapping and positioning on the nucleosome, supported by the increased flexibility seen at the linker DNA ends as well as an increase in the population of highly shifted nucleosomes amongst the methylated particles. Additionally, one major view in the DNA methylation/nucleosome stability field is that the presence of DNA methylation can make DNA stiffer and harder to bend, causing opening and destabilization of nucleosomes (Ngo et al., 2016). The increased opening of linker DNA ends and accessibility of methylated H2A.Z nucleosomes in our hands also aligns with such an idea, again suggesting decreased histone-DNA contact stability on methylated DNA substrates. We plan to revise the writing in our manuscript to better reflect these ideas.

      The experimental system also lacks physiological relevance. The template DNA sequence is artificial, despite the existence of well-characterised native genomic sequences for which DNA methylation is known to inhibit H2A.Z incorporation. Alternatively, there are a number of studies examining the effect of DNA methylation on nucleosome structure, stability, DNA unwrapping, and positioning. Choosing one of these DNA sequences would have at least allowed a direct comparison with a canonical nucleosome. Indeed, a major omission is the absence of a cryo-EM structure of a canonical nucleosome assembled on the same DNA template - this is essential to assess whether the observed effects are H2A.Z-specific.

      The reviewer raises a fair question about whether canonical H2A would experience the same DNA methylation-dependent structural effects. We had considered solving the H2A structures, however, ultimately decided against it for a few reasons. First, there already exists crystal structures of canonical H2A nucleosomes using a DNA sequence highly similar to our Sat2R-P with and without the presence of DNA methylation (PDB: 5CPI and 5CPJ). The authors of this study did not see any physical differences present in their structures (Osakabe et al., 2015). Additionally, we had included canonical H2A conditions within our restriction enzyme accessibility assay and did not see a significant impact of DNA methylation on those samples (Fig 3). Because of the previous report and our own negative data, we expected that only limited additional insights would be obtained from the canonical H2A structures and decided not to pursue that analysis.

      One of the primary reasons we chose the Sat2R-P sequence was, as noted above, that there already was a published study examining how DNA methylation affects nucleosome structure using a variant of this sequence which we could compare to our results, as the reviewer has suggested. We did have to modify the sequence, namely by making it palindromic, in order to increase the final achievable resolution. We viewed the Sat2R-P sequence as an attractive candidate because it is physiologically relevant; the initial sequence was taken directly from human satellite II. Several modifications were made for technical reasons, including making the sequence palindromic as described above and also ensuring that each CpG is recognizable by a methylation-sensitive restriction enzyme so that we could be certain about the degree of methylation on our substrates. These practical concerns outweighed the necessity of maintaining a strict physiological sequence to us. However, we still believe the final Sat2R-P more closely mimics physiological sequences than Widom 601. Additionally, human satellite II is a highly abundant sequence in the human genome that is known to undergo large methylation changes on the onset of many disorders, like cancer, as well as during aging. Thus, there are interesting biological questions surrounding how the methylation state of this particular sequence affects chromatin structure. Furthermore, it has been reported that satellite II is devoid of H2A.Z (Capurso et al., 2012). Beyond those reasons, the satellite II sequence is generally interesting to our lab because we have been studying genes involved in ICF syndrome, where hypomethylation of satellite II sequences forms one of the hallmarks of this disorder (Funabiki et al., 2023; Jenness et al., 2018; Wassing et al., 2024). We understand that sequence context plays a large role in nucleosome wrapping and stability. This is why we strived to test multiple sequences in each of our assays. We do agree that it would be interesting to use DNA sequences where H2A.Z binding has already been described to be affected in a DNA methylation-dependent manner, forming an exciting future study to pursue.

      Furthermore, the DNA template is methylated at numerous random CpG sites. The authors' argument that only the global methylation level is relevant is inconsistent with the literature, which clearly demonstrates that methylation effects on canonical nucleosomes are position-dependent. Not all CpG sites contribute equally to nucleosome stability or unwrapping, and this critical factor is not considered.

      We did not argue that only the global methylation level is relevant. We also would appreciate it if the reviewer could provide specific references that "clearly demonstrates that methylation effects on canonical nucleosomes are position-dependent". We are aware of a series of studies conducted by Chongli Yuan's group, including one testing the effect of placing methylated CpGs at different positions along the Widom 601 sequence. In that study (Jimenez-Useche et al., 2013), they did find that positioning of mCpGs has differential impacts on the salt resistance of the nucleosomes, with 5 tandem mCpG copies at the dyad causing the most dramatic nucleosome opening whereas having mCpGs only at the DNA major grooves, but not elsewhere, increased nucleosome stability. However, they did also find that methylation of the original Widom 601 sequence also caused destabilization, albeit to a lesser degree, and another study by the same group (Jimenez-Useche et al., 2014) also found that CpG methylation decreased nucleosome-forming ability for all tested variants of the Widom 601 sequence, regardless of CpG density or positioning.

      Other studies monitored how distribution of methylated CpGs correlates with nucleosome positioning (Collings et al., 2013; Davey et al., 1997; Davey et al., 2004). However, these studies assessed the sequence-dependent effects specifically on nucleosome assembly during in vitro salt dialysis, which is a different physical process than the one our manuscript focuses on, especially when considering the fact that H2A.Z is deposited onto preassembled H2A-nucleosome. Our cryo-EM analysis examines the structural changes induced by DNA methylation on already formed nucleosomes rather than the process of formation. Thus, probing accessibility changes using a restriction enzyme was the more appropriate biochemical assay to verify our structures.

      We do very much agree that DNA context can influence nucleosome stability under different conditions. A study of molecular dynamics simulations concluded that the "combination of overall DNA geometrical and shape properties upon methylation" makes nucleosomes resistant to unwrapping (Li et al., 2022), while another modeling study suggests that DNA methylation impacts nucleosome stability in a manner dependent on DNA sequence, where "[s]trong binding is weakened and weak binding is strengthened" (Minary and Levitt, 2014). While G/C-dinucleotides are preferentially placed at major groove-inward positions in the nucleosomes in vivo (Chodavarapu et al., 2010; Segal et al., 2006) and G/C-rich segments are excluded from major groove-outward positions in Widom 601-like nucleosomes (Chua et al., 2012), methylated CpG dinucleotides are preferably, if not exclusively, located at major groove-outward positions in vivo. Mechanisms behind this biased mCpG positioning on the nucleosome remain speculative, likely caused by a combination of multiple factors, but the fact that we did not observe clear structural impacts using the Widom 601L sequence, where mCpGs are located at the major groove-outward and -inward positions ((Chua et al., 2012) and our structure), deserves a space for discussion. On the other hand, positioning of mCpG on satellite II-derived sequences that we used in this study was based on a physiological sequence, and thus it may not be appropriate to say that those CpGs are placed at multiple "random" positions. Although we decided not to discuss the position of 5mC on our Sat2R nucleosome structure due to ambiguous base assignments, neither of our two atomic models is consistent with an idea that DNA methylation repositions the CpG to the outward major grooves. As the potential contribution of how DNA methylation affects the nucleosome structure via modulating DNA stiffness has been extensively studied (Choy et al., 2010; Li et al., 2022; Ngo et al., 2016; Perez et al., 2012), we believe that it is appropriate to consider overall DNA properties along the whole DNA sequence, though we are willing to discuss potential positional effects in the revised manuscript.

      Perhaps one of the most important points that we did not emphasize enough in our original manuscript was that in contrast to the subtle intrinsic effect of DNA methylation that was DNA sequence dependent, we observed SRCAP-dependent preferential H2A.Z deposition to unmethylated DNA over methylated DNA in both 601 and satellite II DNAs. In the revised manuscript, we will make the value of comparative studies on 601 and satellite II in two distinct mechanisms.

      Finally, and most importantly, the reported increase in accessibility of the methylated H2A.Z nucleosome is negligible compared with the much larger intrinsic DNA accessibility of the unmethylated H2A.Z nucleosome. These data do not support the authors' hypothesis and contradict the manuscript's conclusions. Claims that methylated H2A.Z nucleosomes are "more open and accessible" must therefore be removed, and the title is misleading, given that no meaningful impact of DNA methylation on H2A.Z nucleosome stability is demonstrated.

      We respectfully disagree with this reviewer's criticism. We investigated the potential impact of DNA methylation on nucleosome stability to the best of our abilities through complementary assays and reported our observations. The effect of DNA methylation is smaller than the difference between H2A.Z and H2A, but we were able to see an effect. It is also not uncommon for small differences to have functional impacts in biological systems. We agree that further testing is required to determine whether this subtle effect is functionally important, and it remains the subject of future research due to the many technical challenges associated with addressing said question. We would like to note that 18 years have passed since Daniel Zilberman first reported the antagonistic relationship between H2AZ and DNA methylation (Zilberman et al., 2008) but very few studies have since directly tested specific mechanistic hypotheses. We believe that our study lays the groundwork for exciting future investigation that better elucidates the pathways that contribute to this antagonism and will have meaningful impacts on the field in general. However, thanks to the reviewer's criticism, we realized that we did not clearly state in the Abstract the relatively subtle effect of DNA methylation on the intrinsic H2A.Z nucleosome stability. Therefore, we will accordingly revise the Abstract to make this point clearer.

      (2) The cryo-EM structures of methylated and unmethylated 601L H2A.Z nucleosomes show no detectable differences. As presented, this negative result adds little value. If anything, it reinforces the point that the positional context of CpG methylation is critical, which the manuscript does not consider.

      We believe the inclusion and factual reporting of negative data is important for the scientific community as one of the major issues currently in biology research is biased omission of negative data. We considered eLife as a venue to publish this work for this reason. We understand that the reviewer believes our 601L structures may detract from the overall message of our manuscript. We believe this data rather emphasizes the importance of DNA sequence context, something that the reviewer also rightfully notes. It is standard practice in the nucleosome field to use the Widom 601 sequence, along with its variants. Our experience has shown that use of an artificially strong positioning sequence may mask weaker physical effects that could play a physiological role. Thus, we were careful to validate all further assays with multiple DNA sequences and believed it important to report these sequence-dependent effects on nucleosome structure.

      (3) Very little H3 signal coincides with H2A.Z at TSSs in sperm pronuclei, yet this is neither explained nor discussed (Supplementary Figure 10D). The authors need to clarify this.

      Our H3 signal, which represents the global nucleosome population, is more broadly distributed across the genome than H2A.Z, which is known to localize at specific genomic sites. Since both histone types were sequenced to similar read depths, H3 peaks are generally shallower than H2A.Z and peak heights cannot be directly compared (i.e. they should be represented in separate appropriate data ranges).

      (4) In my view, the most conceptually important finding is that H2A.Z-associated reads in sperm pronuclei show ~43% CpG methylation. This directly contradicts the model of strict mutual exclusivity and suggests that the antagonism is context-dependent. Similarly, the finding that the depletion of SRCAP reduces H2A.Z deposition only on unmethylated templates is also very intriguing. Collectively, these result warrants further investigation (see below).

      (5) Given that H2A.Z is located at diverse genomic elements (e.g., enhancers, repressed gene bodies, promoters), the manuscript requires a more rigorous genomic annotation comparing H2A.Z occupancy in sperm pronuclei versus XTC-2 cells. The authors should stratify H2A.Z-DNA methylation relationships across promoters, 5′UTRs, exons, gene bodies, enhancers, etc., as described in Supplementary Figure 10A.

      (below is response to (4) and (5) together)

      We agree that the substantial presence of co-localized H2A.Z and DNA methylation specifically in the sperm pronuclei samples and the changes in pattern between nuclear types are highly interesting and require further investigation. However, we faced technical challenges in our sequencing experiments that made us refrain from conducting a more detailed analysis for fear of over-interpreting potential artifacts. These challenges mainly stemmed from the difficulties in collecting enough material from Xenopus egg extracts and Tn5’s innate bias towards accessible regions of the genome. Because of this, open regions of the genome tend to be overrepresented in our data (as noted in our Discussion), making it challenging to rigorously compare methylation profiles and H2A.Z/H3 associated genomic elements.

      While the degree of separation seems to be dependent on nuclei type, we still believe the antagonism exists in both the sperm pronuclei and XTC-2 samples when comparing H2A.Z methylation profiles to the corresponding H3 condition. Our study also demonstrates that H2A.Z is preferentially deposited to hypomethylated DNA in a manner dependent of SRCAP-C (the loss of SRCAP only reduces H2A.Z on unmethylated substrates) but an additional methylation-insensitive H2A.Z deposition mechanism also exists. We realized that this interesting point was not clearly highlighted in Abstract, so we will revise it accordingly.

      (6) Although H2A.Z accumulates less efficiently on exogenous methylated substrates in egg extract, substantial deposition still occurs (~50%). This observation directly challenges the strong antagonistic model described in the manuscript, yet the authors do not acknowledge or discuss it. Moreover, differences between unmethylated and methylated 601 DNA raise further questions about the biological relevance of the cryo-EM 601 structures.

      As depicted in Figure 6 and described in the Discussion, we clearly indicated that both methylation-sensitive and methylation-insensitive pathways exist to deposit H2A.Z within the genome. We also directly stated in our Discussion that a substantial proportion of H2A.Z colocalizes with DNA methylation both in our study as well as in previous reports, which is of major interest for future study. Additionally, we further discussed how the absence of transcription in Xenopus eggs is a likely reason for the more limited effect of DNA methylation restricting H2A.Z deposition in our egg extract system.

      As noted in our response to (2), the lack of a clear impact on our 601L structures implies that this is due to the extraordinarily strong artificial nucleosome positioning capacity of the 601 sequence and its variants. Since 601 is heavily used in chromatin biology, including within DNA methylation research, such negative data are still useful to include and publish.

      (7) The SRCAP depletion is insufficiently validated i.e., the antibody-mediated depletion of SRCAP lacks quantitative verification. A minimum of three biological replicates with quantification is required to substantiate the claims.

      We are willing to address this concern. However, please note that our data showed that methylation-dependent H2A.Z deposition is almost completely erased upon SRCAP depletion, indicating functionally effective depletion. The specificity of the custom antibody against Xenopus SRCAP was verified by mass spectrometry. Additionally, we have obtained the same effect using another commercially available SRCAP antibody, though we did not include this preliminary result in our original manuscript. Due to its relatively low abundance and high molecular weight, SRCAP western blot signals are weak, making it challenging to quantify the degree of depletion. We also believe that the value of quantification in this context, with the points noted above, is rather limited. In the past, our lab has published papers on depleting the H3T3 kinase Haspin from Xenopus egg extracts (Ghenoiu et al., 2013; Kelly et al., 2010) but were never able to detect Haspin via western blot. This protein was only detected by mass spectrometry specifically on nucleosome array beads with H3K9me3 (Jenness et al., 2018). However, depletion of Haspin was readily monitored by erasure of H3T3ph, the enzymatic product of Haspin. In these experiments, it was impossible, and not critical, to quantitatively monitor the depletion of Haspin protein in order to investigate its molecular functions. Similarly, in this current study, the important fact is that depletion of SRCAP suppressed methylation-sensitive H2A.Z deposition and quantifying the degree of SRCAP depletion would not have a major impact on this conclusion.

      (8) It appears that the role of p400-Tip60 has been completely overlooked. This complex is the second major H2A.Z deposition complex. Because p400 exhibits DNA methylation-insensitive binding (Supplementary Figure 14), it may account for the deposition of H2A.Z onto methylated DNA. This possibility is highly significant and must be addressed by repeating the key experiments in Figure 5 following p400-Tip60 depletion.

      We are aware that the Tip60 complex is a very likely candidate for mediating DNA methylation-insensitive H2A.Z deposition, which is why we tested whether DNA binding of p400 is methylation sensitive. Therefore, the reviewer's statement that we "completely overlooked" Tip60-C’s role does not fairly report on our efforts. We wished to test the potential contribution of Tip60-C, but, unfortunately, the antibodies we currently have available to us were not successful in depleting the complex from egg extract. Since we had no direct experimental evidence indicating the role Tip60-C plays, we decided to take a conservative approach to our model and leave the methylation-insensitive pathway as mediated by something still unidentified. While further investigating Tip60-C’s contribution to this pathway is of definite value, we do not believe that it impacts our major conclusion that SRCAP-C is the main mediator responsible for H2A.Z deposition on unmethylated DNA and thus remains a subject for future study.

      (9) The manuscript repeatedly states that H2A.Z nucleosomes are intrinsically unstable; however, this is an oversimplification. Although some DNA unwrapping is observed, multiple studies show that H3/H4 tetramer-H2A.Z/H2B interactions are more stable (important recent studies include the following: DOI: 10.1038/s41594-021-00589-3; 10.1038/s41467-021-22688-x; and reviewed in 10.1038/s41576-024-00759-1).

      We understand that the H2A.Z stability field is highly controversial. We have introduced the many conflicting reports that have been published in the field but can further expand on the controversies if desired. We also understand that the term “nucleosome stability” is broad and encompasses many physical aspects. As noted in a prior response, we will better specify our use of the term within the manuscript. In our assays, we are most focused on the DNA wrapping stability of the nucleosome and have consistently seen in our hands that H2A.Z nucleosomes are much more open and accessible compared to canonical H2A on satellite II-derived sequences, regardless of methylation status. However, we do understand that many groups have observed the opposite findings while others have obtained results similar to us. We reported on our findings of the general H2A.Z stability with the hopes to help clarify some of the field’s controversies.

      In summary, the current manuscript does not present a convincing mechanistic explanation for the antagonism between DNA methylation and H2A.Z. The observation that H2A.Z can substantially coexist with DNA methylation in sperm pronuclei, perhaps, should be the conceptual focus.

      We appreciate this reviewer’s advice. However, please note that the first author who led this project has already successfully defended their PhD thesis primarily based on this project, making it impractical and unrealistic to completely change the focus of this manuscript to include an entirely new avenue of research. We believe that our data provide important insights into the mechanisms by which H2A.Z is excluded from methylated DNA, particularly via the DNA methylation-sensitive binding of SRCAP-C, which has never been described before. We agree that many questions are still left unanswered, including the exact molecular mechanism behind how DNA methylation prevents SRCAP-C binding. We have preliminary data that suggest none of the known DNA-binding modules of SRCAP-C, including ZNHIT1, by themselves can explain this sensitivity. This implies that domain dissection in the context of the holo-SRCAP complex is required to fully address this question. We believe this represents a very exciting future avenue of study; however, it does not negate our finding that SRCAP-C itself is important for maintaining the DNA methylation/H2A.Z antagonism. Therefore, we respectfully disagree with this reviewer's summary statement, which misleadingly undermines the impact of our work.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Histone variant H2A.Z is evolutionarily conserved among various species. The selective incorporation and removal of histone variants on the genome play crucial roles in regulating nuclear events, including transcription. Shih et al. aimed to address antagonistic mechanisms between histone variant H2A.Z deposition and DNA methylation. To this end, the authors reconstituted H2A.Z nucleosomes in vitro using methylated or unmethylated human satellite II DNA sequence and examined how DNA methylation affects H2A.Z nucleosome structure and dynamics. The cryo-EM analysis revealed that DNA methylation induces a more open conformation in H2A.Z nucleosomes. Consistent with this, their biochemical assays showed that DNA methylation subtly increases restriction enzyme accessibility in H2A.Z nucleosomes compared with canonical H2A nucleosomes. The authors identified genome-wide profiles of H2A.Z and DNA methylation using genomic assays and found their unique distribution between Xenopus sperm pronuclei and fibroblast cells. Using Xenopus egg extract systems, the authors showed SRCAP complex, the chromatin remodelers for H2A.Z deposition, preferentially deposit H2A.Z on unmethylated DNA.

      Strengths:

      The study is solid, and most conclusions are well-supported. The experiments are rigorously performed, and interpretations are clear. The study presents a high-resolution cryo-EM structure of human H2A.Z nucleosome with methylated DNA. The discovery that the SRCAP complex senses DNA methylation is novel and provides important mechanistic insight into the antagonism between H2A.Z and DNA methylation.

      We are grateful that this reviewer recognizes the importance of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      The study is already strong, and most conclusions are well supported. However, it can be further strengthened in several ways.

      (1) It is difficult to interpret how DNA methylation alters the orientation of the H4 tail and leads to the additional density on the acidic patch. The data do not convincingly support whether DNA methylation enhances interactions with H2A.Z mono-nucleosomes, nor whether this effect is specific to methylated H2A.Z nucleosomes.

      The altered H4 tail orientation and extra density seen on the acidic patch were incidental findings that we thought could be interesting for the field to be aware of but decided not to follow up on as there were other structural differences that were more directly related to our central question. We do believe that the above two differences are linked to each other because we used a highly purified and homogenous sample for cryo-EM analysis and the H4 tail/acidic patch interaction is a well characterized contact that mediates inter-nucleosome interactions. Additionally, other groups have reported that the presence of DNA methylation causes condensation of both chromatin and bare DNA (cited within our manuscript), though the mechanics behind this phenomenon remain to be elucidated. We believed that our structure data may also align with those findings. However, the reviewer is fair in pointing out that we do not provide further experimental evidence in verifying the existence of these increased interactions. We can revise our writing to clarify that these points are currently hypotheses rather than validated results.

      (2) It remains unclear whether DNA methylation alters global H2A.Z nucleosome stability or primarily affects local DNA end flexibility. Moreover, while the authors showed locus-specific accessibility by HinfI digestion, an unbiased assay such as MNase digestion would strengthen the conclusions.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for bringing up these issues. Although our current data cannot explicitly clarify these possibilities, we favor an idea that DNA methylation specifically alters histone to DNA contacts and that this effect is felt globally across the entire nucleosome rather than only at specific locations. The intrinsic flexibility of linker DNA ends means that that region tends to exhibit the greatest differences under different physical influences, hence the focus on characterizing that area; flexibility of a thread on a spool is most pronounced at the ends. However, we also found that the DNA backbone of H2A.Z on methylated DNA had a lower local resolution compared to its unmethylated counterpart, despite that structure having a higher global resolution, which suggested to us that DNA positioning along the nucleosome is overall weaker under the presence of DNA methylation. This is corroborated by the increased population of open/shifted structures in our classification analysis. The reviewer raises a fair point about the use of a specific restriction enzyme versus MNase. We agree that our accessibility assay is highly influenced by the position of the restriction site and have previously seen that moving the cut site too close to the linker DNA end will abolish any DNA methylation-dependent differences. We did initially attempt an MNase digestion-based assay, but the data were not as reproducible as with the use of a specific restriction enzyme. We do not know the reason behind this irreproducibility though we believe that the processivity of MNase could make it difficult to capture subtle effects like those induced by DNA methylation on already highly accessible H2A.Z nucleosomes. Overall, while we believe that DNA methylation does exert a physical effect, its subtlety may explain the many contradictory studies present within the DNA methylation and nucleosome stability field.

      References

      Berta, D.G., H. Kuisma, N. Valimaki, M. Raisanen, M. Jantti, A. Pasanen, A. Karhu, J. Kaukomaa, A. Taira, T. Cajuso, S. Nieminen, R.M. Penttinen, S. Ahonen, R. Lehtonen, M. Mehine, P. Vahteristo, J. Jalkanen, B. Sahu, J. Ravantti, N. Makinen, K. Rajamaki, K. Palin, J. Taipale, O. Heikinheimo, R. Butzow, E. Kaasinen, and L.A. Aaltonen. 2021. Deficient H2A.Z deposition is associated with genesis of uterine leiomyoma. Nature. 596:398–403.

      Capurso, D., H. Xiong, and M.R. Segal. 2012. A histone arginine methylation localizes to nucleosomes in satellite II and III DNA sequences in the human genome. BMC Genomics. 13:630.

      Chodavarapu, R.K., S. Feng, Y.V. Bernatavichute, P.Y. Chen, H. Stroud, Y. Yu, J.A. Hetzel, F. Kuo, J. Kim, S.J. Cokus, D. Casero, M. Bernal, P. Huijser, A.T. Clark, U. Kramer, S.S. Merchant, X. Zhang, S.E. Jacobsen, and M. Pellegrini. 2010. Relationship between nucleosome positioning and DNA methylation. Nature. 466:388–392.

      Choy, J.S., S. Wei, J.Y. Lee, S. Tan, S. Chu, and T.H. Lee. 2010. DNA methylation increases nucleosome compaction and rigidity. J Am Chem Soc. 132:1782–1783.

      Chua, E.Y., D. Vasudevan, G.E. Davey, B. Wu, and C.A. Davey. 2012. The mechanics behind DNA sequence-dependent properties of the nucleosome. Nucleic Acids Res. 40:6338–6352.

      Collings, C.K., P.J. Waddell, and J.N. Anderson. 2013. Effects of DNA methylation on nucleosome stability. Nucleic Acids Res. 41:2918–2931.

      Davey, C., S. Pennings, and J. Allan. 1997. CpG methylation remodels chromatin structure in vitro. J Mol Biol. 267:276–288.

      Davey, C.S., S. Pennings, C. Reilly, R.R. Meehan, and J. Allan. 2004. A determining influence for CpG dinucleotides on nucleosome positioning in vitro. Nucleic Acids Res. 32:4322–4331.

      Funabiki, H., I.E. Wassing, Q. Jia, J.D. Luo, and T. Carroll. 2023. Coevolution of the CDCA7-HELLS ICF-related nucleosome remodeling complex and DNA methyltransferases. Elife. 12.

      Ghenoiu, C., M.S. Wheelock, and H. Funabiki. 2013. Autoinhibition and polo-dependent multisite phosphorylation restrict activity of the histone h3 kinase haspin to mitosis. Mol Cell. 52:734–745.

      Jenness, C., S. Giunta, M.M. Muller, H. Kimura, T.W. Muir, and H. Funabiki. 2018. HELLS and CDCA7 comprise a bipartite nucleosome remodeling complex defective in ICF syndrome. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 115:E876–E885.

      Jimenez-Useche, I., J. Ke, Y. Tian, D. Shim, S.C. Howell, X. Qiu, and C. Yuan. 2013. DNA methylation regulated nucleosome dynamics. Sci Rep. 3:2121.

      Jimenez-Useche, I., D. Shim, J. Yu, and C. Yuan. 2014. Unmethylated and methylated CpG dinucleotides distinctively regulate the physical properties of DNA. Biopolymers. 101:517–524.

      Kelly, A.E., C. Ghenoiu, J.Z. Xue, C. Zierhut, H. Kimura, and H. Funabiki. 2010. Survivin reads phosphorylated histone H3 threonine 3 to activate the mitotic kinase Aurora B. Science. 330:235–239.

      Li, S., Y. Peng, D. Landsman, and A.R. Panchenko. 2022. DNA methylation cues in nucleosome geometry, stability and unwrapping. Nucleic Acids Res. 50:1864–1874.

      Minary, P., and M. Levitt. 2014. Training-free atomistic prediction of nucleosome occupancy. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 111:6293–6298.

      Ngo, T.T., J. Yoo, Q. Dai, Q. Zhang, C. He, A. Aksimentiev, and T. Ha. 2016. Effects of cytosine modifications on DNA flexibility and nucleosome mechanical stability. Nat Commun. 7:10813.

      Nishiyama, A., L. Yamaguchi, J. Sharif, Y. Johmura, T. Kawamura, K. Nakanishi, S. Shimamura, K. Arita, T. Kodama, F. Ishikawa, H. Koseki, and M. Nakanishi. 2013. Uhrf1-dependent H3K23 ubiquitylation couples maintenance DNA methylation and replication. Nature. 502:249–253.

      Osakabe, A., F. Adachi, Y. Arimura, K. Maehara, Y. Ohkawa, and H. Kurumizaka. 2015. Influence of DNA methylation on positioning and DNA flexibility of nucleosomes with pericentric satellite DNA. Open Biol. 5.

      Perez, A., C.L. Castellazzi, F. Battistini, K. Collinet, O. Flores, O. Deniz, M.L. Ruiz, D. Torrents, R. Eritja, M. Soler-Lopez, and M. Orozco. 2012. Impact of methylation on the physical properties of DNA. Biophys J. 102:2140–2148.

      Segal, E., Y. Fondufe-Mittendorf, L. Chen, A. Thastrom, Y. Field, I.K. Moore, J.P. Wang, and J. Widom. 2006. A genomic code for nucleosome positioning. Nature. 442:772–778.

      Wassing, I.E., A. Nishiyama, R. Shikimachi, Q. Jia, A. Kikuchi, M. Hiruta, K. Sugimura, X. Hong, Y. Chiba, J. Peng, C. Jenness, M. Nakanishi, L. Zhao, K. Arita, and H. Funabiki. 2024. CDCA7 is an evolutionarily conserved hemimethylated DNA sensor in eukaryotes. Sci Adv. 10:eadp5753.

      Zilberman, D., D. Coleman-Derr, T. Ballinger, and S. Henikoff. 2008. Histone H2A.Z and DNA methylation are mutually antagonistic chromatin marks. Nature. 456:125–129.

    1. FTM over de baten van de WOO, na OSF rapport baten van transparantie. Wijst ook op hoe groepen overheidsorganisaties (als universiteiten, ministeries) en ook de vorige MinBZK de WOO wel willen inperken. Vanwege de kosten, die vooral hoog uitvallen door de gebrekkige staat van de informatiehuishouding

    1. Nos incontournables : le site de Pont Caffino, sa base de loisir canoë, et une vue sur le belvédère Porte-vue©Nos incontournables : le site de Pont Caffino, sa base de loisir canoë, et une vue sur le belvédère Porte-vue|Adrien VilaremNos incontournables Le site de Pont Caffino Nature, loisirs et patrimoine au fil de la Maine Pont Caffino est un site naturel spectaculaire entre falaises, rivières et vignes. Ce lieu invite à l'aventure et aux loisirs de pleine nature.

      Possibilité de personnaliser photo pour être en lien avec la météo St Valentin ?

    1. Pédagogie et neurosciences : de l'opposition à la complémentarité

      Résumé exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse analyse l'intervention de Philippe Meirieu, professeur émérite et spécialiste des sciences de l'éducation, concernant l'articulation entre la pédagogie et les neurosciences.

      Loin d'une opposition stérile, Meirieu propose un dialogue constructif où les neurosciences viennent éclairer le "pôle épistémique" de la pédagogie sans pour autant s'y substituer.

      Points clés à retenir :

      La pédagogie comme « art de faire » : Elle n'est pas une science mais une pratique décisionnelle qui articule finalités (valeurs), connaissances (sciences) et outils (méthodes).

      Le primat de l'intentionnalité : Si le cerveau est la condition nécessaire de l'esprit, il n'est pas suffisant.

      L'humain est avant tout un être d'intention et de projet.

      Le rôle du pédagogue : Créer des « environnements capacitants » et des « contraintes fécondes » pour permettre à l'enfant de dépasser ses prédispositions et d'accéder à l'autonomie.

      L'inhibition cognitive : Concept central des neurosciences validant l'importance pédagogique du « sursis » (apprendre à ne pas réagir immédiatement pour laisser place à la réflexion).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Définition et structure de la pédagogie

      Philippe Meirieu redéfinit la pédagogie en s'appuyant sur son étymologie grecque (le pédagogue comme esclave accompagnateur) et sa structure tripartite fondamentale.

      Les trois pôles de la pédagogie

      Toute réflexion pédagogique s'articule autour de trois axes indispensables :

      1. Pôle axiologique (les valeurs) : Définir quel type d'humain et de société on souhaite former. C'est l'axe des finalités.

      2. Pôle épistémique (les connaissances) : Ce que l'on sait de l'enfant (psychologie, sociologie, neurosciences). C'est ici que les neurosciences apportent leur éclairage.

      3. Pôle praxéologique (la pratique) : Les institutions, les méthodes et les outils concrets mis en œuvre.

      L'expertise pédagogique : l'art de la décision

      La pédagogie est définie comme une affaire de jugement en situation.

      L'expert est celui qui sait prendre la bonne décision dans l'instant, face à une situation éducative unique qui ne se reproduira jamais. Cela implique de savoir déplacer le curseur entre plusieurs tensions :

      • Programmation rigide vs Événements imprévus.

      • Mobilisation par le projet vs Formalisation des acquis (distinction entre "faire" et "apprendre").

      • Réussite immédiate vs Progression à long terme.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Analyse transversale : Apports des neurosciences et réponses pédagogiques

      Meirieu identifie dix thématiques clés où les neurosciences enrichissent la pratique pédagogique sans l'asservir.

      | Concept Neuroscience | Éclairage Scientifique | Posture Pédagogique | | --- | --- | --- | | Plasticité cérébrale | Le cerveau se modifie avec l'expérience. | Optimisme éducatif : tout sujet est éducable, mais l'enfant n'est pas un objet malléable (respect de la liberté). | | Singularity et Altérité | Les cerveaux sont identiques mais les histoires sont uniques. | Éviter d'enfermer l'élève dans un style cognitif figé ; enrichir sa panoplie méthodologique. | | Prédisposition vs Predestination | Existence de troubles (ex: dyslexie) avec une part d'héritabilité. | Refus de l'essentialisation. La pédagogie vise le dépassement du symptôme par le milieu et l'activité. | | Attention | L'attention fatigue le cerveau et est limitée par l'input cognitif. | Construire des dispositifs attentionnels collectifs (rituels). Le travail manuel est l'antidote au "scrolling". | | Mémorisation | Nécessité de stabiliser les "sentiers" neuronaux par la répétition. | Inscrire la répétition dans des activités qui ont du sens et procurent du plaisir. | | Déconstruction | L'apprentissage passe par la remise en question des conceptions initiales. | Créer des situations-problèmes pour surmonter des obstacles épistémologiques (conflit socio-cognitif). | | Feedback | L'efficacité est liée à un retour positif, correctif et rapide. | L'évaluation n'est pas une fin, mais le début d'un processus d'amélioration de soi. | | Stress et Sécurité | Le cortisol bloque les activités cognitives complexes. | Créer un "espace hors menace" où l'erreur est permise et l'humiliation exclue. | | Métacognition | Réflexion sur ses propres processus de pensée. | Développer la réflexivité pour que l'élève pilote son propre travail vers l'autonomie. | | Inhibition | Le cortex frontal doit inhiber les réactions spontanées. | "Pédagogie du sursis" : imposer un délai pour passer de la réaction à la pensée (ex: la "boîte aux bagarres" de Korczak). |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Enjeux majeurs et conclusions

      Le danger du "Learning Analytics"

      Meirieu met en garde contre une dérive technocratique consistant à photographier les structures cognitives d'un enfant via des tablettes pour lui proposer un logiciel strictement adapté.

      Si cela peut sembler efficace, cette approche risque d'enfermer l'individu dans ce qu'il est déjà, au lieu de lui ouvrir de nouveaux possibles.

      Le principe de la contrainte féconde

      La pédagogie ne doit pas confondre spontanéité et liberté. La liberté s'acquiert par la "belle contrainte", celle qui permet de s'élever au-dessus des stéréotypes et des réactions immédiates.

      L'éducation est cette "obstination inventive" qui crée des situations permettant au sujet de "se faire" lui-même.

      Conclusion : L'humain au-delà de l'organe

      En citant Marcus Gabriel (Pourquoi je ne suis pas mon cerveau), Meirieu rappelle que si le système nerveux est une condition nécessaire à la conscience, il n'en est pas la condition suffisante.

      L'intentionnalité reste le cœur de l'acte éducatif.

      • La pédagogie doit viser l'émancipation et la solidarité.

      • Le cerveau est un outil au service d'un projet humain, social et politique qui dépasse largement les simples mécanismes biologiques.

    1. O que essa visão destrava na prática:

      Alexandre Sabino - Engenheiro de Sistemas | Fortinet Cristiano Borges - Engenheiro de Sistemas | Fortinet Mateus Pereira - Engenheiro de cibersegurança | Fortinet Rafael Righi - Engenheiro de Sistemas | Fortinet

    2. Lançamento do livro: Next Generation SOC & Inteligência Artificial

      Gostei bastante da Hero, mas senti falta de uma imagem do livro, já que é o "tema principal" do evento.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The Reviewer structured their review such that their first two recommendations specifically concerned the two major weaknesses they viewed in the initial submission. For clarity and concision, we have copied their recommendations to be placed immediately following their corresponding points on weaknesses.

      Strengths:

      Studying prediction error from the lens of network connectivity provides new insights into predictive coding frameworks. The combination of various independent datasets to tackle the question adds strength, including two well-powered fMRI task datasets, resting-state fMRI interpreted in relation to behavioral measures, as well as EEG-fMRI.

      Weaknesses:

      Major:

      (R1.1) Lack of multiple comparisons correction for edge-wise contrast:

      The analysis of connectivity differences across three levels of prediction error was conducted separately for approximately 22,000 edges (derived from 210 regions), yet no correction for multiple comparisons appears to have been applied. Then, modularity was applied to the top 5% of these edges. I do not believe that this approach is viable without correction. It does not help that a completely separate approach using SVMs was FDR-corrected for 210 regions.

      [Later recommendation] Regarding the first major point: To address the issue of multiple comparisons in the edge-wise connectivity analysis, I recommend using the Network-Based Statistic (NBS; Zalesky et al., 2010). NBS is well-suited for identifying clusters (analogous to modules) of edges that show statistically significant differences across the three prediction error levels, while appropriately correcting for multiple comparisons.

      Thank you for bringing this up. We acknowledge that our modularity analysis does not evaluate statistical significance. Originally, the modularity analysis was meant to provide a connectome-wide summary of the connectivity effects, whereas the classification-based analysis was meant to address the need for statistical significance testing. However, as the reviewer points out, it would be better if significance were tested in a manner more analogous to the reported modules. As they suggest, we updated the Supplemental Materials (SM) to include the results of Network-Based Statistic analysis (SM p. 1-2):

      “(2.1) Network-Based Statistic

      Here, we evaluate whether PE significantly impacts connectivity at the network level using the Network-Based Statistic (NBS) approach.[1] NBS relied on the same regression data generated for the main-text analysis, whereby a regression is performed examining the effect of PE (Low = –1, Medium = 0, High = +1) on connectivity for each edge. This was done across the connectome, and for each edge, a z-score was computed. For NBS, we thresholded edges to |Z| > 3.0, which yielded one large network cluster, shown in Figure S3. The size of the cluster – i.e., number of edges – was significant (p < .05) per a permutation-test using 1,000 random shuffles of the condition data for each participant, as is standard.[1] These results demonstrate that the networklevel effects of PE on connectivity are significant. The main-text modularity analysis converts this large cluster into four modules, which are more interpretable and open the door to further analyses”.

      We updated the Results to mention these findings before describing the modularity analysis (p. 8-9):

      “After demonstrating that PE significantly influences brain-wide connectivity using Network-Based Statistic analysis (Supplemental Materials 2.1), we conducted a modularity analysis to study how specific groups of edges are all sensitive to high/low-PE information.”

      (R1.2) Lack of spatial information in EEG:

      The EEG data were not source-localized, and no connectivity analysis was performed. Instead, power fluctuations were averaged across a predefined set of electrodes based on a single prior study (reference 27), as well as across a broader set of electrodes. While the study correlates these EEG power fluctuations with fMRI network connectivity over time, such temporal correlations do not establish that the EEG oscillations originate from the corresponding network regions. For instance, the observed fronto-central theta power increases could plausibly originate from the dorsal anterior cingulate cortex (dACC), as consistently reported in the literature, rather than from a distributed network. The spatially agnostic nature of the EEG-fMRI correlation approach used here does not support interpretations tied to specific dorsal-ventral or anterior-posterior networks. Nonetheless, such interpretations are made throughout the manuscript, which overextends the conclusions that can be drawn from the data.

      [Later recommendation] Regarding the second major point: I suggest either adopting a source-localized EEG approach to assess electrophysiological connectivity or revising all related sections to avoid implying spatial specificity or direct correspondence with fMRI-derived networks. The current approach, which relies on electrode-level power fluctuations, does not support claims about the spatial origin of EEG signals or their alignment with specific connectivity networks.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point, which allows us to clarify the specific and distinct contributions of each imaging modality in our study. Our primary goal for Study 3 was to leverage the high temporal resolution of EEG to identify the characteristic frequency at which the fMRI-defined global connectivity states fluctuate. The study was not designed to infer the spatial origin of these EEG signals, a task for which fMRI is better suited and which we addressed in Studies 1 and 2.

      As the reviewer points out, fronto-central theta is generally associated with the dACC. We agree with this point entirely. We suspect that there is some process linking dACC activation to the identified network fluctuations – some type of relationship that does not manifest in our dynamic functional connectivity analyses – although this is only a hypothesis and one that is beyond the present scope.

      We updated the Discussion to mention these points and acknowledge the ambiguity regarding the correlation between network fluctuation amplitude (fMRI) and Delta/Theta power (EEG) (p. 24):

      “We specifically interpret the fMRI-EEG correlation as reflecting fluctuation speed because we correlated EEG oscillatory power with the fluctuation amplitude computed from fMRI data. Simply correlating EEG power with the average connectivity or the signed difference between posterior-anterior and ventral-dorsal connectivity yields null results (Supplemental Materials 6), suggesting that this is a very particular association, and viewing it as capturing fluctuation amplitude provides a parsimonious explanation. Yet, this correlation may be interpreted in other ways. For example, resting-state Theta is also a signature of drowsiness,[2] which may correlate with PE processing, but perhaps should be understood as some other mechanism. Additionally, Theta is widely seen as a sign of dorsal anterior cingulate cortex activity,3 and it is unclear how to reconcile this with our claims about network fluctuations. Nonetheless, as we show with simulations (Supplemental Materials 5), a correlation between slow fMRI network fluctuations and fast EEG Delta/Theta oscillations is also consistent with a common global neural process oscillating rapidly and eliciting both measures.”

      Regarding source-localization, several papers have described known limitations of this strategy for drawing precise anatomical inferences,[4–6] and this seems unnecessary given that our fMRI analyses already provide more robust anatomical precision. We intentionally used EEG in our study for what it measures most robustly: millisecond-level temporal dynamics.

      (R1.2a)Examples of problematic language include:

      Line 134: "detection of network oscillations at fast speeds" - the current EEG approach does not measure networks.

      This is an important issue. We acknowledge that our EEG approach does not directly measure fMRI-defined networks. Our claim is inferential, designed to estimate the temporal dynamics of the large-scale fMRI patterns we identified. The correlation between our fMRI-derived fluctuation amplitude (|PA – VD|) and 3-6 Hz EEG power provides suggestive evidence that the transitions between these network states occur at this frequency, rather than being a direct measurement of network oscillations.

      To support the validity of this inference, we performed two key analyses (now in Supplemental Materials). First, a simulation study provides a proof-of-concept, confirming our method can recover the frequency of a fast underlying oscillator from slow fMRI and fast EEG data. Second, a specificity analysis shows the EEG correlation is unique to our measure of fluctuation amplitude and not to simpler measures like overall connectivity strength. These analyses demonstrate that our interpretation is more plausible than alternative explanations.

      Overall, we have revised the manuscript to be more conservative in the language employed, such as presenting alternative explanations to the interpretations put forth based on correlative/observational evidence (e.g., our modifications above described in our response to comment R1.2). In addition, we have made changes throughout the report to state the issues related to reverse inference more explicitly and to better communicate that the evidence is suggestive – please see our numerous changes described in our response to comment R3.1. For the statement that the reviewer specifically mentioned here, we revised it to be more cautious (p. 7):

      “Although such speed outpaces the temporal resolution of fMRI, correlating fluctuations in dynamic connectivity measured from fMRI data with EEG oscillations can provide an estimate of the fluctuations’ speed. This interpretation of a correlation again runs up against issues related to reverse inference but would nonetheless serve as initial suggestive evidence that spontaneous transitions between network states occur rapidly.”

      (R1.2b) Line 148: "whether fluctuations between high- and low-PE networks occur sufficiently fast" - this implies spatial localization to networks that is not supported by the EEG analysis.

      Building on our changes described in our immediately prior response, we adjusted our text here to say our analyses searched for evidence consistent with the idea that the network fluctuations occur quickly rather than searching for decisive evidence favoring this idea (p. 7-8):

      “Finally, we examined rs-fMRI-EEG data to assess whether we find parallels consistent with the high/low-PE network fluctuations occurring at fast timescales suitable for the type of cognitive operations typically targeted by PE theories.”

      (R1.2c) Line 480: "how underlying neural oscillators can produce BOLD and EEG measurements" - no evidence is provided that the same neural sources underlie both modalities.

      As described above, these claims are based on the simulation study demonstrating that this is a possibility, and we have revised the manuscript overall to be clearer that this is our interpretation while providing alternative explanations.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      Clearly, a lot of work and data went into this paper, including 2 task-based fMRI experiments and the resting state data for the same participants, as well as a third EEG-fMRI dataset. Overall, well written with a couple of exceptions on clarity, as per below, and the methodology appears overall sound, with a couple of exceptions listed below that require further justification. It does a good job of acknowledging its own weakness.

      Weaknesses:

      (R2.1) The paper does a good job of acknowledging its greatest weakness, the fact that it relies heavily on reverse inference, but cannot quite resolve it. As the authors put it, "finding the same networks during a prediction error task and during rest does not mean that the networks' engagement during rest reflects prediction error processing". Again, the authors acknowledge the speculative nature of their claims in the discussion, but given that this is the key claim and essence of the paper, it is hard to see how the evidence is compelling to support that claim.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that reverse inference is a fundamental challenge and that our central claim requires a particularly high bar of evidence. While no single analysis resolves this issue, our goal was to build a cumulative case that is compelling by converging on the same conclusion from multiple, independent lines of evidence.

      For our investigation, we initially established a task-general signature of prediction error (PE). By showing the same neural pattern represents PE in different contexts, we constrain the reverse inference, making it less likely that our findings are a task-specific artifact and more likely that they reflect the core, underlying process of PE. Building on this, our most compelling evidence comes from linking task and rest at the individual level. We didn't just find the same general network at rest; we showed that an individual’s unique anatomical pattern of PE-related connectivity during the task specifically predicts their own brain's fluctuation patterns at rest. This highly specific, person-by-person correspondence provides a direct bridge between an individual's task-evoked PE processing and their intrinsic, resting-state dynamics. Furthermore, these resting-state fluctuations correlate specifically with the 3-6 Hz theta rhythm—a well-established neural marker for PE.

      While reverse inference remains a fundamental limitation for many studies on resting-state cognition, the aspects mentioned above, we believe, provide suggestive evidence, favoring our PE interpretation. Nonetheless, we have made changes throughout the manuscript to be more conservative in the language we use to describe our results, to make it clear what claims are based on correlative/observational evidence, and to put forth alternative explanations for the identified effects. Please find our numerous changes detailed in our response to comment R3.1.

      (R2.2) Given how uncontrolled cognition is during "resting-state" experiments, the parallel made with prediction errors elicited during a task designed for that effect is a little difficult to make. How often are people really surprised when their brains are "at rest", likely replaying a previously experienced event or planning future actions under their control? It seems to be more likely a very low prediction error scenario, if at all surprising.

      We (and some others) take a broad interpretation of PE and believe it is often more intuitive to think about PE minimization in terms of uncertainty rather than “surprise”; the word “surprise” usually implies a sudden emotive reaction from the violation of expectations, which is not useful here.

      When planning future actions, each step of the plan is spurred by the uncertainty of what is the appropriate action given the scenario set up by prior steps. Each planned step erases some of that uncertainty. For example, you may be mentally simulating a conversation, what you will say, and what another person will say. Each step of this creates uncertainty of “what is the appropriate response?” Each reasoning step addresses contingencies. While planning, you may also uncover more obvious forms of uncertainty, sparking memory retrieval to finish it. A resting-state participant may think to cook a frozen pizza when they arrive home, but be uncertain about whether they have any frozen pizzas left, prompting episodic memory retrieval to address this uncertainty. We argue that every planning step or memory retrieval can be productively understood as being sparked by uncertainty/surprise (PE), and the subsequent cognitive response minimizes this uncertainty.

      We updated the Introduction to include a paragraph near the start providing this explanation (p. 3-4):

      “PE minimization may broadly coordinate brain functions of all sorts, including abstract cognitive functions. This includes the types of cognitive processes at play even in the absence of stimuli (e.g., while daydreaming). While it may seem counterintuitive to associate this type of cognition with PE – a concept often tied to external surprises – it has been proposed that the brain's internal generative model is continuously active.[12–14] Spontaneous thought, such as planning a future event or replaying a memory, is not a passive, low-PE process. Rather, it can be seen as a dynamic cycle of generating and resolving internal uncertainty. While daydreaming, you may be reminded of a past conversation, where you wish you had said something different. This situation contains uncertainty about what would have been the best thing to say. Wondering about what you wish you said can be viewed as resolving this uncertainty, in principle, forming a plan if the same situation ever arises again in the future. Each iteration of the simulated conversation repeatedly sparks and then resolves this type of uncertainty.”

      (R2.3)The quantitative comparison between networks under task and rest was done on a small subset of the ROIs rather than on the full network - why? Noting how small the correlation between task and rest is (r=0.021) and that's only for part of the networks, the evidence is a little tenuous. Running the analysis for the full networks could strengthen the argument.

      We thank the reviewer for this opportunity to clarify our method. A single correlation between the full, aggregated networks would be conceptually misaligned with what we aimed to assess. To test for a personspecific anatomical correspondence, it is necessary to examine the link between task and rest at a granular level. We therefore asked whether the specific parts of an individual's network most responsive to PE during the task are the same parts that show the strongest fluctuations at rest. Our analysis, performed iteratively across all 3,432 possible ROI subsets, was designed specifically to answer this question, which would be obscured by an aggregated network measure.

      We appreciate the reviewer's concern about the modest effect size (r = .021). However, this must be contextualized, as the short task scan has very low reliability (.08), which imposes a severe statistical ceiling on any possible task-rest correlation. Finding a highly significant effect (p < .001) in the face of such noisy data, therefore, provides robust evidence for a genuine task-rest correspondence.

      We updated the Discussion to discuss this point (p. 22-23):

      “A key finding supporting our interpretation is the significant link between individual differences in task-evoked PE responses and resting-state fluctuations. One might initially view the effect size of this correspondence (r = .021) as modest. However, this interpretation must be contextualized by the considerable measurement noise inherent in short task-fMRI scans; the split-half reliability of the task contrast was only .08. This low reliability imposes a severe statistical ceiling on any possible task-rest correlation. Therefore, detecting a highly significant (p < .001) relationship despite this constraint provides robust evidence for a genuine link. Furthermore, our analytical approach, which iteratively examined thousands of ROI subsets rather than one aggregated network, was intentionally granular. The goal was not simply to correlate two global measures, but to test for a personspecific anatomical correspondence – that is, whether the specific parts of an individual's network most sensitive to PE during the task are the same parts that fluctuate most strongly at rest. An aggregate analysis would obscure this critical spatial specificity. Taken together, this granular analysis provides compelling evidence for an anatomically consistent fingerprint of PE processing that bridges task-evoked activity and spontaneous restingstate dynamics, strengthening our central claim.”

      (R2.4) Looking at the results in Figure 2C, the four-quadrant description of the networks labelled for low and high PE appears a little simplistic. The authors state that this four-quadrant description omits some ROIs as motivated by prior knowledge. This would benefit from a more comprehensive justification.Which ROIs are excluded, and what is the evidence for exclusion?

      Our four-quadrant model is a principled simplification designed to distill the dominant, large-scale connectivity patterns from the complex modularity results. This approach focuses on coherent, well-documented anatomical streams while setting aside a few anatomically distant and disjoint ROIs that were less central to the main modules. This heuristic additionally unlocks more robust and novel analyses.

      The two low-PE posterior-anterior (PA) pathways are grounded in canonical processing streams. (i) The OCATL connection mirrors the ventral visual stream (the “what” pathway), which is fundamental for object recognition and is upregulated during the smooth processing of expected stimuli. (ii) The IPL-LPFC connection represents a core axis of the dorsal attention stream and the Fronto-Parietal Control Network (FPCN), reflecting the maintenance of top-down cognitive control when information is predictable; the IPL-LPFC module excludes ROIs in the middle temporal gyrus, which are often associated with the FPCN but are not covered here.

      In contrast, the two high-PE ventral-dorsal (VD) pathways reflect processes for resolving surprise and conflict. (i) The OC-IPL connection is a classic signature of attentional reorienting, where unexpected sensory input (high PE) triggers a necessary shift in attention; the OC-IPL module excludes some ROIs that are anterior to the occipital lobe and enter the fusiform gyrus and inferior temporal lobe. (ii) The ATL-LPFC connection aligns with mechanisms for semantic re-evaluation, engaging prefrontal control regions to update a mental model in the face of incongruent information.

      Beyond its functional/anatomical grounding, this simplification provides powerful methodological and statistical advantages. It establishes a symmetrical framework that makes our dynamic connectivity analyses tractable, such as our “cube” analysis of state transitions, which required overlapping modules. Critically, this model also offers a statistical safeguard. By ensuring each quadrant contributes to both low- and high-PE connectivity patterns, we eliminate confounds like region-specific signal variance or global connectivity. This design choice isolates the phenomenon to the pattern of connectivity itself (posterior-anterior vs. ventral-dorsal), making our interpretation more robust.

      We updated the end of the Study 1A results (p. 10-11):

      “Some ROIs appear in Figure 2C but are excluded from the four targeted quadrants (Figures 2C & 2D) – e.g., posterior inferior temporal lobe and fusiform ROIs are excluded from the OC-IPL module, and middle temporal gyrus ROIs are excluded from the IPL-LPFC modules. These exclusions, in favor of a four-quadrant interpretation, are motivated by existing knowledge of prominent structural pathways among these quadrants. This interpretation is also supported by classifier-based analyses showing connectivity within each quadrant is significantly influenced by PE (Supplemental Materials 2.2), along with analyses of single-region activity showing that these areas also respond to PE independently (Supplemental Materials 3). Hence, we proceeded with further analyses of these quadrants’ connections, which summarize PE’s global brain effects.

      “This four-quadrant setup also imparts analytical benefits. First, this simplified structure may better generalize across PE tasks, and Study 1B would aim to replicate these results with a different design. Second, the four quadrants mean that each ROI contributes to both the posterior-anterior and ventral-dorsal modules, which would benefit later analyses and rules out confounds such as PE eliciting increased/decreased connectivity between an ROI and the rest of the brain. An additional, less key benefit is that this setup allows more easily evaluating whether the same phenomena arise using a different atlas (Supplemental Materials Y).”

      (R2.5) The EEG-fMRI analysis claiming 3-6Hz fluctuations for PE is hard to reconcile with the fact that fMRI captures activity that is a lot slower, while some PEs are as fast as 150 ms. The discussion acknowledges this but doesn't seem to resolve it - would benefit from a more comprehensive argument.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point, which allows us to clarify the logic of our multimodal analysis. Our analysis does not claim that the fMRI BOLD signal itself oscillates at 3-6 Hz. Instead, it is based on the principle that the intensity of a fast neural process can be reflected in the magnitude of the slow BOLD response. It’s akin to using a long-exposure photograph to capture a fast-moving object; while the individual movements are blurred, the intensity of the blur in the photo serves as a proxy for the intensity of the underlying motion. In our case, the magnitude of the fMRI network difference (|PA – VD|) acts as the "blur," reflecting the intensity of the rapid fluctuations between states within that time window.

      Following this logic, we correlated this slow-moving fMRI metric with the power of the fast EEG rhythms, which reflects their amplitude. To bridge the different timescales, we averaged the EEG power over each fMRI time window and convolved it with the standard hemodynamic response function (HRF) – a crucial step to align the timing of the neural and metabolic signals. The resulting significant correlation specifically in the 3-6 Hz band demonstrates that when this rhythm is stronger, the fMRI data shows a greater divergence between network states. This allows us to infer the characteristic frequency of the underlying neural fluctuations without directly measuring them at that speed with fMRI, thus reconciling the two timescales.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Bogdan et al. present an intriguing and timely investigation into the intrinsic dynamics of prediction error (PE)-related brain states. The manuscript is grounded in an intuitive and compelling theoretical idea: that the brain alternates between high and low PE states even at rest, potentially reflecting an intrinsic drive toward predictive minimization. The authors employ a creative analytic framework combining different prediction tasks and imaging modalities. They shared open code, which will be valuable for future work.

      (R3.1) Consistency in Theoretical Framing

      The title, abstract, and introduction suggest inconsistent theoretical goals of the study.

      The title suggests that the goal is to test whether there are intrinsic fluctuations in high and low PE states at rest. The abstract and introduction suggest that the goal is to test whether the brain intrinsically minimizes PE and whether this minimization recruits global brain networks. My comments here are that a) these are fundamentally different claims, and b) both are challenging to falsify. For one, task-like recurrence of PE states during resting might reflect the wiring and geometry of the functional organization of the brain emerging from neurobiological constraints or developmental processes (e.g., experience), but showing that mirroring exists because of the need to minimize PE requires establishing a robust relationship with behavior or showing a causal effect (e.g., that interrupting intrinsic PE state fluctuations affects prediction).

      The global PE hypothesis-"PE minimization is a principle that broadly coordinates brain functions of all sorts, including abstract cognitive functions"-is more suitable for discussion rather than the main claim in the abstract, introduction, and all throughout the paper.

      Given the above, I recommend that the authors clarify and align their core theoretical goals across the title, abstract, introduction, and results. If the focus is on identifying fluctuations that resemble taskdefined PE states at rest, the language should reflect that more narrowly, and save broader claims about global PE minimization for the discussion. This hypothesis also needs to be contextualized within prior work. I'd like to see if there is similar evidence in the literature using animal models.

      Thank you for bringing up this issue. We have made changes throughout the paper to address these points. First, we have omitted reference to a “global PE hypothesis” from the Abstract and Introduction, in favor of structuring the Introduction in terms of a falsifiable question (p. 4):

      “We pursued this goal using three studies (Figure 1) that collectively targeted a specific question: Do the taskdefined connectivity signatures of high vs. low PE also recur during rest, and if so, how does the brain transition between exhibiting high/low signatures?”

      We made changes later in the Introduction to clarify that the investigation is based on correlative evidence and requires interpretations that may be debated (p. 5-7):

      “Although this does not entirely address the reverse inference dilemma and can only produce correlative evidence, the present research nonetheless investigates these widely speculated upon PE ideas more directly than any prior work.

      Although such speed outpaces the temporal resolution of fMRI, correlating fluctuations in dynamic connectivity measured from fMRI data with EEG oscillations can provide an estimate of the fluctuations’ speed. This interpretation of a correlation again runs up against issues related to reverse inference but would nonetheless serve as initial suggestive evidence that spontaneous transitions between network states occur rapidly.

      Second, we examined the recruitment of these networks during rs-fMRI, and although the problems related to reverse inference are impossible to overcome fully, we engage with this issue by linking rs-fMRI data directly to task-fMRI data of the same participants, which can provide suggestive evidence that the same neural mechanisms are at play in both.”

      We made changes throughout the Results now better describing the results as consistent with a hypothesis rather than demonstrating it (p. 12-19):

      “In other words, we essentially asked whether resting-state participants are sometimes in low PE states and sometimes in high PE states, which would be consistent with spontaneous PE processing in the absence of stimuli.

      These emerging states overlap strikingly with the previous task effects of PE, suggesting that rs-fMRI scans exhibit fluctuations that resemble the signatures of low- and high-PE states. 

      To be clear, this does not entirely dissuade concerns about reverse inference, which would require a type of causal manipulation that is difficult (if not impossible) to perform in a resting state scan. Nonetheless, these results provide further evidence consistent with our interpretation that the resting brain spontaneously fluctuates between high/low PE network states.

      These patterns are most consistent with a characteristic timescale near 3–6 Hz for the amplitude of the putative high/low-PE fluctuations. This is notably consistent with established links between PE and Delta/Theta and is further consistent with an interpretation in which these fluctuations relate to PE-related processing during rest.”

      We have also made targeted edits to the Discussion to present the findings in a more cautious way, more clearly state what is our interpretation, and provide alternative explanations (p. 19-26):

      “The present research conducted task-fMRI, rs-fMRI, and rs-fMRI-EEG studies to clarify whether PE elicits global connectivity effects and whether the signatures of PE processing arise spontaneously during rest. This investigation carries implications for how PE minimization may characterize abstract task-general cognitive processes. […] Although there are different ways to interpret this correlation, it is consistent with high/low PE states generally fluctuating at 3-6 Hz during rest. Below, we discuss these three studies’ findings.

      Our rs-fMRI investigation examined whether resting dynamics resemble the task-defined connectivity signatures of high vs. low PE, independent of the type of stimulus encountered. The resting-state analyses indeed found that, even at rest, participants’ brains fluctuated between strong ventral-dorsal connectivity and strong posterior-anterior connectivity, consistent with shifts between states of high and low PE. This conclusion is based on correlative/observational evidence and so may be controversial as it relies on reverse inference.

      These patterns resemble global connectivity signatures seen in resting-state participants, and correlations between fMRI and EEG data yield associations, consistent with participants fluctuating between high-PE (ventral-dorsal) and low-PE (posterior-anterior) states at 3-6 Hz. Although definitively testing these ideas is challenging, given that rs-fMRI is defined by the absence of any causal manipulations, our results provide evidence consistent with PE minimization playing a role beyond stimulus process.”

      (R3.2) Interpretation of PE-Related Fluctuations at Rest and Its Functional Relevance. It would strengthen the paper to clarify what is meant by "intrinsic" state fluctuations. Intrinsic might mean taskindependent, trait-like, or spontaneously generated. Which do the authors mean here? Is the key prediction that these fluctuations will persist in the absence of a prediction task?

      Of the three terms the reviewer mentioned, “spontaneous” and “task-independent” are the most accurate descriptors. We conceptualize these fluctuations as a continuous background process that persists across all facets of cognition, without requiring a task explicitly designed to elicit prediction error – although we, along with other predictive coding papers, would argue that all cognitive tasks are fundamentally rooted in PE mechanisms and thus anything can be seen as a “prediction task” (see our response to comment R2.2 for our changes to the Introduction that provide more intuition for this point). The proposed interactions can be seen as analogous to cortico-basal-thalamic loops, which are engaged across a vast and diverse array of cognitive processes.

      The prior submission only used the word “intrinsic” in the title. We have since revised it to “spontaneous,” which is more specific than “intrinsic,” and we believe clearer for a title than “task-independent” (p. 1): “Spontaneous fluctuations in global connectivity reflect transitions between states of high and low prediction error”

      We have also made tweaks throughout the manuscript to now use “spontaneously” throughout (it now appears 8 times in the paper).

      Regardless of the intrinsic argument, I find it challenging to interpret the results as evidence of PE fluctuations at rest. What the authors show directly is that the degree to which a subset of regions within a PE network discriminates high vs. low PE during task correlates with the magnitude of separation between high and low PE states during rest. While this is an interesting relationship, it does not establish that the resting-state brain spontaneously alternates between high and low PE states, nor that it does so in a functionally meaningful way that is related to behavior. How can we rule out brain dynamics of other processes, such as arousal, that also rise and fall with PE? I understand the authors' intention to address the reverse inference concern by testing whether "a participant's unique connectivity response to PE in the reward-processing task should match their specific patterns of resting-state fluctuation". However, I'm not fully convinced that this analysis establishes the functional role of the identified modules to PE because of the following:

      Theoretically, relating the activities of the identified modules directly to behavior would demonstrate a stronger functional role.

      (R3.2a) Across participants: Do individuals who exhibit stronger or more distinct PE-related fluctuations at rest also perform better on tasks that require prediction or inference? This could be assessed using the HCP prediction task, though if individual variability is limited (e.g., due to ceiling effects), I would suggest exploring a dataset with a prediction task that has greater behavioral variance.

      This is a good idea, but unfortunately difficult to test with our present data. The HCP gambling task used in our study was not designed to measure individual differences in prediction or inference and likely suffers from ceiling effects. Because the task outcomes are predetermined and not linked to participants' choices, there is very little meaningful behavioral variance in performance to correlate with our resting-state fluctuation measure.

      While we agree that exploring a different dataset with a more suitable task would be ideal, given the scope of the existing manuscript, this seems like it would be too much. Although these results would be informative, they would ultimately still not be a panacea for the reverse inference issues.

      Or even more broadly, does this variability in resting state PE state fluctuations predict general cognitive abilities like WM and attention (which the HCP dataset also provides)? I appreciate the inclusion of the win-loss control, and I can see the intention to address specificity. This would test whether PE state fluctuations reflect something about general cognition, but also above and beyond these attentional or WM processes that we know are fluctuating.

      This is a helpful suggestion, motivating new analyses: We measured the degree of resting-state fluctuation amplitude across participants and correlated it with the different individual differences measures provided with the HCP data (e.g., measures of WM performance). We computed each participant’s fluctuation amplitude measure as the average absolute difference between posterior-anterior and ventral-dorsal connectivity; this is the average of the TR-by-TR fMRI amplitude measure from Study 3. We correlated this individual difference score with all of the ~200 individual difference measures provided with the HCP dataset (e.g., measures of intelligence or personality). We measured the Spearman correlation between mean fluctuation amplitude with each of those ~200 measures, while correcting for multiple hypotheses using the False Discovery Rate approach.[18]

      We found a robust negative association with age, where older participants tend to display weaker fluctuations (r = -.16, p < .001). We additionally find a positive association with the age-adjusted score on the picture sequence task (r = .12, p<sub>corrected</sub> = .03) and a negative association with performance in the card sort task (r = -.12, p<sub>corrected</sub> = 046). It is unclear how to interpret these associations, without being speculative, given that fluctuation amplitude shows one positive association with performance and one negative association, albeit across entirely different tasks.  We have added these correlation results as Supplemental Materials 8 (SM p. 11):

      “(8) Behavioral differences related to fluctuation amplitude 

      To investigate whether individual differences in the magnitude of resting-state PE-state fluctuations predict general cognitive abilities, we correlated our resting-state fluctuation measure with the cognitive and demographic variables provided in the HCP dataset.

      (8.1) Methods

      For each of the 1,000 participants, we calculated a single fluctuation amplitude score. This score was defined as the average absolute difference between the time-varying posterior-anterior (PA) and ventral-dorsal (VD) connectivity during the resting-state fMRI scan (the average of the TR-by-TR measure used for Study 3). We then computed the Spearman correlation between this score and each of the approximately 200 individual difference measures provided in the HCP dataset. We corrected for multiple comparisons using the False Discovery Rate (FDR) approach.

      (8.2) Results

      The correlations revealed a robust negative association between fluctuation amplitude and age, indicating that older participants tended to display weaker fluctuations (r = -.16, p<sub>corrected</sub> < .001). After correction, two significant correlations with cognitive performance emerged: (i) a positive association with the age-adjusted score on the Picture Sequence Memory Test (r = .12, p<sub>corrected</sub> = .03), (ii) a negative association with performance on the Card Sort Task (r = -.12, p<sub>corrected</sub> = .046). As greater fluctuation amplitude is linked to better performance on one task but worse performance on another, it is unclear how to interpret these findings.”

      We updated the main text Methods to direct readers to this content (p. 39-40):

      “(4.4.3) Links between network fluctuations and behavior

      We considered whether the extent of PE-related network expression states during resting-state is behaviorally relevant. We specifically investigated whether individual differences in the overall magnitude of resting-state fluctuations could predict individual difference measures, provided with the HCP dataset. This yielded a significant association with age, whereby older participants tended to display weaker fluctuations. However, associations with cognitive measures were limited. A full description of these analyses is provided in Supplemental Materials 8.”

      (R3.2b) Within participants: Do momentary increases in PE-network expression during tasks relate to better or faster prediction? In other words, is there evidence that stronger expression of PE-related states is associated with better behavioral outcomes?

      This is a good question that probes the direct behavioral relevance of these network states on a trial-by-trial basis. We agree with the reviewer's intuition; in principle, one would expect a stronger expression of the low-PE network state on trials where a participant correctly and quickly gives a high likelihood rating to a predictable stimulus.

      Following this suggestion, we performed a new analysis in Study 1A to test this. We found that while network expression was indeed linked to participants’ likelihood ratings: higher likelihood ratings correspond to stronger posterior-anterior connectivity, whereas lower ratings correspond to stronger ventral-dorsal connectivity (Connectivity-Direction × likelihood, β [standardized] = .28, p = .02). Yet, this is not a strong test of the reviewer’s hypothesis, and different exploratory analyses of response time yield null results (p > .05). We suspect that this is due to the effect being too subtle, so we have insufficient statistical power. A comparable analysis was not feasible for Study 1B, as its design does not provide an analogous behavioral measure of trialby-trial prediction success.

      (R3.3) A priori Hypothesis for EEG Frequency Analysis.

      It's unclear how to interpret the finding that fMRI fluctuations in the defined modules correlate with frontal Delta/Theta power, specifically in the 3-6 Hz range. However, in the EEG literature, this frequency band is most commonly associated with low arousal, drowsiness, and mind wandering in resting, awake adults, not uniquely with prediction error processing. An a priori hypothesis is lacking here: what specific frequency band would we expect to track spontaneous PE signals at rest, and why? Without this, it is difficult to separate a PE-based interpretation from more general arousal or vigilance fluctuations.

      This point gets to the heart of the challenge with reverse inference in resting-state fMRI. We agree that an interpretation based on general arousal or drowsiness is a potential alternative that must be considered. However, what makes a simple arousal interpretation challenging is the highly specific nature of our fMRI-EEG association. As shown in our confirmatory analyses (Supplemental Materials 6), the correlation with 3-6 Hz power was found exclusively with the absolute difference between our two PE-related network states (|PA – VD|)—a measure of fluctuation amplitude. We found no significant relationship with the signed difference (a bias toward one state) or the sum (the overall level of connectivity). This specificity presents a puzzle for a simple drowsiness account; it seems less plausible that drowsiness would manifest specifically as the intensity of fluctuation between two complex cognitive networks, rather than as a more straightforward change in overall connectivity. While we cannot definitively rule out contributions from arousal, the specificity of our finding provides stronger evidence for a structured cognitive process, like PE, than for a general, undifferentiated state. 

      We updated the Discussion to make the argument above and also to remind readers that alternative explanations, such as ones based on drowsiness, are possible (p. 24):

      “We specifically interpret the fMRI-EEG correlation as reflecting fluctuation speed because we correlated EEG oscillatory power with the fluctuation amplitude computed from fMRI data. Simply correlating EEG power with the average connectivity or the signed difference between posterior-anterior and ventral-dorsal connectivity yields null results (Supplemental Materials 6), suggesting that this is a very particular association, and viewing it as capturing fluctuation amplitude provides a parsimonious explanation. Yet, this correlation may be interpreted in other ways. For example, resting-state Theta is also a signature of drowsiness,[2] which may correlate with PE processing, but perhaps should be understood as some other mechanism.”

      (R3.4) Significance Assessment

      The significance of the correlation above and all other correlation analyses should be assessed through a permutation test rather than a single parametric t-test against zero. There are a few reasons: a) EEG and fMRI time series are autocorrelated, violating the independence assumption of parametric tests;

      Standard t-tests can underestimate the true null distribution's variance, because EEG-fMRI correlations often involve shared slow drifts or noise sources, which can yield spurious correlations and inflating false positives unless tested against an appropriate null.

      Building a null distribution that preserves the slow drifts, for example, would help us understand how likely it is for the two time series to be correlated when the slow drifts are still present, and how much better the current correlation is, compared to this more conservative null. You can perform this by phase randomizing one of the two time courses N times (e.g., N=1000), which maintains the autocorrelation structure while breaking any true co-occurrence in patterns between the two time series, and compute a non-parametric p-value. I suggest using this approach in all correlation analyses between two time series.

      This is an important statistical point to clarify, and the suggested analysis is valuable. The reviewer is correct that the raw fMRI and EEG time series are autocorrelated. However, because our statistical approach is a twolevel analysis, we reasoned that non-independence at the correlation-level would not invalidate the higher-level t-test. The t-test’s assumption of independence applies to the individual participants' coefficients, which are independent across participants. Thus, we believe that our initial approach is broadly appropriate, and its simplicity allows it to be easily communicated.

      Nonetheless, the permutation-testing procedure that the Reviewer describes seems like an important analysis to test, given that permutation-testing is the gold standard for evaluating statistical significance, and it could guarantee that our above logic is correct. We thus computed the analysis as the reviewer described. For each participant, we phase-randomized the fMRI fluctuation amplitude time series. Specifically, we randomized the Fourier phases of the |PA–VD| series (within run), while retaining the original amplitude spectrum; inverse transforms yielded real surrogates with the same power spectrum. This was done for each participant once per permutation. Each participant’s phase-randomized data was submitted to the analysis of each oscillatory power band as originally, generating one mean correlation for each band. This was done 1,000 times.

      Across the five bands, we find that the grand mean correlation is near zero (M<sub>r</sub> = .0006) and the 97.5<sup>th</sup> percentile critical value of the null distribution is r = ~.025; this 97.5<sup>th</sup> percentile corresponds to the upper end of a 95% confidence interval for a band’s correlation; the threshold minimally differs across bands (.024 < rs < .026). Our original correlation coefficients for Delta (M<sub>r</sub> = .042) and Theta (M<sub>r</sub> = .041), which our conclusions focused on, remained significant (p ≤ .002); we can perform family-wise error-rate correction by taking the highest correlation across any band for a given permutation, and the Delta and Theta effects remain significant (p<sub>FWE</sub>corrected ≤ .003); previously Reviewer comment R1.4c requested that we employ family-wise error correction.

      These correlations were previously reported in Table 1, and we updated the caption to note what effects remain significant when evaluated using permutation-testing and with family-wise error correction (p. 19):

      “The effects for Delta, Theta, Beta, and Gamma remain significant if significance testing is instead performed using permutation-testing and with family-wise error rate correction (p<sub>corrected</sub> < .05).”

      We updated the Methods to describe the permutation-testing analysis (p. 43):

      “To confirm the significance of our fMRI-EEG correlations with a non-parametric approach, we performed a group-level permutation-test. For each of 1,000 permutations, we phase-randomized the fMRI fluctuation amplitude time series. Specifically, we randomized the Fourier phases of the |PA–VD| series (within run), while retaining the original amplitude spectrum; inverse transforms yielded real surrogates with the same power spectrum. This procedure breaks the true temporal relationship between the fMRI and EEG data while preserving its structure. We then re-computed the mean Spearman correlation for each frequency band using this phase-randomized data. We evaluated significance using a family-wise error correction approach that accounts for us analyzing five oscillatory power bands. We thus create a null distribution composed of the maximum correlation value observed across all frequency bands from each permutation. Our observed correlations were then tested for significance against this distribution of maximums.”

      (R3.5) Analysis choices

      If I'm understanding correctly, the algorithm used to identify modules does so by assigning nodes to communities, but it does not itself restrict what edges can be formed from these modules. This makes me wonder whether the decision to focus only on connections between adjacent modules, rather than considering the full connectivity, was an analytic choice by the authors. If so, could you clarify the rationale? In particular, what justifies assuming that the gradient of PE states should be captured by edges formed only between nearby modules (as shown in Figure 2E and Figure 4), rather than by the full connectivity matrix? If this restriction is instead a by-product of the algorithm, please explain why this outcome is appropriate for detecting a global signature of PE states in both task and rest.

      We discuss this matter in our response to comment R2.(4).

      When assessing the correspondence across task-fMRI and rs-fMRI in section 2.2.2, why was the pattern during task calculated from selecting a pair of bilateral ROIs (resulting in a group of eight ROIs), and the resting state pattern calculated from posterior-anterior/ventral-dorsal fluctuation modules? Doesn't it make more sense to align the two measures? For example, calculating task effects on these same modules during task and rest?

      We thank the reviewer for this question, as it highlights a point in our methods that we could have explained more clearly. The reviewer is correct that the two measures must be aligned, and we can confirm that they were indeed perfectly matched.

      For the analysis in Section 2.2.2, both the task and resting-state measures were calculated on the exact same anatomical substrate for each comparison. The analysis iteratively selected a symmetrical subset of eight ROIs from our larger four quadrants. For each of these 3,432 iterations, we computed the task-fMRI PE effect (the Connectivity Direction × PE interaction) and the resting-state fluctuation amplitude (E[|PA – VD|]) using the identical set of eight ROIs. The goal of this analysis was precisely to test if the fine-grained anatomical pattern of these effects correlated within an individual across the task and rest states. We will revise the text in Section 2.2.2 to make this direct alignment of the two measures more explicit.

      Recommendations for authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for authors):

      (R1.3) Several prior studies have described co-activation or connectivity "templates" that spontaneously alternate during rest and task states, and are linked to behavioral variability. While they are interpreted differently in terms of cognitive function (e.g., in terms of sustained attention: Monica Rosenberg; alertness: Catie Chang), the relationship between these previously reported templates and those identified in the current study warrants discussion. Are the current templates spatially compatible with prior findings while offering new functional interpretations beyond those already proposed in the literature? Or do they represent spatially novel patterns?

      Thank you for this suggestion. Broadly, we do not mean to propose spatially novel patterns but rather focus on how these are repurposed for PE processing. In the Discussion, we link our identified connectivity states to established networks (e.g., the FPCN). We updated this paragraph to mention that these patterns are largely not spatially novel (p. 20):

      “The connectivity patterns put forth are, for the most part, not spatially novel and instead overlap heavily with prior functional and anatomical findings.”

      Regarding the specific networks covered in the prior work by Rosenberg and Chang that the reviewer seems to be referring to, [7,8] this research has emphasized networks anchored heavily in sensorimotor, subcortical– cerebellar, and medial frontal circuits, and so mostly do not overlap with the connectivity effects we put forth.

      (R1.4) Additional points:

      (R1.4a) I do not think that the logic for taking the absolute difference of fMRI connectivity is convincing. What happens if the sign of the difference is maintained ?

      Thank you for pointing out this area that requires clarification. Our analysis targets the amplitude of the fluctuation between brain states, not the direction. We define high fluctuation amplitude as moments when the brain is strongly in either the PA state (PA > VD) or the VD state (VD > PA). The absolute difference |PA – VD| correctly quantifies this intensity, whereas a signed difference would conflate these two distinct high-amplitude moments. Our simulation study (Supplemental Materials, Section 5) provides the theoretical validation for this logic, showing how this absolute difference measure in slow fMRI data can track the amplitude of a fast underlying neural oscillator.

      When the analysis is tested in terms of the signed difference, as suggested by the Reviewer, the association between the fMRI data and EEG power is insignificant for each power band (ps<sub>uncorrected</sub> ≥ .47). We updated Supplemental Materials 6 to include these results. Previously, this section included the fluctuation amplitude (fMRI) × EEG power results while controlling for: (i) the signed difference between posterior-anterior and ventral-dorsal connectivity, (ii) the sum of posterior-anterior and ventral-dorsal connectivity, and (iii) the absolute value of the sum of posterior-anterior and ventral-dorsal connectivity. For completeness, we also now report the correlation between each EEG power band and each of those other three measures (SM, p. 9)

      “We additionally tested the relationship between each of those three measures and the five EEG oscillation bands. Across the 15 tests, there were no associations (ps<sub>uncorrected</sub>  ≥ .04); one uncorrected p-value was at p = .044, although this was expected given that there were 15 tests. Thus, the association between EEG oscillations and the fMRI measure is specific to the absolute difference (i.e., amplitude) measure.”

      (R1.4b) Reasoning of focus on frontal and theta band is weak, and described as "typical" (line 359) based on a single study.

      Sorry about this. There is a rich literature on the link between frontal theta and prediction error,[3,9–11] and we updated the Introduction to include more references to this work (p. 18): “The analysis was first done using power averaged across frontal electrodes, as these are the typical focus of PE research on oscillations.[3,9–11]”

      We have also updated the Methods to cite more studies that motivate our electrode choice (p. 41): “The analyses first targeted five midline frontal electrodes (F3, F1, Fz, F2, F4; BioSemi64 layout), given that this frontal row is typically the focus of executive-function PE research on oscillations.[9–11]”

      (R1.4c) No correction appears to have been applied for the association between EEG power and fMRI connectivity. Given that 100 frequency bins were collapsed into 5 canonical bands, a correction for 5 comparisons seems appropriate. Notably, the strongest effects in the delta and theta bands (particularly at fronto-central electrodes) may still survive correction, but this should be explicitly tested and reported.

      Thanks for this suggestion. We updated the Table 1 caption to mention what results survive family-wise error rate correction – as the reviewer suggests, the Delta/Theta effects would survive Bonferroni correction for five tests, although per a later comment suggesting that we evaluate statistical significance with a permutationtesting approach (comment R3.4), we instead report family-wise error correction based on that. The revised caption is as follows (p. 19):

      “The effects for Delta, Theta, Beta, and Gamma remain significant if significance testing is instead performed using permutation-testing and with family-wise error rate correction (p<sub>corrected</sub> < .05).”

      (R1.4d) Line 135. Not sure I understand what you mean by "moods". What is the overall point here?

      The overall argument is that the fluctuations occur rapidly rather than slowly. By slow “moods” we refer to how a participant could enter a high anxiety state of >10 seconds, linked to high PE fluctuations, and then shift into a low anxiety state, linked to low PE fluctuations. We argue that this is not occurring. Regardless, we recognize that referring to lengths of time as short as 10 seconds or so is not a typical use of the word “mood” and is potentially ambiguous, so we have omitted this statement, which was originally on page 6: “Identifying subsecond fluctuations would broaden the relevance of the present results, as they rule out that the PE states derive from various moods.”

      (R1.4e) Line 100. "Few prior PE studies have targeted PE, contrasting the hundreds that have targeted BOLD". I don't understand this sentence. It's presumably about connectivity vs activity?

      Yes, sorry about this typo. The reviewer is correct, and that sentence was meant to mention connectivity. We corrected (p. 5): “Few prior PE studies have targeted connectivity, contrasting the hundreds that have targeted BOLD.”

      (R1.4f) Line 373: "0-0.5Hz" in the caption is probably "0-50Hz".

      Yes, this was another typo, thank you. We have corrected it (p. 19): “… every 0.5 Hz interval from 0-50 Hz.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for authors):

      (R2.6) (Page 3) When referring to the "limited" hypothesis of local PE, please clarify in what sense is it limited. That statement is unclear.

      Thank you for pointing out this text, which we now see is ambiguous. We originally use "limited" to refer to the hypothesis's constrained scope – namely, that PE is relevant to various low-level operations (e.g., sensory processing or rewards) but the minimization of PE does not guide more abstract cognitive processes. We edited this part of the Introduction to be clearer (p. 3)

      “It is generally agreed that the brain uses PE mechanisms at neuronal or regional levels,[15,16] and this idea has been useful in various low-level functional domains, including early vision [15] and dopaminergic reward processing.[17] Some theorists have further argued that PE propagates through perceptual pathways and can elicit downstream cognitive processes to minimize PE.”

      (R2.7) (Page 5) "Few prior PE have targeted PE"... this statement appears contradictory. Please clarify.

      Sorry about this typo, which we have corrected (p. 5):

      “Few prior PE studies have targeted connectivity, contrasting the hundreds that have targeted BOLD.”

      (R2.8) What happened to the data of the medium PE condition in Study 1A?

      The medium PE condition data were not excluded. We modeled the effect of prediction error on connectivity using a linear regression across the three conditions, coding them as a continuous variable (Low = -1, Medium = 0, High = +1). This approach allowed us to identify brain connections that showed a linear increase or decrease in strength as a function of increasing PE. This linear contrast is a more specific and powerful way to isolate PErelated effects than a High vs. Low contrast. We updated the Results slightly to make this clearer (p. 8-9):

      “In the fMRI data, we compared the three PE conditions’ beta-series functional connectivity, aiming to identify network-level signatures of PE processing, from low to high. […] For the modularity analysis, we first defined a connectome matrix of beta values, wherein each edge’s value was the slope of a regression predicting that edge’s strength from PE (coded as Low = -1, Medium = 0, High = +1; Figure 2A).”

      (R2.9) (Page 15) The point about how the dots in 6H follow those in 6J better than those in 6I is a little subjective - can the authors provide an objective measure?

      Thank you for pointing out this issue. The visual comparison using Figure 6 was not meant as a formal analysis but rather to provide intuition. However, as the reviewer describes, this is difficult to convey. Our formal analysis is provided in Supplemental Materials 5, where we report correlation coefficients between a very large number of simulated fMRI data points and EEG data points corresponding to different frequencies. We updated this part of the Results to convey this (p. 16-17):

      “Notice how the dots in Figure 6H follow the dots in Figure 6J (3 Hz) better than the dots in Figure 6I (0.5 Hz) or Figure 6K (10 Hz); this visual comparison is intended for illustrative purposes only, and quantitative analyses are provided in Supplemental Materials 5.”

      References

      (1) Zalesky, A., Fornito, A. & Bullmore, E. T. Network-based statistic: identifying differences in brain networks. Neuroimage 53, 1197–1207 (2010)

      (2) Strijkstra, A. M., Beersma, D. G., Drayer, B., Halbesma, N. & Daan, S. Subjective sleepiness correlates negatively with global alpha (8–12 Hz) and positively with central frontal theta (4–8 Hz) frequencies in the human resting awake electroencephalogram. Neuroscience letters 340, 17–20 (2003).

      (3) Cavanagh, J. F. & Frank, M. J. Frontal theta as a mechanism for cognitive control. Trends in cognitive sciences 18, 414–421 (2014).

      (4) Grech, R. et al. Review on solving the inverse problem in EEG source analysis. Journal of neuroengineering and rehabilitation 5, 25 (2008)

      (5) Palva, J. M. et al. Ghost interactions in MEG/EEG source space: A note of caution on inter-areal coupling measures. Neuroimage 173, 632–643 (2018).

      (6) Koles, Z. J. Trends in EEG source localization. Electroencephalography and clinical Neurophysiology 106, 127–137 (1998).

      (7) Rosenberg, M. D. et al. A neuromarker of sustained attention from whole-brain functional connectivity. Nature neuroscience 19, 165–171 (2016).

      (8) Goodale, S. E. et al. fMRI-based detection of alertness predicts behavioral response variability. elife 10, e62376 (2021).

      (9) Cavanagh, J. F. Cortical delta activity reflects reward prediction error and related behavioral adjustments, but at different times. NeuroImage 110, 205–216 (2015)

      (10) Hoy, C. W., Steiner, S. C. & Knight, R. T. Single-trial modeling separates multiple overlapping prediction errors during reward processing in human EEG. Communications Biology 4, 910 (2021).

      (11) Neo, P. S.-H., Shadli, S. M., McNaughton, N. & Sellbom, M. Midfrontal theta reactivity to conflict and error are linked to externalizing and internalizing respectively. Personality neuroscience 7, e8 (2024).

      (12) Friston, K. J. The free-energy principle: a unified brain theory? Nature reviews neuroscience 11, 127–138 (2010)

      (13) Feldman, H. & Friston, K. J. Attention, uncertainty, and free-energy. Frontiers in human neuroscience 4, 215 (2010).

      (14) Friston, K. J. et al. Active inference and epistemic value. Cognitive neuroscience 6, 187–214 (2015).

      (15) Rao, R. P. & Ballard, D. H. Predictive coding in the visual cortex: a functional interpretation of some extraclassical receptive-field effects. Nature neuroscience 2, 79–87 (1999)

      (16) Walsh, K. S., McGovern, D. P., Clark, A. & O’Connell, R. G. Evaluating the neurophysiological evidence for predictive processing as a model of perception. Annals of the new York Academy of Sciences 1464, 242– 268 (2020)

      (17) Niv, Y. & Schoenbaum, G. Dialogues on prediction errors. Trends in cognitive sciences 12, 265–272 (2008).

      (18) Benjamini, Y. & Hochberg, Y. Controlling the false discovery rate: a practical and powerful approach to multiple testing. Journal of the Royal statistical society: series B (Methodological) 57, 289–300 (1995).

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study identifies Visham, an asymmetric structure in developing mouse cysts resembling the Drosophila fusome, an organelle crucial for oocyte determination. Using immunofluorescence, electron microscopy, 3D reconstruction, and lineage labeling, the authors show that primordial germ cells (PGCs) and cysts, but not somatic cells, contain an EMA-rich, branching structure that they named Visham, which remains unbranched in male cysts. Visham accumulates in regions enriched in intercellular bridges, forming clusters reminiscent of fusome "rosettes." It is enriched in Golgi and endosomal vesicles and partially overlaps with the ER. During cell division, Visham localizes near centrosomes in interphase and early metaphase, disperses during metaphase, and reassembles at spindle poles during telophase before becoming asymmetric. Microtubule depolymerization disrupts its formation.

      Cyst fragmentation is shown to be non-random, correlating with microtubule gaps. The authors propose that 8-cell (or larger) cysts fragment into 6-cell and 2-cell cysts. Analysis of Pard3 (the mouse ortholog of Par3/Baz) reveals its colocalization with Visham during cyst asymmetry, suggesting that mammalian oocyte polarization depends on a conserved system involving Par genes, cyst formation, and a fusome-like structure.

      Transcriptomic profiling identifies genes linked to pluripotency and the unfolded protein response (UPR) during cyst formation and meiosis, supported by protein-level reporters monitoring Xbp1 splicing and 20S proteasome activity. Visham persists in meiotic germ cells at stage E17.5 and is later transferred to the oocyte at E18.5 along with mitochondria and Golgi vesicles, implicating it in organelle rejuvenation. In Dazl mutants, cysts form, but Visham dynamics, polarity, rejuvenation, and oocyte production are disrupted, highlighting its potential role in germ cell development.

      Overall, this is an interesting and comprehensive study of a conserved structure in the germline cells of both invertebrate and vertebrate species. Investigating these early stages of germ cell development in mice is particularly challenging. Although primarily descriptive, the study represents a remarkable technical achievement. The images are generally convincing, with only a few exceptions.

      Major comments:

      (1) Some titles contain strong terms that do not fully match the conclusions of the corresponding sections.

      (1a) Article title "Mouse germline cysts contain a fusome-like structure that mediates oocyte development":

      The term "mediates" could be misleading, as the functional data on Visham (based on comparing its absence to wild-type) actually reflects either a microtubule defect or a Dazl mutant context. There is no specific loss-of-function of visham only.

      (1b) Result title, "Visham overlaps centrosomes and moves on microtubules":

      The term "moves" implies dynamic behavior, which would require live imaging data that are not described in the article.

      (1c) Result title, "Visham associates with Golgi genes involved in UPR beginning at the onset of cyst formation":

      The presented data show that the presence of Visham in the cyst coincides temporally with the expression and activity of the UPR response; the term "associates" is unclear in this context.

      (1d) Result title, "Visham participates in organelle rejuvenation during meiosis":

      The term "participates" suggests that Visham is required for this process, whereas the conclusion is actually drawn from the Dazl mutant context, not a specific loss-of-function of visham only.

      (2) The authors aim to demonstrate that Visham is a fusome-like structure. I would suggest simply referring to it as a "fusome-like structure" rather than introducing a new term, which may confuse readers and does not necessarily help the authors' goal of showing the conservation of this structure in Drosophila and Xenopus germ cells. Interestingly, in a preprint from the same laboratory describing a similar structure in Xenopus germ cells, the authors refer to it as a "fusome-like structure (FLS)" (Davidian and Spradling, BioRxiv, 2025).

      Comments on revisions:

      The revised manuscript has been clearly improved, and the authors have addressed all of our comments. I would like to point out two minor issues:

      (1) As suggested by the reviewers, the authors now use the term fusome instead of visham. However, they also acknowledge that this structure lacks many components of the Drosophila fusome. It may therefore be more appropriate to refer to it as a "mouse fusome" or as a "fusome-like structure (FLS)," as used in Xenopus.

      (2) I agree with Reviewer 3 that co-localization between EMA and acTubulin on still images does not convincingly demonstrate that fusome vesicles move along microtubules (Figure S2E).

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review)

      Summary

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive and thoughtful evaluation of our work. We appreciate the recognition of the novelty and potential implications of our findings regarding UPR activation and proteasome activity in germ cells.

      (1) The microscopy images look saturated, for example, Figure 1a, b, etc. Is this a normal way to present fluorescent microscopy?

      The apparent saturation was not present in the original images, but likely arose from image compression during PDF generation. While the EMA granule was still apparent, in the revised submission, we will provide high-resolution TIFF files to ensure accurate representation of fluorescence intensity and will carefully optimize image display settings to avoid any saturation artifacts.

      (2) The authors should ensure that all claims regarding enrichment/lower vs. lower values have indicated statistical tests.

      We fully agree. In the revised version, we will correct any quantitative comparisons where statistical tests were not already indicated, with a clear statement of the statistical tests used, including p-values in figure legends and text.

      (a) In Figure 2f, the authors should indicate which comparison is made for this test. Is it comparing 2 vs. 6 cyst numbers?

      We acknowledge that the description was not sufficiently detailed. Indeed, the test was not between 2 vs 6 cyst numbers, but between all possible ways 8-cell cysts or the larger cysts studied could fragment randomly into two pieces, and produce by chance 6-cell cysts in 13 of 15 observed examples. We will expand the legend and main text to clarify that a binomial test was used to determine that the proportion of cysts producing 6-cell fragments differed very significantly from chance.

      Revised text:

      “A binomial test was used to assess whether the observed frequency of 6-cell cyst products differed from random cyst breakage. Production of 6-cell cysts was strongly preferred (13/15 cysts; ****p < 0.0001).”

      (b) Figures 4d and 4e do not have a statistical test indicated.

      We will include the specific statistical test used and report the corresponding p-values directly in the figure legends.

      (3) Because the system is developmentally dynamic, the major conclusions of the work are somewhat unclear. Could the authors be more explicit about these and enumerate them more clearly in the abstract?

      We will revise the abstract to better clarify the findings of this study. We will also replace the term Visham with mouse fusome to reflect its functional and structural analogy to the Drosophila and Xenopus fusomes, making the narrative more coherent and conclusive.

      (4) The references for specific prior literature are mostly missing (lines 184-195, for example).

      We appreciate this observation of a problem that occurred inadvertently when shortening an earlier version.  We will add 3–4 relevant references to appropriately support this section.

      (5) The authors should define all acronyms when they are first used in the text (UPR, EGAD, etc).

      We will ensure that all acronyms are spelled out at first mention (e.g., Unfolded Protein Response (UPR), Endosome and Golgi-Associated Degradation (EGAD)).

      (6) The jumping between topics (EMA, into microtubule fragmentation, polarization proteins, UPR/ERAD/EGAD, GCNA, ER, balbiani body, etc) makes the narrative of the paper very difficult to follow.

      We are not jumping between topics, but following a narrative relevant to the central question of whether female mouse germ cells develop using a fusome.  EMA, microtubule fragmentation, polarization proteins, ER, and balbiani body are all topics with a known connection to fusomes. This is explained in the general introduction and in relevant subsections. We appreciate this feedback that further explanations of these connections would be helpful. In the revised manuscript, use of the unified term mouse fusome will also help connect the narrative across sections.  UPR/ERAD/EGAD are processes that have been studied in repair and maintenance of somatic cells and in yeast meiosis.  We show that the major regulator XbpI is found in the fusome, and that the fusome and these rejuvenation pathway genes are expressed and maintained throughout oogenesis, rather than only during limited late stages as suggested in previous literature.

      (7) The heading title "Visham participates in organelle rejuvenation during meiosis" in line 241 is speculative and/or not supported. Drawing upon the extensive, highly rigorous Drosophila literature, it is safe to extrapolate, but the claim about regeneration is not adequately supported.

      We believe this statement is accurate given the broad scope of the term "participates." It is supported by localization of the UPR regulator XbpI to the fusome. XbpI is the ortholog of HacI a key gene mediating UPR-mediated rejuvenation during yeast meiosis.  We also showed that rejuvenation pathway genes are expressed throughout most of meiosis (not previously known) and expanded cytological evidence of stage-specific organelle rejuvenation later in meiosis, such as mitochondrial-ER docking, in regions enriched in fusome antigens. However, we recognize the current limitations of this evidence in the mouse, and want to appropriately convey this, without going to what we believe would be an unjustified extreme of saying there is no evidence.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      We thank the reviewer for the comprehensive summary and for highlighting both the technical achievement and biological relevance of our study. We greatly appreciate the thoughtful suggestions that have helped us refine our presentation and terminology.

      (1) Some titles contain strong terms that do not fully match the conclusions of the corresponding sections.

      (1a) Article title “Mouse germline cysts contain a fusome-like structure that mediates oocyte development”

      We will change the statement to: “Mouse germline cysts contain a fusome that supports germline cyst polarity and rejuvenation.”

      (1b) Result title “Visham overlaps centrosomes and moves on microtubules”

      We acknowledge that “moves” implies dynamics. We will include additional supplementary images showing small vesicular components of the mouse fusome on spindle-derived microtubule tracks.

      (1c) Result title “Visham associates with Golgi genes involved in UPR beginning at the onset of cyst formation”

      We will revise this title to: “The mouse fusome associates with the UPR regulatory protein Xbp1 beginning at the onset of cyst formation” to reflect the specific UPR protein that was immunolocalized.

      (1d) Result title “Visham participates in organelle rejuvenation during meiosis”

      We will revise this to: “The mouse fusome persists during organelle rejuvenation in meiosis.”

      (2) The authors aim to demonstrate that Visham is a fusome-like structure. I would suggest simply referring to it as a "fusome-like structure" rather than introducing a new term, which may confuse readers and does not necessarily help the authors' goal of showing the conservation of this structure in Drosophila and Xenopus germ cells. Interestingly, in a preprint from the same laboratory describing a similar structure in Xenopus germ cells, the authors refer to it as a "fusome-like structure (FLS)" (Davidian and Spradling, BioRxiv, 2025).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comment. To maintain conceptual clarity and align with existing literature, we will refer to the structure as the mouse fusome throughout the manuscript, avoiding introduction of a new term.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      We thank the reviewer for emphasizing the importance of our study and for providing constructive feedback that will help us clarify and strengthen our conclusions.

      (1) Line 86 - the heading for this section is "PGCs contain a Golgi-rich structure known as the EMA granule"

      We agree that the enrichment of Golgi within the EMA PGCs was not shown until the next section. We will revise this heading to:

      “PGCs contain an asymmetric EMA granule.” 

      (2) Line 105-106, how do we know if what's seen by EM corresponds to the EMA1 granule?

      We will clarify that this identification is based on co-localization with Golgi markers (GM130 and GS28) and response to Brefeldin A treatment, which will be included as supplementary data. These findings support that the mouse fusome is Golgi-derived and can therefore be visualized by EM. The Golgi regions in E13.5 cyst cells move close together and associate with ring canals as visualized by EM (Figure 1E), the same as the mouse fusomes identified by EMA.

      (3) Line 106-107-states "Visham co-stained with the Golgi protein Gm130 and the recycling endosomal protein Rab11a1". This is not convincing as there is only one example of each image, and both appear to be distorted.

      Space is at a premium in these figures, but we have no limitation on data documenting this absolutely clear co-localization. We will replace the existing images with high-resolution, noncompressed versions for the final figures to clearly illustrate the co-staining patterns for GM130 and Rab11a1.

      (4) Line 132-133---while visham formation is disrupted when microtubules are disrupted, I am not convinced that visham moves on microtubules as stated in the heading of this section.

      We will include additional supplementary data showing small mouse fusome vesicles aligned along microtubules.

      (5) Line 156 - the heading for this section states that Visham associates with polarity and microtubule genes, including pard3, but only evidence for pard3 is presented.

      We agree and will revise the heading to: “Mouse fusome associates with the polarity protein Pard3.” We are adding data showing association of small fusome vesicles on microtubules.

      (6) Lines 196-210 - it's strange to say that UPR genes depend on DAZ, as they are upregulated in the mutants. I think there are important observations here, but it's unclear what is being concluded.

      UPR genes are not upregulated in DAZ in the sense we have never documented them increasing. We show that UPR genes during this time behave like pleuripotency genes and normally decline, but in DAZ mutants their decline is slowed.  We will rephrase the paragraph to clarify that Dazl mutation partially decouples developmental processes that are normally linked, which alters UPR gene expression relative to cyst development.

      (7) Line 257-259-wave 1 and 2 follicles need to be explained in the introduction, and how these fits with the observations here clarified.

      Follicle waves are too small a focus of the current study to explain in the introduction, but we will request readers to refer to the cited relevant literature (Yin and Spradling, 2025) for further details.

      We sincerely thank all reviewers for their insightful and constructive feedback. We believe that the planned revisions—particularly the refined terminology, improved image quality, clarified statistics, and restructured abstract—will substantially strengthen the manuscript and enhance clarity for readers.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 1E: need to use some immuno-gold staining to identify the Visham. Just circling an area of cytoplasm that contains ER between germ cell pairs is not enough.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insistence that the association between the mouse fusome and Golgi be clearly demonstrated. However, the EMA granule is a large structure discovered and defined by light microscopy, and presents no inherent challenge to documenting its Golgi association by immunofluorescence experiments, which we presented and now further strengthened as described in the next paragraph.  We believe that the suggested EM experiment would add little to the EM we already presented (Figure 1E, E')  Moreover, due to facility limitations, we are currently unable to perform immunogold staining. 

      To strengthen previous immunolocalization experiments, we have now included additional immunostaining data showing the clear colocalization of the fusome region with the Golgi markers GM130 and GS28 (Figure S1H). We have also incorporated a new experiment using the Golgi-specific inhibitor Brefeldin A (BFA) see Figure S1I.  Treatment of in vitro–cultured gonads with BFA, disrupted EMA granule formation, demonstrating that EMA granules not only associate with Golgi, but require Golgi function to to be maintained.

      Additionally, in Figure 2, we showed that the fusome overlaps with the peri-centriolar region—a characteristic locus for Golgi due to its movement on microtubules.  We showed that the dynamic behavior of the fusome during the cell cycle, parallels Golgi dispersal and reassembly, and all these facts provide further strong support for the Golgi-association of the EMA granule and fusome.

      (2) Figure 1F: is this image compressed?

      We have now substituted the image in Figure 1F with a better image and have avoided the compression of the image. 

      (3) In the figure legends, are the sample sizes individual animals or individual sections? Please ensure that all figure legends for each figure panel consistently contain the sample size.

      We have now included the number of measurements (N) in every figure legend. Each experiment was performed using samples from at least three different animals, and in most cases from more than three. This information has also been added to the Methods section under Statistics. In addition, N values are now consistently provided for each graph throughout the figures.

      (4) Figure 2b/c: seemly likely based on the snapshot of different stages of cytokinesis that the "newly formed" visham is accurate, but without live imaging, this claim of "newly formed" is putative/speculative. It is OK if it is labeled as "putative" in the figure panel.  

      The behavior of the Drosophila fusome during mitosis was deduced without live imaging (deCuevas et al. 1998). We clarified that the conversion of a single mouse germ cell with one round fusome to an interconnected pair of cells with two round fusomes of greater total volume following mitosis is the basis for deducing that new fusome formation occurs each cell cycle. However, we agree with the reviewer that the phrase "newly formed" in the original label on Figure 2c suggested a specific mechanism of fusome increase that was not intended and this phrase has been removed entirely.  

      (5) Figure 2e/e is extremely difficult to follow. In order to improve the readability of these figure panels, can individual panels with a single stain be shown? The 'gap' between YFP+ sister cells is not immediately obvious in panel e or e" with the current layout. Since this is a key aspect of the author's claim about cleavage of the cyst, it would be best to make this claim more robust by showing more convincing images. In Figure 2E, the staining pattern of EMA needs to be clarified and described more fully in the text.

      We mapped discontinuities in the microtubule connections, not the fusome or YFP.  YFP is the lineage marker indicating that the cells of a single cyst are being studied. Consequently, no gap between YFP cytoplasmic expression is expected because only in the last example (figure E”), has fragmentation already occurred (and here there is a YFP gap).  The acetylated tubulin gap proceeds fragmentation.  The mitotic spindle remnants labeled by AcTub link the cells into two groups separated by a gap, which is clearly shown in the data images and in the third column where only the relevant AcTub from the cyst itself is shown. In response to the reviewers question about the fusome, which is not directly relevant to fragmentation, we have now provided images of the separate fusome channel and corresponding measurements for all three Figure 2E-E'' cysts in the supplementary Figure S4H. We have improved the text regarding this important figure to try and make it easier to follow, and also added a new example of a 10-cell cyst also in S2H (lower panels).  We also added, movies allowing full 3D study of one of the 8 cell cysts and the new 10-cell cyst.  I also suggest that the reviewer examine how the deduced mechanism of fragmentation explains previously published but not fully understood data on cyst fragmentation going back to 1998 as described in the expanded Discussion on this topic.  

      (6) It would be best to support the proposed model in Figure 2G (4+4+4) with microscopy images of a 12-cell or 16-cell cyst? Would these 12-cell or 16-cell cysts be too large to technically recover in a section?

      Unfortunately the reviewer 's suggestion that 12- or 16-cell cysts are too large to recover and present convincingly is correct. Because our analysis depends on capturing lineage-labeled cysts specifically at telophase with acetylated-tubulin connections, the likelihood of obtaining the correct stage is very low.  In addition, the dense packing of germ cells in the mouse gonad further limits our ability to fully reconstruct all the cells in large cysts, with difficulty increasing as cyst size grows.

      However, as noted, we added a well-resolved 10-cell cyst—the largest size we could confidently analyze—in a 3D video in Supplementary Figure S2H (lower panel), which shows a 6 + 4 breakage pattern.

      (7) We did not find a reference in the text for Figure 2G.

      We have now provided reference for 2G in the text and in the discussion section. 

      (8) Line 189: ERAD is used as an acronym, but is not defined until the discussion.

      We have now provided full form of acronym at its first usage in the text.

      (9) Fig 3i/i': the increase of UPR pathway components, increasing expression during zygotene, is interesting to note, but is not commented enough in the text of the paper.

      We have discussed this issue in the discussion section with specific reference to figure 3I. Please find the detailed discussion under the heading “Germ cell rejuvenation is highly active during cyst formation.”

      (10) Please quantify DNMT3A expression levels in WT control vs Dazl KO germ cells in Figure 4a.

      We have now quantified DNMT3A expression levels in WT control vs Dazl KO germ cells and have added the data in the Figure 4A.

      (11) Please introduce the rationale behind selecting DazL KO for studying cyst formation (text in line 197). This comes out of nowhere.

      True.  We significantly expanded our discussion of Dazl and citations of previous work, including evidence that it can affect cyst structures like ring canals, in the Introduction.  

      (12) It would be best to stain WT control vs DazL KO oogonia in Figure 4a with 5mC antibodies to support their claim that DNA methylation might be affected in the mutants.

      We respectfully disagree that this additional experiment is necessary within the scope of the current study. At the developmental stage examined (E12.5), germ cells in the Dazl mutant are clearly in an arrested and hypomethylated state, as supported by previous evidence (Haston et al. 2009).This initial experiments was designed to show that in our hands Dazl mutants show this known pkuripotency delay. However, the effects of Dazl mutation on female germline cyst development as it relates to polarity or the fusome was not studied before, and that is what the paper addresses, building on previous work.

      Because our study does not focus on germ-cell epigenetic modifications but rather on the consequences of Dazl loss on germ cell cyst development, adding 5mC immunostaining would not substantially advance the main conclusions. The existing data and previous published work already provide sufficient background.

      (13) Figure 4c: a very interesting figure, it would be best to quantify developmental pseudotime (perhaps using monocle3 analysis) and compare more rigorously the developmental stage of WT control vs DazL KO.

      Developmental pseudotime, such as through Monocle3 analysis, might sometimes be valuable but involves assumptions that when possible are better addressed by direct experimental examination. Our conclusions regarding cyst developmental stage are supported by straightforward evidence rather to which computational trajectory inference would add little. Specifically, we have performed analysis of germ-cell methylation state, ring canal formation, pluripotency markers, UPR pathway activity assay (Xbp1 and Proteomic assay), Golgi-stress analysis and Pard3 which collectively document the developmental status of the WT and Dazl KO germ cells. These empirical data demonstrate the same developmental pattern reflected in Figure 4c, making the less reliable pseudotime-based computational method superfluous.

      (14) Figure 4d has two panels labeled as "d".

      We have now corrected the labelling of the figure

      (15) Color coding in 4d, d', d" is confusing; please harmonize some visual presentation here.

      We have now harmonized the visual representation of all the graph in figure 4

      (16) Fig 4e' is labeled as DazL +/- but is this really a typo?

      Thank you for pointing it out. We have now corrected the typo

      (17) Figure F': typo labeled as E3.5, which is E13.5?

      Thank you for pointing it out. We have now corrected the typo

      (18) Figure F': was DazL KO mutant but no WT control.

      The WT control was not provided to avoid the redundancy. Please refer to earlier figure 3A-B, Fig S3C and D and videos S3A and S3b to refer to WT control at every stage.

      (19) Figure G: unusual choice in punctuation marks for cartoon schematic. No key to guide the reader for color-coded structures would be helpful to have something similar to 4h.

      We have now provided the key to guide the readers in the mentioned figure 4G.

      (20) The authors use WGA and EMA as interchangeable markers (Figure 5a) without fully explaining why they have switched markers.

      Because it is germ cell specific, we used EMA as a fusome marker during the time when it is found up through E13.5.  After that point we used WGA which is still usable, but also labels somatic cells.  This rationale is explicitly described at the end of the section “Fusome is highly enriched in Golgi and vesicles”, where we state:

      “EMA staining disappears from germ cells at E14.5 (Figure 1I). However, very similar (but non–germ-cell-specific) staining continued with wheat germ agglutinin (WGA) at later stages (Figure 1G, G’; Figure S1G).”

      To ensure this is fully clear to readers, we have now added an additional statement in the start of the text section discussing the figure 5:

      “For the reasons explained previously (see text for Figure 1G), WGA was used as a fusome marker beyond stage E14.5.”

      (21) Figure 5b' is compressed.

      We have now decompressed the image

      (22) Line 267, Balbiani body is misspelled.  

      We have now corrected the spelling.

      (23) The explanation of why the authors switch focus from DazL KO to DazL +/- is not adequately described. The authors should also explain the phenotype of the DazL +/- animals or reference a paper citing the hets are sterile or subfertile.

      We have now added the explanation of why Dazl KO is used in our introduction section where we have mentioned the phenotype of Dazl homozygous and heterozygous mouse.

      (24) Is Figure 5i actually DazL +/-? It is not labeled clearly in the text, the figure legend, or the figure panel. 

      We have now labelled the figure correctly in figure and in the legend.

      (25) The paper ends abruptly at line 275 with no context or summary.

      The manuscript does not end at line 275; the apparent interruption is due to a page break occurring immediately before the beginning of the Discussion section. We hope that continuation is fully visible in the reviewer 1 (your) version of the PDF.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 93: Fig. 1B: DDX4 marks germ cells; do all the red and yellow cells in the NE inset originate from the same PGC? There are only 2 cells marked in yellow among the group of red cells. Is it a z-projection issue? Or do they come from different PGCs?

      This experiment used vasa staining to identify all germ cells, which are produced by multiple PGCs. Green labeling is a lineage marker derived from a single PGC (due to the low frequency of tamoxifen-activated labeling). Consequently, the two yellow cells observed in the NE inset of Fig. 1B represent YFP-labeled germ cells (YFP + DDX4 double-positive) that have arisen from a single, lineage-traced PGC. This approach, introduced in 2013, is described in the Methods, and represents the field's single largest technical advance that has made it possible to analyze mouse germ cell development at single cell resolution.

      To ensure clarity, we have added a brief explanatory note to the figure legend indicating that yellow cells represent the lineage-traced progeny of a single PGC, while the red staining marks all germ cells.

      (2) Line 96: Figure 1C vs 1C'. The difference between female and male Visham is not obvious, although quantification shows a clear difference. How was the quantification made? Manual or automatic thresholding? Would it be possible to show only the Visham channel?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this problem. We have now more clearly described in the text that the female fusome increases in some cells with close attachments to other cells (future oocytes) and decreases in distant nurse cells.  It branches due to rosette formation..  In males, the fusome remains much like the initial EMA granules present in early germ cells, with only fine and difficult to see connections.  The quantification shown in Figures 1C and 1C′ was performed manually, based on the presence of either (i) fused, branched EMA-positive fusome structures or (ii) dispersed, punctate EMA granules. This assessment was carried out across multiple E13.5 male and female gonad samples to ensure robustness.  To facilitate independent evaluation, we have already provided supplementary videos S3B1 and S3B2, which display the EMA-stained E13.5 male and female gonads in three dimensions. These videos allow the structural differences to be examined more clearly than in static images.

      In response to the reviewer’s request, we now additionally include the single-channel fusome image in Supplementary Figure S1E′. This presentation highlights the fusome signal alone and further clarifies the morphological differences underlying the quantification.

      (3) L118: Figure 2A, third row = 2-cell cyst? Please specify PCNT in the legend.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s observation. In Figure 2A (third row), the cells were not specifically labeled as a 2-cell cyst; rather, the intention was to illustrate the presence of two distinct centrosomes positioned on a fused fusome structure, a configuration we frequently observe.

      We have now updated the figure legend to explicitly define PCNT.

      (4) L169: Missing reference to S3B and video S3B1?

      We have now included the reference to S3B1 and S3B2 in the text and in the legend

      (5) L170: Please describe the graph in the Figure 3D legend.

      We have now described the Graph in the legend

      (6) L171: Would it be possible to have a close-up showing both Pard3 and Visham in a ringlike pattern related to RACGAP (RC) staining? The images are too small.

      It is difficult to capture this relationship perfectly in a two dimensional picture. The images represent the maximum close-up possible that still includes enough relevant area for the necessary conclusions. We have now provided additional three close-up images exclusively for ring-canal and Pard3 association in the supplementary Figure S3C for further clarity. However, we also note that the quality of the image permits the reader of a pdf to zoom and to visualize the images in great detail.

      (7) L181: Wrong reference, should be 3 then 3I.

      Thank you for pointing it out, we have now corrected the reference.

      (8) L199: In Figure S4B, was DNMT3 staining quantified? Red intensity differs globally between images; use the somatic red level as a reference? Note: EMA seems higher in Dazl- vs. WT?

      We have now performed quantification of DNMT3 staining, which is presented in Figure 4A. While the red intensity (DNMT3 or EMA) can appear to differ between images, this variation can result from biological differences between tissues or minor technical variability despite using consistent microscope settings. To account for this, we normalized the staining intensity using the somatic cell signal as an internal reference, ensuring that the quantification reflects genuine differences between WT and Dazl-/- samples rather than global intensity variation.

      (9) L229: Should be "proteasome."

      We have now corrected the spelling error.

      (10) L233: Quantify fragmentation of Gs28? EMA doesn't seem affected. Could you quantify both Gs28 and EMA? Images are too small.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. While the current images are small, they can be examined in detail using zoom to visualize the structures clearly. As noted, EMA staining is not affected, (we agree) as cells are in arrested state. This arrested state creates stress on Golgi. The fragmentation of Gs28-labeled Golgi membranes is a classical indicator of Golgi stress, even though the fragmented membranes may remain functionally active. Our results show that Dazl deletion specifically affects Golgi in germ cells, while Golgi in neighboring somatic cells appears healthy. To quantify this effect, we have now included manual quantification of Golgi fragmentation in Figure 4F, assessing tissues for the presence of fragmented versus intact Golgi structures. This confirms that Golgi fragmentation is a germ cell–specific phenotype in Dazl– samples, while pre-formed EMA-positive fusomes remain unaffected but probably in arrested state.

      (11) L237: Figure 4F graph shows E3.5, not E13.5.

      We have now corrected the typo in the figure 

      (12) L257: Figure 5D: quantify as in 5A? overlap?

      Yes, it's an overlap and shown as two separate image with ring canal for better clarity. We have now quantified the image and have produced combined graph for fusome and pard3 in Figure 5A graph.

      (13) L261: Figure 5E-E': black arrowhead not mentioned in legend.

      We have now mentioned the black arrowhead in the legend

      (14) L262: Figure 5C: arrowhead not mentioned in legend. Figure 5F: oocyte appears separated from nurse cells compared to 5C.

      Yes, that may happen as cysts undergo fragmentation; what matters is all cells are lineage labelled and hence are members of a single cyst derived from one PGC.

      (15) L263: Figure 5G has no legend reference; nurse cells are not outlined as in 5C.

      We have now outlined the nurse cells and have added the reference to the graph in the legend.

      (16) L279: "The fusome and Visham and both..." should be replaced with "Both fusome and Visham...".

      We have now replaced the term Visham with fusome as suggested by reviewers and editor.  We updated the statement to correct the grammatical error.

      (17) L1127: Video S3B1: It is unclear what to focus on.

      We have now added the Rectangle area and arrow to highlight what to focus on

      (18) L1128: Video "S3B1" should be "S3B2."

      We have now corrected the legend

      (19) Finally: curiosity question: have the authors tried to use known markers of the Drosophila fusome in mice, such as Spectrin or other markers described in Lighthouse, Buszczak and Spradling, Dev Bio, 2008? And conversely, do EMA and WGA label the fusome in Drosophila?

      Yes, we and others used the most specific markers of the Drosophila fusome such alpha-spectrin, adducin-like Hts, tropomodulin, etc. to search for fusomes in vertebrate species. It was unsuccessful in clarifying the situation, because Hts and alpha-spectrin in Drosophila and other insects generate a protein skeleton that stabilizes the fusome and is easily stained. But this structure is simply not conserved in vertebrates. The polarity behavior of the fusome, it core developmental property, is conserved, however. The mammalian fusome still acquires and maintains cyst polarity, and goes even farther and reflects both initial cyst formation and cyst cleavage, before marking oocyte vs nurse cell development in the smaller cysts.  Expression of the inner microtubule-rich portion of the fusome, its Par proteins, and many ER-related and lysosomal fusome proteins are mostly conserved but their ability to mark the fusome alone varies with time and context (only some of the examples are shown in Figure 3I'). Nearly all of the proteins identified in Lighthouse et al. 2008 are expressed.  These proteins may be involved in rejuvenation as studied here.  We modified the first section of the Discussion to explicitly compare mouse, Xenopus and Drosophila fusomes, which was not possible before this work.  

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors should either revise the conclusions or add additional evidence to support their claims. In addition, minor corrections are listed below.

      We have added additional evidence as noted in responses above, and revised some claims that were stated inaccurately.  In addition, we have attempted to clarify the evidence we do present, so that its full significance is more easily grasped by readers.    

      (1) Lines 20-21 are unclear - the cyst doesn't get sent into meiosis, each oocyte does.

      Research is showing that it's more complicated than that.  All cyst cells enter "pre-meiotic S phase", and most cell cycles are conventionally considered to start after the previous M phase-

      i.e. in G1 or S, not in the next prophase, an ancient view limited just to meiosis. Absent this old tradition from meiosis cytology, pre-meiotic S would just be called meiotic S as some workers on meiosis do.  In addition, in different species, nurse cells diverge from meiosis on different schedules, including many much later in the meiotic cycle.  Two cyst cells in Drosophila fully enter meiosis by all criteria, the oocyte and one nurse cell that only exits in late zygotene.  In Xenopus and mouse, scRNAseq shows that many cyst cells enter meiosis up to leptotene and zygotene, including nurse cells that specifically downregulate meiotic genes during this time, possibly to assist their nurse cell functions, while others remain in meiosis even longer (Davidian and Spradling, 2025; Niu and Spradling, 2022). Eventually, only the oocytes within each fragmented mouse cyst complete meiosis. 

      (2) Many places in the manuscript abbreviations are never defined or not defined the first time they are used (but the second or third time): Line 23-ER, Line 29-UPR, Line 33-PGC (not defined until line 45), Line 79-EGAD.

      We have defined full acronyms now upon their first occurrence.

      (3) Line 5 should be the pachytene substage of meiosis I.

      We have now updated the statement to “In pachytene stage of meiosis I…”

      (4) Line 59-61 - this statement needs a reference(s).

      These statements are a continuation from the references cited in the previous statements. However, for further clarity we have again cited the relevant reference here (Niu and Spradling, 2022).

      (5) Line 80 - should it be oocyte proteome quality control?

      We have now updated the statement to “Oocyte proteome quality control begins early”.

      (6) Line 87 - in this case, EMA does not stand for epithelial membrane antigen (AI will call it that, but it is not correct). I believe it originally was the abbrev for (Em)bryonic (a)ntigen, though some papers call it (e)mbryonic (m)ouse (a)ntigen. And the reference here is Hahnel and Eddy, 1986, but in the reference list is a different paper, 1987 (both refer to EMA-1).

      We have now updated the acronym EMA-1 in corrected form and have corrected the citation.

      (7) Line 176 - RNA seq.

      We have now updated the statement to “We performed single cell RNA sequencing (scRNA seq) of mouse gonad”.

      (8) Line 181 - Figure 4E and 4I should be 3E and 3I.

      We have now updated the figure reference in the text to correct one.

      (9) Line 183 - missing period.

      Added.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) The network they propose is extremely simple. This simplicity has pros and cons: on the one hand, it is nice to see the basic phenomenon exposed in the simplest possible setting. On the other hand, it would also be reassuring to check that the mechanism is robust when implemented in a more realistic setting, using, for instance, a network of spiking neurons similar to the one they used in the 2008 paper. The more noisy and heterogeneous the setting, the better.

      The choice of a minimal model to illustrate our hypothesis is deliberate. Our main goal was to suggest a physiologically-grounded mechanism to rapidly encode temporally-structured information (i.e., sequences of stimuli) in Working Memory, where none was available before. Indeed, as discussed in the manuscript, previous proposals were unsatisfactory in several respects. In view of our main goal, we believe that a spiking implementation is beyond the scope of the present work.

      We would like to note that the mechanism originally proposed in Mongillo et al. (2008), has been repeatedly implemented, by many different groups, in various spiking network models with different levels of biological realism (see, e.g., Lundquivst et al. (2016), for an especially ‘detailed’ implementation) and, in all cases, the relevant dynamics has been observed. We take this as an indication of ‘robustness’; the relevant network dynamics doesn’t critically depend on many implementation details and, importantly, this dynamics is qualitatively captured by a simple rate model (see, e.g., Mi et al. (2017)).

      In the present work, we make a relatively ‘minor’ (from a dynamical point of view) extension of the original model, i.e., we just add augmentation. Accordingly, we are fairly confident that a set of parameters for the augmentation dynamics can be found such that the spiking network behaves, qualitatively, as the rate model. A meaningful study, in our opinion, then would require extensively testing the (large) parameters’ space (different models of augmentation?) to see how the network behavior compares with the relevant experimental observations (which ones? Behavioral? Physiological?). As said above, we believe that this is beyond the scope of the present work.

      This being said, we definitely agree with the reviewer that not presenting a spiking implementation is a limitation of the present work. We have clearly acknowledged this limitation here, by adding the following paragraph to the Discussion.

      “To illustrate our theory in a simple setting, we used a minimal model network that neglects many physiological details. This, however, constitutes a limitation of the present study. It would be reassuring to see that the mechanism we propose here is robust enough to reliably operate also in spiking networks, in the presence of heterogeneity in both single-cell and synaptic properties. While we are fairly confident that this is the case, a spiking implementation of our model is beyond the scope of the present study and will be addressed in the future. Also, because of the simplicity of the model network, a comparison between the model behavior and the electrophysiological observations cannot be completely direct. Nevertheless the model qualitatively accounts for a diverse set of experimental data”.

      (2) One major issue with the population spike scenario is that (to my knowledge) there is no evidence that these highly synchronized events occur in delay periods of working memory experiments. It seems that highly synchronized population spikes would imply (a) a strong regularity of spike trains of neurons, at odds with what is typically observed in vivo (b) high synchronization of neurons encoding for the same item (and also of different items in situations where multiple items have to be held in working memory), also at odds with in vivo recordings that typically indicate weak synchronization at best. It would be nice if the authors at least mention this issue, and speculate on what could possibly bridge the gap between their highly regular and synchronized network, and brain networks that seem to lie at the opposite extreme (highly irregular and weakly synchronized). Of course, if they can demonstrate using a spiking network simulation that they can bridge the gap, even better.

      Direct experimental evidence (in monkeys) in support of the existence of highly synchronized events -- to be identified with the ‘population spikes’ of our model -- during the delay period of a memory task is available in the literature, i.e., Panichello et al. (2024). we provide a short discussion of the results of Panichello et al. (2024) and how these results directly relate to our model. We also provide a short discussion of the results of Liebe et al. (2025), which, again, are fully consistent with our model.

      We note that there is no fundamental contradiction between highly synchronized events in ‘small’ neural populations (e.g., a cell assembly) on one hand, and temporally irregular (i.e., Poisson-like) spiking at the single-neuron level and weakly synchronized activity at the network level, on the other hand. This was already illustrated in our original publication, i.e., Mongillo et al. (2008) (see, in particular, Fig. S2). We further note that the mechanism we propose to encode temporal order -- a temporal gradient in the synaptic efficacies brought about by synaptic augmentation -- would also work if the memory of the items is maintained by ‘tonic’ persistent activity (i.e., without highly synchronized events), provided this activity occurs at suitably low rates such as to prevent the saturation of the synaptic augmentation.

      We have added the following two paragraphs to the Discussion.

      “More direct support to this interpretation comes from recent electrophysiological studies [Panichello et al., 2024, Liebe et al., 2025]. By recording large neuronal populations (∼ 300) simultaneously in the prefrontal cortex of monkeys performing a WM task, [Panichello et al., 2024] found that, during the maintenance period, the decoding of the actively held item from neural activity was ’intermittent’; that is, decoding was only possible during short epochs (∼ 100ms) interleaved with epochs (also ∼ 100ms) where decoding was at chance level. The inability to decode resulted from a loss of selectivity at the population level, with a return of the single-neuron firing rates to their spontaneous (pre-stimulus) activity levels. The transitions between these two activity states (decodable/not-decodable) were coordinated across large populations of neurons in PFC. By recording single-neuron activity in the medial temporal lobe of humans performing a sequential multi-item WM task, [Liebe et al., 2025] found that during maintenance, neurons coding for a given item tended to fire at a specific phase of the underlying theta rhythm, again suggesting that the corresponding neuronal populations reactivate briefly and sequentially. In summary, these experimental results suggest that active memory maintenance relies on brief reactivations of the neural representations of the items, which we identify with the population spikes in our model, and that these reactivatations occur sequentially in time, as predicted by our theory”.

      “We note that the proposed mechanism would still work if the items were maintained by tonically-enhanced firing rates, instead of population spikes, provided that those firing rates were suitably low. However, obtaining low firing rates in model networks of persistent activity is quite difficult”.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The study relates to the well-known computational theory for working memory, which suggests short-term synaptic facilitation is required to maintain working memory, but doesn't rely on persistent spiking. This previous theory appears similar to the proposed theory, except for the change from facilitation to augmentation. A more detailed explanation of why the authors use augmentation instead of facilitation in this paper is warranted: is the facilitation too short to explain the whole process of WM? Can the theory with synaptic facilitation also explain the immediate storage of novel sequences in WM?

      In the model, synaptic dynamics displays both short-term facilitation and augmentation (and shortterm depression). Indeed, synaptic facilitation, alone, would be too short-lived to encode novel sequences. This is illustrated in Fig. 1B.

      We provide a discussion of this important point, by adding the following paragraph to the Results section.

      “If augmentation was the only form of synaptic plasticity present in the network, the encoding of an item in WM would require long presentation times, or alternatively high firing rates upon presentation, precisely because K_A is small. Instead, rapid encoding is made possible by the presence of the short-term facilitation, which builds up significantly faster than augmentation, as U >> K_A . For the same reason, however, the level of facilitation rapidly reaches the steady state; therefore, short-term facilitation alone is unable to encode temporal order (see Fig. 1B). Thus, our model requires the existence of transitory synaptic enhancement on at least two time scales, such that longer decays are accompanied by slower build-ups. Intriguingly, this pattern is experimentally observed [Fisher et al., 1997]”.

      In Figure 1, the authors mention that synaptic augmentation leads to an increased firing rate even after stimulus presentation. It would be good to determine, perhaps, what the lowest threshold is to see the encoding of a WM task, and whether that is biologically plausible.

      We believe that this comment is related to the above point. The reviewer is correct; augmentation alone would require fairly long stimulus presentations to encode an item in WM. ‘Fast’ encoding, indeed, is guaranteed by the presence of short-term facilitation. This important point is emphasized; see above.

      In the middle panel of Figure 4, after 15-16 sec, when the neuronal population prioritizes with the second retro-cue, although the second retro-cue item's synaptic spike dominates, why is the augmentation for the first retro-cue item higher than the second-cue augmentation until the 20 sec?

      This is because of the slow build-up and decay of the augmentation. When the second item is prioritized, and the corresponding neuronal population re-activates, its augmentation level starts to increase. At the same time, as the first item is now de-prioritized and the corresponding neuronal population is now silent, its augmentation level starts to decrease. Because of the ‘slowness’ of both processes (i.e., augmentation build-up and decay), it takes about 5 seconds for the augmentation level of the second item to overcome the augmentation level of the first item.

      We note that the slow time scales of the augmentation dynamics, consistently with experimental observations, are necessary for our mechanism to work; see above.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 46 identify -> identity.

      (2) Line 207 scale -> scales.

      Fixed. Thank you.

      (3) Lines 222-224 what about behavioral time-scale plasticity? This type of plasticity can apparently be induced very quickly.

      We have removed the corresponding paragraph.

      (4) Line 231 identification of `gamma bursts' with population spikes: These two phenomena seem to be very different - one can be weakly synchronized and can be consistent with highly irregular activity, while it is not clear whether the other can (see major issue 2). Also, it seems that population spikes occur at frequencies that are an order of magnitude lower than gamma.

      We have rewritten the corresponding paragraph and we rely now on more direct electrophysiological evidence (i.e., on the simultaneous recording of large neuronal populations) to identify putative population spikes; see above.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) On page 7, the behavioral study of Rose et al. (2016) is quite important for readers to understand the 'low-activity regime', and to fully appreciate Figure 4, it would be beneficial to explain that study in greater detail.

      We have added a panel to Fig. 4, and accompanying text in the caption, to better illustrate the main task events in the experiment of Rose et al. (2016).

      (2) Line 17: "wrong order", but wrong timing matters too

      Definitely, depending on the task. Specifically, in our example, timing is immaterial.

      (3) Line 33-34: "special training", what is considered special? One could argue that the number of trials needed to learn, depending on the TI timing, is special, depending on the task.

      We have removed the sentence as apparently it was confusing. We simply meant that ‘naive’ human subjects can perform the task (e.g., serial recall); that is, they didn’t undergo any kind of practice that can be construed as ‘training’.

      (4) Line 40-41: but timing is also part of working memory processing. Perhaps it can be merged with the next sentence.

      We have merged the two sentences.

      (5) Line 53: Is the implication here that what happens in the synapses is what drives WM, and not just that the neurons stay persistently on?

      Yes. The idea is that information can be maintained in the synaptic facilitation level, without enhanced spiking activity. Reading-out and refreshing the memory contents, however, requires neuronal activity. We explain this in some detail in the next paragraph (i.e., lines 60-65 in the revised submission).

      (6) Line 102: could a lack of excitatory activity be explained by inhibitory signaling? It appears the inhibitory component is quite understated here.

      Here we are just defining A-bar; according to Eq. (6), if r_a is 0 (i.e., no synaptic activity, for whatever reason), then A_a will converge to A-bar after a time much longer than \tau_A (i.e., a long period). We have rephrased the sentence to improve clarity.

      (7) Line 158-172: please consider revising this paragraph for a more general audience.

      We have rewritten this paragraph to improve clarity. For the same purpose, we have also slightly modified Fig. 3.

      (8) Line 227: it would seem this is due to a singular inhibitory group making the model highly dependent on the excitatory groups.

      We are not sure that we understand this comment. Here, we are just saying that if the item-coding populations don’t reactivate during the maintenance period (i.e., activity-silent regime) then the augmentation gradient cannot build up. If, on the other hand, the item-coding populations are constantly active at high rates during the maintenance period (i.e., persistent-activity regime) then then augmentation levels will rapidly saturate and, again, there will be no augmentation gradient. This is independent of how ‘silence’ or ‘activity’ of the item-coding populations is determined by the interplay of excitation and inhibition.

      (9) Line 284: this would certainly be an interesting take, but it isn't clear that the model proved this type of decoupling of the temporal aspect of the recall.

      This is an ‘educated’ speculation, based on the model and on a specific interpretation of some experimental results, as discussed in the paper and, in particular, in the last paragraph of the Discussion. We believe that the phrasing of the paragraph makes clear that this is, indeed, a speculation.

    1. Spójrzmy na trzy przykłady:

      pewnie dobrze by te filmiki zaczynaly sie na fragmentach gdzie faktycznie jest ten "grand opening", nie moge odtworzyc w pociagu wiec juz nie sprawdzam.

    2. Dlatego, że brakuje im strategii na to, jak powinna wyglądać profesjonalna prezentacja angielska.

      po tym zdaniu dodałbym: Nawet jeśli masz doświadczenie prezentacyjne w swoim rodzimym języku, prezentowanie po angielsku, ze względu na różnice w składni oraz inne konwencje komunikacyjne w biznesowym angielskim warto zgłębić temat właśnie tego - jak prezentować po angielsku - płynnie oraz efektywnie.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      eLife Assessment

      This valuable study combines a computational language model, i.e., HM-LSTM, and temporal response function (TRF) modeling to quantify the neural encoding of hierarchical linguistic information in speech, and addresses how hearing impairment affects neural encoding of speech. The analysis has been significantly improved during the revision but remain somewhat incomplete - The TRF analysis should be more clearly described and controlled. The study is of potential interest to audiologists and researchers who are interested in the neural encoding of speech.

      We thank the editors for the updated assessment. In the revised manuscript, we have added a more detailed description of the TRF analysis on p. of the revised manuscript. We have also updated Figure 1 to better visualize the analyses pipeline. Additionally, we have included a supplementary video to illustrate the architecture of the HM-LSTM model, the ridge regression methods using the model-derived features, and mTRF analysis using the acoustic envelop and the binary rate models.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      About R squared in the plots:

      The authors have used a z-scored R squared in the main ridge regression plots. While this may be interpretable, it seems non-standard and overly complicated. The authors could use a simple Pearson r to be most direct and informative (and in line with similar work, including Goldstein et al. 2022 which they mentioned). This way the sign of the relationships is preserved.

      We did not use Pearson’s r as in Goldstein et al. (2022) because our analysis did not involve a train-test split, which was a key aspect of their approach. Specifically, Goldstein et al. (2022) divided their data into training and testing sets, trained a ridge regression model on the training set, and then used the trained model to predict neural responses on the test set. They calculated Pearson’s r to assess the correlation between the predicted and observed neural responses, making the correlation coefficient (r) their primary measure of model performance. In contrast, our analysis focused on computing the model fitting performance (R²) of the ridge regression model for each sensor and time point for each subject. At the group level, we conducted one-sample t-tests with spatiotemporal cluster-based correction on the R² values to identify sensors and time windows where R² values were significantly greater than baseline. We established the baseline by normalizing the R² values using Fisher z-transformation across sensors within each subject. We have added this explanation on p.13 of the revised manuscript.

      About the new TRF analysis:

      The new TRF analysis is a necessary addition and much appreciated. However, it is missing the results for the acoustic regressors, which should be there analogous to the HM-LSTM ridge analysis. The authors should also specify which software they have utilized to conduct the new TRF analysis. It also seems that the linguistic predictors/regressors have been newly constructed in a way more consistent with previous literature (instead of using the HM-LSTM features); these specifics should also be included in the manuscript (did it come from Montreal Forced Aligner, etc.?). Now that the original HM-LSTM can be compared to a more standard TRF analysis, it is apparent that the results are similar.

      We used the Python package Eelbrain (https://eelbrain.readthedocs.io/en/r0.39/auto_examples/temporal-response-functions/trf_intro.html) to conduct the multivariate temporal response function (mTRF) analyses. As we previously explained in our response to R3, we did not apply mTRF to the acoustic features due to the high dimensionality of the input. Specifically, our acoustic representation consists of a 130-dimensional vector sampled every 10 ms throughout the speech stimuli (comprising a 129-dimensional spectrogram and a 1dimensional amplitude envelope). This led to interpreting the 130-dimensional TRF estimation difficult to interpret. A similar constraint applied to the hidden-layer activations from our HMLSTM model for the five linguistic features. After dimensionality reduction via PCA, each still resulted in 150-dimensional vectors. To address this, we instead used binary predictors marking the offset of each linguistic unit (phoneme, syllable, word, phrase, sentence). Since our speech stimuli were computer-synthesized, the phoneme and syllable boundaries were automatically generated. The word boundaries were manually annotated by a native Mandarin as in Li et al. (2022). The phrase boundaries were automatically annotated by the Stanford parser and manually checked by a native Mandarin speaker. These rate models are represented as five distinct binary time series, each aligned with the timing of the corresponding linguistic unit, making them well-suited for mTRF analysis. Although the TRF results from the 1-dimensional rate predictors and the ridge regression results from the high-dimensional HM-LSTM-derived features are similar, they encode different things: The rate regressors only encode the timing of linguistic unit boundaries, while the model-derived features encode the representational content of the linguistic input. Therefore, we do not consider the mTRF analyses to be analogous to the ridge regression analyses. Rather, these results complement each other and both provide informative results into the neural tracking of linguistic structures at different levels for the attended and unattended speech.

      Since the TRF result for the continuous acoustic features also concerns R2, we have added an mTRF analysis where we fitted the one-dimensional speech envelope to the EEG. We extracted the envelope at 10 ms intervals for both attended and unattended speech and computed mTRFs independently for each subject and sensor using a basis of 50 ms Hamming windows spanning –100 ms to 300 ms relative to envelope onset. The results showed that in hearing-impaired participants, attended speech elicited a significant cluster in the bilateral temporal regions from 270 to 300 ms post-onset (t = 2.40, p = 0.01, Cohen’s d = 0.63). Unattended speech elicited an early cluster in right temporal and occipital regions from –100 ms to –80 ms (t = 3.07, p = 0.001, d = 0.83). Normal-hearing participants showed significant envelope tracking in the left temporal region at 280–300 ms after envelope onset (t = 2.37, p = 0.037, d = 0.48), with no significant cluster for unattended speech. These results further suggest that hearing-impaired listeners may have difficulty suppressing unattended streams. We have added the new TRF results for envelope to Figure S3 and the “mTRF results for attended and unattended speech” on p.7 and the “mTRF analysis” in Material and Methods of the revised manuscript.

      The authors' wording about this suggests that these new regressors have a nonzero sample at each linguistic event's offset, not onset. This should also be clarified. As the authors know, the onset would be more standard, and using the offset has implications for understanding the timing of the TRFs, as a phoneme has a different duration than a word, which has a different duration from a sentence, etc.

      In our rate‐model mTRF analyses, we initially labelled linguistic boundaries as “offsets” because our ridge‐regression with HM-LSTM features was aligned to sentence offsets rather than onsets. However, since each offset coincides with the next unit’s onset—and our regressors simply mark these transition points as 1—the “offset” and “onset” models yield identical mTRFs. To avoid confusion, we have relabeled “offset” as “boundary” in Figure S2.

      As discussed in our prior responses, this design was based on the structure of our input to the HM-LSTM model, where each input consists of a pair of sentences encoded in phonemes, such as “t a_1 n əŋ_2 f ei_1 <sep> zh ə_4 sh iii_4 f ei_1 j ii_1” (“It can fly <sep> This is an airplane”). The two sentences are separated by a special <sep> token, and the model’s objective is to determine whether the second sentence follows the first, similar to a next-sentence prediction task. Since the model processes both sentences in full before making a prediction, the neural activations of interest should correspond to the point at which the entire sentence has been processed by humans. To enable a fair comparison between the model’s internal representations and brain responses, we aligned our neural analyses with the sentence offsets, capturing the time window after the sentence has been fully perceived by the participant. Thus, we extracted epochs from -100 to +300 ms relative to each sentence offset, consistent with our model-informed design.

      We understand that phonemes, syllables, words, phrases, and sentences differ in their durations. However, the five hidden activity vectors extracted from the model are designed to capture the representations of these five linguistic levels across the entire sentence. Specifically, for a sentence pair such as “It can fly <sep> This is an airplane,” the first 2048-dimensional vector represents all the phonemes in the two sentences (“t a_1 n əŋ_2 f ei_1 <sep> zh ə_4 sh iii_4 f ei_1 j ii_1”), the second vector captures all the syllables (“ta_1 nəŋ_2 fei_1 <sep> zhə_4 shiii_4 fei_1jii_1”), the third vector represents all the words, the fourth vector captures the phrases, and the fifth vector represents the sentence-level meaning. In our dataset, input pairs consist of adjacent sentences from the stimuli (e.g., Sentence 1 and Sentence 2, Sentence 2 and Sentence 3, and so on), and for each pair, the model generates five 2048-dimensional vectors, each corresponding to a specific linguistic level. To identify the neural correlates of these model-derived features—each intended to represent the full linguistic level across a complete sentence—we focused on the EEG signal surrounding the completion of the second sentence rather than on incremental processing. Accordingly, we extracted epochs from -100 ms to +300 ms relative to the offset of the second sentence and performed ridge regression analyses using the five model features (reduced to 150 dimensions via PCA) at every 50 ms across the epoch. We have added this clarification on p.12 of the revised manuscript.

      About offsets:

      TRFs can still be interpretable using the offset timings though; however, the main original analysis seems to be utilizing the offset times in a different, more confusing way. The authors still seem to be saying that only the peri-offset time of the EEG was analyzed at all, meaning the vast majority of the EEG trial durations do not factor into the main HM-LSTM response results whatsoever. The way the authors describe this does not seem to be present in any other literature, including the papers that they cite. Therefore, much more clarification on this issue is needed. If the authors mean that the regressors are simply time-locked to the EEG by aligning their offsets (rather than their onsets, because they have varying onsets or some such experimental design complexity), then this would be fine. But it does not seem to be what the authors want to say. This may be a miscommunication about the methods, or the authors may have actually only analyzed a small portion of the data. Either way, this should be clarified to be able to be interpretable.

      We hope that our response in RE4, along with the supplementary video, has helped clarify this issue. We acknowledge that prior studies have not used EEG data surrounding sentence offsets to examine neural responses at the phoneme or syllable levels. However, this is largely due to a lack of model that represent all linguistic levels across an entire sentence. There is abundant work comparing model predictors with neural data time-locked to offsets because they mark the point at which participants has already processed the relevant information (Brennan, 2016; Brennan et al., 2016; Gwilliams et al., 2024, 2025). Similarly, in our model– brain alignment study, our goal is to identify neural correlates for each model-derived feature. If we correlate model activity with EEG data aligned to sentence onsets, we would be examining linguistic representations at all levels (from phoneme to sentence) of the whole sentence at the time when participants have not heard the sentence yet. Although this limits our analysis to a subset of the data (143 sentences × 400 ms windows × 4 conditions), it targets the exact moment when full-sentence representations emerge against background speech, allowing us to examine each model-derived feature onto its neural signature. We have added this clarification on p.12 of the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study presents a valuable finding on the neural encoding of speech in listeners with normal hearing and hearing impairment, uncovering marked differences in how attention to different levels of speech information is allocated, especially when having to selectively attend to one speaker while ignoring an irrelevant speaker. The results overall support the claims of the authors, although a more explicit behavioural task to demonstrate successful attention allocation would have strengthened the study. Importantly, the use of more "temporally continuous" analysis frameworks could have provided a better methodology to assess the entire time course of neural activity during speech listening. Despite these limitations, this interesting work will be useful to the hearing impairment and speech processing research community. The study compares speech-in-quiet vs. multi-talker scenarios, allowing to assess within-participant the impact that the addition of a competing talker has on the neural tracking of speech. Moreover, the inclusion of a population with hearing loss is useful to disentangle the effects of attention orienting and hearing ability. The diagnosis of high-frequency hearing loss was done as part of the experimental procedure by professional audiologists, leading to a high control of the main contrast of interest for the experiment. Sample size was big, allowing to draw meaningful comparisons between the two populations.

      We thank you very much for your appreciation of our research and we have now added a more description of the mTRF analyses on p.13-14 of the revised manuscript.

      An HM-LSTM model was employed to jointly extract speech features spanning from the stimulus acoustics to word-level and phrase-level information, represented by embeddings extracted at successive layers of the model. The model was specifically expanded to include lower level acoustic and phonetic information, reaching a good representation of all intermediate levels of speech. Despite conveniently extracting all features jointly, the HMLSTM model processes linguistic input sentence-by-sentence, and therefore only allows to assess the corresponding EEG data at sentence offset. If I understood correctly, while the sentence information extracted with the HM-LSTM reflects the entire sentence - in terms of its acoustic, phonetic and more abstract linguistic features - it only gives a condensed final representation of the sentence. As such, feature extraction with the HM-LSTM is not compatible with a continuous temporal mapping on the EEG signal, and this is the main reason behind the authors' decision to fit a regression at nine separate time points surrounding sentence offsets.

      Yes, you are correct. As explained in RE4, the model generates five hidden-layer activity vectors, each intended to represent all the phonemes, syllables, words, phrases within the entire sentence (“a condensed final representation”). This is the primary reason we extract EEG data surrounding the sentence offsets—this time point reflects when the full sentence has been processed by the human brain. We assume that even at this stage, residual neural responses corresponding to each linguistic level are still present and can be meaningfully analyzed.

      While valid and previously used in the literature, this methodology, in the particular context of this experiment, might be obscuring important attentional effects impacted by hearing-loss. By fitting a regression only around sentence-final speech representations, the method might be overlooking the more "online" speech processing dynamics, and only assessing the permanence of information at different speech levels at sentence offset. In other words, the acoustic attentional bias between Attended and Unattended speech might exist even in hearing-impaired participants but, due to a lower encoding or permanence of acoustic information in this population, it might only emerge when using methodologies with a higher temporal resolution, such as Temporal Response Functions (TRFs). If a univariate TRF fit simply on the continuous speech envelope did not show any attentional bias (different trial lengths should not be a problem for fitting TRFs), I would be entirely convinced of the result. For now, I am unsure on how to interpret this finding.

      We agree and we have added the mTRF results using the rate models for the 5 linguistic levels in the prior revision. The rate model aligns with the boundaries of each linguistic unit at each level. As explained in RE3, the rate regressors encode the timing of linguistic unit boundaries, while the model-derived features encode the representational content of the linguistic input. The mTRF results showed similar patterns to those observed using features from our HM-LSTM model with ridge regression (see Figure S2). These results complement each other and both provide informative results into the neural tracking of linguistic structures at different levels for the attended and unattended speech.

      We have also added TRF results fitting the envelope of attended and unattended speech at every 10 ms to the whole 10-minute EEG data at every 10 ms. Our results showed that in hearing-impaired participants, attended speech elicited a significant cluster in the bilateral temporal regions from 270 to 300 ms post-onset (t = 2.40, p = 0.01, Cohen’s d = 0.63). Unattended speech elicited an early cluster in right temporal and occipital regions from –100 ms to –80 ms (t = 3.07, p = 0.001, d = 0.83). Normal-hearing participants showed significant envelope tracking in the left temporal region at 280–300 ms after envelope onset (t = 2.37, p = 0.037, d = 0.48), with no significant cluster for unattended speech. These results further suggest that hearing-impaired listeners may have difficulty suppressing unattended streams. We have added the new TRF results for envelope to Figure S3 and the “mTRF results for attended and unattended speech” on p.7 and the “mTRF analysis” in Material and Methods of the revised manuscript.

      Despite my doubts on the appropriateness of condensed speech representations and singlepoint regression for acoustic features in particular, the current methodology allows the authors to explore their research questions, and the results support their conclusions. This work presents an interesting finding on the limits of attentional bias in a cocktail-party scenario, suggesting that fundamentally different neural attentional filters are employed by listeners with highfrequency hearing loss, even in terms of the tracking of speech acoustics. Moreover, the rich dataset collected by the authors is a great contribution to open science and will offer opportunities for re-analysis.

      We sincerely thank you again for your encouraging comments regarding the impact of our study.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to investigate how the brain processes different linguistic units (from phonemes to sentences) in challenging listening conditions, such as multi-talker environments, and how this processing differs between individuals with normal hearing and those with hearing impairments. Using a hierarchical language model and EEG data, they sought to understand the neural underpinnings of speech comprehension at various temporal scales and identify specific challenges that hearing-impaired listeners face in noisy settings.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the combination of computational modeling, detailed EEG analysis, and comprehensive experimental design thoroughly investigates the neural mechanisms underlying speech comprehension in complex auditory environments. The use of a hierarchical language model (HM-LSTM) offers a data-driven approach to dissect and analyze linguistic information at multiple temporal scales (phoneme, syllable, word, phrase, and sentence). This model allows for a comprehensive neural encoding examination of how different levels of linguistic processing are represented in the brain. The study includes both single-talker and multi-talker conditions, as well as participants with normal hearing and those with hearing impairments. This design provides a robust framework for comparing neural processing across different listening scenarios and groups.

      Weaknesses:

      The analyses heavily rely on one specific computational model, which limits the robustness of the findings. The use of a single DNN-based hierarchical model to represent linguistic information, while innovative, may not capture the full range of neural coding present in different populations. A low-accuracy regression model-fit does not necessarily indicate the absence of neural coding for a specific type of information. The DNN model represents information in a manner constrained by its architecture and training objectives, which might fit one population better than another without proving the non-existence of such information in the other group. It is also not entirely clear if the DNN model used in this study effectively serves the authors' goal of capturing different linguistic information at various layers. More quantitative metrics on acoustic/linguistic-related downstream tasks, such as speaker identification and phoneme/syllable/word recognition based on these intermediate layers, can better characterize the capacity of the DNN model.

      We agree that, before aligning model representations with neural data, it is essential to confirm that the model encodes linguistic information at multiple hierarchical levels. This is the purpose of our validation analysis: We evaluated the model’s representations across five layers using a test set of 20 four-syllable sentences in which every syllable shares the same vowel—e.g., “mā ma mà mǎ” (mother scolds horse), “shū shu shǔ shù” (uncle counts numbers; see Table S1). We hypothesized that the activity in the phoneme and syllable layer would be more similar than other layers for same-vowel sentences. The results confirmed our hypothesis: Hidden-layer activity for same-vowel sentences exhibited much more similar distributions at the phoneme and syllable levels compared to those at the word, phrase and sentence levels Figure 3C displays the scatter plot of the model activity at the five linguistic levels for each of the 20 4-syllable sentences, post dimension reduction using multidimensional scaling (MDS). We used color-coding to represent the activity of five hidden layers after dimensionality reduction. Each dot on the plot corresponds to one test sentence. Only phonemes are labeled because each syllable in our test sentences contains the same vowels (see Table S1).The plot reveals that model representations at the phoneme and syllable levels are more dispersed for each sentence, while representations at the higher linguistic levels—word, phrase, and sentence—are more centralized. Additionally, similar phonemes tend to cluster together across the phoneme and syllable layers, indicating that the model captures a greater amount of information at these levels when the phonemes within the sentences are similar.

      Apart from the DNN model, we also included the rate models which simply mark 1 at each unit boundaries across the 5 levels. We performed mTRF analyses with these rate models and found similar patterns to our ridge‐regression results with the DNN: (see Figure S2). This provides further evidence that the model reliably captures information across all five hierarchical levels.

      Since EEG measures underlying neural activity in near real-time, it is expected that lower-level acoustic information, which is relatively transient, such as phonemes and syllables, would be distributed throughout the time course of the entire sentence. It is not evident if this limited time window effectively captures the neural responses to the entire sentence, especially for lower-level linguistic features. A more comprehensive analysis covering the entire time course of the sentence, or at least a longer temporal window, would provide a clearer understanding of how different linguistic units are processed over time.

      We agree that lower-level linguistic features may be distributed throughout the whole sentence, however, using the entire sentence duration was not feasible, as the sentences in the stimuli vary in length, making statistical analysis challenging. Additionally, since the stimuli consist of continuous speech, extending the time window would risk including linguistic units from subsequent sentences. This would introduce ambiguity as to whether the EEG responses correspond to the current or the following sentence. Additionally, our model activity represents a “condensed final representation” at the five linguistic levels for the whole sentence, rather than incrementally during the sentence. We think the -100 to 300 ms time window relative to each sentence offset targets the exact moment when full-sentence representations are comprehended and a “condensed final representation” for the whole sentence across five linguistic level have been formed in the brain. We have added this clarification on p.13 of the revised manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Here are some specifics and clarifications of my public review:

      Initially I was interpreting the R squared as a continuous measure of predicted EEG relative to actual EEG, based on an encoding model, but this does not appear to be correct. Thank you for pointing out that the y axis is z-scored R squared in your main ridge regression plots. However, I am not sure why/how you chose to represent this that way. It seems to me that a simple Pearson r would be most informative here (and in line with similar work, including Goldstein et al. 2022 that you mentioned). That way you preserve the sign of the relationships between the regressors and the EEG. With R squared, we have a different interpretation, which is maybe also ok, but I also don't see the point of z-scoring R squared. Another possibility is that when you say "z-transformed" you are referring to the Fisher transformation; is that the case? In the plots you say "normalized", so that sounds like a z-score, but this needs to be clarified; as I say, a simple Pearson r would probably be best.

      We did not use Pearson’s r, as in Goldstein et al. (2022), because our analysis did not involve a train-test split, which was central to their approach. In their study, the data were divided into training and testing sets, and a ridge regression model was trained on the training set. They then used the trained model to predict neural responses on the held-out test set, and calculated Pearson’s r to assess the correlation between the predicted and observed neural responses. As a result, their final metric of model performance was the correlation coefficient (r). In contrast, our analysis is more aligned with standard temporal response function (TRF) approaches. We did not perform a train-test split; instead, we computed the model fitting performance (R²) of the ridge regression model at each sensor and time point for each subject. At the group level, we conducted one-sample t-tests with spatiotemporal cluster-based correction on the R² values to determine which sensors and time windows showed significantly greater R² values than baseline. To establish a baseline, we z-scored the R² values across sensors and time points, effectively centering the distribution around zero. This normalization allowed us to interpret deviations from the mean R² as meaningful increases in model performance and provided a suitable baseline for the statistical tests. We have added this clarification on p.13 of the revised manuscript.

      Thank you for doing the TRF analysis, but where are the acoustic TRFs, analogous to the acoustic results for your HM-LSTM ridge analyses? And what tools did you use to do the TRF analysis? If it is something like the mTRF MATLAB toolbox, then it is also using ridge regression, as you have already done in your original analysis, correct? If so, then it is pretty much the same as your original analysis, just with more dense timepoints, correct? This is what I meant by referring to TRFs originally, because what you have basically done originally was to make a 9-point TRF (and then the plots and analyses are contrasts of pairs of those), with lags between -100 and 300 ms relative to the temporal alignment between the regressors and the EEG, I think (more on this below).

      Also with the new TRF analysis, you say that the regressors/predictors had "a value of 1 at each unit boundary offset". So this means you re-made these predictors to be discrete as I and reviewer 3 were mentioning before (rather than using the HM-LSTM model layer(s)), and also, that you put each phoneme/word/etc. marker at its offset, rather than its onset? I'm also confused as to why you would do this rather than the onset, but I suppose it doesn't change the interpretation very much, just that the TRFs are slid over by a small amount.

      We used the Python package Eelbrain (https://eelbrain.readthedocs.io/en/r0.39/auto_examples/temporal-response-functions/trf_intro.html) to conduct the multivariate temporal response function (mTRF) analyses. As we previously explained in our response to Reviewer 3, we did not apply mTRF to the acoustic features due to the high dimensionality of the input. Specifically, our acoustic representation consists of a 130-dimensional vector sampled every 10 ms throughout the speech stimuli (comprising a 129-dimensional spectrogram and a 1-dimensional amplitude envelope). This renders the 130 TRF weights to the acoustic features uninterpretable. However, we have now added TRF results from the 1- dimension envelope to the attended and unattended speech at every 10 ms.

      A similar constraint applied to the hidden-layer activations from our HM-LSTM model for the five linguistic features. After dimensionality reduction via PCA, each still resulted in 150-dimensional vectors, further preventing their use in mTRF analyses. To address this, we instead used binary predictors marking the offset of each linguistic unit (phoneme, syllable, word, phrase, sentence). These rate models are represented as five distinct binary time series, each aligned with the timing of the corresponding linguistic unit, making them well-suited for mTRF analysis. It is important to note that these rate predictors differ from the HM-LSTMderived features: They encode only the timing of linguistic unit boundaries, not the content or representational structure of the linguistic input. Therefore, we do not consider the mTRF analyses to be equivalent to the ridge regression analyses based on HM-LSTM features

      For onset vs. offset, as explained RE4, we labelled them “offsets” because our ridge‐regression with HM-LSTM features was aligned to sentence offsets rather than onsets (see RE4 and RE15 below for the rationale of using sentence offset). However, since each unit offset coincides with the next unit’s onset—and the rate model simply mark these transition points as 1—the “offset” and “onset” models yield identical mTRFs. To avoid confusion, we have relabeled “offset” as “boundary” in Figure S2.

      I'm still confused about offsets generally. Does this maybe mean that the EEG, and each predictor, are all aligned by aligning their endpoints, which are usually/always the ends of sentences? So e.g. all the phoneme activity in the phoneme regressor actually corresponds to those phonemes of the stimuli in the EEG time, but those regressors and EEG do not have a common starting time (one trial to the next maybe?), so they have to be aligned with their ends instead?

      We chose to use sentence offsets rather than onsets based on the structure of our input to the HM-LSTM model, where each input consists of a pair of sentences encoded in phonemes, such as “t a_1 n əŋ_2 f ei_1 <sep> zh ə_4 sh iii_4 f ei_1 j ii_1” (“It can fly <sep> This is an airplane”). The two sentences are separated by a special <sep> token, and the model’s objective is to determine whether the second sentence follows the first, similar to a next-sentence prediction task. Since the model processes both sentences in full before making a prediction, the neural activations of interest should correspond to the point at which the entire sentence has been processed. To enable a fair comparison between the model’s internal representations and brain responses, we aligned our neural analyses with the sentence offsets, capturing the time window after the sentence has been fully perceived by the participant. Thus, we extracted epochs from -100 to +300 ms relative to each sentence offset, consistent with our modelinformed design. If we align model activity with EEG data aligned to sentence onsets, we would be examining linguistic representations at all levels (from phoneme to sentence) of the whole sentence at the time when participants have not heard the sentence yet. By contrast, aligning to sentence offsets ensures that participants have constructed a full-sentence representation.

      We understand that it is a bit confusing why the regressor of each level is not aligned to their own offsets in the data. The hidden-layer activations of the HM-LSTM model corresponding to the five linguistic levels (phoneme, syllable, word, phrase, sentence) are consistently 150-dimensional vectors after PCA reduction. As a result, for each input sentence pair, the model produces five distinct hidden-layer activations, each capturing the representational content associated with one linguistic level for the whole sentence. We believe our -100 to 300 ms time window relative to sentence offset reflects a meaningful period during which the brain integrates and comprehends information across multiple linguistic levels.

      Being "time-locked to the offset of each sentence at nine latencies" is not something I can really find in any of the references that you mentioned, regarding the offset aspect of this method. Can you point me more specifically to what you are trying to reference with that, or further explain? You said that "predicting EEG signals around the offset of each sentence" is "a method commonly employed in the literature", but the example you gave of Goldstein 2022 is using onsets of words, which is indeed much more in line with what I would expect (not offsets of sentences).

      You are correct that Goldstein (2022) aligned model predictions to onsets rather than offsets; however, many studies in the literature also align model predictions with unit offsets. typically because they mark the point at which participants has already processed the relevant information (Brennan, 2016; Brennan et al., 2016; Gwilliams et al., 2024, 2025). Similarly, in our study, we aim to identify neural correlates for each model-derived feature. If we correlate model activity with EEG data aligned to sentence onsets, we would be examining linguistic representations at all levels (from phoneme to sentence) of the whole sentence at the time when participants have not heard the sentence yet. By contrast, aligning to sentence offsets ensures that participants have constructed a full-sentence representation. Although this limits our analysis to a subset of the data (143 sentences × 400 ms windows × 4 conditions), it targets the exact moment when full-sentence representations emerge against background speech, allowing us to examine each model-derived feature onto its neural signature. We have added this clarification on p.12 of the revised manuscript.

      This new sentence does not make sense to me: "The regressors are aligned to sentence offsets because all our regressors are taken from the hidden layer of our HM-LSTM model, which generates vector representations corresponding to the five linguistic levels of the entire sentence".

      Thank you for the suggestion. We hope our responses in RE4, 15 and 16, along with our supplementary video have now clarified the issue. We have deleted the sentence and provided a more detailed explanation on p.12 of the revised manuscript: The regressors are aligned to sentence offsets because our goal is to identify neural correlates for each model-derived feature of a whole sentence. If we align model activity with EEG data time-locked to sentence onsets, we would be finding neural responses to linguistic levels (from phoneme to sentence) of the whole sentence at the time when participants have not processed the sentence yet. By contrast, aligning to sentence offsets ensures that participants have constructed a full-sentence representation. Although this limits our analysis to a subset of the data (143 sentences × 2 sections × 400 ms windows), it targets the exact moment when full-sentence representations emerge against background speech, allowing us to examine each model-derived feature onto its neural signature. We understand that phonemes, syllables, words, phrases, and sentences differ in their durations. However, the five hidden activity vectors extracted from the model are designed to capture the representations of these five linguistic levels across the entire sentence Specifically, for a sentence pair such as “It can fly <sep> This is an airplane,” the first 2048dimensional vector represents all the phonemes in the two sentences (“t a_1 n əŋ_2 f ei_1 <sep> zh ə_4 sh iii_4 f ei_1 j ii_1”), the second vector captures all the syllables (“ta_1 nəŋ_2 fei_1 <sep> zhə_4 shiii_4 fei_1jii_1”), the third vector represents all the words, the fourth vector captures the phrases, and the fifth vector represents the sentence-level meaning. In our dataset, input pairs consist of adjacent sentences from the stimuli (e.g., Sentence 1 and Sentence 2, Sentence 2 and Sentence 3, and so on), and for each pair, the model generates five 2048dimensional vectors, each corresponding to a specific linguistic level. To identify the neural correlates of these model-derived features—each intended to represent the full linguistic level across a complete sentence—we focused on the EEG signal surrounding the completion of the second sentence rather than on incremental processing. Accordingly, we extracted epochs from -100 ms to +300 ms relative to the offset of the second sentence and performed ridge regression analyses using the five model features (reduced to 150 dimensions via PCA) at every 50 ms across the epoch.

      More on the issue of sentence offsets: In response to reviewer 3's question about -100 - 300 ms around sentence offset, you said "Using the entire sentence duration was not feasible, as the sentences in the stimuli vary in length, making statistical analysis challenging. Additionally, since the stimuli consist of continuous speech, extending the time window would risk including linguistic units from subsequent sentence." This does not make sense to me, so can you elaborate? It sounds like you are actually saying that you only analyzed 400 ms of each trial, but that cannot be what you mean.

      Yes, we analyzed only the 400 ms window surrounding each sentence offset. Although this represents just a subset of our data (143 sentences × 400 ms × 4 conditions), it precisely captures when full-sentence representations emerge against background speech. Because our model produces a single, condensed representation for each linguistic level over the entire sentence—rather than incrementally—we think it is more appropriate to align to the period surrounding sentence offsets. Additionally, extending the window (e.g. to 2 seconds) would risk overlapping adjacent sentences, since sentence lengths vary. Our focus is on the exact period when integrated, level-specific information for each sentence has formed in the brain, and our results already demonstrate different response patterns to different linguistic levels for the two listener groups within this interval. We have added this clarification on p.13 of the revised manuscript.

      In your mTRF analysis, you are now saying that the discrete predictors have "a value of 1" at each of the "boundary offsets", and those TRFs look very similar to your original plots. It sounds to me like you should not be referring to time zero in your original ridge analysis as "sentence offset". If what you mean is that sentence offset time is merely how you aligned the regressors and EEG in time, then your time zero still has a standard, typical TRF interpretation. It is just the point in time, or lag, at which the regressor(s) and EEG are aligned. So activity before zero is "predictive" and activity after zero is "reactive", to think of it crudely. So also in the text, when you say things like "50-150 ms after the sentence offsets", I think this is not really what you mean. I think you are referring to the lags of 50 - 150 ms, relative to the alignment of the regressor and the EEG.

      Thank you very much for the explanation. We agree that, in our ridge‐regression time course, pre zero lags index “predictive” processing and post-zero lags index “reactive” processing. Unlike TRF analysis, we applied ridge regression to our high-dimensional model features at nine discrete lags around the sentence offset. At each lag, we tested whether the regression score exceeded a baseline defined as the mean regression score across all lags. For example, finding a significantly higher regression score between 50 and 150 ms suggests that our regressor reliably predicted EEG activity in that time window. So here time zero refers to the precise moment of the sentence offset—not the the alignment of the regressor and the EEG.

      I look forward to discussing how much of my interpretation here makes sense or doesn't, both with the authors and reviewers.

      Thank you very much for these very constructive feedback and we hope that we have addressed all your questions.